Directory

ADDRESS—University 600 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh Pa 15282 Telephone Call specific number (see following), for other offices, call 434-6000 ADMISSION—Director of Admissions, Administration Building, First Floor Telephone (412) 434-6220/6221/6222 ADVISORS Duquesne University College of Liberal Arts and Sciences College Hall, Room 215 Telephone (412) 434-6394/6395/6396 School of Business and Administration, Rockwell Hall, Room 403 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Telephone (412) 434-6277/6278 School of Education Canevin Hall, Room 214 Telephone (412) 434-6118/6119 School of Music Room 315 Telephone (412) 434-6083 School of Nursing College Hall Room 637D UNDERGRADUATE Telephone (412) 434-6346/6347 School of Pharmacy, Mellon Hall of Science, Room 421 Telephone (412) 434-6385/6365 ROTC—College Hall, Fourth Floor CATALOG Telephone (412) 434-6614/6664/6665 BOOKSTORE—Duquesne Union, Second Floor Telephone (412) 434-6626 1985-1986 CAMPUS MINISTRY—Administration Building, First Floor Telephone (412) 434-6020 CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT—Administration, Third Floor Published annual]\, in JuIN b\ Duquesne Universitv 600 Forbes Avenue Pittsbuigh Pennsvivania 15282 Telephone (412) 434-6644/6645/6646/6647 CASHIER—Payment of Tuition and Fees, Administration Building Ground Floor NOTICE OF RIGHT TO PRIVACY Telephone (412) 434-6585/6586/6587/6588 Uncici the Famil\ Educational Rights and Pii\ac\, Act access to student records by non-Universitv person- CHAPLAIN—Administration Building, First Floor nel is iesnicied unless granted bv the student oi deperidency of the student is demonstrated by a parent or I Telephone (412) 434-6020/6021 gUaT dian DEAN OF STUDENTS—Duquesne Union, Third Floor Telephone (412) 434-6657/6658/6659 DUCIUCS11C Uni%cisit\ admits Students of an^ sex race color national and ethnic origin to all rights FINANCIAL AID—Loan Scholarship, Student Employment, Applications pi i% ileges programs and activities gencral1v accorded or made available to students at the school It does Administration Building, Ground Floor not discriminate on the basis of sex race color national oi ethnic origin veteran's status or non-perform- Telephone (412) 434-6607/6608/6609 ance iclatcd handicap in the administration of its educational policies admissions policies scholarship and HEALTH SERVICE—Duquesne Towers, Second Floor loan programs and athletic and other Universitv-administered programs Telephone (412) 434-7822/7823 IDENTIFICATION CARDS—Office Services, Rockwell Hall, Lower Level Telephone (412) 434-6191 Contents INFORMATION CENTER—For University Events, Duquesne Union, Third Floor Calendar Telephone (412) 434-6632/6633 I General Information INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION ADVISOR—Administration Building, Fourth Floor Telephone (412) 434-6113 11 Programs and Courses LEARNING SKILLS PROGRAM—Administration Building, Third Floor Liberal Arts and Sciences Telephone (412) 434-6661/6662/6636 Business and Administration PSYCHOLOGICAL COUNSELING—Center for Testing and Research Education Telephone (412) 434-6561/6562/6563 PUBLIC SAFETY—Public Safety Building klusic Telephone (412) 434-6001/6002/6003 Nursing REGISTRAR—For Transcripts and Records, Rockwell Hall Pharmac) Telephone (412) 434-6214 (Transcripts) 434-6215 (Records) ROTC RESIDENCE LIFE—For Housing, Duquesne Towers Telephone (412) 434-6655/6656 (Second Floor Billing Contract) III Student Life Programs, Services and Organizations 434-7802/7803/7804 (First Floor Room Assignments) IN, Campus Mimstry STUDENT HEALTH INSURANCE—G & G Building, Second Floor V Admission, Financial Aid, Tuition and Fees Telephone (412) 434-6058/6059 XJ Registration, Scholastic Policies TESTING BUREAU—Administration Building, Third Floor Telephone (412) 434-6204/6208 VII Directories Index The pro% isions of this catalog aie to be considered chiective in character The Universitv reserves the right to mike an% changes that seem neceSSdry oi desirable Including fees tuition and room and board FaCUlt\ listings contained in this catalog aie current as of Spring 1984 ACADEMIC CALENDAR SPRING SEMESTER-1985 1984-1985, 1985-1986 November 29 Thursday Latest Date for Pre-registration with Pay-By-Mail Option Janudry 10 Thursday Final Registration January I I Friday Final Registration 1984-85 January 12 Saturday Final Registration January 12 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty FALL SEMESTER-1984 January 12 Satuidav Latest Date to Register without Late Fee JanUary 14 Monday Semester Begins January 19 Saturday Latest Date to Register Fridav Latest Date for Pre-registration with Pav-By-Mail Option Julv 13 January 19 Saturdav Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule Wednesday Final Registration August 22 January 19 Saturdav Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail 223 Thursday Final Registration August January 19 Saturdav No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped Fridav Final Registration August 24 (To Be Announced) Pharmacy v Externship Begins August 25 Saturdav Final Registration ration without Penalty (To Be Announced) Pharmacy v Externship Ends August Saturdav Latest Date to Cancel Regist 25 (To Be Announced) Pharmacy V Classes Begin Saturdav Latest Date to Register without Late Fee Latest Date for Pharmacy V August 25 Students to Register and Change Class Schedules August Mondav Semester Begins 27 Januar^ 25 Friclav Latest Date for May Prospective Graduates to Applv for September 4 Tuesdav Latest Date to Register, Latest Date for Change of Class Scheclule^ Graduation January 26 Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail, Saturdav Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped DRAWAL from the University January 28 Mondav Pharmacv V Externship Begins Latest Date for Mav Prospective Graduates to Submit Thesis (To Be Announced) Outline and Schedule Comprehensives (To Be Announced) Pharrnacv V Externship Ends February 2 Saturdav Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- (To Be Announced) Pharmacv V Classes Begin Latest Date for Pharmacy V Students to Register and Change Class Schedules DRAWAL from the University Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- February 9 Saturdav Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 8 Saturdav Latest Date for 80% DRAWAL from the University DRAWAL from the University Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- February 25 Mondav Reading Dav September 15 Saturdav March I DRAWAL from the University Fridav Latest Date for Undergraduates to Remove Temporary I Apply Grades from the Fall Semester I Grades Not Removed by September 21 Friclav Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to for Graduation this date convert to F March I Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- Fridav Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades September 22 Saturday March 8 Fridav DRAWAL from the University Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade Removal Grades October 10 Wednesdav Reading Day ve Temporary I March 8 Fridav Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester October 19 Frida,, Latest Date for Undergraduates to Remo Grades from Spring Semester and Summer Session I Grades Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade March 25 Monday Not Removed by this date to convert to F Reading Day March Wednesdav Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades 27 Fall Semester Pre-registration Begins October 19 Friday April I thru 6 Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Submit Monday thru Sat Holidav Easter Recess October 22 Monday April 8 Thesis Outline and Schedule Comprehensives Monday Latest Date for May Prospective Graduates to Submit Ap- Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade proved Thesis to School Office and Take Comprehensives October 26 Fridav April I I Thursday Removal Grades Fall Semester Pre-registration Ends April Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester 12 Fi iday Latest Date for May Graduating Students to Pay Accounts October 26 Friday April Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade 29 Monday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to withdraw with Holiday All Saints Day W Grades November I Thursday April Spring Semester Pre-registration Begins 30 Tuesday Reading Day November 13 Tuesdav Mav 1-7 Wed Thurs , Fri Final Examinations November 19-24 Monclav-Saturclay Holiday Thanksgiving Recess atest Date for Sat, Mon Tues Thursday Pre-registration for Spring Semester Ends, L November 29 Mav 7 Tuesdav Pre-registration with Pay-By-Mail Option Semester Ends, Latest Date for Graduating Students to Latest Date for December Prospective Gradu ates to Submit Complete Degrees December 7 Fridav Ma% 7 Approved Thesis to School Office and take Comprehensives Tuesdav Latest Date for Graduate Students to Remove Temporary I Holiday Immaculate Conception Grades of the 1984 Spring Semester December 8 Saturday Mav 10 Friday Reading Dav University Convocation and Honors Day December 11 Tuesday Mav 10 Friday Reading Dav Graduation Mass December 14 Fi idav Mav Latest Date for first Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with W 11 Saturdav Commencement December 15 Saturdav Mav 16 Thursdav Grade Holiday Ascension Day May 27 Monday Holiday Memorial Day Mondav-Saturday Final Examinations December 17-22 Julv 4 Thursday Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students tolb Holiday Independence Day December 22 Saturday August 15 Complete Degrees and Pav Accounts Thursday Holiday Assumption Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete I Graded Dccember 22 Satuidav Courses from the 1983 Fall Semester Decernbci 24 Monday Holiday Christmas Recess Begins 1985-86 SPRING SEMESTER-1986 FALL SEMESTER-1985 November 22 Friday Latest Date for 1986 Spring Semester Pre-registration with Pav-By-Mail Option Julv 19 Friday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-registration with Pay-By- Mail Option Januai v 9 Thursdav Final Registration Janliary 10 Fridav Final Registration August 15 Thursdav Holiday Assumption Final Registration August 21 Wednesdav Final Registration * January I I Saturdav Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty August 22 Thursdav Final Registration * January 11 Saturdav August Friday Final Registration * January 11 Saturdav Latest Date to Register without Late Fee 23 - August 24 Saturdav Final Registration * JanLiary 13 Mondav Semester Begins August 24 Saturdav Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty January 18 Saturdav Latest Date to Register August 24 Saturdav Latest Date to Register without Late Fee January IS Saturday Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule August 26 Monday Semester Begins January 18 Saturday Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail September 2 Mondav Holiday Labor Day January 18 Saturdav No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped September 3 Tuesdav Latest Date to Register January 24 Friday Latest Date for Mav Prospective Graduates to Apply for Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule Graduation Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail, January 25 Saturdav Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped DRAWAL from the University September 7 SaturdaN Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- Januaiv 27 Monday Latest Date for Mav Prospective Graduates to Submit Thesis DRAWAL from the University Outline and Schedule Comprehensives September 14 Saturdav Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- January 31 Friday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- DRAWAL from the Universitv DRAWAL from the Universitv September 20 Friday Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to AppIv Fcbruary 8 Saturdav Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- for Graduation DRAWAL from the University September 21 Saturdav Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- Febi uary 28 Saturday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Complete I Graded DRAWAL from the University Courses of the 1985 Fall Semester I Graded Courses Not Octobei 8 Tuesday Reading Day Completed by this date receive the Permanent Grade of F October I I Fridav Latest Date for Undergraduates to Complete I Graded March 7 Fridav Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades Courses of the 1985 Spring Semester and the 1985 Summer March 7 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade Session I Graded Courses Not Complete bv this date receive Removal Grades the Permanent Grade of F Mar(h 14 Fridav Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester October 18 Fridav Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade October 18 Friclav Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade March 22 Saturdav Last Class Day Before Easter Holidays Removal Grades March 31 Mondav Frist Class Day After Easter Holidays October 25 Friday Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Submit April 3 Thursday Fall Semester Pre-registration Begins * Other Dates April 4, Thesis Outline and Schedule Comprehensives 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 (F, S, M, T, W, H, F ) October 25 Fridav Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester April 7 Mondav, Latest Date for May Prospective Graduates to Submit Ap- Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade proved Thesis to School Office and to Take Comprehen- November I FridaN Holiday All Saints Day sives Novembei 14 Thursday Spring Semester Pre-registration Begins April 14 Monday Latest Date for May Graduates to Pay Accounts Other Dates Nov 15, 16 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 April 25 Fi ida^, Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to withdraw with (F, S, M, T, W, H, F ) W Grades November 22 Friday Latest Date for 1986 Spring Semester Pre-registration with Api il 28 Monday Reading Day Pay-Bv-Mail Option April 29 Tuesday Reading Day November 23 Saturday Last Class Day Before Thanksgiving Holidays April 30 Wednesday Final Examinations Begin Other Dates Mav 1 2, 3, 5 6 (H December 2 Monday Fiist Class Day After Thanksgiving Holidays F, S, M, T ) Decernbei 8 Sundav Holiday Immaculate Conception Mav 6 Tuesday Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Submit Decernbei 9 Monday Complete Degrees Approved Thesis to School and to take Comprehensives May 6 Tuesdav Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete I Graded Reading Day December 11 Wednesday Courses of the 1985 Spring Semester Reading Day December 12 Thursday Mav 8 Thursday Holiday Ascension Day Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with December 13 Fi idav Mav 9 Friday University Convocation and Honors Day W Grade Ma^ 9 Friday Graduation Mass December Saturday Final Examinations Begin Other Dates December 16 17, 14 Mav 10 Saturday Commencement 18, 19 20 (M T, W, H, F ) Mav 26 MondaN Holiday Memorial Day Friday Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to Decembei 20 Julv 4 Friday Holiday Independence Day Complete Degrees and Pav Accounts Julv 14 Wednesday Latest Date for 1986 Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Friday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete I Graded Decembei 20 Pay-By-Mail Option Courses of the 1984 Fall Semester August 15 Fridav Holiday Assumption December 21 Saturday Holidav Christmas Recess Begins

*See Semester Class Directory for Time Schedule *See Semester Registration Schedule for Other Dates and Times I (

FALL SEMESTER-1986 SPRING SEMESTER-1987

1ulv 16 Wednesclav Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Pay-Bv- No% em bet 21 FFidav Latest Date for 1987 Spring Semester Pre-registration with Mail Option Pay-By-Mail Option August 20 Wednesday Final Registration lanuary 8 Thursday Final Registration August 21 Thursday Final Registration lanuary 9 Fi iday Final Registration August 22 Fi idav Final Registration january 10 Saturdav Final Registration A UgUst 23 Saturday Final Registration January 10 SatuTdav Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty August 23 Saturday Latest Date to Register Without Late Fee Januaiv 10 Saturclav Latest Date to Register without Late Fee August 23 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Registration Without Penalty January 12 Monday Semester Begins August 25 MonclaV Fall Semester Begins JanUary 16 Friday Latest Date to Register September I Monday Holiday Labor Day lanuary 16 Friday Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule Septembei 2 Tuesdav Latest Date to Register Jam.iary 16 Friclav Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail and Auditor September 2 Tuesday Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule JanUary 16 Fridav No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped September 2 Tuesclav Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail Januar\ 23 Fridav Latest Date for May Graduates to Apply for Graduation September 2 Tuesday No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped Januar\ 24 Saturdav Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 6 Saturclav Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- DRAWAL front the University DRAWAL from the University January 30 Fridav Latest Date May Graduates to Submit Thesis Outline and September 13 Saturclav Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- Schedule Comprehensives DRAWAL from the Universitv JanUary 31 Saturdav Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 19 Fridav Latest Date for December Graduates to Apply for Gradua- DRAWAL from the University tion Febt uai v 7 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 20 Saturdav Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- DRAWAL from the University DRAWAL from the Universav Febivary 27 Fridav Latest Date for Undergraduates to Complete I Graded October 4 Saturclav Religious New Year Rosh Hashanah* Courses of the 1986 Fall Semester I Graded Courses not October 8 Wednesdav Reading Dav completed bv this date receive the permanent Grade of F October 10 Fj iday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Complete "I" Graded March 6 Fridav Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades courses of the 1986 Spring Semester and 1986 Summer Ses- Match 6 Fridav Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduates I Grade sion I" Graded courses not completed by this Date Re- Removal Grades ceive the Permanent Grade of "F" March 7 Saturday Last Class Day Before Spring Break October 13 Monday Day of Atonement Yom Kippur* March 14 Saturday First Class Day After Spring Break October 17 Fridav Latest Date for Reporting Mid-term Grades March 16 Monday Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester Octobei 17 Fridav Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduates "I" Freshman to Withdraw with W Grade Grade Removal Grades April 3 Fridav 1987 Fall Semester Pre-registration Begins October IS SatUrclav Tabernacles SUCCOT* April 10 Fridav Latest Date for Graduating Students to Pay Accounts October 24 Friclav Latest Date for December Graduates to Submit Thesis Out- April 14 15 Tues, Wed Passover, PESACH* lines and Schedule Comp^ehensives Apiil 15 Wednesclav Last Class Day Before Easter Holidays October 24 Fridav Latest Date for Undergraduates other than First Semester April 16 Thursday Holiday Holy Thursdav Freshmen to Withdraw with "W" Grade April 17 Frida\ Holiday Good Friday October 25 SatUrdav Concluding Day of Tabernacles April 20 21 Mon Toes Concluding Days PESACH* SH'MINI ATZERT* April 21 Tuesday First Class Day After Easter Holidays Octobei 26 Sunday Festival of Rejoicing in the Torah April 28 TuesdaV Will Follow the Thursday Class Da)', Schedule SIMCHAT TORAH April 28 Friclav Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with November I Saturday Holiday All Saints Day W Grades November 6 Thursday Spring 1987 Pre-Registration Begins Apid 29 Wednesday Will Follow the Friday Class Day Schedule November 21 Fi idav Spring 1987 Pre-Registration Ends April 30 Thursdav Final Examinations Begin November 21 Fridav Latest Date for 1987 Spring Semester Pre-Registration with Mav 6 Wednesdav Final Examinations End Pay-By-Mail Option Mav 6 Wechiesclav Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to November 22 Saturday Last Class Day Before Thanksgiving Holiday Complete Degrees December I MonclaV First Class Day After Thanksgiving Holiday' Mav 6 Wednesdav Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to Decembei 8 Mondav Holiday Immaculate Conception Complete Degrees December 9 TLICsclav Follows the Monday Class Schedule Mav 6 Wednesdav Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete I Graded Decembei I I Thursday Reading Day Courses of the 1986 Spring Semester December 12 Fridav Reading Day Mav 8 Friday University Convocation and Honors Day December 12 Fridav Latest Date for December Graduates to Submit Approved Mav 8 Friday Baccalaureate Liturgy Thesis to School Office and to take Comprehensives Mav 9 Saturdav Commencement December 12 Friclav Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to withdraw with Mav 25 Monday Holiday Memorial Dav ' W" Grade Mav 28 Thursdav Holiday Ascension Day December 15 Monday Final Examinations Begin June 3 4 Wed Thurs Shavuot Pentecost* Decembei 20 Saturdav Final Examinations End Julv 4 Saturday Holidav Independence Day December 20 Saturclav Semester Ends JuIv 15 Wednesdav Latest Date for Fall 1987 Preregistration with Pay-By-Mail Decembei 20 Saturday Latest Day for Graduating Students to Complete Degrees Option and Pav Account August 15 Saturclav Holidav Assumption December 20 Saturday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete "I" Graded Courses from the Spring 1986 Semester ob *Sonic Jewish students may be absent holiclav begins at sunset of preceding evening December 22 Monday Holiday Christmas Recess Begins

*Somc Jewish students mav be absent holiday begins at sunset of preceding evening I f

All Degrees and Programs Offered in the University SCHOOL BACHELOR'S DEGREE MASTER'S DEGREE DOCTORATE Part 1: General Information

kn Him— Media Arts B:h--ir, P101—ph, B hel.g, O."n, PhPolitical s- HISTORY independently to interrelate disciplines and expe- C Duquesne Universttv first opened its doors as the rience and to balance memory, reason and Scu.o imagination SocialP—lillog, Pittsburgh Catholic College of the Holv Ghost in aC-1—tum In essence the Duquesne student is ideally an (ompultr Co imunication October 1878 with an enrollment of 40 students Sc ­(L S.—I S,r,i and a facultv of seven The school grew rapidlv in individual with a fully integrated personality and a COIICgL Of I Crinnona! J "slice Hu Main be Its first vears until it moved from its original loca- sensitivitv and responsiveness to his humanity Li ra Ans Lcommits ^L ­ 111 Ird SL]LncesI Lnghsh S.—log, and that of his fellow man Spanish tion on Wvlie Avenue in the city's Uptown Section French to its present site a scenic 39-acre hilltop called The educational objectives of the Universitv G,,m,,n"c'.e.0g, spSP,LLh .. I The B'uff ' which overlooks downtown include the development of a sound philosophy of H Tol , Patholog^/ ­ B..ch,.,,t, Pharmaceutics life through an integration of spiritual, physical International Audiolog) Pittsburgh Bjolog^ Pharmacognov, J. Bela mms Thewo,/Wdra intellectual, moral, social and aesthetic goais and Ch,mi,l, Pharmacology ChL sir, Bv 19 11 the school had achieved university sta- I Itieurrahsm S/ Th,.I.g, Com unications Toxrcolog^ Eng,sh values, the fostering of a spirit of inquiry and .1 An World English tus at which time the name Duquesne University Plol.,oph, Formal— Engir—ing Liftralure scholarship necessary for continuing intellectual Formal— Political S—re, Spriamilm of the Holv Ghost was adopted in honor of the Nlath-1c, Slunli.i.1n, P"ch.l.g, Phil ... ph, 18th century governor general of French Canada ' and professional growth the formation of a well- German Sociolog% Ps%chulog\ Gradua " balanced self-assured personality and the Elmo, Sp.. h Ph urto ICLUTICal the Marquis cle Duquesne, who first brought Cath- S,h..[ of Ar,h.,al Th'.log, Ch,m,,t, imparting of an attitude of continuing self-evalua- Liberal olic services to Pittsburgh while it was under Museum and Pastoral Theolog, tion and self-improvement both as an individual Ansand Editing Studies IvInusti,, French dominion ^ n I ­ ­ Libi.ral Studits Duquesne's great peiiod of student growth after and a contributing member of the community of Accounting Management Maill—ranes man Management Pharmac-licil World War 11 along with the necessitv of refur- Information Ch,..,I,, bishing a make-shift phvsical plant led the Uni- Duquesne offers a wide variety of programs and Sys enns curricula from which students may select freely in Economic Marketing versitv to begin an ambitious program of planned Science Pre Legal Studies phvsical expansion and modernization in 1950 accordance with their interests, capabilities and andim, Finance %last,,, no S^^hm,l Quantitative and goals in life International Information Business Now in the enviable position of having com- Busm—or . f ndimn Systems Business Adirimstration ^^'fwaa pleted most of its phvsical development needs for Complemented bv a broad spectrum of nonaca- Law Administration (M B A ) the foreseeable future the Universitv is a modern demic activities and programs the curriculum at attractive highly functional educational facility Duquesne University is designed to prepare young Earl% Childhood Fdocation men and women who, upon entering their chosen Elconeman Education Counselor Ed School Ps%chololo which has more than tripled from its carlv 12 5 ((ommunm S,h..] Surx ...... n 1,hoo^,ou SS^c coudrlr%, d Education acres to its present self-enclosed 39-acre campus careers, will possess a broad, well-balanced and Flernentar, Sccond Educa o ucation ­ fully integrated education and perspective of 1,% and/or r, and Second—) Pd-atum site :'h—cal - em,mars Ed Spcctal Fducation Todav Duquesne University is not onlv one of themselves and the world iandicappLd) Sci ... I Admin Post MuStLr s for (EILm and Ctnification the leading private institutions in PennsvIvama Seconda n) but also is one of several major private Catholic, POLICY STATEMENTS ON BachLlOr Of Bachelor of INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION Mirs., in Science in Music urban universities in the United States Folk An Piano Orchtstra Education Music Education The mission of Duquesne Universitv's founders, Th,.,, J... The Universitv has over 6 000 students enrolled Mu— In,lio—els I Bachdor of the Holy Ghost Congregation, has always included Og.n Sa,r,d Scii.oce in Music Composition in its eight schools College of Liberal Arts and Education uh Applied Music service to peoples outside of the United States SaLo.d Music Sciences (1878) Graduate School of Liberal Arts mce Sa(red a co—ritratum Duquesne University also is committed to provid- MUSIL VOKL in Music Piano I`Ldagog^ and Sciences (1911) and the Schools of Law Mu Therap\ Gunarjazi Th,rap\ ­ (1911) Business and Administration (1913) ing an educational environment which recognizes Pharmacv(1925) Music (1926), Education (1929) , cultural and national pluralism School gof Bachd, 0 or of Science and Nursing (1937) Duquesne's eight schools Duquesne welcomes qualified students from N e,,. n Nursing ofler degree progiarris on the baccalaureate, profes- throughout the world and encourages its students sional masters and doctoral levels and faculty to take advantage of opportunities to school of '10hadcil lechuolog^ Hospital, study and teach abroad Phar 'nae, Pharr— Radiological HLalth PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES The Universitv believes that the sharing of the While Duquesne Universitv can look with pride at multiple traditions and mores of societies is an

I SL hool of La. the remarkable tiansformation of the campus invaluable element in the educational process I effected bv its phvsical development and expan- In a world that is growing ever smaller, it is sion priogram it has never lost sight of its primary imperative that Duquesne reach out to peoples of role as an educational institution and its responsi- different cultures to afford them the opportunitv to bilities to the students who form the Duquesne acquire educational experiences not otherwise familv available to them Interaction among international A Catholic institution operated bv the Congre- and American faculty and students will enrich all gation of the Holv Ghost, Duquesne is open to and enhance their abilitv to be better citizens of students of all religions and creeds A community our shared world committed to the ideal of producing voung men Duquesne University asserts its commitment to and women whose minds seek intellectual free- develop and to maintain programs services and dom and truth the Universitv seeks to Impart to practices which promote and express respect for its sludcnts the abilitv to judge and make decisions persons of diverse cultures and backgrounds and I ^

H

which provide educational bridges linking the pco- Bowl Champion Steelers and the USFL Maulers Including a g\ in and shinnastics area is located on 3 900 periodicals and an extensive microprini and the ples of the world play at Three Rivers Stadium The Penguins gIOUnd 11001 audiovisual collection (National Hockey League) Spirit (Major Indoor The facility also contains a number of special I HE UNIVERSITY SETTING Soccer League), and Duquesne Dukes nationally I he Duquesne I osiers a 17-story aii-conclitioned Located adjacent to downtown Pittsburgh collections including the African Collection on known basketball team, all perform in the nearby double-towci icsidcncc foi 1 200 mcn and women Duquesnc Umveisitv s modern hilltop campus is tcatL11 Ing sepaiate housing wings was dedicated in Afiican culture society and politics the Rabbi Civic Arena, one of the largest indoor sports are- Heiman Hailpeiin Collection on Medieval Chris- readily accessible to the business entertainment 1970 The lacilit\ fcatuics a fi.111-S17C inclocii swim- nas in the United States and the only one in the tian and Jewish intellectual and icligious thought and shopping centers of the city while still offering world with a retractable dome Facilities for such ining pool with a SUndeck offices of the Residence students the piivacy and peace of its own self- the Silverman Center collection of world literature participatory sports as tennis, golf, running, hik- Lifc Division the Campus Health Seiviccs aiea a enclosed 39-acre site in phenomenology, and the University Archives ing, skiing, skating and many others are available mail) Student lounge and smallei lounges Oil each With seating capacity for approximate]\, 1 000 Long noted as one of the world s greatest steel- throughout the Pittsburgh area flooi telephones in each ioom and a iesident din- producing centers Pittsburgh combines the fea- ing hall with a 2 500 Student capacit\ patrons including graduate study carrels and con- tures of ui ban living with many of the charms and PHYSICAL FACILITIES ference facilities the new Library constitutes a peisonal characteristics of a much smaller town llie Duquesne Union a niodein ajcliitcctuial high]y functional facility that should remain The third largest corporate headquarters center in The Administration Building, "Old Main " was facilit\ with ail innovativc conciete and glass responsive to the needs of the Duquesne commu- the first building constructed on the Duquesne IS the U S behind New York and Chicago ' Pitts- design the CL11M of campus acti\ ities and stu- nitv for many years to come Architects for the campus, dedicated in burgh was also shown in a recent survey of urban 1884 Recently renovated, it dcnt life Dedicated in 1967 it houses the offices of Library Resouice Centei, Gerard Associates, were houses the Executive Offices of the University, life to be the fourth most desirable metropolitan the Student Litc the Athictic Depaitment and cited by the Pittsburgh Chapter of the American area for overall quality of life in the U S Office of Admissions, Campus Ministry Business \ariOLIS student oigani7ations and interest groups Institute of Architects for creative design in their Offices, Testing Bureau Career Planning and Although most visitors and new residents who Facilities include thiec sepaiate dining areas a renovation and expansion of the original struc- Placement Office Learning and Counseling lounge come to the citv are conditioned by the old balhoom and Student the campus book- ture an old garage and warehouse constructed in Center, Financial Aid Office and the Division of Smokev City ' image they soon learn that the Same the campus information centeT and a iecre- the 1920 s into the present facility The Music University Relations Adjoin the building is the Pittsburgh which emerged front its nationally ation center which featURS eight bowling lanes School The Edward Hanlev Hall of Law and Col- Umversit^ Chapel, which offers daily Mass, and acclaimed 'Renaissance" redevelopment program pocket billiaids table tennis table soccer a music lege Hall also resulted from conversions of older the Campus Theatre is not only a city of clean air and streets, safe listening iciorn pinball clectronic games a rath- structures neighborhoods and a bustling economy but that skellai an ait gallci\ and an emporium Assumption Hall the oldest residence hall on The Public Safeo Building is the headquarters for Pittsburgh more than any other American city, campus, was dedicated in 1956 A four-story struc- The G & G Building in addition to housing vari- the University s Public Safety Office has devcloped a strong civic identity and sense of ture with a 280-student capacity, the facility has its ous achninistrati\c offices of the University also pride in its rebirth as a modern urban community own recreation area and offers both single and houses the Uiij\cisit\ s Vocations Office Richard King Mellon Hall of Science an attrac- Students front Duquesne and the other colleges double occupancy rooms tive four-story structure dedicated in 1968 houses and universities in the city can choose from a wide Fhe G^mnasium is used as a piactice facility by the Departments of Biological Sciences Chemis- Canei,in Hall, the oldest classroom building on \ai1OL1', intcicollcgiate athletic tearns of the Uni- range of cultural events and institutions try Physics and the School of Phaimacy campus was built in 1922 and completely reno- %eisitN and as the center fet mclooi spoits of the The world-renowned Pittsburgh Symphony Designed by one of the world's most renowned vated in 1968 A four-story building it houses the Orchestra Pittsburgh Opera and Pittsburgh Ballet Uni\eisit\ s intianiural spoits progiam The gym architects Mies van der Rohe the building won School of Education Curriculum Library, Reading fcatures a niodein fully equipped weight tiaming Theatre all perform regularly in the elegant Heinz the Laboratory of the Year" award in 1969 Clinic and Guidance and Counseling Clinic facilit\ the Dukes Couit Weight Room, which is Hall for the Performing Arts The theatregoer can Instructional facilities include two large open 10 the choose from productions of the Pittsburgh Public College Hall a six-story classroom and office Student body as well as the Univer- amphitheatre-stvle lecture halls with seating sitN S vaiSit\ teams Theatre local college drama departments and pro- building dedicated in 1970, is the seat of the Col- capacities of 248 each giams and a wide variety of summer and after- lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences and the Graduate McCloske,* Field dedicated in the mid-I 970 s is The Music School dedicated in 1967 has 73 dinner club theatres School of Liberal Arts and Sciences housing 10 of the c^ntcT f6i outdoor inliamural acti\ itv Other pianos including 56 Steinways five organs and In the summer the American Wind Symphony their individual departments and faculties The athletic facilities include thiee self-enclosed tennis over 300 orchestral and banj instruments avail- offers open-air concerts on Pittsburgh's riversides School of Nursing is located on the sixth floor courts and two OLltdooi ba^ketball couits one of able for student use The school offers training and Othei seasonal events include the Three Rivers Special instructional facilities include psychology, ^khich i^ conveited lot sticet hockey in the winter degrees in conservatory and music education jazz and Shadvside arts festivals and the International numerical analysis nursing and practice skills months Folk Festival three prestigious events which draw laboratories, along with two lecture halls and sacred music as well as an innovative pro- national attention The Ed"ard J lllanle^ Hall of LaA dedicated in grain in music therapy Individual and group prac- The Counseling Center houses the University's Duquesne students can visit such points of 198-2 IC,Uhed horn the renovation and expansion tice areas are available in the building, along with Center for Training and Research in Phenomeno- interest as Highland Park Zoo Carnegie Museum of the old Univeisit% Libiai\ building The new acoustically equipped classrooms Performances logical Psychology, a facility operated by of Art and History Scaife Gallery, the Conserva- facilit\ houses faculty and administrative oflices are given throughout the school veai in the recital Duquesne's renowned Department of Psychology toiv-Aviary Buhl Planetarium, Pittsburgh History research and study iocinis two laige amphitheatre hall, and the school hosts the annual Mid-East and Landmarks Museum Duquesne Incline an^ The Des Places Communications Center, dedi- lectuic halls inteiview iooms seminar and class- Instrumental Music Conference Phipps Conservatory cated in 1982, houses the department of speech room aicas and a moot Courtroom The greatly Rock,Aell Hall dedicated in 1958 is a 10-story Directly across the river from campus is Mount communications and theatre, department of jour- e\pand(,d law libiai\ is thc most accessible one of structuie which houses the School of Business and Washington Pittsburgh's highest point, which its kind in the cit\ with its cential location and nalism the new medical media communications Administration Its Business Simulation Labora- offers a spectacular view of the city and its sur- conxenicrit homs (7 a in to midnight Monday program cosponsored by the University and tory contains 12 conference rooms equipped with roundings particularly at night through Thursday 10 a m to midnight Sunday) Mercy Hospital, and the production and broad- television cameras and microphones for observa- Market Square, a redeveloped area in the heart casting studios of WDUQ television and radio, an The law libraiv is open to niembeis of the local tion and recording of activity in the individual of downtown Pittsburgh and the Oakland-Shadv- affiliate of the national Public Broadcasting Sys- bench and bai as well as law students rooms Rockwell Hall also houses a snackbar the side area in the eastern end of the city are two of tem (PBS) Named in honor of the founder of the;^ The I ibrarN Resource Center dedicated in 1978 Business School's student lounge, the University's the major entertainment and nightlific centers Holy Ghost Congregation, the center also features is a moclein attiacti\e hve-story stiucturc that sig- Systems Center the Institute for World Concerns The success of the various professional and a journalism laboratory, simulation laboratory, naled the crowning achievement of the Univer- the Division of Continuing Education Registrars major college spoits teams has won for Pittsburgh instructional photo laboratory seminar rooms sit\ s expansion and redevelopment program Office Student I D Center Office Services the title of ' City of Champions " The 1971 and graphic arts classroom, and a little theatre per- Housed 11, eye, 100000 square fect of space is a Department Peter Mills Auditorium and the 1979 Woild Champion Pnates four-time Super formance room The women's recreation center, c0l1cction of ovci 455 000 volumcs moie than Institute of Formative Spirituality I i

12 13

St Ann's Hall dedicated in 1964, is a two-wing, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Session These are for persons whose employment SYSTEMS CENTER/COMPUTER three-story women s clormitory with its own laun- 4((iedilalion does not permit them to attend as regular day RESOURCES dr,, area several lounges and television rooms a American Chemical Society students The Systems Center is a service department of Through careful planning and consultation with recreation area snack area and attractive grounds Membetship the University which reports to the Vice President Double and single iooms are available American Conference of Academic Deans academic advisors the bachelor's degree program for Business and Management The Systems mav be completed bv evening study in some American Society of Journalism School Center has a UNIVAC 1100/62 computer with 8 major areas offered bv these two schools Other St Martin's Hall A 14-story residence provides Administrators megabytes of main memory and 1 8 billion bytes housing for graduate and law students, as well as Association ot American Colleges undergraduate schools also schedule occasional of disk storage In addition, the UmversitN non-Duquesne students from other Pittsbuigh aca- Eastern Association of College Deans and evening courses but it is not possible to complete recently invested over $1 7 million in new demic and vocational institutions Advisors their degree requirements through evening computer equipment featuring 62 Sperrylink attendance alone office system units and 36 UTS 400 terminals School of Business and Administration Prospective evening undergraduate students Each Sperrylink consists of a terminal with a Trinio Hall dedicated in 1952 serves as the resi- Accieditation should consult with the office of the Dean of the screen and keyboard and a diskette for storing dence of the Holv Ghost Fathers who serve the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of school in which thev are interested for information information on magnetic disks All the Sperrylink Universitv as administrators and teachers The Business about the opportunity for evening study on a units and the UTS terminals will be linked in a grounds of the hall include an attractive mall and Accreditation Council continuing basis grotto computer-communications network to the Sperry Alembeiship 1100/62 main frame Students in every field of ,,SUMMER SESSIONS study will integrate their study programs, using the Association for University Business and Many undergraduate and graduate courses are ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATION Sperrylinks and UTS 400 terminals Economic Research offered each summer in most areas They are open Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of The Systems Center also provides all the data Umiersit% to qualified Duquesne students and to those from Business Administration processing services for the administrative offices of other colleges and universities 4(cieditation the University Some of these services are School of Education The sessions of varving length begin in Mav registration grade reporting, admissions and the Commission on Higher Education and run through mid-August Short term offerings Accieditation financial record-keeping requirements for the on one and two week duration usually at the Middle States Association of Colleges and Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools University Schools Pennsylvania Department of Education graduate level are scheduled befoie and after the regular session State Board of Education of the PennsvIvania Membetship Department of Education American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education llembe^^Shlp Association of Independent Liberal Arts Colleges for Teacher Educators American Association of Collegiate Registrars The Pennsvlvania Association of Colleges and and Admissions Officers Teacher Educators S American Council on Education School of Music Association ofCatholic Colleges and Universities 4cctedltallon National Association of Schools of Music Association ofCollege Admissions Counselors National Association for Music Therapy Catholic Educational Association ofPennsylvania AleMbOShIp College Entrance Examination Board American Symphony Orchestra League National Catholic Music Educators Association Council for Advancement and Support [^, yk, " ot Education School of Nursing

National Association for Independent Colleges Accieditation MU57^ and Universities National League for Nursing Appioial National Association of College and Univei sitv Business Officers Pennsylvania State Board of Nurse Examiners membelship National Association of Foreign Student American Association of Colleges of Nursing i Administrators VAli National League for Nursing (Council of National Association ofStudent Personnel Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs) Administiators School of Pharmac^ National Association of Student Financial Aid 4ccreditation Administrators American Council on Pharmaceutical Education National Catholic Educational Association Pennsylvania State Board of Pharmacy

National Commission on Accrediting Membeiship American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy PennsvIvarna Association ofColleges and Universities EVENING STUDY The School of Business and Administration and Pittsburgh Council ofHighei Education the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offer Southwestein Pennsylvania Council on evening classes for full-time and part-time Higher Education students each semester and during the Summer

14 15

DEGREES and individual initiative in the Duquesne commu- Part 11: The Collegc confers two undergraduate degrees nity of scholars are encouraged through daily con- Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts Students tact with talented and committed fellow students who complete the major in biologv chenlisirv, and faculty from diverse fields, interests, and computer science and physics receive the B S backgrounds Programs and Courses degree Students who complete the major in art The IHP, supported in part bv a grant from the history classics economics English history jour- National Endowment for the Humanities, consists nalism media arts modern languages philosophv of 12 accelerated freshman and sophomore political science psvchology sociology, speech, courses and 4 upper level seminars Students College of and theologv receive the B A degree Students enrolled in the IHP may matriculate in the College Liberal Arts and Sciences majoring in mathematics can follow a curriculum of Arts and Sciences or one of the professional leading to either a B A or B S degree schools Students will select majors and minors The Associate of Arts Degree is awarded in according to the policies of the College or of the international Communications for Industry Com- School in which they are registered The IHP cred- HISTORY Social Sciences (Political Science munications for Inclusiry Criminal Justice and its however replace many of the required general education credits (for example, English, History, In 1878 the Fathers of the Congregation of the Psychology, Sociologv) Nine credits Applied Technologv Sociology) Holv Ghost and the Immaculate Heart of Mary At least two disciplines established a College of Arts and Letters which must be represented The Integrated Honors Program curriculum is concentrated in the freshman and sophomore was incorporated in 1882 as Pittsburgh Catholic History Literature Nine credits Both Special Programs years Studies are continued in the junior and College of the Holv Ghost with authoritv to grant disciplines must be represented senior years through Capstone Seminars (Some degrees in the arts and sciences In 1911 the Col- Philosophy Theology Nine credits Both rearrangement of the following schedule mav be lege and Universitv Council of the Common- disciplines must be represented CONCENTRATED STUDIES necessary for students in certain professional wealth of Pennsv]Nania extended the charter to Communications PROGRAM schools and science programs) universitv status and approved the amendment in (Journalism Linguistics Speech, Concentrated studies is a special developmental favor of the corporate title Duquesne Universitv Media Arts) Three credits education program designed to help students FRESHMAN I (First Semester) Completion of Major Program As determined improve their basic skills and realize their full AND OBJECTIVES PHILOSOPHY by department (Minimum of 24 credits) potential for college work Students in the program 101 Logic and Rhetoric 3 cr Duquesne Universitv believes that education is Completion of Minor Program As determined I take a piescribed block of college level courses Clear and disciplined thinking, reading speak- concerned with the human person as a whole— by department offering the minor during their freshman vear and thereafter com- ing and writing mind bodv and soul It believes that each individ- (Minimum of 12 credits above the i plete their education at Duquesne in the tradi- 105 ual has the obligation to self society and God to Approaches to Culture The West 4cr introductory courses) tional manner develop potential to the fullest In this commit- An intensive analvsis of the key ideas and the Students who major or minor in a basic area auto- ment the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences sets Courses offered in the program significant people, events and civilizations of the matically satisfv the area requirements for that Western world—ancient, medieval, and contem- its objectives and forms its curricula 001 002 BASIC LANGUAGE SKILLS discipline Courses taken in an interdisciplinary porary The objectives of the College are 4 cr each semester minor do not satisfv area requirements I To provide a solid foundation for lifelong 003 BASIC CONCEPTS OF PSYCHOLOGY A maximum of 12 credits in the non-arts-and- 113 Mathematics 3cr learning 3 cr sciences courses may be applied to the B A or B S Quantitative literacy as a major mode of infor- 005 006 FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 2 To develop an awareness of the methodolo- degree However, if the student chooses an inter- mation gathering and thinking in the modern LATIN gies and epistemologics of the major areas of school minor, the maximum for the minor (Busi- world (Required of non-math, non-science 4 cr each semester knowledge so that e% aluations and judgments may ness 15 Education 15, Music 15) will be applied majors) 008 STUDY SKILLS be valid to the degree, but all other courses must be I cr FRESHMAN 11 (Second Semester) selected from the arts and sciences officrings 3 To assist in both the growth of self-knowledge 009 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS A student's major and minor programs mav not 104 Information Resources 3er and the development of a philosophy of life 3 cr be chosen from the same department (Modern The rapid I y-changi ng revolution in information 010 ETHICS 4 To assist the individual to understand his Language majors may minor in another language ) and data-gathering including traditional library 3 (r relation to God to societv and to nature resources and electronic media ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS 012 GREAT BOOKS SEMINAR 5 To peifect that skill in the use of standard Completion of 120 credits ? cr 106 Approaches to Culture The East 3cr English necessary to clear coherent expression of A minimum cumulative quality point average of 121 GENERAL ETYMOLOGY The great, historic and often unknown civiliza- one s thoughts hopes and ideals )0 cr tions of India, China and Japan THE IN I EGRA FED 140NORS PROGRAM 6 To cultivate a backgiound foi the learned Removal of I and F grades in major and required 115 The Rational Self 3cr Constance Ramirez Pit D Diiecloi professions and f6i scholarIv pursuits courses Human nature, human intelligence and the ethi- Completion of sequential courses in proper For the highly-qualified motivated and commit- cal sense CURRICULAR REQUIREMENTS sequence ted student who is searching for challenge, enrich- English Composition Proficicncv at the Completion of the residence requirement The last ment and enlightenment in a college education, SOPHOMORE I (First Semester) 102 level 30 credits must be taken at the University Duquesne University offers a new Integrated Hon- 203 Societal Structures 1 3 cr Modern or Classical Language Proficiency at Submission of application for the degree No stu- ors Program (IHP) The economic and social framework within the 202 or 2 1 2 level dent is considered a degree candidate until he files The IHP piovides a unique opportunity, which the individual functions Natural Sciences (Biologv Chernistry an application for the degree on a form provide(P through great books front both Western and East- Earth Sciences Computer Science, by the Registrar ern civilizations to examine our essential human 207 Science I Chemistr) and Ph^sics 4 cr Phvsics Mathematics) Nine Credits Any course taken as a Temporary Transfer at heritage and investigate and debate the major Contemporary developments and issues in the One two-semester sequential another institution must be approved before the ideas and issues forming the background direction physical sciences Laboratory included (Required course must be completed classes are taken and locus of modern life Student participation of non-science majors) 17 16

INTER-SCHOOL MINORS ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAMS 205 Approaches to Culture The American PROGRAM IN WORLD LITERATURE Experience The College of Arts and Sciences offers the follow- 3 cr The Departments of Classics, English, and Mod- inter-school rninois aie available in Business and The rise and significance ofthe U S as a demo- ern Languages jointly offer a World Literature pro- Achrunistiation Education and Music Foi com- ing Associate Degree Programs cratic industrial affluent and open society gram—with both major and minor sequence The pletc details Students should consult the Duector • international Communications for lndustr^ program is designed to give the student an aware- of Academic Ad% iscment • Communications for IndustrN SOPHOMORE 11 (Second Semester) ness of the historical and cultural framework in which Classical, British, American, Continental, • Criminal Justice BACHELOR-MASTER'S 204 Societal Structures 11 3 cr Asian and African Literatures have evolved, their • Applied 'lechnolog^ The development of political and legal systems influence upon each other, and an in-depth study A student who has completed all - requirements and A minimum of 60 credits is required For of selected major literary works in these areas a total of 90 ciedits with a 3 5 average ma\ appiv 208 Science 11 BiologN and Bmchermstr^ 4 cr details consult the College Advisement Office at fol tile bachelor/mastei s progiarn Aftei success- Traditional and new directions in the life sci- COURSE OFFERINGS 434-6394 or the Assistant Dean at 434-6393 tul completion of the niastei's program the stu- ences Laboratory included (Required of non-sci- Major 24 credits (6 in the core and the remaining dent will iccei\c the bachelor s degree ence majors) 18 credits distributed equallv among Classics, CLEP AND ADVANCED PLACEMENT English and Modern Languages) 210 The Aesthetic Experience 3 cr Minor 15 credits (6 in the core and the remaining BACTIELOR'S/PROFESSIONAL See page 142 The visual arts and music as universal and dis- 9 credits distributed equally among Classics, SCHOOL tinctive human experiences and cultural expres- English, and Modern Languages) credits with a sions -x student who has completed 90 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Core Course Readings in World Literature I and 3 50 o%crall axeiage and satisfied all undergraclu- Electives 11 (English) atc CUrru,Ulai ]CqUirernents mav applv for the CAPSTONE SEMINARS bacheloi s clegice aftei tile successful completion A maximum of 12 non A & S credits may be Capstone seminars during the junior and senior DEPARTMENTAL COURSE of the hist Ncai of professional woik in an accred- applied to the BA/BS degree with the exception of ,,ears provide an in-depth study of some of the OFFERINGS ited medical oi law school certain appicived inter-school minois which mav significant issues and themes which have emerged Classics Any of the current offerings in Classical extend this number to 15 credits from the student's earlier IHP experience These Literature, either in translation or in the original will be addressed within the context of the stu- language, at the 200 level or above LIBERAL ARTS ENGINEERING dent s vocational and career interests , ACADEMIC LOAD English Any of the current course offerings in StuclLnts who intend to prepare for a career in Students mav normallv carry five courses in one Literature at the 333-400 level, as approved by the crigincLiing maN enter a 3-2 binarN piogram that COOPERATIVE EDUCATION schedule of more than five courses or department chairman DUqL1CSnC Univcisit\ maintains with Case West- semester A ciedits must be approved bv the Dean In the PROGRAM Modern Languages Any of the current offerings in cin Rcsei,,c Uni%ersit^ in Cleveland Ohio Stu- 17 summer sessions students normallv carry one The Cooperative Education Program is a service Modern Languages, either in translation or in the dents arc c\pected to meet the cuiiicular iequiic- credit a week i e six credits in the six-week ses- to students seeking expanded education through original language, above the 302 level ments of the College of Libeial Arts and Sciences work experience and to emplovers seeking tempo- C\tept foi the completion of a major program sion A 12-crecht schedule in a regular semester is rary pre-professional staff with the ultimate objec- BACHELOR OF ARTS—LIBERAL Unclei tile guidance ofa liaison officer the^ will considered full-time study Students on academic credits tive of earlv identification of the best available ARTS AND GENERAL SCIENCES normall^ complete the program at Duquesne Um- probation may not take more than 15 college-educated talent for permanent assignment This program is designed for those students who \c1sitv in three veais thcri enter an enginceiing Under this plan students may be employed in prefer not to choose a formal major or minor piogiarn at Case EFFECTIVE CATALOG business goveinment and other institutional set- offered in a traditional discipline All requirements Upon completion ofthe program at CWRU stu- tings The program design provides for short-term other than the major and minor must be com- Degree requirements are those stipulated in the awarded the B A Degree from work assignments and it requires the regular rota- pleted Students must select one area of concentra- dents will be catalog of the vear in which a student matriculates Duquesne and B S Degree from the School of tion of students in each job and competitive refer- tion Humanities, Social Sciences Natural Sci- The student is responsible for knowing the Engineering at Case rals for each work period Employment may be ences A concentration requires a minimum of 30 requirements for the degree Requirements mav be either full- or part-time for one academic term or credit hours and a maximum of 39 hours Courses For complete details consult with the Liaison changed without notice or obligation This catalog has been prepared on the best information avail- its equivalent must be chosen from courses 200 and above Officci loi the BinarN Piogram in Engineering in It is expected that the cooperative student will the Pli^sics Depaitnient able as of Spring 1984 PRE-LAW be paid a salary commensurate with the work Major requirements are those stipulated in the Students who intend to prepare for a career in law assigned The actual job must be pre-professional, catalog of the vear in which a student declares the may select any subject area for the undergraduate SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE well-defined and fullv supervised major major They will be expected to meet degree I Sixty (60) or more earned credits and a cumula- A Student who has ieceived a bachelor's degree requirements in the major department as well as tive qualitv point average of 2 5 or better are basic tiorn anothei school mav become eligible for a admission requirements of the law school of their UNIVERSITY-LENEL COURSES requirements for student qualification for the Pro- second bachelor s clegicc bv earning an additional choice IN HIGH SCHOOL gram Clearance from academic advisors is 30 seiriester houis in icsidence in the College of TAKEN WHILE required of those studying in departments with PRE-PROFESSIONAL HEALTH Libeial Arts and Sciences and bv meeting all University-level courses taken by entering fresh- other internship options EDUCATION d(paitmental and College iecimicirients if not men students while in their ^enioi iem of high 30 ciedits must be When emploved and before starting work a Students who intend to prepare for a career in aliLad\ satisfied The additional school will be evaluated for credit if the following cooperative student must enroll in the pass/fail medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, or completed at the UniN ci sm and mdv not be taken criteiia have been met course ' Cooperative Education," which carries a thiough cross-registiation related fields may major in the subject area of their the courses are recorded on an official tran- mmimum-maximum of three to nine credits for choice and should select a major as soon as possi^, script from an accredited institution of higher full-time and one to three credits for part-time ble They must meet degree requirements of the I HREE-YEAR BACHELOR'S learning The grades must be C or better work major department, as well as admission require- the student has completed one semester at For further information about the Cooperative ments of the professional school of their choice A Foi intoiniation contact the Office of Admissions Duquesne with a C+ average or better Education Program interested parties should con- faculty committee on Pre-Medical Education 01 the Dean of the College tact Director Career Planning and Placement assists the medically-oriented student

18 19

MAJORS and Medieval ail Can be electcd to fulfill the his- 321 15th Century Renaissance Art 3 cr The College of Arts and Sciences offers the folloviing majors 101\/liteiatuic lCqLIIFCnlcnt An investigation of the RenaissanCL spuit of the Art Htstor^ French Media Arts Spanish 15th century Concentration is upon comparisons 112 History of krt Renaissance to Biochermstry German Philosophy Speech of Northern and Southern attitudes of man 3 cr Biologv Gerontology Physics Speech Pathology/ Nlodern World nature and social structure, and to materials tech- SUIvevs Renaissance Chemistry History Political Science Audiolog^ _\ continuation of I I I niques pictorial representation and iconography Classics International Ps^chology Theatre/Media Baloquc and Modem art in Westcin Euiope Can (Offered in alternate years) be Classical Relations Social Theology elected to fulfill the histoiy/literaturc require- 331 Art of the 19th CenturN 3 cr Civilization Journalism Communication World Literature Inent A survey of the visual arts in the J 91h century The Computer Science Liberal -Xrts/ Social Services/ 123 Classical NINthologN 3 cr visual arts not only reflect the dramatic changes in Criminal Justice Engineering Human Services x picscritation of the major myths of Greece and the artists use of form color line, texture and Economics Mathematics Sociology I Rome with special attention to contemporary light but also emphasize the changing political English interpictations of m\th and the influence of myth icligious and social values in society (Offered in MINORS on ail and lItCIatLIIC (Offeied by the Classics alternate years) Department) American Criminal Justice History Russian 332 Art of the 20th CenturN 3 cr Government Earth Science International Social 1-06 Greek Art 3 cr A chronological study of ^Oth century painting American Literature Economics Relations Communication A StUd\ of file aichitectuic Sculpture vase paint- and sculpture which "looks beyond Visual percep- Art HistorN Education Italian Social Services/ ing and rninoi aits of the Gieck world from tion" and tries to find the essence and meaning of Biochermstry English Literature Journalism Human Services Minoan to Hellenistic times The student is intro- reality From cubism to conceptual art from Biology French Latin Sociology dLICcd to the c\tensivc vocabularN of Greek art Picasso to Pollock and Pop, this course offers a Business and General Speech Mathematics Spanish ^0ich has been a continuing formative force in thorough exploration of the visual arts of the 20th Administration Communication Media Production Speech Pathology/ Westein art (Offeied in alternate \ears) Century (Offered in alternate years) Chemistry and Theatre Music Audiology 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376 Classical German Philosophy Theatre/Media 207 Roman Art 3 er 3 cr Civilization Gerontology Physics Theology -%n intioduction to Roman innovations in archi- Special Studies in Art Histor,N An occasional course in this series is offeied when Comparative Greek Priestly Formation World Literature tcctuic sculptuie and painting The background special interests of students and faculty can be Government Psychology Writing of Roman art in Etruscan Greek and Egyptian Computer Science ci\ilizations is imestigated and the impact of served Courses offered include The Image of Roman art in lot mulating Chi istian Art Renais- Women in Art Picasso Impressionism Egyptian sance Art and Neo-Classicism is analyzed Art Course Descriptions tOffeied in alicinatc \ears) 431 Selected Readings Variable Topics 1-3 cr 208 French Art 3 cr In-depth research, using the resources of Pitts- ART DIVISION -% SLIF\C\ ^khich discusses ideas schools and sWes burgh area libraries and of source material rele- Ditectot Mrs Patricia S Ingram in the histoi\ of Ficrich art front the Roman occu- vant to the history of Western art Prerequisite pation to the present Highlights are Medieval Survey and period courses in the history of western art are offered by the Art Division of the Classics Permission of instructoi Department to introduce the concepts of art history to those who wish to extend their visual perimeter and Renaissance Rococo and Modern art (Offered in to understand the role of the visual arts in Western culture Qualified students are advised to take collateral alteinatc ^ears) 441 American Painting and S(ulpture 3 cr An examination of the forms created by American courses in classics history philosophy, and psychology, and additional upper division art history courses 210 American Art 3 cr painters and sculptors from the early I 7th through offered at member colleges of the Pittsburgh Council on Higher Education In addition to personal enrich- \n o^civic%v of Aniciican architecture painting the late 20th century A special class intent ment and heightened awareness of man s will to create visual forms, the study of art history can lead to scuiptuie and ciccorati^c aits intended to acquaint careers in leaching publishing, museology historic preservation, and urban redevelopment inxolves arriving at a clear understanding of IhC Student with the majoi licrids and contribu- .Americas concept of reality during these years tions of Ameiican art from colonial to modern REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR particularly in the 20th century (Offered in alter- times The major consists of I I 1 1 12 History of Art plus 18 credits in upper division art courses and two upper nate years) division collateral courses selected from 250 Classical Tradition in America (Classics), 419 Renaissance 220 HistorN of PhotographN 3 cr 442 American Architecture 3 cr Literature and the Arts (English) 406 Aesthetics (Philosophy) and 313 Archaeology and the Bible (Theol- A survc\ of photogiaphic developments front the Consituction style building types and concepts ogv) Recommended electives 123 Classical Mythology 219 Computer Use in the Humanities cai h I 9th C to the pi esent Emphasis is upon the of city planning in Ameiican architecture from the [Jutted States and upon the interaction of and con- 17th centur^ to the present Field trips to irripoi- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR fiontation between painteis and photogiaphers tant monuments in the Pittsburgh area are sched- The minor consists of 12 credits of upper division courses The prerequisites are six credits of introductory uled (Offered in alternate years) and suivey courses at the 100 level or their adjudged equivalent 260 lhe Classical Tradition in America 3 cr 443 American Decoratine Arts 3 er 101 Understanding Art 3 cr Iwo decades Formal analysis of the art object and A studv ofthe influences ofGracco-Ronian civili- Decorative arts fiom the Pilgrims to the Bauhaus A study of the techniques and styles of architec- by examination of the motivational forces which 7,111011 Oil American cultuial life (Offered the are examined in context historical formal tech- ture sculpture painting and the graphic arts in shaped its creation lead to an overall view of the Classics Depaitment) nological and cultural Field trips to Carnegie Westcin socict^ with an emphasis upon increas- structural framework of twentieth century painting Institute and other area locations can be sched- ing the student's comprehension of our visually and sculpture 312 1 ate Medieial Art 3 cr uled (Offered in alternate years) oriented cultuic Suggested preliminary for all % Wcsici it Eui opean At I fi out the I I th to the l4th I I I History of Art Ancient to upper division art history courses ^Lutl_llv Focus IS upon the development of stone 477 Introduction to Museum Studies 3 cr Medieval N^orld 3 cr \dUlting s\sterns monumental architectuial sculp- An ovei view of the various functions of art and 102 Introduction to Modern Art 3 cr A chronologically oriented, detailed presentation lure stained glass fresco and panel painting and associated museums in American society Prereq- An attempt to render accessible to the spectator of the history of Western art This survey deals Illuminated manLISCIIptS in England France Italy uisite Peimission of Department (Offered in the realities formulated by the artists of the last with Near Eastern, Greek, Roman, Early Christian and German\ (Offeied in alternate veais) alteinate \,cars)

20 21

3 cr 478 Internship Biologv Major ciecht Prerequisites Biology 201 organisms, including man Principles of medical Practical experience in art related areas introduces (or concurrent registration) Laboratory and health related aspects of microbiology, chemo- the student to the many opportunities in the art therapy industrial, agricultural and marine field Prerequisite Permission of Department 206 Emironmentai Biolog^ 3 cr microbiology are presented Prerequisites Biology This course deals with the biological background I 11, 1 12, and organic chemistry (or concurrent DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES for understanding environmental problems and registration) Lecture and laboratory Chaiiinan Howard G Ehrlich, Ph D considers population energv land use and pollu- Biology is the scientific exploration of life in its many forms and details it is a fundamental element in a 1 lion as well as legal aspects of the amelioration of 226 Genetics 4 cr balanced liberal education and offers both intellectual insight and knowledge vital to societies facing serious environmental abuses Not for Biologv Major A study of the mechanisms of the inheritance and problems having biological implications The biology program is a part of that search bv mankind to credit Lecture their resulting effects on individuals and popula- understand its world in an effort to more effectively deal with the realities of that world and pursue its great tions, including their implications in the life of 207 AnatomN and Physiolog^ 3 cr promises man Principles and details, methods and applica- Studies designed to provide students with a back- The undergraduate program is basic and flexible, providing a core of experience around which continuous tions are illustrated with specific examples drawn ground in the areas of human body structure and future personal development may be centered from a wide range of species, from microorga- The program offers opportunity to develop professional the mechanisms underlving normal bodv func- attitudes and technical competence which aid in opening avenues for advanced study and career fulfillment nisms to man Prerequisites 107, 108, or I t 1, 1 t2 tions Prerequisites some Previous exposure to a-, Aell as personal enrichment The course of sluciv pursued can aid in preparation for professional careers Lecture and laboratory introductory biology and chemistry is desirable in teaching research, medicine dentistry veterinary medicine, and allied health fields as well as for Not for Biology Major credit Lecture advanced study in various graduate school specialties While many students choose to pursue the benefits of 232 Vertebrate Macrostructure 4 cr comparative study of the gross structure of advanced studv in graduate and professional schools, others prefer to pursue opportunities in biological 208 AnatomN and PhNsiologN A technologies in pure and applied research and service in hospitals, universities, private industry, and LaboratorN I cr vertebrates and the relationship of that structure 12 go,ernmental service Diverse opportunities are available in specialty sales, pharmaceutical laboratories, Laboratory includes examination of the micro and to function and evolution Prerequisites I 11, 1 medical laboratories atomic energy research laboratories and chemical laboratories, food technologv and gross anatomy of the bodv, physiological experi- Lecture and laboratory processing hsheries occanographv conservation, health services, space biology agricultural technologv, ments and exposure to certain basic clinically 238 Vertebrate Microstructure 4 cr food and drug administration, environmental services as well as in other industries and agencies important measurements and techniques Prereq- A study of tissue and organ structure and the rela- uisites 207 Anatomy and Phvsiology (or concur- REQUIREMENTS tionship of that structure to function Prerequi- FOR THE MAJOR rent registration) Not for Biology Major credit A minimum of 31 sites I 11, 112 and 232 or permission of the semester hours is needed Majors are required to take General Biology I 11, 11 2 and to Laboratory select other courses so that a balance is achieved with experience in biology of inheritance, structure, and instructor Lecture and laboratory function at the molecular cellular and organismal levels Within that context, students may follow their 220 Sex and Sexuaht^ 3 cr pi-cfeired interest in subject matter selection and concentration The specific program selected is individu- Consideration of sex and reproduction as univer- 244 Animal Development 4 cr comparative study of the morphological and allv formulated with the student through consultation with an advisor Courses t07, 108, 20t, 202, 206, 207, sal biological functions and special emphasis on A physiological aspects of animal development 20^ 220 and 230 will not be counted toward a major in biology Qualified majors may take two 500 physiological and psvchological basis of human introductory level graduate courses during their senior vear and apply them toward their undergraduate sexualitv The course also aims to examine sexual emphasizing current experimental approaches degrees functioning sexual behavior and sex therapy Not Prerequisites I 11, 11 2 Lecture and laboratory Lkiia,lel),ittiiieiiialteqitiieiiiei7ts Calculus 115, General Chemistry 121, 122, Organic Chemistry 205 206 for Biologv Major credit Lecture 250 Plant Development 4 cr or 221 222 General (or Analytical) Phvsics 201, 202, or 211, 212 Students also should consider 226 Genetics 4 cr Examines the unique features of representative extradepartmental electives in chemistry, mathematics, and computer science A minimum of 15 credits in by interrelationships of Biologv must be taken at Duquesne University for the major See description under Major Courses types of plants, as revealed form, function and morphogenesis Prerequisites 230 Stress and Adaptation 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 111, 112 Lecture and laboratory study of the biological effects of acute and The department offers two minor programs A chronic stress stimuli of various origins, and the I Pi ofessional Vinoi which consists of I I I 11 2 and a minimum of 12 credits selected from the depart- 306 Plant Physiolog^ 4 cr neuro and hormonal regulations associated with Varied studies of the growth requirements and reg- merit's major courses number 200 or above Individual course prerequisites must be met adaptation to stress Not for Biology Major credit ulatory mechanisms of important plant types, with 2 Adademic Iftnoi which consists of 107, 108 or 111, 112 and a minimum of 12 credits selected from the Lecture emphasis upon environmental control Prerequi- department's courses numbered 200-395 Courses which are open to either non-majors may be selected Individual course prerequisites must be met MAJOR COURSES sites I 11, 11 2 and 250 Lecture and laboratory If a student takes 107, 108-Principles of Biology and I 11, 1 12-General Biology the credits for the 107, Except for 398 and 399 all courses for majors also 312 Animal Physiolog^ 4 cr 108 will not apply to the total number required for the degree These courses are not interchangeable are open to non-majors providing that individual Examination of the physiological mechanisms of NON-MAJOR COURSES course prerequisites are satisfied body function in animals, including consideration of the basic components of biological control sys- 107, 108 Principles of Biolog^ 3 cr each 111, 112 General Biolog^ 4 cr each Major credit Prerequisite Biology 107 (or concur- tems and the manner in which various organ sys- Studv of the living world of which man is an inte- Introduction to the scientific study of life at the rent registration) Laboratory tems contribute to the maintenance of physiologi- gral part It includes considerations of organiza- molecular, cellular and organismal level It 201 Biology of Microbes cal homeostasis Prerequisites 111, 112 Lecture tion activitv growth, reproduction, inheritance ' 3 cr involves consideration of relevant structure, func- Examination of microbes as to what they are, how and laboratory environmental influences and other interrelation- tion development, reproduction, inheritance, they grow how they may be controlled, what their evolution and ecology This course provides the ships This course is designed to provide the non- 318 Physiolog^ of Reproduction 4 cr relationships to other living things are, why and basic information and concept necessary for scientist with the biological information and prin- The course includes the anatomy, histology, phvsi- how some of them cause disease Not for Biology understanding living systerns their activity and ciples necessarN to assume an enlightened role in elegy, biochemistry and endocrinology of verte- Major credit Lecture interrelationships I I I is prerequisite to 11 2 Lec- our increasinglv complex society Not for Biology brate reproduction The main emphasis is on the ture and laboratory Major credit 107 is prerequisite to 108 Lecture 202 Biology of Microbes Laboratory I er physiology of puberty, estrous and menstrual Illustrates methods of observation, growth, and 203 Nlicrobiolog3 4 cr cvcle, conception, pregnancy and parturition The 109 Principles of Biologl Laborator^ I cr identification of microbes as well as methods of Intioduction to microorganisms their morphol- physiological basis of fertility and infertility also Laboratory work illustrating selected biological controlling these organisms using sterilization ogv metabolism ecology and cultural characteris- are included Prerequisites I 11, 1 12, and 232 or principles and factual details Not for Biologv techniques, disinfectants and antibiotics Not for tics with emphasis on their interaction with other 244 Lecture and laboratory _7^__

22 23

324 RegulatorN PhNsiologi 4 cr aquatic habitats aie used to illustrate concepts positions in the chemical and related industries, the space industrv, education, the environmental sciences A licatnicrit of ph%siological and criviionnicrital such as growth niche succession and completion and the health professions such as medicine dentistry and veterinary medicine The major in biochemistry lCgUlatioris xN ith emphasis on net,llocndoci me [me- Applicabilitv to curient human problems is dis, centers around the core of basic chemistry courses While also providing advanced courses in biochemistry giation and adaptation Plelcquisitc,, I I 1 1 12 Cussed such as waste disposal pollution, food and electives in biologv LectUIC and laboiatmv ffiel agriculture and urbanization Prerequisites FOR THE CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY MAJORS 332 ImmunologN and N irologv 4 cr I I I 11 2 Lecture and laboratory REQUIREMENTS Thirtv-twO semester hours are required All students must take 121, 122, 221 222 321 323, and 421, Intioch.](11011 to viiuscs and immL111O1OgV Will) 430 Animal Behavior 115 116 Phvsics 201 202 or 211 212, Biology I I I 11 2 proficiency in German Russian or emphasis on host-paiasite inteiactions and pat- 3 cr Mathematics Introductory survey of the behavior of animals 1 2 level is required telil"OflllfCCIIOL]sdisc,i,,csin Populations Piereq- French at the 202 or 2 fiom an evolutionary perspective Selected topics a student takes I I I 11 2 and 12 1 122 chemistry courses the credits for the I I I 11 2 will not apply to Lfl-flteS BIO]Og\ 111 112 and oiganic chemis- if include natural selection and behavioral genetics the total required for the degree Courses 101 102, 205 206 will not be counted toward a major t'\ (01 conculient iegistiation) Lecture and instinct and learning behavioral o'ntOgCnv Orien- All students must take 322, 324, 422 and Mathematics 215 laboi atoi N (hemotil Majo; tation and navigation behavior adaptations for B10(l1elillso i Majoi All students must take 401 524 In addition Chemistry 525 and 526 mav be taken as 324 334 Diagnostic MicrobtologN 3 cr survival and reproduction animal communica. electives Students planning to enter a graduate chemistry department should take 322, A couise to acquaint the ,indent with the methods tion, social organization, and the evolution of Students who intend to work in industry after graduation are stronglv advised to take 548 Industrial crnplo%ccl on clinical samples bv clinical laboralo- social behavior Lecture Organic Chermstr\ and 549 Principles of Polvmer Science I les in llic isolation and identilication of miciobial 7o Mcct the linetican Chemical Societvs ieqnitements foi Piofessional Ceitification, the Chemistry 431 Animal Behavior Laboratorl agents Mijcli Cause human discaSL Cultural as I cr Major must elect two additional courses from the following 401, 523, 524 537, 538, 545, 546 547, 548 572, Emphasis is on c\perimental design methodologv one of these must be a well as scrological tcchll]qLles aie included Mathematics 216 or 308 Biology 505 Pharmacy Sciences 539 and Physics 306, statistical techniques and the writing of scientific Emphasis is on the interpictation and significance laboratory course This laboratory requirement can also be fulfilled with 490 The Biochemistry Major must papers Prerequisites a course in animal behavior of laboiatoi\ findings in the diagnosis of microbial 322 324 and 422 for certification Course disciplines of the 500 level courses can be found in the behavioral ecologv or concurrent iegistration in take disease specialk useful in medical technologv Graduate School catalogue the same Laboratory nuising and allied field,, Preicquisites I I 1 1 12 and REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS 201 01 LqLll\,Ilellt 01 ficimission of the 444 Cell Pliysjolog^ 4 cr A minor in Chernistry consists of 12 credit hours beyond 121, 122 A minor in Biochemistry consists of 12 inStILICtoi LCCUI]e and laboiatoiv A studv of cells with regard to means Of obtaining credits bevond 121 122 Normally 205, 206 or 221, 222, along with 401, will constitute the Biochemistry encrgv including respiration 336 Human Parasitologv 3 cr fermentation and photosvnthesis, work done bv the cell including minor PlinciPles of Paiasilism epidermolog\ and life 102 Chemistr) and Society 3 cr each 121, 122 General Chemistry cxcles of human paiasitic protozoans and he]- biosynthesis active transport and cell movement, 101, useful cell growth and differentiation The fundamental principles and concepts of chem- minths spe(jalk in allied health fields Pic- relationships of The impact of chermstry on society reaches every cell structure to these processes istry are presented from the standpoint of atomic ICCILI]SIteS IntiOdLIC101v biologv and a couise in Prerequisites I 11, phase of life The course attempts to provide a link 1 12 and organic chemistry and molecular structure with illustrative examples animal phvsiolog^ ol ecologv oi permission of th e Lecture and between chemistry and the changes in our techno- laboratory from descriptive chemistry The basic concepts of instiLICtor Lectine and laboratory logical society In the first semester the basic con- thermodynamics, chemical kinetics and equilib- cepts of chemistry are developed for the non-sci- 395 Spe(ial Fopi(s 1-3 cr Descriptions of the Folio-Aing Courses are Pro- rium are introduced The laboratory portion of the topics ence student and applied to current topics such as Ticatment Of Of CUlient oi special interest vided in the Graduate School Catalog first sernister illustrates physical and chemical air and water pollution energv pesticides, etc in biolog\ Lecture laboiator\ oi combinations properties in a quantitative manner, and the labo- 500 Biotechnology Lab Techniques 3 cr The second semester deals with the biochemistry ratory portion of the second semester illustrates 398, 399 501 Biotechnologv Research Skills 3 cr Undergraduate Research 2 cr each of living sNstems Chemical principles are used to the principle of ionic equilibria including qualita- 503 Cell and Electron Microscop^ Opportunitv foi selectcd students to Work in the 3 cr explain the normal life processes of photosynthe- tive inorganic analysis Iaboiatoi\ on reseaich problems undci the direc- 505 Molecular Genetics 3 cr sis respiration etc as well as abnormal conditions tion of a faCL)lt\ membei 398 is not plerequisite to 511 Comparative Vertebrate Phvsiolog% 3 cr such as drug action poisons etc on metabolic 121 Lecture three hours Recitation, 4 cr 399 M,1\11111.1111 Of fOUI ciedits Registration by 512 Mammalian Ph^siolog) 3 cr processes Students with a good high school back- one hour, Laboratory three hours Pe"llission of instiuctoi Laboratoi 513 General Endocrmologv 3 cr ground do not require the first semester as a pre- 122 Lecture, three hours Recitation requisite others should see the instructor before 411 Ecologi 4 cr 520 Experimental Embrvolog) 3 cr one hour, Laboratory, six hours 5 cr 524 Immunolog) 3 cr registering for the second semester Lecture three The goal is to pro\ ide an ovciall grasp of the pi in- 205, 206, 221, 222 Organic 526 Pathogenic MicrobiologN hours ciplc,, and pioccclUres undeil\ing ecological 3 cr Chemistry 4 cr each 528 thought Past piesent and future aspects of cnvi- Microbial PhNsiolog^ 3 cr The theoretical background is developed from the ionincrital Studies are consideied fiorn the ecosys- 531 Biologv of Fungi 3 cr 111, 112 Principles of Chermstr^ 4 cr each standpoint of the electronic structure of molecules tern \ie\\poml Interrelationships of living things 535 Microbiologv Seminar I cr The course is divided into three segments phvsi- and the accompanying energy considerations The with each othcr as well as the non-living compo- 573 Behavioral Ecology 3 cr cal organic, and biochemistry In the section preparation and the chemical and physical devoted to physical chemistry the laws of chemical nents emphasize the necd for inter-clisciplinary 577 L%olutionari Ecolog^ 3 cr (including spectral) properties of representative behavior are developed with particular reference studies and quantitative data Both teriestrial and 580 Urban Ecolo* 3 cr organic compounds are discussed in detail Prereq- to the simple molecules of inanimate nature The uisites 121, 122 For 205 206 Lecture three DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY organic section deals primarilv with the structural hours, Recitation one hour Laboratory four features of organic compounds the chemistry of (hailincin hours, and for 221, 222 Lecture, three hours Rec- Andrew J Glaid, III, Ph D functional groups and the practical applications of itation one hour, Laboratory six hours Thc Chernisti\ pTogiam is designed to picivide the student with a fundamental background in chernistry and organic compounds in the svnthesis of polvmers, an Undeistanding of dic relationship of chemistry to the other sciences and disciplines Elective courses and of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins nucleic acids, 321, 322 Physical Chemistry 3 cr each the oppOrtL1111tV to do undctgiadLiate rescaich allow the chernistry major to develop interests in a specialized enzvmes vitamins etc Biochemistry is treated in A study of the structure and properties of the vari- area of chernisuv Such as analvtical inorganic organic phvsical chermstry and biochemistry terms of the digestion and metabolism of nutri- ous states of matter, thermodynamics thermo- Because of the fundamental nature of chermstry as a science numerous opportunities for advanced study, ents, the function of enzymes in the metabolic chemistry, kinetics and an introduction to chemi- as well as cniplo\ ment aic open to chemisiry and biochermstry majors A large percentage of students elect process and the abnormal metabolic conditions cal physics Prerequisites Phvsics 202 or 212 to continue then StUd\ in graduate programs in chemistry and related helds Chemists and biochemists that prevail in disease Lecture, three hours, Reci- Chemistry 122, Mathematics 116 Lecture, four pio\ ide a coic of personnel in puie and applied research technical sales technical libraries management tation one hour Laboratory two hours hours

24 25

323, 324 Ph,*sical Chemistr) 421 Analytical Chemistry 4 cr 101, 102 Elementari Classical 304 Alexandrian Period 3 cr LaboratorN I cr each Theoretical and practical training in modern I atin 4 cr each Apollomus Rhochus, Theociiius Callimachus and Laboratory portion of ChermstrN, 321 322 four methods in chemical analysis with emphasis on Stud\ of the fundamentals of Latin giammar and the lesser Alexandrian authors hours instrumental methods Prerequisite 322 Lecture, s%ntax combined with occasional exercises in 305 Roman Republic 3 cr three hours, Laboratory, eight hours tiarislation fioni Roman authois 326 The Computer in Chemistr^ 3 cr Plautus Terence Cicero, Lucretius Catullus Cae- The computer will be introduced as a tool in the 103 104 ElementarN Classical sar and Sallust solution of problems from the helds of analytical, Greek 4 cr each 422 Inorganic Chemistry 4 cr I 306 Augustan Literature 3 cr biological inorganic organic and physical chem- StUd% of the fundamentals of Greek grammar and A survev of the basic principles required for Livv Vergil Horace, Ovid Propertius and istiv The student will progress from the use of the understanding inorganic chemistry including s%nta\ combined with frequent exercises on tians- Tibul]LIS computer as a black box problem solver to the atomic and molecular structure crystal structure, lation hom Gieck a110101S design and coding of programs to solve problems non-aqueous solvents and coordination com- 307 Imperial Literature 3 cr 105, 106 Basic Sanskrit 3 cr each in his field of interest Experimental design and pounds Prerequisite 322 Lecture, three hours, Seneca Lucan, Petromus, Martial Plutarch -\ stud% of the fundamentals of Sanskrit grammar analvsis will be introduced bN library programs Laboratory four hours Tacitus Juvenal Plinv the Younger, Suctomus and sNnta\ combined with exercises in translation " Inch permit the computer to simulate laboratory Apuleius, and Lucian Sonic prc\ious foicign language experience is equipment in the production of experimental data 308 Post Classical Literature 3 cr Prerequisite Chermstry desuable 321 Lecture three hours 490 Undergraduate Research Maximum 2 cr Post classical medieval renaissance and neo- Selected students work on a research problem 107, 108 FlementarN Ecclesiastical Latin authors 401 Introductor^ Biochemistr3 4 cr under the direction of a staff member Latin 3 cr each An introduction to biochemistry at the cellular Stuclv of the fundamentals of Latin giarnmar and 309 Studies in Genre 3 cr level The structure and chernism, of cellular com- s,,ntax as tepiesented in Sciiptuie and Chuich Selected ^,eme of Greek and/ot Latin literature ponents (proteins nucleic acids etc ) of cell,ilar 524 Molecular Basis of Biochemistry 3 cr Fathci s 400 Independent Readings and reagents (enzvmes coenzvmes respiratory pig- A discussion of the chemistry of amino acids and Research Var cr ments etc ) and metabolic reactions of carbohy- proteins from the viewpoint of structure-, phys cal 201, 202 Intermediate Classi(al drates lipids and amino acids are discussed Pre- chemistrN and analysis An introduction to Latin 3 cr ea(h CLASSICS COURSES IN ENGLISH requisite 206 or 222 Lecture three hours, enzyme ^hermstry is also included in the course Sui\c\ of majoi Latin authoi s (NO GREEK OR LATIN REQUIRED) Laboratory four hours Prerequisite 401 203, 204 Intermediate Classical 121 General Equiology 3 cr Greek 3 cr each A studv of Greek and Latin words to facilitate the DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICS SUrvc\ of majoi Greck authors comprehension of modern English as it is written bv our acknowledged modern masters Chaninan Lawrence E Gaichas Ph D 1984-1986 205, 206 Intermediate Ecclesiastical Latin 3 cr each 122 Et^molog^ of Scientific Terms 3 cr The studv of Classics is a unique discipline It is not the studv of a language or literature alone It is rather Selections from Biblical and Christian Latin Introduction to Greek and Latin elements of sci- the in vestigation of one of the world's inspired civilzations, the Graeco-Roman world As such, it offers the ltteFaluie entific terminology student insight into the broadest aspects of human existence set in a perspective distant enough from his own to expand significantly his understanding and appreciation of humanity's aspirations, failures and 207, 208 Biblical and Patristic 123 Classical M^tholog^ 3 cr occasional triumphs Greek 3 cr each A presentation of the major mvths of Greece and Selections from Biblical and Christian Greek Rome with special attention to contemporary REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJORS literature interpretations of rn,^th and the influence of myth on art and literature The Department offers four major programs Classical Latin Classical Greek Classical Languages (knowl- 211, 212 Sur^e% of Sanskrit edge of both Latin and Greek required), and Classical Civilization (no knowledge of Greek/Latin required) Literature 3 cr each 124 World Mytholog^ 3 cr Credits applied to anv major must be at the 200 level or above o Selected readings fiorn major Sanskrit texts Investigation of the dominant themes of non- Classical mythologies with special reference to 1) The Classical Latin major requires at least eighteen credits in Latin as well as six credits of ancient including the Vahahha)ala ffitopadesa history or ancient literature courses in English Kathasuw^agcva lfanatadlicomasa:wia Ri-lieda Near Eastern Celtic Teutonic, African, and and llcglladwa American Indian myths 2) Fhe Classical Greek major requires at least eighteen credits in Greek as well as six credits in ancient histwy or ancient literature courses in English 219 Computer Use in the Humanities 3 cr The following will be taught as Latin or Greek A survey of non-scientific applications of com- 3) The Classical Languages major requires at least twenty-four credits in Latin and Greek (wph a coursesoi for those students who are qualified as puters in the humanities minimum of twelve credits in each) in addition to six credits 4ancient history or ancient literature courses combination Latin and Greek Courses in English The Survey of Sanskrit Literature (211-212) mav be substituted for the twelve credits of either Each Course will covei an individual author or 230 Ancient Theatre 3 cr Latin or Greek group of authois or a eeme Each course mav be An examination of the origins and development of repeated as long as a different author or work is ancient tragedy and comedy Readings from the 4) The Classical Civilization major is an individuallv designed program of twentv-four credits of ancient literatuie history art and archeology Students majoring in Classical Civilization create programs with the read works of Aeschvlus, Sophocles Euripides Aris- close advice and the approval of the Classics Department to fit their backgrounds, interests, and career tophanes Menander Plautus Terence and 301 Pre-Fifth CenturN11117111S 3 cr Seneca objectives Majors should formulate programs with balanced history and literature components They are The Mad the Odi ssei the Homeiic strongly encouraged to fulfill the College language requirement in cit^er Latin or Greek All courses in Greek Hesiod Pindar and Greek kric poetry 231 Ancient Epic 3 cr or Latin at the 200 level or above apply to the Classical Civilization Major A studv of ancient epic literature with particular k 302 Fifth Centur-, 3 cr attention to the techniques of oral and literary REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Herodotus ThUcvdides AeschVILIS Sophocles composition Readings from the works of Homer Euripides and Aristophanes The Department offers a minor in Latin (a minimum of 12 credits above the 100 level), a minor in Greek (a Apollomus of Rhodes, Vergil, and Lucan minimum of 12 credits above the 100 level) and a minor in Classical Civilization with concentrations in 303 Fourth CenturN 3 cr 232 Ancient No%el and Romance 3 cr Greek Civilization Roman Civilization Ancient Historv, and Ancient Art and Literature ( 1 2 credits above Greek oiators Plato Aiistotie Xenophon, Survey of Greek and Roman prose fiction with the 100 level) with approval of the Department and advisors PI vlenandei special emphasis on the nature and development

26 27 of narrative techniques Readings from Homer, 249 Egyptian Ciiilization 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Hcrodotus Xenophon Apollonius of Rhodes, the A survey of Egyptian history and culture from the A minimum of 18 semester hours is required for the minor These must include the core courses 1 12, 201 Greek Romances Lucian Petronius, and pre-dynastic period to the establishment of and 202 and 9 hours of computer science selected from courses numbered 300 and above Apuleius Roman rule in Egypt Special attention will be given to the artistic, literary, and religious achieve- Note Manv of the courses in the Computer Science Division may be taken as electives by those not enrolled 233 Ancient Satire 3 cr ments of Egypt in the major or minor programs Any such selections, however, must be cleared by the advisor through a investigation of the satirical element in classical representative of the Computer Science Division literature with special reference to the writings of 250 Classical Archaeology 3 cr Lucian Lucilius Horace Persms, Martial and 100 Elements of Computer Science 3 cr storage devices and to provide the foundation for A studv of the archaeological discovery of classical JUvenal A computer appreciation course covering a sur- civilization from the Greek Bronze Age through applications of data structures and file processing NeN ofcomputer organization, computer languages techniques Prerequisite 1 12 Pascal 202 Data 240 Greek Religion 3 cr the Roman Empire An introduction t ' o the tech- and the history ofcomputers Not counted toward Structures An examination of the continuitv of Greek reli- niques of archaeological investigation computer science major or minor gious experience from ancient times to the present 306 Introduction to Operating and of the interconnection of ancient Greek reli- 101 Introduction to Computer 260 The Classical Tradition in SNstems 3 cr gious ritual moral experience and religious America 3 cr Science/Basic 3 cr 1/0 Hardware, properties of magnetic tapes, discs An introductory course for those who have had no thought A study of the influences of Graeco-Roman civili- drums, associative memories, virtual address -orior computer science courses or those seeking a zation on American cultural life translation techniques, batch processing, time 241 Roman Religion 3 cr general introduction to computers Machine lan- studv of Roman religious beliefs and practices sharing, scheduling resource allocation are among A guage assembly language and Basic are among the 261 Contemporar^ Literature the topics covered Prerequisite 201 Machine with attention to the development of hero cults, topics covered Not counted toward the computer and Classics 3 cr Language Programming 202 Data Structures oriental mvstery religions and philosophical sects science major or minor as alternatives to traditional religion An investigation of the influence of ancient mvth 307 Numerical Methods of on 20th century French German Italian, English 102 COBOL 3 cr Linear Systems 3 cr 242 Ancient La" 3 cr and American Literature Structured programming principles and tech - This course deals with basic algorithms of numeri- An historical survev including the contributions niques are introduced using the COBOL language of the Babvlonians and the Greeks, of Roman Law cal computation of linear algebra The use of 300 Seminar 3 cr Topics discussed are top down techniques pro- between c 500 B C and A D 500 mathematical subroutine packages are included Topics variable gram and project documentation file structure This course is identical to Math 307 It may be and the organization of programming languages 244 Histor^ of Ancient Medicine 3 cr used to satisfy either a Math or Computer Science Examination of the most significant medical theo- 301 Greek Art 3 cr III FORTRAN 3 cr requirement but not both Prerequisite knowledge ries and practices in the period from the Egyptian A study of the architecture sculpture, vase paint- Elements of FORTRAN skills to construct algo- of BASIC FORTRAN or Pascal is required Math temple physicians to the doctors of the Roman ing and minor arts of the Greek world from rithms for efficient solution of computational 116 and Math 306 Empire Special attention will be given to Hip- Minoan to Hellenistic times The student is intro- problems are presented Recommended for those pocrates and Galen duced to the extensive vocabulary of Greek art in science and pre-engineering 308 Numerical Methods of which has been a continuing formative force in Classical Analysis 3 cr 245 Greek Histor^ 3 cr 112 Pascal Western art (Offered in alternate years) 1 3 cr Introduces the basic algorithms of numerical com- An examination of the development of Greek his- This course develops the student's skills in the use putation their theoretical foundations, and practi- tory and culture from earliest times up to the of procedure oriented languages, and emphasizes cal applications Programming assignments are 302 Roman Art 3 cr death of Alexander of Macedon structured programming made to demonstrate the algorithm, the related An introduction to Roman innovations in archi- theory, the benefits and the pitfalls associated with 246 Hellenistic Histor^ 3 cr tecture, sculpture, and painting The background 201 Machine Language Programming 3 cr the method Identical to Math 308 May be used to A survev of Mediterranean history from the death of Roman art in Etruscan, Greek, and Egyptian A sui vey of various machine configurations Top- satisfy either a Math or Computer Science require- of Alexander until the accession of Octavian and civilizations in invcstigated, and the impact of ics include number systems machine language ment but not both Prerequisite I I I Fortran or the establishment of the Roman principate Roman art in formulating Christian Art Renais- programming assemblers and macro-assemblers 112 Pascal and Math 215 sance Art and Neo-Classicism is analvzed Prerequisite 1 12 Pascal 3 cr 247 History of the Roman Principate (Offered in alternate years) Studv of the consolidation of the Roman imperial 202 Data Structures 3 cr 309 Computers and Societ^ 3 cr structure from Augustus to the death of Introduction to the theory ofgraphs and trees and A course designed to keep the student abreast of 305 Histor^ of Medicine 3 cr Commodus their realization as computer programs A thor- the current state of the art of computer science and survey exploring the development of medicine A I ough studv of data structures and algorithms for technology and of the role that computers play in 248 HistorN of the Late Roman in the western world in terms of medicine as an art their manipulation Prerequisite I I I Fortran society This seminar format course will discuss Empire 3 cr and as a science The latter part of the course will the uses and misuses of computers in society and 301 Computer Logic 3 cr Examination of Roman history from the ascension focus on the social and institutional aspects in the will underline the basic assumptions, values and Basic concepts used in the design and analysis of of Severus to the death of Justinian development of American medicine ethics which should govern the use of computer digital systems Required course for 302 Prerequi- systems site 1 12 Pascal DIVISION OF COMPUTER SCIENCE 311 Data Base Management 302 Computer Organization The Curriculum in Computer Science is designed to allow maximum flexibility in direction In conjunction 3 cr Systems Design 3 cr with an appropriate minor the degree in Computer Science provides excellent preparation for graduate An introduction to current system structures of Introduction of data base concepts and approaches work in Computer Science as well as the preparation sought by the scientific and business world control communications memories processors to data base management Topics include choice and 1/0 devices Prerequisite 201 Machine Lan- and design of data structures, design of user ori- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR guage Programming, 301 Computer Logic ented languages for updating and retrieving infor- A minimum of 30 semester hours is required for a major These must include the core courses 112 201 .1"and 305 Introduction to File Processing 3 cr mation constraints and problems associated with 202 with the remaining courses selected from those numbered 300 and above Extradepartmentai req e- This course is designed to introduce concepts and the use of generalized data management systems ments English 385 Professional and Technical Writing Math 115, 116 Contact the Computer Science techniques of structuring data on bulk storage Prerequisite 102 Cobol, 202 Data Structure, and Division for extradepartmental requirements in particular area of concentration devices, to provide experience in the use of bulk 305 Intro to File Processing

29 28 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 312 Artificial Intelligence 3 cr 420 Computer Simulation 3 cr Introduction to the theory of abstract mathemati- The fundamentals of simulation via digital and A minimum of 12 credit hours beyond the freshman level of which no more than six hours may be taken at cal machines Structured and behavioral classifica- analog computers will be presented Modern the 200 levcl tion of automata finite state automata theory of development and solution by numerical and ana- There are five separate emphases from which the student must choose one regular sets tuining machines are among topics lvtical methods will be discussed in depth with I 1-nelish Litetatioe 201 202 and six hours in upper division English Literature courses 409 through considered Prerequisite 202 Data Structure emphasis on practical applications Prerequisite 469 11 2 Pascal, and a course in statistics ? linetican Liteiatioe 205 206, and six hours in upper division American Literature, courses 471 414 Soft"are Design and Development 3 cr through 489 An overview of system software Examination of 421 Applications in Data Processing 3 cr 3 Lite^atzoe and hilin "Introduction to Film ' (3 design and development of macro assemblers, Data handling in terms of coding preparation, hours) and nine hours in courses in literature and film Examples are Shakespeare on Film" and ' American Short Story into Film compilers and control program functions Prereq- acquisition, summarization, and tabulation and uisite 302 306 analysis using packaged programs Prerequisite 4 11 wing 203 and nine hours in 300 level Writing Workshops 1 1 2 Pascal 5 LnqhYh Holiois Students who, by 415 Theory of Programming invitation of the Department Honors Committee, complete English 212 213 and two 300 Honors Seminars may count that program as an English Minor Languages 3 cr 423 Information S^stems 3 cr Compaiative studv of properties and applications Application of information systems to various HONORSPROGRAM of several higher level programming languages areas as education, business, medicine, law and Students who give evidence of outstanding abifitv in English through their performance in English Composi- Prerequisite 112 Pascal and 202 Data Structure public administration Any one of the areas will be tion 101 or by virtue of superior national test scoies will be invited to participate in the English Honors 419 Introduction to Micro and studied in detail Prerequisite 202 Data Struc- program at the discretion of the Department Honors Committee Mini Computers 3 cr tures These students mav appIv Honors course credits to either an English major or minor, or may use these An introduction to the designs of micro and mini credits as electives Further details concerning the Honors program are available through the department computers Exploration of assembler and special- 491-499 Selected Topics in office and will be distributed to all nominees at the time of their recommendation for admission to the ized languages for small computers Prerequisites Computer Science 1-3 cr program 201 Machine Language Programming and 301 Topics selected in consultation with the advisor 101, 102 English Composition 3 cr each major playwrights from the classical tradition of Computer Logic and the division Practice in effective writing Review of principles Greece and Rome to the Theatre of the Absurd of grammar and rhetoric, introduction to literary DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS t^pes and torms 101 is prerequisite to 102 210, 211 Readings in World Literature 1, 11 3 cr each Chaiiinan Geza Grossehmid, J U D 103 English Composition Honors 3 cr A survey of major literary works of the Western An honors counterpart to 102 Composition and REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR world from Homer to Cervantes (210) and from introduction to literary tvpes and forms Participa- Twenty-four semester hours are required for a major These credits must include 221, 222, 321, and 322 Moliere to Camus (21 1) with emphasis on conti- tion bv invitation onlv Ektiadellaitinental iequuenients Mathematics 225 in the Mathematics Department of the College Students nental traditions The course explores both the planning to do graduate work in Economics are advised to take calculus It is strongly recommended that 201, 202 English I iterature Surs el 3 cr each thematic preoccupations of Western writers and students having economics as a major consult with the Economics Department for advisement Repiesentative masterpieces of English literature the development and evolution of literary forms in their literary and historical contexts REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 212, 213 English Literature 203 Advanced Writing 3 cr Honors 3 er each Eighteen semester hours are required for a minor in Economics These credits must include 221 and 222 It Designed to build upon writing skills learned in Honors counterparts to 201, 202 Major British is stronglv recommended that students having economics as a minor consult with the Economics Depart- freshman composition centered chieflv on devel- writers from Chaucer to Eliot Participation by ment for advisement opment of stvle and aCCLiracv invitation onIv Course Descriptions are provided in the School of Business and Administration Section of this Catalog on 205 American Literature SurieN I— 300 Honors Seminar 3 cr Pages 66-67 Beginning to Civil War 3 cr Special areas treated in these seminars will vary Representative selections from major American and will be designated in the schedule of courses authors treated in both their literary and their his- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH each semester Enrollment in the Honors Seminar torical contexts Chaninan Joseph J Keenan, Ph D is by invitation of the Honors Committee of the The chief purpose of the English program is to develop the student's powers to think criticalIv about his life 206 American Literature Surie^ 11— Department of English To this end the Departments curriculum unites intensive and critical reading in a broad range of our After 0% il War 3 cr literary heritage with close attention to the presentation of ideas in writing Attention is also given to oral Representative selections from major American 308 Applied Linguistics 3 cr expression of ideas bv means of dialogue between professor and student Not only is the degree in English an authors tieated in both their literary and their his- Practical uses of structural linguistics in the teach- excellent preparation for law school and for graduate work in English, education, and library science, but it torical contexts ing of composition and literature also provides the liberal preparation which is sought by the business world for such areas as personnel, 207 '1 he Novel 3 cr 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, advertising, and management Introduction both to %arious tvpes of novels and 377, 378, 379 Special Studies in Prerequisites—English Composition 101 (or its equivalent) is a prerequisite for admission to English to the critical analvsis of fiction English or World Literature 3 cr each all other Two or three courses in this sequence are offered Composition 102, English Composition 102 (or its equivalent) is a prerequisite for admission to 208 Poetry 3 cr every semester by the English Department to meet couises o#eied hi the depaitnient Appreciation of Bi itish and American poetry crit- the current interests of both the students and The English Department further advises that two 200 level courses should be taken before the student ical analN sis of traditional and experimental poetic the faculty Examples of courses regularly offered are attempts anv 300 or 400 level course (except for 308 and 407) form consideration of philosophical and social concerns of poem Science Fiction, The English Bible and Literature, REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Coinpaiative Litciatme, Modein Compaiative 209 Drama 3 cr The major is an individually-designed program of 24 hours of English Department courses above the 100 Diaina, Modein Short Sloiv, Fai Eastein Liteta- An historical survev of major dramatic forms level Each English major with the close advice and approval of a member of the English facultv, designs a tin e Foi nis of Fantasv, Inti odu(tion to Fihn, The through a selection of representative works by Litet atut e of Wvstei v and Detection program to fit his background, interests and career objectives

30 a

469 T"entieth CenturN Special 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 434 Shakespeare 11 3 cr 473 American Realism 3 cr Topics 387, 388, 389 Writing Workshops 3 cr each Tragedies and histories 3 cr The rise of realistic fiction subsequent to the Civil Courses in this sequence are offered each semester Studies in Twentieth Century thought and aes- War through the end of the century with emphasis 439 Shakespeare Special Topics 3 cr thetic in the works of one or more of its major in a workshop format designed to develop stu- on Twain James and Howells Studies in Shakespeare relating his works to those dents creative and/or technical writing skills writers such as Yeats Jovcc Eliot or through the of his contemporaries or concentrating on the ideas and attitudes conveved in one of the domi- 474 Modern American Literature 3 cr Examples of courses regularly offered are Plat w) it- problems of Shakespeare biographical, aesthetic, nant genres of the Twentieth (entury A study of American prose and poetry from the Ing Poem ^10IA01op 1-ictioll 14/01AS/701) 1`1111ting and critical Specific works and approaches to be end of World War I to the present, including to) Blisines.^ and Indioli i Pio/emonal and Tc(li- selected by the instructor Frost, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Faulkner, Bellow nual 11 ilting Admission bv instiuctor's permis- American Studies etc sion only Eighteenth Century Studies 480-489 American Literature 407 The English Language 3 cr 471 Earh American Literature 3 cr 441 English Classicism 3 cr Special Topics 3 er An introduction to linguistic analysis with pri- Developments of neo-classical literature from the A studv of the literature of America s Colonial and Studies designed to reflect particular current inter- mary emphasis on the history of the structure of Restoration to the death of Pope Primary atten- Federalist periods emphasizing the political and ests of faculty and students alike Topics can be English from old to modern English tion given to Dryden, Swift and Pope belletristic writings of an emerging nation drawn from a wide range of areas such as histori- cal background, aesthetics, theme and motif, from 442 Late Eighteenth Century specific studies of major authors or from tracing 472 American Romanticism 3 cr The remainder of the English courses are English Literature 3 cr A studv of the Romantic movement in America the development of dominant literary genres divided into areas of emphasis During a four- Johnson and his circl^, the development of the with emphasis on Enielson Thoreau, and Poe 499 Directed Studies semester period each course from each area will novel, the aesthetic movement 3 cr be offeied at least once 449 Eighteenth CenturN Special DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY Medie^al Studies Topics 3 cr Chaitinan Jerome E Janssen, M A Studies in Eighteenth Century thought and aes- The Department of Histoty offers a program devoted to the study of mankind in diverse cultural settings 409 Chaucer 3 cr thetic in the works of one or more of its great through time A large number of courses are taught by a faculty reflecting a variety of philosophical and A study of Fhe Canteibuli Tales and minor writers Drvden, Swift Pope, Johnson, Blake, etc methodological outlooks Apart from the fact that the program fullv meets the needs of students intending to poems or through the ideas and attitudes conveved in one pursue graduate work in historical studies, the history major will be well prepared for careers in law, of the dominant genres of the Eighteenth Century 410 Medieial Special Topics 3 cr business or government services Most importantly, the discipline of history provides an excellent synthesis the drama, the novel, the essay etc Studies in the ideas and attitudes of the medieval of the liberal-arts education since it effectively joins together the humanities and the social sciences period approached through one of its dominant Nineteenth Century Studies REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR genres such as the iomance the drama, the vric A minimum of 30 credits must be taken including etc or through some of its major writers othei 451 English Romantic Literature 3 cr 103 104 Development of the U S (six credits) and either ^ 13 2 14 Western Civilization (six credits) or 3 11 312 than Chaucer or through international readings in A study of the aesthetic, moral political, and liter- World History and the Historian (six credits) Twelve of the remaining credits must be taken from 200 and Old and Middle English Old Icelandic, Medieval ary aspects of English romanticism approached 300 level courses and six credits from 400 level courses French and German (all read in English transla- through the writings of Wordsworth, Coleridge, A tion) Bvron, Shelley, Keats maximum of 12 transfer credits in history can be applied to the major requirements RLQUIREMENTS Renaissance Studies 452 Victorian Literature 3 cr FOR THE MINOR A study of the poetry of Tennyson Browning, Students who wish to minoi in history may consult with the department's undergraduate advisor The 413 Sixteenth CenturN English Arnold and the prose of Arnold, Carlvle and Rus- student is required to take 15 hours including 103 104 3 cr Literature kin Attention also given to the poetry of Morris, Sid- Introductory Surveys Survev including non-Shakespearean drama Rossetti and Fitzgerald 244 History of Ancient Medicine 3 cr nev Spenser Shakespeare Marlowe and minor Examination of the most significant medical theo- 103 Deielopment of the United States figures 459 Nineteenth Centur^ Special ries and practices in the period from the Egyptian to 1877 3 cr Topics 3 cr temple physicians to the doctors of the Roman 414 Seienteenth CenturN English The historical development of American institu- Studies in Nineteenth Century thought and aes- Empire Special attention will be given to Hip- Literature 3 cr tions ideals and societv from earliest times to thetic in the works of one or more of its great pocrates and Galen Survey of drama prose and poetiv to 1660 1877 writers such as Wordsworth, Tennyson Browning, 245 Greek History Dickens Hardy or through the ideas and attitudes 3 cr 415 Milton 3 cr 104 Deielopment of the United States conveyed in one of the dominant genres of the An examination of the development of Greek his- A survei, of Milton and his times A close scrutiny since 1877 3 cr tory and culture from earliest times up to the of the minor poems and Paiadise Lost and Sam- Nineteenth Century The historical development of American institu- death of Alexander of Macedon soil lgolliVes tions ideals and society since T,Aentieth Century Studies 1877 246 Hellenistic History 3 cr 3 cr 419 Renaissance Special Topics A survey of Mediterranean history from the death 461 Early T"entieth Centur,, Area Courses Studies in Renaissance thought and aesthetic in of Alexander until the accession of Octavian and the works of one oi more of its great writers Spen- Literature 3 cr 212 Europe in the Feudal Age the establishment of the Roman principate Selective study of authors representing the major 3 cr ser Sidney Donne Jonson etc or through the 1890 to 1930 The world of the Middle Ages—a survey of inedie- ideas and attitudes conveyed in one of the domi- literary tvpes and trends from about 247 Histor) of the Roman Principate 3 cr Hardy, Moore, Butler, Conrad, Yeats, Hopkins, xa( man's political social and cultural activities nant genres of the Renaissance the Ivric the epic, Study of the consolidation of the Roman imperial and Joyce structure from Augustus to the death of Com- the drama etc 213, 214 Western Cnihiation 3 cr modus 463 Contemporar^ Literature 3 cr An introductory suivev of the origins and charac- Shakespeare Studies teristics of ELIlopean Civilization, emphasizing the Major modern types and trends Eliot Woolf, 248 Histor) of the Late Roman Empire 3 cr Personalities and events and institutions that have 433 Shakespeare 1 3 cr Waugh Greene, Auden, Spender Thomas, Gold- Examination of Roman History from the ascen- Comedies and romances ing, and others made the West the dominant global power today sion of Severus to the death of Justinian

32 33

3 cr 309 American Science and Technology 3 cr 249 EgNptian C111117ation 347 War in Modern Societ,, 3 cr 378 Europe and International surveN of Egvptian history and culture fi om the The development of science and technology in A A, studv and analysis of the phenomenon of war in Politics, 1870-1970 3 cr America from colonial times to the twentieth pre-dvnastic period to the establishment of the Western World from the Age of Napoleon to A study of global international relations since Roman rule in Egvpt Special attention will be century the piesent with special emphasis upon the intei- 1870, with emphasis upon the evolution from a gi\ en to the artistic literary and religious achieve- 311, 312 World Histor^ and the relationship between international conflict and European centered world to global politics ments of Egvpt Historian 3 cr each social political and technological change 382 Psychohistor^ 3 cr The course traces the main events of world history 254 The HistorN of the Modern 352 Diplomatic HistorN of United States 3 cr Examines the inter-relationships between psychol- in relation to the most important theories of world Middle East 3 cr Emphasis is upon involvement of the United ogy—especially psychoanalysis—and history Psy- history and in the context of an inquiry into the A studv of the modern Near East with concentra- States in both World Wars and its role as an impe- chology leadership of group behavior, or war, etc nature of historical understanding The first tion upon the conflict between imperialism and rial power semester treats prehistory, the emergence of civili- nationalism tiaditionalism and western influ- 385 Women in History 3 cr zation, and the world views of the major classical ences in the area 357 Histor^ of the American A survey of the historical experience of women, civilizations The second semester is an inquiry PresidencN 3 cr from ancient times, with emphasis on the forces 255, 256 Histor) of Asia I and 11 3 cr each into the nature of modernity Prmiarilv an investigation and evaluation—per- that have led to the modern changes in women's A survev of Asian civilization from ancient times sonal political contemporar^ and historical—of 320 Special Studies in status to the present dav western colonialism the rise of each piesident with some attention to the growth European History 3 cr the nationalist moNcment and the establishment the office 386 Historical Geography 3 cr Topic will be announced by the instructor The of of modern states A survev of the physical world which is the basis course may be taken more than once 360 Constitutional Histor^ of the for a human civilization, past, present, and future 257, 258 Russian Histon 3 cr each 321 Special Studies in United States 3 cr What are the possibilities and limitations of differ- Development of societv and state in Russia front American Histor^ 3 cr An analvsis of the Supreme Court and constitu ent places for human development' How success- their cnigms to the twentieth century Topic will be announced by the instructor The tional development stressing the major controver ful or unsuccessful were human settlements" course may be taken more than once sies in the held Emphasis also on geographv as an intellectual dis- 259, 260 East-Central Europe 3 cr each cipline and cultural phenomenon The medieval and modern history of the small 322 Special Studies in 362 Hjstor^ of the United States' nations situated between Russia and Germany on Third World History 3 cr Political Parties Since 1868 3 cr 389 Europe Industrialism and the east and west and the Baltic and Mediterra- Topic will be announced by the instructor The A detailed examination and analvsis of the origins, the Masses 3 cr nean Seas on the north and the south course may be taken more than once leadership and opetation of the major political A historical analysis of Europe in the last two cen- parties since 1868 340 History of Western La% 3 cr turies with particular attention to the relationship 266 Modern Britain 3 cr Primary emphasis will be placed on the rise of between technological and social change and its A studv of the first industrial nation, with special 364 The kmerican Mind 3 cr customary law especially its development in impact on politics and culture attention to the achievement of constitutiona The origins development and contemporary England into Common Law monarchv the social and economic problems ofI modes of American thought, including major "cli- 394 Histor) of U S Labor industrialization the nature of British imperial- 341 History of American La" 1 3 er mates of opinion, ' diverse movements and Management Relations 3 cr ism and the problems faced in the 20th century This course deals with the development of law, selected scientific political icligious, social and Concentrates chiefly on the relations between legal philosophy, and legal institutions in America artistic topics worker and employer from the early craftsmen to 267 Canada 3 er from the colonial period to the Civil War the industrial union member 366 The Modern Mind An introduction to Canadian history with particu- 3 cr 342 History of American La-A 11 3 cr The major ideological tendencies of modern Euro- lar attention to the ^ ears from 1763 to the present, 395 Pittsburgh and the American Cit^ 3 cr This course deals with the development of law pedn thought and their connection to society and and to Canadian- A merican relations and contem- The rise of Urban America, using Pittsburgh as a legal philosophy, and legal institutions from the politics and to the majoi philosophic and scien- poiary Canada case study of city growth and change, industriali- Civil War to the present tific curients of the nineteenth and twentieth zation immigration, and renewal in the twentieth 3 cr centuries century 269, 270 China 343 Church History 1 3 cr A survey of social economic political, and cul- A religious and historical exploration of the 370 Current HistorN 3 cr 396 Immigration and Ethnic Identiq tural changes before and after the establishment of 3 cr growth of Christianity from the first century up to What are the major forces affecting our lives An examination of the dynamics of immigration the People's Republic of China the Reformation, discussion of those issues within todav" Where do thev come from" Where will they to the United States with emphasis on the new the Church and the external forces which brought 271 Japan 3 cr lead to I Resources will be current media such as immigration at the turn of the century about major conflict and development An analvsis of Japan's current Cultural and eco- newspapers TV etc 398 Economic Histor^ of the nomic development in light of its historical past 344 Church Histor^ 11 3 cr 372 Asian Influences on tmerica 3 cr United States 3 cr the Meiji era and twentieth century expansion Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant devel- From the quest for Asia bv Columbus to the eco- Investigates the economic development of the opment from 1500 to the present dav, special nomic impact of twentieth century Japan, the Ori- United States, emphasizing its impact on social Topical Surreys emphasis on the crises revolutions and reforms ent has effected -America its social, cultural, eco- and political issues as background for current eco- that were central to this development nomic and technological development 305 HistorN of Medicine 3 cr nomic problems 345 American Church History 3 cr A survev exploring the development of medicine 373, 374 Diplomatic Histor^ of the Emphasizes the historical development of major Speciahzed Areas and Topics in the western world in terms of medicine as an art Far East 3 cr each and as a science The latter pait of the course will religious traditions in America, both Catholic and Western imperialism in Asia rise ofAsian nation- 458 CiNil War and Reconstruction 3 cr Protestant Spec,al attention will be given to "the focus on the social and institutional aspects in the alism analysis of international problems in cut- life of the mind" of Christianitv in America, the An intensive study of the American experience development of American medicine k, rent tension areas frontier expansion of religion the often-controver- before and after the War for the Union History of Science cr each sial interaction between the Church and American 307, 308 3 375 Hjstor^ of Inner Asia 3 cr 467 Science and Society in the A survey exploring the significance of scientific culture, the place of religion in the creation of the The history of Inner Asia ficim Genghis Khan's T"entieth Century 3 cr developments within the historical and social con- American character, and the unique separation of Mongol Empire to Leonid Brezhnev's Soviet The economic social and cultural consequences of church and state text of Western culture Empire the rise of modern science 34 35 479 Reiolution in the Modern World 3 cr 487 The American Frontier 3 cr adveitising Stuclv of vai ions tvpes of advertising 381 Visual Productions An analysis of the major political and social revo- An historical view of man's attempts to create new 1 3 cr Open to non-majors Prerequisites 267 268 or lutions in Europe since 1789 the nature of the societies, concentrating upon ecological issues Basic instruction in the planning script writing appicival of Department revolutionary phenomenon and the inevitable frontier experiences, and utopian ventures and use of photographv for audiovisual produc- counter-revolutionary tiend tions, primarily slide programs Emphasis on the 489 The Search for Identity— 370 The Broadcast Program 3 cr production of title and caption slides text slides 480 Furopean Fascism 3 cr United States since 1945 3 cr A studv of the piogramming strategies in conimer- and the integration of these elements into slide An intensive study of the major fascist move- A discussion of selected contemporary issues, for- cial and public broadcasting Factors impacting presentations Open to non-majors Prerequisite ments and regimes of the twentieth century in eign and domestic, which illustrate the identitv progiarnming decisions the organizing and design 378 or approval of Department light of the political economic, social intellectual, crisis in the U S of program services in a varietv of work-settings, 391 Research Ad-vertising & and psvchological tensions which produced them and the importance of scheduling in the opera- 490 Honors Seminar 1 3 cr Public Relations tional design Neithei artistic nor creative func- 3 cr 481 The Modern Historian 3 cr In the world of communications, research has 491 Honors Seminar 11 3 cr tions are coveied but rather pragmatic matteis The development of modern historical thinking affecting piogramming executives become an increasingly important tool More and and scholarship as it is related to the major intel- 499 Directed Reading, Selected more communicatons professionals are using the lectual and social currents of modern times Historical Topics 3 cr 371 Mass Commum(ations and results of research in their everyday work The course content will show the student how research Public Opinion 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM A stud\ of the nature of public opinion and the can be applied to specific problems in Advertising Acling Chaii man Paul Krakowski, M A ,c^mass communications process effects of propa- and Public Relations The student will learn to The Department of Journalism encourages the liberal education of a student bv emphasizing how a ganda and bairiers to effective communication understand the techniques of research and how to professional education for a career in the mass media relies on the liberal arts tradition The journalism Open to Juniors Seniors and non-majors use research results (Offered both semesters) cuiriculum concentrates upon the development of communicative skills for creative and responsible posi- 405 Advanced Public Affairs Reporting 3 cr tions in such areas of mass communication as advertising, broadcasting, newspapers, public relations 372 Communications Lavi 3 er A lecture-laboratory course in gathering and inter- magazines and specialized publications A transfer student must take at least 12 credits from the department A study of the legal rights iesponsibilities and eth- pretive news writing on urban affairs Analysis of to graduate as a major ics of the mass media Libel and broadcast regula- major political, economic, and social develop- tions Open to Juniors and Seniors ments that have local news interest and signifi- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR cance Guests and field trips Prerequisites 267 Twentv-seven semester hours are required for a major Required courses are 167, 267, 268, 367, 369, 372 or 375 Editing 3 cr 268 376 and 466 or 468 or 470 or 476 A lectme-laboratory course in editing and present- ing the written word for the mass media Style ' 409 Adianced Writing for Advertising 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR headlines tvpographN coveied VDT used Prereq- A lecture-laboratory course in copywriting and Eighteen semester hours credit are required for a minor Credits must include 167, 267, 268, and nine other uisite 267 or appioval of Depaitment design for advertising Major campaign compiled journalism credits approved bv the head of the Department of Journalism Minors do not qualifv for the Prerequisite 369 Department's Picifessional Internship program 376 Histor^ of the Mass Media 3 cr 411 Magazine Article Writing 3 cr Concentrated lecture-discussion course in an his- 167 Introduction to Mass brochures slides feature articles, stringing or A lecture-laboratory course in free-lance article torical context of major social influences affecting Communications 3 cr other professional experiences (Offered both writing for the general and specialized magazine Ameiican journalism from the colonial press An introduction to the role principles, and semesters) Queries, research and marketing Open to Juniors period to conternporary societv Open to Juniors responsibilities of newspapers broadcasting, Seniors and non-majors with Department 330 Public Relations Principles 3 cr and Semois magazines advertising and public relations A approval Prerequisite 267 Studv of the principles, history and practices of series of guest speakers from these fields is 413 Advanced Writing for Radio public relations in business, education govern- 378 PhotographN for Journalism 3 cr included Course open to non-majors (Offered ment and non-profit institutions Analysis of PR A lecture-laboiatory course in the preparation and and Telesision 3 cr both semesters ) programs Ethics and responsibilities Open to use of photographv for publication Fundamentals A lecture-laboratory course in writing for radio 199 Language for Journalists 3 cr Juniors, Seniors and non-majors of camera work developing, printing print evalu- and television Scripting special types of programs Aimed at improving and polishing language skills ation and editorial uses of photography empha- such as documentaries, editorials, panel shows, 331 Public Relations Practices 3 cr of prospective or beginning majors Emphasis on sized Student must picivide an appicived camera PSA's, traffic continuity promotion-publicity Pre- Case studies of public relations programs in indus- word usage grammar spelling Introduction to Open to non-majors requisite 367 try' education, social welfare and trade associa- stvle and copv svmbols Open to Fieshmen and tions The application of techniques through the 420 International Communications 3 cr Sophomores 379 Graphic Communications 3 cr A design and implementation of programs for cli- study of world news systems and an analysis of A laboratory-dem onstrat ion course to introduce 267 Basic Reporting and Writing 1 3 cr ents Open to Junior and Senior majors Pre- their roles as instruments of world understanding students to all elements of the graphic design pro- Comparison of Fundamentals of news reporting and writing requisites 267, 268 and 330, or approval of U S -foreign systems including cess related to preparing publications for print Applied practice in laboratory sections special Department newspapers broadcasting, magazines and wire ser- Using a grid tiansfer type and borders, greeking, events and beats covered outside of class VDT vices Open to Juniors Seniors and non-majors 367 Radio-Teleiision Principles papei color overlays line and clip art preparing a used Typing abilitv required 440 Writing Revie"s/Criticism and Writing 3 cr kev and photos Open to Juniors and Seniors Pre- 3 cr Analysis discussion and writing of reviews/criti- 268 Basic Reporting and Writing 11 3 cr A lecture-laboratory course in the study and appli- requisites 267 268 375 or approval of Depart- cism of books, theater films, television, music and Advanced writing of the more complex tvpes of cation of news writing principles and practices for ment (This comse recommended pi tot to 380 ) news stories, such as business government, courts radio and television Laboratory experience in the visual arts Lab sessions stress the writing of Applied piactice in laboratory sections VDT used radio and closed-circuit TV studios Open to non- 380 Speciali/ed Publications 3 cr ieviews and accompanving interviews, as well as critiques of published reviews Guest speakers Tvping abilitv required Prerequisite 267 majors Prerequisites 267, 268, or approval of A study of association business, industrial, profes- Department sional and non-profit communications Writing, include local critics and artists Prerequisites 267, 290 Field Study in Mass Communications 3 cr designing and editing brochuies newsletters 268 or approval of Department A field studv is a piactical experience in adveitis- 369 Adiertising Principles and Writing 3 cr annual reports magazines and other internal anj 441 Secondary School Communications ing broadcasting public relations print journal- A lecture-laboratory course in the study and appli- 3 cr exteinal publications Prerequisites 167 267, 268 Function of publications and broadcasting in the ism or photographv Individual picijects may be cation of writing principles and practices for 375 seconclary school Role and responsibilities of

37 36

school press advisors Teaching of journalilsm on 367 369, 375, 372 or 376, 405 (Offered both probability and statistics computer and other rele- 306, 307 Linear Algebra 1, 11 3 cr each the high school level Course is directed at stu- semesters ) vant topics Not counted toward a major or A study of linear transformations and matrics, and dents seeking a Pennsvlvania teacher's certificate minor models, 307 is identical to Computer Science 307 476 Professional Internship in which knowledge of a computer language in communication with emphasis in high school 105 College Algebra and Trigonometr^ 4 cr journalism Open to Juniors and Seniors Prereq- Public Relations 3 cr (BASIC FORTRAN, Pascal) is required 307 may A modern course in college algebra and analytic A supervised observation-experience program of be used to satisfy a mathematics or a Computer uisites 167 267 trigonorneiry tor those students who do not pos- study and assignment to a public relations agency, Science requirement but not both Prerequisite sess the prerequisties for 115 Not counted toward 466 Professional Internship association, industrial, non-profit or educational 116 or consent of the department a major or minor Adiertising 3 cr 167, group in the Pittsburgh area Prerequisites 308 Numerical Methods of A supervised observation-experience program o or 376 380 107, 108 Introduction to Modern 267, 268, 330, 331 367, 369 375, 372 Classical Analysis 3 cr studv and assignment to an assigned advertising Mathernatits 1, 11 3 cr each (Offered both semesters ) A computer oriented course in numerical analysis agencv or industrial advertising department in This course is designed for elementary education introducing elementary techniques for numerical conjunction with the Business/Professional 485 Industrial Advertising 3 cr students in the School of Education Not to be solution of problems A knowledge of Fortran or Advertising Association Pittsburgh Chapter Pre- Deals with the principles and practices of indus- counted toward a major minor, or the mathemat- equivalent language is assumed This course is requisites 167, 267 268 367 369 372 or 376 trial marketing communications Emphasis will be ics/science area requirement identical to Computer Science 308 It may be used 409 (Offered both semesters placed on trade-paper ads, direct-mail advertising, 109 College Algebra 3 cr to satisfy a Math requirement or a Computer Sci- descriptive product folders, sales letters and 468 Professional Internship -\ traditional course in college algebra for students ence requirement but not both Prerequisite 215, presentations Examination will be made of Broadcasting 3 cr who are not prepared for I I I Not counted toward Fortran I 11 related crafts such as commercial art, typography, A supeivised observation-experience program of a major or minor Credit will not be allowed for printing, plate-making and media selection Pre- 311 Introduction to Number Theory 3 cr studv and assignment to a commercial/educa- both this course and 105 requisites 167, 267 268, 367, 369 A discussion of divisibility, congruences, quad- tional broadcasting station in the Pittsburgh area III Calculus for Non-Science Students 3 cr ratic residues, chophantine equations and arith- Pierequisites 167 267 268, 367 369, 370, 372 or 490 Individual Projects in Mass Differentiation and integration of algebraic, loga- metical functions Prerequisite Proficiency at 105 376 413 (Offered both semesters Communications 3 cr rithmic and exponential functions, maxima and level 470 Professional Internship Individual research projects in the mass media minima area exponential growth Not counted 315 Advanced Differential Equations 3 cr Ne"spapers 3 cr Related to a media topic not covered in other toward a major Credit will not be allowed for Principally theoretical this course considers the A supervised observation-experience program of courses Written paper or other appropriate for- both this course and 115 rrethods of solutions as well as existence and studv and assignment to a local newspaper includ- mats Open to Junior and Senior majors only Pre- 115, 116, 215 Calculus, 1, 11, 111 4 cr each uniqueness of solutions applications, and partial ing members of the Pennsvlvania Newspaper Pub- requisite Permission of instructor and department A unified course in analvtic geometry and differential equations Prerequisite 216 lishers Association Prerequisites 167, 267, 268, chairman calculus Consider's theory of limits, functions, 321 Mathematical Concepts for Physics 3 cr differentiation integration, series geometry of A survey of the mathematical concepts used in DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS space functions of several variables and multiple undergraduate physics, especially quantum integration Prerequisites for 115, Two years of Chaltinan Charles A Loch, M A mechanics Topics covered include vector analy- algebra one year of plane geometry, and one-half The Department of Mathematics offers a sequence of modern courses which will 1) aid students in develop- sis, matrix theory, complex function theory vear of trigonometry ing their abilitv to think scientifical1v and form independent judgments 2) provide students with a breadth Fourier series and calculus of variations Prerequi- and depth of knowledge concerning not only manipulative skills but also fundamental and essential theory, 216 OrdinarN Differential Equations 3 cr site 216 3) enable students to use their knowledge in the formulation and solution of problems and 4) give students The course includes solutions, existence of solu- 325 Applications in Statistics 3 cr the necessary basis of foundation for the pursuit of graduate study or productive effort at the bachelor level tions and applications of differential equations This course is intended for students interested in Prerequisite 215 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR statistics and who wish to examine methods in Bachelor of Arts Degree A minimum of 32 semester hours is required These must include 115, 116, 215, 221 History of Mathematics 3 cr applying statistics Topics include Aspects of lin- 216 303 415 416 the remainder must be selected from courses numbered above 300 Exceptionally able This is a survey of the historical development of ear modeling in regression analysis experimental seniors are encouraged to seek departmental approval to include 500 level mathematics courses listed in the mathematics Prerequisite One Year of College design and analysis of categorical data Emphasis graduate catalog Extradepart mental Requirements Computer Science 10 1 Basic or I I I Fortran or 11 2 Mathematics preferably including one semester of is placed on applications Prerequisite one semes- Pascal calculus Not counted toward a major ter of calculus and one semester of statistics Fundamentals of Statistics 3 cr 401 Fundamentals of Geometry 3 cr Bachelor of Science Degree A minimum of 32 semester hours is required These must include 115, 116, 225 A basic course in probabilitv theory and descrip- The course considers topics in Euclidean and 215 216 303, 415 416, the remainder must be selected from courses numbered above 300 Non-Euclidean geometry, also synthetic, projec- Extradepartmental Requirements 20 hours in science, 211, 212 General Analytical Physics and Computer tive and inferential statistics for non-majors Pre- requisite High school algebra Not counted tive, and affine geometries, and some topology Science 101 Basic I I I Fortran or 112 Pascal must be taken The remaining courses may be selected from toward a major Prerequisite 215 Not offered in regular sequence, Biologv I I I 11 2 and 226 and dbove Chemistry 121 and above Physics above 212, and additional but available on request Computer Science courses 301, 302 Introduction to ProbabilitN and Statistics 1, 11 3 cr each 403 Introduction to Point Set Topolog^ 3 cr FOR THE MINOR REQUIREMENTS A mathematical treatment of probability theory A survey of elementary topics including topologi- A minor must include 115 and 14 additional ci edits selected front courses numbered above 115, 116 must and mathematical statistics including probability cal spaces, compactness, connectedness conver- be included distributions random variables and their transfor- gence and separation axioms Prerequisite 215 For science majors, 215, 216, 315, 321 are recommended mations expectation point and interval estima- Not offered in regular sequence, but available on For economics and social science major, 308, 225 or 301, 306 are recommended tion sampling distributions Prerequisite 116 or request equivalent 3 cr 101 ElementarN Mathematics 3 cr 103, 104 Finite Mathematics, 1, 11 3 cr each 405 Introduction to Complex Variables A remedial course in the fundamentals of algebra, A course meeting the needs of non-science Stu- 303 Principles of Modern Algebra 3 cr Topics -include the plane of complex numbers, including the solution of equations and inequali- dents in the College for an introduction to matri- A study of basic properties of groups rings, functions of a complex variable and integration in ties Not to be counted toward a major minor or ces and their applications, linear programming, boolean algebra and fields Prerequisitics 115, the complex plane Prerequisite 216 not offered the mathematics/science area requirements 116 in regular sequence, but available on request

38 39

415, 416 Adianced Calculus 1, 11 3 cr each research and data analysis in the life sciences Not Photograph^ Advanced Courses A rigorous studv of the calculus and its founda- counted toward a major tion Prerequisite 216 112 PhotographN I (INTRODUCTION) 3 cr 311 Multi Media Production/ 3 cr Lecture-laboratory course in the use of photogra- Development of a multi media production incor- 431 Introdu(tion to Biostatistics 3 cr 491 to 499 Selected Topics phv as a communications medium Fundamentals porating the various media, print, photography Intended piiniarilv for upper level pharmacy and in Mathematics 1-3 cr each of cameia work, film developing, printing light video, graphics, audio, into a single communica- biologv students acquaints the student with some This is an honors course Topics selected in con- and hIters of the common statistical techniques applied to sultation with staff tions devise Prerequisites 1 12, 212 206, 202, 212 Photograph^ 11 (INTERMEDIATE) 3 cr 103 108, and 215 Introduction to color use of light variations and MEDIA ARTS color slide format Extensive camcia work Prereq- 402 Producer-Di rector 3 cr It is the g0dl of the Media Arts program to develop professional attitudes and competencies in media uisite 112 The role of the director as a catalyst in media technologies Required studies in the humanities and science combined with major courses, provide the production The producer as coordinator Exami- background necessary for success in a field which daily influences the opinions, attitudes and decisions that 312 PhotographN III (ZONE) 3 cr nation of directors and evaluation of their work affect every aspect of contemporary human experience Extensive work in black and white photography Zone system is explored Prerequisite 212 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 404 Management of a Media Faciht^ 3 cr 401 PhotographN IV (ADVANCED) 3 cr The problems of setting up, designing, and manag- A majoi consists of thirty-six credits in Media Arts courses 101 Introduction to Media Arts, 103 Video Development of a communications tool using ing an integrated program Budget organization Production I (Eng ) and 11 2 Photography 1, are required for all majors Medical Media Majors must take photograph^ as a medium Emphasis on con- and standardization of services explored 407 Photograph v- Medical Photographv tinuitv of the visual image to deliver the message Media Arts majois mav concentrate on either program development or production In close consultation Prerequisites 212 206 409 Interactive Video 3 cr with their academic advisors thev mav design programs which emphasize photography, videography, Investigation into the applicability of Interactive writing or a combination of these areas A subspecialty in Medical Media Communications is also avail- 407 Photograph^ V (MEDICAL Video in the industrial and educational environ- able (Prospective Medical Media Majors will be interviewed by the program director before being admitted PHOTOGRAPHY) 3 cr ments Methods of meeting needs not possible to the major ) Clinical approach to the documentation of with linear media Prerequisites 108 and 215 Two extra-depart mental courses may be applied toward the Media Arts Major Fine Arts 220 (History of patients specimens and surgical procedures Pholographv) and Journalism 381 (Visual Production 1) Emphasis on lighting and positioning of subject 412 Current Issues in the Media Arts 3 Institutional decorum safety, death and dying are cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR discussed Prerequisite 401 Discussion of Professional problems in the field of Media Arts and Communications This seminar is Eighteen credits are required for a minor in Media Arts These must include 101 Introduction to Media Audio Production open to seniors only with permission of the Arts instructor Media Arts Minors may in consultation with their advisors, design general programs to gain broad 202 Audio Production I (BASIC) 3 cr experience or concentrate in either of the following areas Video Production (103, 108 208, 308 403) Investigation into the tvpes of recording equip- 405 Directed Readings Variable credits Photogiaph^, ( 1 12 212 312 401 and Fine Arts 220) ment microphones and sound systems needed for production Experience in recording, mixing 408 Internship Variable credits Basic Courses Video Production sound and editing Intensive application of experiences gained during 101 Introduction to Media Arts 3 cr 103 Video Production I (ENG) 3 cr 302 Audio Production 11 (ADVANCED) 3 cr course work in the field situation Prerequisite SurveN course to familiarize students with equip- Introductory course to video production Use of Extended experience in Audio Production Prereq- Appropriate major course work and approval of ment operations technologv and theory of com- the single camera for Electronic News Gathering uisile 202 the Program Directors Seniors only munications as well as the selection use and eval- or information documentation Electronic editing of information into a coherent message uation of media DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES. 108 Video Production 11 (EFP) Chaitinan Francesca Colecchia, Ph D 106 Creati%e Media 3 cr 3 cr The Department of Modern Languages offers courses in French, German, Italian, Russian, Spanish and Implications of the theories of visual thinking and Introduction to Electronic Field Production (Loca- Swahili On the elementary and intermediate level in French, German, and Spanish, the student may choose psvchologv of media Application of these theories tion shooting) Use of script or story line to pro- from two 'tracks" of language courses, both of which satisfy College degree requirements One of these in the development of media resources Motiva- duce a program, shot in segments and edited into emphasizes reading and the other reading, writing speaking, and aural comprehension In conversation and tion attention organization cueing reinforce- final form Extensive out-of-class production time ment and response are studied Prerequisite 103 composition courses, the student's fluency in the active use of the language is strengthened Subsequent courses stress primarily literary studies in which the student is systematically introduced to a survey of the 208 Video Production III (STUDIO) 3 cr 206 Graphics for Media Production 3 cr literature and is given a working acquaintance with the culture of the groups whose language he is studying Exploration into the key elements of good studio Basic experience in planning and producing Choice of courses dealing with specific works authors, and auxilliary subjects is also presented production Emphasis on lighting, program design graphic material for television displa,^ classroom, The student possessing a knowledge of foreign languages will find career opportunities in a number of and development, and set Live and recorded pro- and lectures fields such as education government employment, foreign service social work, industry, and tourism ductions with supporting audio-visuals Prerequi- site 108 215 Production Design and Scripting 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Study of the instructional design of media 308 Video Production IV (ADVANCED) 3 cr The Department offers major programs in French, German, and Spanish In addition it offers minor resources The decision making process purpose Total video production Combination of single programs in these languages, Italian and Russian as well a^s non-major courses in Swahili content method audience medium Research camera and studio work Extensive editing Pre- The major program in Modern Languages and Literatures con^asts of a minimum of 24 semester hours at techniques script development and story-board- requisites 208, 206, and 21 5 the 300 level and above Required courses are ing French 301 302 462 463 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors 403 Video Production V (PRACTICUM) 3 cr 217 Aesthetics of Media Production 3 cr Experience in the field working with approved German 301 302 460 461 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors Investigation into the aesthetics of audio-visual organization, producting a program to be used for Spanish 301 302 401 402, 453, 454 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors communication Technologv vs creativity per- that organization's communciations needs Senior Elementary and intermediate courses must be taken in sequence It is recommended that students not sonal expression vs public need onlv Prerequisites 308, 202 take advanced courses out of progression Credit toward the major or minor will not be given for 201, 202

40 41

21 1 212 or 239, 240 which are intermediate level courses 302 is the recommended prerequisite to all 327 1 he SN nibolist INIm ement in 465 l8th Centur^ French Theatre 3 cr courses numbered 312 and aboNe French PoetrN 3 cr An overview of the major dramatists of the It is recommended that majors in the Department include a course in the art of the country in whose -\ basic intioduction to the Svmbolist movement ccntury including Marivaux, Voltaire and language thev specialize as well as one course of literature in translation in the literature of a country other with emphasis on hcinictic poetry of Mallarme Beaumarchais than that of their major and Rimbaud 466 19th Centur^ French Poetr) 3 cr A maximum of 12 transfers credits will be accepted toward the major The major poetic movements of the I 9th Century Jumoi Ycai lbioad Majors are strongly encouraged but not obliged to participate in programs approied 328 French Poetr^ Middle Ages to l9th 3 cr Romanticism, Parnassianism, Symbolism, with a in ad%ance bN the Department Further information may be obtained at the Department office CenturN StUd\ of mechanics of piosod\ various genres special emphasis on Baudelaire periods nio\cnicnis in Fiench poeiry REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 467 19th Centur) French Novel 3 cr The minor program consists of a minimum of 12 semester hours at the 300 level and above 329 17th CenturN French literature 3 cr Selected novels from the 19th Century, from Emphasis on 17th Centur\ French prose and Romanticism to Naturalism 490 Independent Field Stud^ 239, 240 Readings in Modern pocti\ Will also include a plav of Coineille 468 19th CenturN French Theatre 3 cr (All Languages) Var cr French Authors 3 cr each Racine and Moliere The student will participate under the supervision Selections from modern works of literature Do Beginning with the influence of the Revolution on and guidance of the instructor, in selected tours to not carry credit toward a major or minor Prereq- 330 French Prose of the 19th Centur^ 3 cr French literature through the literary movements various foreign countries to undertake indepen- uisite 202 or equivalent Consideialion of the Fiench piose of the first half of the ccntury Emphasizes works written for the dent study on selected and approved projects ot the ccritui% ChatCaLibriand Balzac Stendhal stage and currents in criticism and directing involving the c\ploration and study of history 301, 302 French Conversation and 469 20th Centur^ French Poetr^ 3 cr life work arts and culture Prerequisite Prior per- Composition 3 cr each 331 18th CenturN Irench Literature 3 cr Ambivalence of modern French poeiry after mission of the instructor and Department 302 or its equivalent is the recommended prereq- -\n o\ci\ie\v of the ^iecle dc^ hometcs with Baudelaire Will consider Apollmaire, Valery Chairman uisite to all courses above 302 Prerequisite 202 or L niphasis on the foui majoi philosophet ^ Montes- 11, Breton, Aragon, Eluard, Cocteau, Supervielle equivalent qL11CL1 \/oltairc Dideiot and Rouss, ea6 495 Professional Language Internship 3 cr Saint-Jean Perse An unpaid internship consisting of 100- 1 20 hours 320-345 Pro-Seminar in French 332 N oltaire and His Age 3 cr Plus 470 20th CenturN French Nmel 3 cr of supervised work for which the student will Literature and Culture 3 cr each In-depth woi k on Vollane one othei writ&r of From A France to Robbe-Grillet and the ' New ieceive three credits See Department for All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- the peiiod such as Pievost Beaurnarchais Novel " particulars seminars in literature and culture The following 13cinaidin de Saint-Pierie etc courses represent current pro-seminar offerings 471 20th CenturN French Theatre 3 cr 360 FrenLh for Business 3 cr French They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as From Jules Romains to lonesco and the Theatre Spoken and written language of business Fiench circumstances warrant from semester to semester of the Absurd 101, 102 Elementar^ French 3 cr each All pro-seminars carry three credits a semester ConNentions of lettei wiiiing inipoit export and coninicicial transactions 3 cr Fundamentals of oral and written French Three Recommended prerequisite French 302 or its 472 Sartre and Camus equivalent Contrastive stucl^ of Sartre and Camus and their hours lecture and one hour laboratory each week 460-475 Seminar in French works Literature 3 cy each 111, 112 Elementar^ French 320 Stylistics 3 cr -\11 courses numbered 460 through 475 are semi- for Reading 3 cr each Comparative studv of English/French style in 480 Directed Readings Var cr nars in literatuic designed to offer the advanced The course will stress basic grammar and structure spoken and written French Readings of literary texts under close facultv undergiaduaic student the opportunitv to study for reading comprehension supervision, for majors only and only with per- 321 Phonetics 3 er \ai10Us aspects of liteiatUre in greatei depth The mission of the Department Variable credit 115, 116 French for Musicians 3 cr each Mechanics of phonation with comparative following courses iepresent current semmai ofler- Specially designed for majors in music to provide English-French application to phonemic analvsis ings the\ will be offered on a rotated basis and/or German them with those skills in French to meet their of French as circumstances wairant from semester to semes- 3 cr each professional requisites Registration limited to Stu- ter Ml serninais carry three credits a semester 101, 102 Elementary German Theatre de L'Avant-Garde 3 cr Fundamentals of oral and written German Three dents in the School of Music This course does not 322 FicnQh 462 and 463 are recommended prerequi- The "avant-garde" theatre since 1950 lonesco, allow for continuation at the 200 level or higher sites f6i these courses hours lecture and one hour laboratory each week Beckett Genet, Schehade, Vian, Pinget 120 Interisne French 6 cr 460 HistorN and Culture of France 111, 112 Flementar^ German for 3 cr each Fundamentals of oral and written French Utilizes 323 Maupassant 3 cr sin(e the Reiolution 3 cr Reading a different approach allowing the student to com- Consideration of one of the most popular writers Fiom the Revolution to todav The course will stress basic grammar and structure plete one \,car's work in one semester Six lecture in France in the I 880's Selected short stories and for reading comprehension hours and one-hour laboratory each week novels 462 Chanson de Roland through 17th CenturN 3 cr 115, 116 German for Musicians 3 cr each 201, 202 Intermediate French 3 cr each 324 Balzac 3 cr LiterarN Survc\ I Main authors and movements Specially designed for majors in music to provide An intensified review and continuation of 101, Study of Honore de Balzac (1799-1850), author of of the Middle Ages 16th and 17th Centuiies them with those skills in German to meet their 102 Prerequisite 102 or equivalent the vast Comedie humaine Selected novels professional requisites Registration limited to stu- 463 l8tb CenturN to Modern Period 3 cr dents in the School of Music This course does not 211, 212 Intermediate French 325 Realism and Naturalism 3 cr Litcrai\ Suivc\ 11 Main authors and movements allow for continuation at the 200 level or higher for Reading 3 cr each Theories of the two movements in the latter part ot the I Sth I 9th and 20th Centuries Prerequisite 102 or 1 12 of the 19th Century Their manifestations in prose 201, 202 Intermediate German 3 cr each works from Balzac to Zola French 462 and 463 are recommended prerequi- An intensified review and continuation of 101 220 Intensiie French 6 cr sites for these couises 102 Prerequisite 102 of equivalent Review and continuation of 120 Utilizes tech- 326 The Literature of the Existentialist niques allowing the student to complete one-year's Mmement 3 cr 464 11/th CenturN French Theatre 3 cr 211, 212 Intermediate German work in one semester Prerequisite 120, 102 or Analysis and discussion of selected works of A -\n overview of the thieatre of le giand vecle for Reading 3 cr each equivalent Camus, J P Sartre, and G Marcel Emphasis on Coincille Moheie and Racine Prerequisite 102 or 1 12

42 43

239, 240 Readings in Modern movements since World War 11 Will discuss 115, 116 Italian for Musicians 3 cr each 301-302 Russian Conversation and German Authors 3 cr each Hauptmann, Brecht Zuckmaver, DGrrenmatt and Speciallv designed for majors in music to provide Composition 3 cr each Selections from modein works of literature Do Frisch thcm with those skills in Italian to meet their pro- Prerequisite 202 or equivalent not carry credit toward a major or minor Prereq- fessional requisites Registration limited to Stu- 314, 315 Var Cr uisitc 202 or equivalent 460, 475 Seminar in German dents in the School of Music This course does not Individual Stud^ Literature 3 cr each allow for continuation at the 200 level or higher Prerequisite 202 or equivalent 252 Readings in Scientific German 3 cr All courses numbered 460 through 475 are semi- 320-345 Pro-Seminar in Russian Prerequisite 102 or equivalent nars in literature, designed to offer the advanced 201, 202 Intermediate Italian 3 cr each Literature and Culture 3 cr each undergraduate student the opportunity to study All intensified review and continuation of 101 301, 302 German Composition and All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- various aspects of literature in greater depth 102 Prerequisite 102 or equivalent Comersation 3 cr each seminars in literature and culture The following 302 or its equivalent is the recommended prereq- The following courses represent current seminar 301, 302 Italian Comersation and courses represent current pro-seminar offerings uisite to all courses above 302 Prerequisite 202 or offerings they will be offered on a rotated basis Composition 3 cr each They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as equivalent and/or as circumstances warrant from semester to Prerequisite 202 or equivalent circumstances warrant from semester to semester semester All seminars carry three credits a semes- All pro-seminars carry three credits a semester 320-345 Pro-Seminar in German 314, 315 Indisidual Study Var Cr ter Recommended prerequisite German 302 Literature and Culture 3 cr each Prerequisite 202 or equivalent 320 A P Chekhov 3 cr All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- 460 German Literature to Lessing 3 cr 320-345 Pro-Seminar in Italian Chekhov's stories studied against the social politi- seminars in literature and culture The following German literature from the Middle Ages up to and Literature and Culture 3 cr each cal and philosophic background of his time courses represent current pro-seminar offerings including the early 18th Century All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- Course conducted essentially in Russian Thev will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as seminars in literature and culture The following circumstances warrant front semester to sernester 461 Lessing His Life and Works 3 cr 321 19th Century Russian Short Story 3 cr courses represent current pro-seminar offerings All pro-seminars carry thice credits a sern ester Lessing's major literary and critical works consid- The development of the short story from Pushkin Thev will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as Recommended Prerequisite German ered in relation to his life to Chekhov The aim of this course is to develop 302 or circumstances warrant from semester to semester equivalent critical analysis of selected works, focusing on 462 Advanced German Sqhstics 3 cr All pro-seminars carry three credits a semester their philosophical content and political environ- 320 HistorN of German Culture Comparative studv of German/English style in 321 Modern Italian Novel ment Course conducted essentially in Russian from the Franks to Hitler spoken and written German 3 cr (Le%i, Buzzati, Cassola, Moravia) 3 cr The artistic socio-historical, and literary expres- 322 Commercial Russian 3 cr 464 German Romantic Literature 3 cr A studv of the works of significant representatives Spoken and written language of business Russian, sions of German culture from the earliest periods The German Romantic movement following the of neorealism analyzed within the framework of to World War 11 conventions of letter writing, import, export, and Napoleon era The role of the individual in the the social and political atmosphere of pre- and commercial transactions 321 Histor^ of German Culture works of Novalis Tieck, etc post-World War 11 Italy from Hitler to the Present 3 cr 3 er 465 Modern German Narrative 3 cr 322 Commercial Italian 3 cr 323 Russian Folklore The artistic socio-political, and literary manifesta- The process of alienation in modern German nar- A review of the basic grammatical structures of Russian folklore as oral tradition Particular atten- tions of German culture from Hitler to the rative Includes novels by H Hesse and T Mann Italian composition and commercial correspon- tion to traditions, festivals, rituals, epics, ballads Present dence with stress on the vocabulary and the phra- and fairy tales Course conducted in Russian 467 Age of Goethe 3 cr scologv required in business letter writing and 324 Popular Tradition Study of important works of Goethe and his near 324 Contemporary Russian Literature 3 er other commercial transactions in German Literature 3 cr contemporaries Emphasis on Lessing, Goethe, Study of short stories of Soviet writers Represent- Emphasis on poetic verse fairy tales folk tales, Schiller Also "Sturm und Drang" authors 323 Pirandello, Sie^o, Paiese 3 cr , ing idealogical positions and evolutional trends legends heroic tales jocular tales Analysis and stylistic comparison of these three from the revolution to Solzenitsyn Course con- 468 Goethe's Faust 3 cr writers representative of the literary evolvement ducted essentially in Russian 325 Popular Tradition Emphasis on the spirit of the 18th Century as per- in German Literature 3 cr after ieitsino to the psychological novel and sonified in Goethe's Faust Spanish Studv of popular literature such as sagas, animal drama and to neorealism 470 Literature of Enlightenment 3 cr fables chap books as well as selected, more com- 324 Introduction to Italian Poetr^ 3 cr 101, 102 Elementary Spanish 3 cr each Consideration of late "baroque" and early "classi- plex fairy tales and legends A study of the works of the most important mod- Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish Three cists", including Gellert, Gottsched, Hamann, ern Italian poets from Carducci to D'Annunzio hours lecture, one hour laboratory each week 326 Women Figures in German Lichtenberg, Klopstock, Seume, Gunther, Literature from Goethe to Boll Wieland 325 Introduction to Italian PoetrN 3 cr 111, 112 Elementary Spanish for Kev women figures in German Literature from A. continuation of 324 Studv of Contemporary Reading 3 er each 471 Sturm und Drang Gretchen in Faiw to strong characters in Boll's 3 cr poets with special emphasis on the works of two The course will stress basic grammer and structure Storm and Stress as Germany's literary revolution novels and short stories Nobel laureates, Quasimodo and Montale for reading comprehension against the despotic tyrants of the 18th Century 329 Introduction to German Poetr^ 3 cr Includes Goethe's The Soirows of Young Werther 326 HistorN of Italian Cisilization 3 cr 120 Intensive Spanish 6 cr German verse from earlv modern times to con- and Schiller's The Robbers The evolution of Italian Civilization with empha- Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish temporary Narrative dramatic, and epic verse sis on Humanism and the Renaissance Utilizes a different approach allowing the student 480 Directed Readings Var cr Emphasis on brief Ivric verse to complete one year's work in one semester Six Reading of literary texts under close faculty super- Russian lecture hours and one-hour laboratory each week 330 Modern German Prose 3 cr vision, for majors only and only with permission Individual's search for identity in the prose works 101, 102 ElementarN Russian 3 cr each of the Department Variable credit 131 132 Elementary Spanish of Thomas Mann F Kafka, H Hesse and H Fundamentals of oral and written Russian Three for industry 3 cr each Boll hours lecture one hour laboratory each week Italian Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish, with 331 Modern German Theatre 3 cr 101, 102 Elementary Italian 3 cr each 201, 202 Intermediate Russian 3 cr each emphasis on basic business vocabulary and forms From the introduction of naturalism into German Fundamentals of oral and written Italian Three An intensified review and continuation of 101, Three hours lecture per week, (Restricted to eve- drama in the late I 9th Century to the most recent lecture hours and one hour laboratory each week 102 Prerequisite 102 or equivalent ning students)

44 45

201, 202 Intermediate Spanish 3 (r each 325 Contemporar^ Spanish Noiel 3 cr 460 1 he Quixote 3 cr Rivas Espronceda Larra Becquer, Rosalia cle An intensified continuation of 101 and 102 Pic- The Spanish Novel since the Civil War From An in-depth StLiclv of Ccivantcs masteipiece and Castro and Zorilla 1CqU1S1tC 102 oi equivalent Cela to the present of the s\mbolic nicaning of the two main 3 cr clialactels 466 The Age of Enlightenment 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish 326 Contemporar^ Spanish- Front Fei joo to Cadalso to Larra, we see how the for Reading 3 cr each American Noiel 3 cr 461 Spanish Literature since fundamental principles of the modern world have PieieqL11S1tC 102 ot 1 12 Most recent developments in the novel in histori- the Cn d NN ar 3 cr their seeds in this century cal perspective From Asturias through Garcia The 0\0 Wai as ninioicd in this literature Its 220 Intensne Spanish 6 cr Marquez and Sarduy iclationship to contempoianCOUS literai\ expres- 467 Readings in Medieial Literature 3 cr ReNiew and continuation of 120 Utilizes tech- sion in othcr Countries From Hernandez through The development of Spanish literature from its niques allowing the student to complete one-year's 327 FhstorN of Spanish Culture 3 cr Go\iisolo and Sastrc oial tradition as well as the evolution of the Span- woil, in one sernestci Picicquisite 120 162 or The literary historical social, political and artistic ish language beginning with the "jarchas" through 462 Aiant-Garde cqui% alent manifestations of Spanish culture from its origins La Celestina Spanish- Ameri(an Theatre 3 cr to the post-Franco era 231, 232 Intermediate Spanish An introduction to the avant-gaide theatre n 480 Directed Readings for lndustr^ 3 (r each Spanish Arnciica Historical perspective InfluenceI 328 Modern Spanish Theatre 3 cr Readings of literary texts under close facultv An intensihed continuation of 131 132 Three Fiom Buero Vallejo to the present including the ot Emopean a\ant-garde supervision for majors only and onlv with per- houis lcctuie pci week (Resnicted toeveningstu- "Underground Theatre" 463 Lorca and the Generation of 1927 3 cr mission of the Department Variable credit clents) Piciecluisitc 1 12 oi equivalent Majoi poets of the Loica-Guillen generation' 329 Reiolt and Change 239 Readings in Modern Spanish who hiought Spanish poctry to the new Siglo de S-Aahili fhe Spanish American Novel 3 cr Authors 3 cr Oro Nature and tvpes of protest expressed in modern 101, 102 Elementar) SAahili 3 cr each Selection hom modein woiks of liteiature Does iterature of the Siglo de Oro 3 cr Spanish- American Literature Major works of 464 The I Fundamentals of oral and written Swahili Three not cairy ciedit towaid majoi or minor Prerequi- g10110LIS era 0110LIgh the POCtlY 'protest Literature" Spain s most lecture hours and one hour laboratory each week site 202 or equi%alent piose and charria of its major authors 330 Theatre of the Golden Age 3 cr 240 Readings in Alodern 465 Literature ot Spanish Romanticism 3 cr 201, 202 Intermediate S"ahih 3 cr each Reading and discussion of works of the major dra- Spanish-American Authors 3 cr Stud\ of the majoi pocnis plays and histmical An intensified continuation of 101 and 102 Pre- matists of the period selected plays by Lope cle Selection from modein woiks of litcratuie Does no\cls of the period ALIthois include Duque cle requisite 102 or equivalent Vega, Calderon and Tirso cle Molina not carry credit towaid major or minor Pierequi site 202 or equivalent 360 Spanish for Business 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Spoken and written language of business Spanish 301 302 Spanish Comersation (haninan Charles D Keves, Ph D Conventions of letter writing, import, and com- 6epaitment of PhilosophN is designed to be a basic part of the tudent's liberal and Composition 3 cr each The piogiam officied bN the 302 oi cqui\alent is the recommended prerequi- niercial transactions LcILICdtion It is intended to intiodLICe students to pfi^ilosophical thinking past and present, to provide a site to all courses abo\e 302 Prerequisite 202 or disciplinc for asking the basic questions of life and to help students begin relating their other academic 401 Spanish Literature from the Cid equi\ alent SL1bjLCtS to one another and to human experience The Department made up of professors who have through the Siglo de Oro 3 cr different philosophical inteicsts attempts to develop the capacitv for independent thinking on all issues 320-345 Pro-Seminar in Spanish Survev of major works from the Medieval Period Literature and Culture 3 cr each through the 17th Century REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- The DepaFtInent iequires majois to take nine philosopliv courses above the 100 level of these nine comses 402 Spanish Literature from the seminars in literature and culture The fo lowing thICC must be selected fiorn the Historical Sequence and two from the sequence of Advanced Courses 18th CenturN to the Present 3 cr courses iepicsent Current pro-serninar offerings Survev of works representative of the major The\ will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR literary movements of the 18th 19th and 20th circumstances waiiant front semester to semester Fivt C01.11ses aie iecluned f6i a mmoi one from the Introd UCtOFY Courses (104 to 107), two from the Basic and 400 levels) Ali pro-sernmars carry three credits a sernes ter Century COUISCS (200 to 217) and two from the Historical Sequence and Advanced Courses (300 The recommended prciequisite Spanish 302 or 453 rrends in Latin American Literature 3 cr Introducton Courses 107 Medical Ethics 3 cr equi\ alent Major movements and representative works from Ethical questions that arise in medical care and 104 Introduction to PbilosophN 3 cr 322 1 he Nineteenth CenturN Noi el Pre-Columbian period through Romanticism research will be examined Topics might include A hist-hand stud\ of selected philosophical texts (Nev; Title) 3 cr experimentation on animals and man, allocation 454 Trends in Latin American Literature 3 cr from both traditional and existential peispectives E\amines the realist naturalist and regionalist of scarce medical iesources, euthanasia, the privi- Major movements and representative works from ^wh the aim of intioducing students to the nature novel in the works of Galclos Clarin Pardo leged relationship of doctor and patient, etc Modernismo to the present of philosophical thinking and to the ^ariety of Bazan Perecla and Valeia philosophical Issues aica methods and theories 108 Business Ethics 3 cr 460-475 Seminar in Spanish This course designed primarily for business 323 Don Juan as a World LiterarN Figure 3 cr 105 Ethics 3cr Literature 3 cr each majors begins with a discussion of some general Pimcipal plays and narrative poems dealing with An intioduction to ethical theories of past and All courses numbered 460 through 475 are semi- ethical issues and, in particular, the pioblem of a the theme from its origins in Seventeenth Century piesent time Contempoiary mcnal issues will be Spain through modein times Authors include nars in literature designed to offer the advanced just distribution of wealth These discussions are under graduate student the opportunity to study considered in the light of these theoiies TusodcMolina Molicie Mozart B^ron Zorilla, applied to concrete current business problems various aspects of literature in greater depth The andG B Shaw (Intianslation) 106 IntroductorN Logic 3 cr following courses represent current seminar offer- AnalNsis of the reqU11cinents for valid reasoning Basic Courses 324 The Generation of 98 3 cr ings thev will be offered on a rotated basis and/or logical fallacies tvpcs of dehnitions and impor- Major woi ks of Spain s tm n of the century authors as circumstance warrant from semester to semes- tant mfoi mal aspects ofarguments in oidinarN dis- 200 Introduction to Phenomenolog^ 3 cr in their aesthetic and historical contexts Includes ter All seminars carry three credits a semester course will be studied in addition to the formal The basic approach to philosophical issues devel- Unamuno A7orin A Machado Pio Baroja, J R Recommended prerequisite Spanish 401-402 or logic of inferences involving simple and com- oped by Huseil, the founder of Phenomenology Jimenez and Vallee Inclan equivalent pound statements will be explored, the types of signs, meaning the

46 47

the crucial thinkers of the 19th century including such as Babvloman Greek and Judeo-Chiistian possibilitN of philosophy as rigorous science etc 220 PhilosophN of Death and Liiing 3 cr Hegel Feuerbach Kieikegaard Marx Mill, and It emphasizes such questions as What is the Holv" aie consideied The course provides an introduction to some of What is the relation between scientific knowledge the basic themes and texts both traditional and Nietzsche 203 PhilosophN of Religion 3 cr and religious knowledge' What are the various contemporary related to the philosophical study 305 Contemporar^ Philosophl 3 cr Intioduction to the nature of religious experience arguments about the existence of God and the of death Its main purpose is to ask how human A studv of contempoiary philosophv from 1900 to Topics such as religious svnibolism, belief and immortality of the soul9 Why is there human suf- beings can be happy in view of death's certamtv the piesent covering the methods and history of unbelief the existence of evil and free will will be fering if God is good and all-powerful9 What do therefore it emphasizes the act of living selected 20th century movements considered Assigned readings include both trach- the symbols of the end of the world mean' Atten- 224 Phdosoph^ of Sport tional and contemporary writers 3 cr 322 American PhilosophN 3 cr tion is given both to traditional and to contempo- A philosophical examination of the nature of Puritanism Enlightenment Transcendental i sm rary philosophical texts 204 Literature and Philosophy 3 cr sport Particular focus will be upon the ontologi- Pragmatism with emphasis on key figures in Explores philosophical themes as they emerge cal, ethical and aesthetic status of the phenome- American Philosophy Pciice Dewev James 406 Aesthetics 3 cr within great works of literature Works will be non of sport Rovce Santayana Whitehead etc An examination of theories of art which explore selected fiorn such authois as Sophocles Dante 225 Elements of Thormstic Thought 3 cr such questions as the beautiful creativity imagi- Shakespeare Goethe and Dostoyevski 325 Concentrated Philosophical An introduction to the basic concepts and princi- nation, and the role of art in life Authors such as Readings 3 cr pal ideas of Christian philosophv with an empha- Aristotle, Lessing, Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche, Heideg- 205 Fxistential Phenomenolog) 3 cr This course is an in-depth studv of one or several sis on the thought system of St Thomas Aquinas ger and Camus will be read Examination of the methods and style of thought philosophers such as Plato Aristotle Aquinas The course will cover an introduction to meta- which characterizes existential phenomenology "Occam Descaites, Kant Wittgenstein Strawson physics, metaphysical thinking, definition of Lectures and discussion on texts by major think- Heidegger etc varving in subject matter from 415, 416 Ancient Philosopher 3 cr each knowledge analogy of being, the principles, struc- ers such as Being and Tone bv Heiclegger, Phe- time to time A course devoted to detailed studv of a single ture and causes of being the concept of the tran- nomcnologi of Pei(eption bN Merleau-Ponty and ancient thinker such as Plato or Aristotle scendent and the problem of evil Being and Nothingness bv Sartre A&anced Courses

255 Philosophs of Technolog^ 3 cr 313 Philosoph^ of the Human Sciences 3 cr 3 cr each 211 Marxism 3 cr 420, 421 Medieial Philosopher A philosophicai examination of how our lives are The relations of the human sciences with other A leading Medieval thinker or thinkers such as A stud\ of the political philosophv of Karl Marx shaped by technology and the relation of technol- sciences with philosophy and with practical life Augustine, Avicenna Maimonides Bonaventure as one of the major directions in social thought ogy with science, religion ethics, and metaphysics the use of the mathemati^s and interpretation, and will be studied Engels Lenin and contemporarN Marxism 258 Computerized Formal Logic 3 cr othci issues will be discussed in relation to past and contemporary philosophical and scientific 212 Political Philosophi 3 cr An introduction to formal logic with computer 425, 426 Modern Philosopher 3 cr each Fundamental political questions will be explored assisted tutorials The course will also deal with thought In depth examination of the work of a single or a For example Utopian state freedom, justice, the translating arguments from ordinary language into 401, 402 Thomism 3 cr each group of historically modern authors e g , ration- origins of political society war and empue and formal symbols and will apply the^e principles to Courses dealing with the texts of St Thomas Aqui- alism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibruz), empiricism re% olution niav "real world" situations be considered Possible authors nas The first semester (401) covers his metaph- (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche read Plato Aristotle, Aquinas Macchiavelh, 260 Phdosophv of LaA 3 cr Nsis and the second semester (402) deals with his Hobbes Locke Rousseau and Hegel A study of the major legal traditions The follow- philosophy of man Neo-scholastic inteipretations 430, 431 Contemporary Philosopher 3 cr each ot the texts of Aquinas (Maritam, Gilson and the 214 PhilosophN of Sex 3 cr ing topics will be examined legal reasoning jus- Concentration upon a single contemporarN philos- school of Maiechal and Rahner) The couise provides an introduction to some of tice and law, ethics and law, legal relations and opher e g , Husserl Heidegger Sartre, Merleau- social institutions, philosophical issues involved Ponty, Whitehead Wittgenstein the basic themes and texts both traditional and 403 PhdosophN of God 3 cr in evidence and procedure legal and political the- contemporary related to the philosophical study This course introduces students to selected texts ories, and theories of law of sex It uses historical analvtical and phenome- and basic themes in types of religious experience 435 Senior Seminar 3 cr nological methods and gives attention to the sex- Historical Sequence ual origin of our consciousness of values DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 300 Ancient Philosophy 3 cr 215 PsNehoanal)sis and PhdosophN 3 cr A studv of the beginning of Philosophy in Greece, Channian Walter S Skinner, M S Psvchoanalysis has had an impact upon and been from the Presocratics to Plotinus with readings The program in the Department of Physics is primarily aimed at providing today's students with a funda- affected by modern philosophy This course will principally taken from Plato and Aristotle mental background in traditional Phvsics as well as the interrelationships with other sciences and disci- studv the presuppositions and implications of plines The Department is also aware that in today's changing world, there must be a suitablv flexible 301 Mediesal PhilosophN 3 cr Freud s thought and that of some other thinkers, program which will best fit the graduate for the challenges faced in the many professions which are based on A philosophical study of medieval texts in English such as Sartre Marcuse Ricoeur the science of Phvsics There is always the hope that the student will continue professional growth in Physics translation selected as representatives of the broad but it is also realized that there aie many expanding paths to professional growth The Department program, range of issues, approaches, and theories which 216 Communication and Philosophy 3 cr therefore is structured to provide the essential background for success in graduate studies in the many characterize the major Christian, Jewish, and Speech is man s most important means of com- curient fields which seek Physics graduates as well as equipping the student to successfully compete for the Islamic Philosophical thinking of the period munication The Course will examine the struc- available positions in research institutions government agencies or private corporations Department policv tuie purpose and function of speech in everydav 302 EarlN Modern Philosophy 3 cr calls for individual attention to student needs usage and in the spheres of politics science, and Explores the beginning of modern thinking in the art 16th century and proceeds to the time of the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Fiench Revolution Course work consists in analy- A minimum of 32 semester hours is required for a major These credits must include 211, 212, 301 329, 217 ElementarN Symbolic Logic 3 cr sis of several important texts chosen from such 330 361 372, 402 430 473 474 (483, 484 or 485 may be substituted for 474 with departmental approval) Introduction to the methods of symbolic logic as philosophers as Montaigne Descartes, Pascal, L \oadepamnental Requircinctit) Chermstry 121, 122 or Biology 111 112, Mathematics 115, 116, 215 applied to the logic of arguments involving com- Hobbes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Hume, Kant 216 308 Computer Science I 11, and two years of modern language pound statements propositional functions and If a student takes 207, 208-Physics and the Modern World and either 201, 202-Generat Physics or 21 1, quantihers and relations 304 later Modern Philosophy 3 cr 2-General Analvtical Phvsics, the credits for the 207 208 will not apply to the total number required for This course examines the period of modern phi- 21 the degree Credit will not be given for both 201 202 and 211 212 218 Special Topics 1-3 cr losophv initiated by Kant It deals primarily with

48 49

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PHYSICS MINOR be discussed electrostatics energv relations in 473 Atomic Ph^sies 3 cr The minor consists of eight hours in the General Analvtical Physics (21 1, 212) and 12 credits of upper clectrostatic fields dielectrics, Currents and their This course provides an introduction to special division phvsics on the 300 and above level The department will structure the minor program from the inteiaction magnetic properties of matter AC cir- relativity and quantum theory with applications course offerings to fit as nearly as possible the needs and desires of the individual student cuits Maxwell's equations and electronic radia- drawn mainly from modern theories of the atom tions Prerequisitcs 212 Mathematics 215 Topics usually included are quantum theory of REQUIREMENIS FOR THE EARTH SCIENCE MINOR heat radiation, the uncertainty principle, quantum The minor consists ofa prerequisite sequence of 101 and 102 which must be taken as the first courses, and 402 Optics 3 cr theory of the hydrogen atom, many-electron 1 2 credits chosen front 203 204 205 206 303 304, 305 as available to the curriculum Not all courses are This Course intiodUces the student to the princi- atoms, atomic spectroscopy Prerequisites 212 taught each semester and some ai e on alternate vears Ea; th 5cience 1 0 1 is prerequisite to all courses unless ples of geometrical and phvsical optics Topics and consent of instructor waived bv the instructor mav include reflection refraction diffraction, polaii/ation matrix techniques in lens system 474 Quantum Mechanics 3 cr 201, 202 General Phisics 4 cr each theory of ideal gas and the basic concept of statis- design basic quantum optics and the laser Prereq- A basic introduction to the dynamics of quantum Designed to give the student a basic knowledge tical mechanics Prerequisites 212, Mathematics uisite 212 or 202 and the consent of the phenomena Some of the topics covered are and understanding of mechanics properties of 215 instructor Schroedinger Equation, oscillators hydrogen matter heat waNe motion sound, magnetism atom, linear operators, Hermitian Matrices, 306 Applied Electronics Laboratory 2-3 cr 405 Acousti(s clectricitv light and modern plivsics through the 3 er observables, conservation theorem spin, angular This course seeks to combine a treatment of the A couise which presents the plivsical principles use of modern dav examples and applications At momentum and perturbation theory The course principles of modern electronic instrumentation uncicrlving the production and propagation of the completion of this course the student should will emphasize application to simple systems Pre- with practical laboratory experience Topics which have attained a working knowledge of phvsics its sound Examples and explanations are focused requisites 212 Mathematics ,will be included are passive and active electronic 215 techniques and reasoning such that the knowledge piincipallv on nILiscial sound No mathematical components, electronic measuring instruments of plivsics gained may be applied to future work in preparation beyond high school algebra is 483, 484, 485, 486 Special Fopics 1-3 cr each power supplies, amplification feedback and con- the sciences or other helds of endeavor Prerequi- necessary Designed to allow the Physics major flexibility in trol linear and digital devices Emphasis will be site Mathematics 103 104 or the equivalent Stu- scheduling this course may include the following on understanding instrumentation rather than on 419 Introduction to Micro dents who have completed Mathematics 116 and advanced principles of design Prerequisite Per- and Mini Computers pre-engincering students should take 21 1 212 3 cr 483 Nuclear Ph)sics 3 cr mission of instructor An intioduction to the designs of micro and trum Lecture four hours Laboratory two hours Experimental and theoretical aspects of the atomic COMPLIters Exploration of assembler and special- 329 Advanced Laboratory I I cr nucleus are discussed The topics presented may i7ed languages for small computers Prerequisites include two-nuclear systems, radioactivity and 207, 208 Pbisics and the This course is designed to acquaint the students 201 Machine Language Programming and 301 modes of decay rachometric dating, interaction of Modern World 3 cr each with the basics of modern electronics to the extent Computer Logic radiation with matter nuclear structures and reac- A course especialiv for the nonscientist Designed that the student will have a sufficient background to design and use simple electronic circuits in tions and nuclear fission Prerequisite 212 or 202 to give the student some basis for understanding 425 Microcomputer Laborator)of 3 cr future research set of experiments is performed and consent of the instructor the physics of the twentieth century and the phvsi- A A hands-on' laboratory course in the use sin- cist s approach to the studv of nature The physics and analyzed by the students Subjects covered gle board microcomputers for interfacing and con- 484 Introductory Solid State Physics 3 cr of evervday life is used as a basis, and classroom are the use of research grade electronic instru- trol This couise introduces the student to those Bulk properties of materials are discussed with demonstrations are generouslv employed to help ments transducers, diode and transistor circuits concepts of discrete and digital electronics that both the phenomenological and microscopic file Student grasp concepts by showing concrete transistor design parameters, printed circuit relate to the use of these concepts for interfacing approaches Typical topics are the geometric struc- examples No mathematics bevond basic high design, layout and construction Prerequisite 212 the rniciocomputei with the ' real" analog woild ture of solids waves and diffractions, thermal school algebra required or 202 and consent of instructor Some of the topics coveied are assemblv language properties, the free electron model bank theory 330 Advanced Laboratory 11 1 cr programming for an 8085 microprocessor, use of superconductivity, magnetic properties and mag- 211, 212 General Analitical A continuation of Advanced Laboratory I which parallel and serial 1/0 ports analog to digital and netic resonance Prerequisites 212 and consent of Ph^sics 4 cr each includes the following basic and advanced opera- digital to analog conversion techniques motor instructor This is an intioduction to the fundamental theo- tional amplifier circuitry digital integrated cir- speed control and process control Prerequisites ries and applications of physics designed for stu- cuits Gates, Boolean Algebra, I C timer circuitry, Phvsics 41 9 or consent of the instructor 485 Relati%istic Mechanics 3 cr dents of sciences and engineering Methods of digital flip-flops and counter circuitry, A/D & D/A This course is an introduction to the Special and 426 Problems in Microcomputers 1-4 cr using calculus are introduced A good algebra conversion'circuitry digital meter design and con- General Theories of Relativitv A list of topics Special topics and problems in microcom puters background is necessary The quantitative struction Prerequisite 329 or consent of instruc- which may be discussed are absolute space, Ein- microcomputer interfacing circuitry and related approach of the physcists is used in solving tor steinian Kinematics, Einstemian Optics, space- subjects suitable for independent work Prerequi- pioblems and understanding physical phenomena time and fourvectors, relativistic particle mechan- 361 Mechanics 4 cr sites Ph\ sics 41 9 or consent of the instructor Mechanics and electromagnetism are treated in ics Prerequisites 212, Mathematics 215 minute details in 21 1 and 212 respectively Appli- An intermediate level theoretical classical 430 Ad%anced Research 2 cr cations in modern physics are emphasized Other mechanics involving concepts and problems that 486 Shop Techniques I cr This is a one icui course in which the student topics such as heat optics aie developed bricflv can not be understood except by using the mathe- A basic introduction to machine shop practices selects a iesearch project develops it and prepares Co-requisite for 211 Mathematics 116 Lecture matical language of vectors, calculus matrices etc necessary to experimentalists in all fields Some of a report on the results The student is also required three hours Laboratory two hours Many of the mathematical tools will be reintro- the areas covered are shop equipment and its use to present results of his work at a department sem- duced in the course A good calculus background materials soldering and welding techniques is indispensible The topics normally covered are inar or an appropriate scientific meeting if deemed 301 Thermo6namics 3 cr mechanical drawing and schematics, electronics motion of a particle in 3-chmensions, non-inertial advisable A research topic is selected from those This is an intermediate level course covering the construction techniques and practical application systems, central force systems, dynamics of many suggested by members of the Phvsics Department fundamental principles of thermodynamics particles and rigid bodies and Lagrangian mechan- oi othci science facultv members Work is carried 487 Problems in Physics 1-4 cr kinetic theory and statistical mechanics The fol- ics Prerequisites 212, Mathematics 215 Out in close coordination with the selected advi- Special topics and problems in physics and related lowing is a partial list of items generally included sor although all work must be the student's own subjects suitable for independent work temperature theimodvnamic systems, work, heat 372 Electromagnetism 4 cr No grade is given at the end of the first semester the first and second laws of thermodynamics, ideal An intermediate course for the science and engi- but a final grade is assigned at the completion of 488 Advanced Problems in Ph.Nsics 1-4 cr gases entrophv Maxwell's equation the kinetic neering students The following topics will usually the pioject in the Spring Semester Problems of a more sophisticated nature

50 51

489 Problems in Health PhNsics 1-4 cr Observation and prediction will be practiced when A student transferring to Duquesne from another College or Universitv may receive a maximum of 12 Special topics and problems in health phvsics and practical Local and U S Weather Bureau services transfer credits applied to their major requirement related subjects suitable for independent work will be used and analyzed when possible REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Earth Science 205 Planetary Geolog^ 3 cr Tweniv-four semester hours in International Relations are required for a major in International Relations in 101 Ph^sical Geologv 3 cr A systematic study of the geology of other planets addition to 101 these credits must include 309 312 318 and 320 or 402 The remaining courses may be (Prerequisite to all Earth Science courses ) This and satellites in the solar system Methods of selected from either 320 or 402 (the one not taken for the required core), 208, 33 1 409 41 3, 450, 406, 32 1, 315 introduction to the geological processes and study used to obtain information on these bodies 404 and 412 Majors in International Relations are advised to take certain courses for their college materials will concentrate on the makeup of our will be examined along with the latest available requirements and electives especially in language and history Majors are advised to carefully plan their planet and the materials involved Studv will also information from scientific probes courses with their advisors include phvsical features and the processes of the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR earth as presentiv understood which have created 206 Geophvsics 3 cr those features Geological iclation to environment General Minor This minor is designed to provide the students with a comprehensive view of the entire An introduction to geophysics and its methods is also examined discipline and is iccommended for those students who may later contemplate graduate study or think that and uses Study will include the use of geophvsics thev might eventually like to change from a minor to a major in Political Science It consists of a minimum 102 Historical GeologN to determine the nature of the earth's interior and 3 cr of 12 credits beyond the freshman course 101 the 12 credits encompass the following required courses, 208, A studv of the earth's history which relates tec- various crustal processes such as structure moun- ?33 309 and 405 or 406 tonic movements of the crust Mountain building tain building and the plate tectonics Prerequisite Concentrated Mmor The following minors, concentrated in a particular area are also available processes and life history with their interrelations Phvsjcal Geologv or major in Physics I lineiitan Goicinincia 233 and a minimum of nine credits from among, 235, will be discussed Evolution of local features will 240 241 242 276, 301, 123 324 407 and 414 be discussed also with the relationship to plate 303 Oceanograph^ 3 cr 2 Compatatiie Goicininent 208 and a minimum of nine credits from among, tectonics An introduction to the marine environment 315 318 321, 408, 412, 413 and 450 103 PhNsical Geologv LaboratorN I cr including the geologv and ecologv Attention is 3 Intemational Relation5 309 An introduction to the identification of rocks and paid to the importance of dangers to the ecosys- and a minimum of nine credits from among 312 318, 320, 402, 404, 409, and 450 minerals bv cornposition and appearance and the tem Characteristics of oceanic waters and circula- interpretation of topographic maps The use of tion patterns will be discussed Selective Minor The Department of Political Science will also devise a minor from its course offerings to maps to identify the cause of drainage and some fulfill the particular needs and desires of a student in any major area of concentration Such a minor must be effects of water and erosion will be experienced 304 Environmental Earth Science 3 cr structured in consultation with an assigned Political Science Department faculty advisor and the Depart- Mapping tools will be introduced as will some A course based on an examination of some of the ment Chanman field equipment more common natural hazards in the geologic A maximum of 6 transfer credits can be applied to the minor requirement sense and Land Use Planning Resources and their 104 Historical Geolog^ Laborator^ I cr 101 Introduction to Political Science is prerequi- 241 The American Presidenc^ recoverv, use and abuse in past and present and 3 cr An accompaniment for ES 102 providing an site to all courses A study of the role of the President at the center of possible cures will be discussed Local and introduction to sedimentation and the use of fossil the decision-making process in the American national problems will be examined and evaluated identification Columnar sections Aerial Geologic political system from the standpoints of origin and control 101 Introduction to Political Science 3 cr maps and Aerial Photos will be used An imestigation of the most fundamental con- 242 The American Congress 3 cr 203 Astronomi 3 cr cepts involved in the studv of political society 305 Ph^siography of the United States 3 cr An investigation of the operation of the Congress Introduction to the study of astronomy and the Introduces the student to the various topographic of the United States within the American system basics of observation Study will include telescopic 208 Comparative Polit,cal S^stems and phvsiographic differences in the contiguous 3 cr of government tvpes and the known univeise as identified from A systematic mult 'i/cused analvsis of selected states as well as Alaska and Hawaii This course is piesent studv Course will if possible include political s^stcms 243 Politics and Society 3 cr designed to allow the student to become familiar arrangements with Buhl Planetarium and Alle- A study of political culture, political socialization, with the terrain, resources, economics, and indi- gheny Observatory Star tvpes and distances will political participation political elites, and social vidual problems of the various regions of our 233 American National Goiernment 3 cr also be examined structure country An approach to demonstrate the fact that The institutional structure and policy-making 204 Meteorolog^ 3 cr no generalization may be made to fit all areas at processes of national government aie examined as 276 Voting and Election Behavior 3 cr Elementary studv of meteorologv and weather sys- once, but different problems are associated with reflections of the assumptions of liberal democracy An examination of the determinants of opinions tems in the local area as well as the world patterns each resource and each region and of the Amei ican social and economic systems and political beliefs political participation and In addition to the three branches of government voting behavior, the significance for democratic DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE political parties interest groups and elections are government of findings in these areas considered Chauman William E Markus 301 State and Local Government 3 cr Political science studies the political ideas institutions, behavior values, and goals of human collective life A study of the position of the state and local gov- The department stresses an understanding of political life as a necessary complement to the studv of human 1-35 The Mass Media and Politics 3 cr ernments in the Federal Union existence Through an awareness of and appreciation for, the similarities and differences among political A studv of the mass media and its nature, role and 309 International Relations 3 cr structures and political tasks political actors systems of law, political ideals and thought, and the ways by impact on U S politics The emphasis will be on A study of the major factors involved in interna- which political activity relates to the dimensions of life as a whole, the student becomes familiar with the the mass media as instruments of political com- tional relations including such concepts as sover- political as an expression of deeper and more fundamental considerations Students in the Department of munication and opinion leadership eignty nationalism balance of power, and inter- Political Science are introduced to both the normative and empirical methods of analvzing political life national law and organization Political science majors are piepared f6i careers in government and administration, teaching, private % 240 American Political Parties 3 cr enterprise, and for farthei study in graduate and law school programs An intensive studv of the roles of interest groups 312 International La" and and political parties in the decision-making Organization 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE processes of the American systern of government A survey of the historical development and pres- Twenty-four semester hours are required for a major in political science in addition to 101, these credits with attention devoted to the internal dynamics of ent role played by international law in the world must include 208 233, 309 and 405 or 406 these institutions community and the formation and operation of

52 53 such organizations as tile United Nations and its 402 SoNiet Foreign PohcN 3 cr 450 Nliorkshop-International Studies 3 cr specialized agencies An analvtical study of the development of Soviet An intensive one-week interchsciplmary summei foreign relations with special emphasis on the school course This Course piesents politics, for- 315 Politics of I hird World Countries 3 cr post-Stalinist era eign policv cultuie religion and social problems A topical stuciv of tile politics of the emerging of Third World Countries Several outside speak- nations including nationalism, political inlegra- 404 Simulation in International Politics 3 cr ers augumcnt Duquesne facultv tion political parties and the role of the military Students spend the semester simulating an inter- and elite national conflict situation They act as foreign pol- 318 Nationalism 3 cr jcv decision-makers, applying the principles con- DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY A studv of tile dvnamics of nationalism with cepts and instruments of international politics Chaii man Rev David L Smith, C S Sp, Ph D emphasis on the role of nationalism in current For majors only Tile undergiaduate progiam of the Department of Psvchology is designed world political problems Includes the develop- 1) to introduce and familiarize 405, 406 Western Political Thought 3 cr each ment of nationalism in Europe stuclLnis with the fundamental content issues and interests of various areas of psychology and critically A study of political ideas as distinct from and yet c% aluate and reformulate these in the context of psychology as a human science 2) to foster intellectual and 320 United States Foreign Polic) 3 cr related to political institutions which constitute personal freedom and critical thinking as essential to the humanizing process 3) to prepare the profession- A study of American foreign policy since the See- our perennial western political heritage 405 con- al1v oriented student for advanced study 4) to provide a foundation for careers involving human services ond Woild War with emphasis on the central siders theorists from the classical period to the To these ends the department offers a wide variety of courses covering psychology conceived as a human present issues and the domestic sources of foreign earlv 16th Century 406 considers theorists from science a natural science and within a historical perspective Further study in graduate school prepares pOI1cv the later 16th Century to the late 19th Century students for carecis in mental hospitals schools, mental health and social welfare agencies, business and mdustry In our rapidIv changing society the demand for professionally trained psychologists is increasing 321 Goiernment and Politics of 407 American Political Thought 3 cr While the department believes that human scientific psychology is the most viable and encompassing Eastern Europe 3 cr An analysis of the issues which have plaved a fun- approach to the StUdv of man it also icalizes its responsibility to expose its students to other psychological An analvsis of political developments in the com- damental role in American Politics from colonial approaches Hence every major who plans to enter graduate school in psychology is strongly encouraged to mUnist regimes of Eastern Europe with special chur-h-state problems, to modern liberalism and take advantage of the offerings in' sister universities through the procedure of cross-registration emphasis on iciations between the USSR and conservatism Eastern Europe in the post-Stanlinist era 408 Theor^ of Comparatiie REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 323 Constitutional Lavi Federalism 3 cr Government 3 cr A detailed examination Of Supreme Court cases The major progiam consists of 103-Introduction to Psychology plus a minimum of 24 semester hours An examination of the basic theories and concepts conceining the nature of American fedeialism— These credits must include 220 and 223 Majors desiring to pursue graduate study in psychologv are strongly in contemporary approaches to comparative polit- Congressional and Presidential power commerce advised to take six additional credits through cross-registration at other universities (Learning Theory ical systems clause state powers judicial review due process Experimental Perception Memory etc ) and Statistics (225 Fundamentals of Statistics offered by the Mathematics department may be considered part of the mathematics/science requirement) Finally, it is clauses and apportionment Students are intro- 409 Theor^ of International Relations 3 cr recommended that majors enroll in a hospital or community practicum for credit, and/or do volunteer work ch.l(ed to court and appeals procedures the reading A study of various theoretical approaches to an in a neighborhood clinic Three credits earned in practicum count toward the 24 required credits, an and briefing of court decisions and the nature of understanding of international relations including additional three credits in practicum may be earned above and beyond the required minimum of 24 the couit ieview process political realism systems analvsis, decision-mak- Information about such opportunities can be obtained from the department academic advisor 324 Constitutional Lavi ing and equilibrium analysis The psvchology department has set up a dual advisement system departmental academic advisor and the Cnd Liberties 3 cr 412 Goiernment and Politics faculty academic advisor Prospective majors should consult the departmental academic advisor concerning A detailed analvsis of Supierne Court decisions of German) 3 cr the special procedure followed for the declaration of the major hearing upon Bill of Rights guarantees with spe- A comparative analysis of the contemporary polit- A minimum of 15 ciedits in psvchology exclusive of practicum must be taken at Duquesne Univesity for cific refeience to the fieedonis of speech press, ical systems of West and East Germany the major assemblv the dimensions of search and seizure, right of legal Counsel equal protection and due 413 Goiernment and Politics REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR process lights voting lights and the adjudication of the USSR 3 er of the fourteenth amendment application of rights An intensive analysis of the origin and evolution Requnements for a minor are 103 and 223 and any three of the following 225 or 226, 280, 328, 340 352, to state action 361 390 of the Soviet political system 400 level courses may be taken for the minor with permission of the department head A minimum of nine credits in psvchologv must be taken at Duquesne Universitv for the minor 325 Constitutional Laii 414 Public Policy 3 cr Criminal Lavi 3 cr A study of the elements, operations, and investiga- This couise will consider appellate cases in ciimi- COUNSELING SERVICES tion of the wav governmental units decide upon nal rights and major aspects to ciimmal proce- programs and policy objectives Personal counseling seivices are available to all students at the Center For Training and Research in durc As with the Constitutional Law courses, it is Phenomenological Psvchologv located at the Chapel end of Centennial Walk a case approach Students will lead court decisions 420 Contemporary Political Theor^ 3 cr and will develop familiaritv with briefing cases A study of central topics in political thought from 103 Introduction to Ps^(hology 3 er 223 Introduction to Existential 327 Research Methods in Marx to the present time (Prerequisite to all courses) Phenomenological Ps^chology 3 cr Political Science 3 cr Introduction to fundamental concepts and meth- Introduction to a human-science alternative to 3 cr A studv of the techniques of scientific inquiry into 430 Internship in Practical Politics ods of ps^chology, examined from both traditional psychology as a natural science Prerequisite for political phenomena including research methods A work and observation experience in government and phenomenological perspectives Prerequisite 356 and 410, required for majors and minors data collection analysis and inteipretation and political offices at the city, county, state and for all other departmental courses national levels in the Pittsburgh area Permission lb 225 Deielopmental Ps)cholog^ I 331 Peace and the Arms Race 3 cr of department required 220 S^stematjc Ps^chologN 3 cr An analvsis of the grave threat to world peace For majors only Traditional approaches (beha- (Infanc^ and Childhood) 3 cr posed bv nUcleai weapons and the aims race Spe- 436 Honors Colloquium in VlOnStic plivsiological psvchoanalvtic) to sensa- Growth and development of the child, with cial attention will be given to the political ideolog- Political Science 3 cr tion perception learning and motivation emphasis on personality development ical and moral dimensions of the arms race A detailed analysis of a selected topic Required for majors

54 55

226 Developmental Psvchology 11 392 The Individual and His World 3 cr AREAS OF CONCENTRATION (Adolescence and Nlaturitv) 3 cr Examination of individual's relation to society, SociologN The orientation of sociology is independent in the sense that it is concerned with what men in DeNclopment from adolescence through adult from a developmental and cross-cultural perspec- groups tiv to achieve and how successful they are Sociology is oriented around the problem of what men in stages to coping with death tive groups actualk do how they interact to meet needs where they are Recommended courses 101 104 201 202, 205 214, 215, 304, 307, 308 309, 313, 315 323, 325 341, 492 230 PsvchologN of Communo 393 Principles of Ps^choanalvtjc 3 cr Experience Thought 3 cr Criminal Justice Founded in a bi oad-based liberal ai ts curriculum, this program is designed to provide the Expet ience of community phenomena c g , inch- Examination of the times and contributions of Student with the opportunity to develop his potential as a professional in many areas of the criminal justice viduals Neisus group piiorities intimacy vs pri- Freud and selected other major psychoanalytic held including probation parole investigation corrections and research vacv theorists Permission of department head for non- Recommended couises 101 103 245 246, 250 264, 265, 266 290, 302, 310, 313, 335, 467 majors 280 HistorN ofPsNchology 1 3 cr 6erontologN As the size and characteristics of the "elderly' segment of the population have changed, there Overview of figures and issues in the history of has been incicased interest in the study ofthe aging process, its effectson the individual and society, and its 394 Psychology of Language and psychology front precursors to present meaning foi the future The Gerontology program is designed to develop the knowledge and skills required Expression 3 cr for a students preparation as a professional in this specialty area 328 Psvchologv of Personality 3 cr Communication as a live, embodied relation of Recommended courses 101 210, 317 324, 327, 41 1 Critical examination of major theories of person- person to world and others Emphasis is on phe- ahtN nomenological theorists Permission of depart- Social Services The principle that is the basis for this program is that classroom learning provides the ment head for non-majors 'foundation out of which effective social/human services may be built Preparation for professional training 340 Social PsNchologi 3 cr and skill development is the emphasis Foundations of social processes attitudes values 410 Advanced Existential- Recommended courses 101 103 212 and roles public opinion propaganda and com- 213, 314 450 451 Phenomenological Psychology 3 cr munication personal participation in society Detailed investigation of selected works in existen- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 352 Abnormal PsNehologN 3 cr tial-phenomenological philosophy and psychol- A minimum of 24 semester hours not including 101 is required for a major in Sociology these credits must Examination of theories and data on disordered ogy Prerequisite 223 Permission of department include 201 and 304 In consultation with the undergraduate academic advisor, the major may select a human existence head for non-majors concentiation in general Sociology, Criminal Justice, Gerontology, or Social Services/Human Services The Research PsNehologN TheorN suggested course numbers for these concentrated areas are listed above with the corresponding titles and 356 432 Gestalt Psychology 3 cr 3 cr descriptions in the following section and Practice Contributions of Gestalt psychology (especially Review of theory and practice of traditional and the works of Kofka, Kohler, and Goldstein) to human-science research Includes student projects REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR traditional and human-science psychology Per- permission of department Pierequisite 220 223 mission of department head for non-majors A minimum of 12 semester hours, not including 101, is required for a minor 450, 451 488 and 492 are head for non-majors reserved for majors onk Minors may select a concentration in one of four areas above in consultation with the department advisor 361 Psicholog) of ldentft^ 450 Contemporary Issues in and Fulfillment 3 cr Clinical Psychology 3 cr SociologN 101 is a prerequisite to all courses 215 Computer Uses in the The ways in which identity is lived individually A human-science examination of the approach except 103 Criminal Justice and 103 Social Work Social Sciences 3 cr and collectively Designed to be personally iele- methods, data and current issues of clinical psv- All 300 And 400 courses are for juniors and seniors An introduction into computer related skills, with ^ant to the life of the student Open tojuniors and chology Permission of department head for non- OnIN a focus on data management, use of "canned" pro- seniors only majors grams and the univac computer system Sociolog) 370 PsNchologN of Aesthetic Experience 3 cr 457 Independent Studies 3 er 304 Methods in Sociologv 3 cr Theoretical and empirical explorations of aesthetic A tutorial course for an exceptional student who 101 Surici of Sociology 3 cr expei ience wishes to pursue a particular study with a faculty Discussion and application of techniques and -X broad survey ofthe social and cultural aspects of research procedures used in sociological research member For majors only, usually those intending 390 History of PsNchology 11 3 cr environment graduate study, advanced coursework completed Intensive study of selected historical figures in 307 Leisure and Popular Culture 3 cr Permission of faculty member and department 104 Social Anthropology 3 cr dialogue with contemporar\ themes Reading of Study of relationship between work, leisure and head required Study of the cultural aspects ofhuman existence in primaiv sources Prerequisite 280 popular culture, leisure as a social problem will be eark man and modern society considered 391 Applied Pswholog) Practicurn 3 cr 490 Special Topic 1-4 cr An applied psvcholog^ setting provides opportu- A visiting professor presents his/her specialty, or a 201 Sociological Theories 3 cr 308 Ethnic Groups 3 cr nity for working directlx with professionals Set- regular faculty member presents highly specialized -X study of selected European and American theo- Comprehensive survey of roles performed and tings have included psychiatric hospitals and com- studies or an experimental course Repeatable rists For sociology majors and minors only problems faced by ethnic groups munity centers Majors only, permission of Prerequisites vary with the instructor Permission 202 Sociology of Social Problems 3 cr Department head Repeatable once of department head for non-majors Study of person-structure-change framework 309 Women in Society 3 cr applicable to contemporary social issues The role of women in culture and the study of DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY women's movements for liberation 205 Person and Societj 3 cr Chauman Chester A Jurczak, Ph D Exploiation of socialization the person's interac- 313 Sociology of Sexual Behavior 3 cr Undergraduate instruction in sociology contributes to the liberal education of students regardless of majors tion with structure and culture small groups and Discussion of sociological studies of sexual behav- and to the preprofessional training leading to graduate work in sociology and social work urban affairs,k collective beha,,ioi ior urban planning and criminology Helping students in practical ways to live effectively and to become effecti % e in practical attacks on social problems is another objective of the department 214 Sociology of the Child and 315 Social Deielopment—Infancy Sociology studies all of this formally in courses designed to give students a sense of direction, a selective Adolescent 3 cr to Death 3 cr taste of materials and methods, and motivation so that they can devote some of their energies to indepen- Discussion of the child and adolescent socializa- Study of the socializing process from the infant dent observation and experimentation and develop their own concepts about how society functions tion process in American society state to the dying state

56 57

323 Medical SociologN 3 cr 313 Delinquency and Society 3 cr Studv of the impact of values and related struc- A study of the phenomenon, theories and causa- DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE tures on health maintenance, personnel and insti- tion of juvenile delinquency Chan man Eva C Robotti, M A tutions discussion of the social system of health 335 Criminology 3 cr organizations The program provides training essential to the several areas of speech communication The department A studv of sociological explanations of criminality, offers both its major and interested students from other fields the opportunity to choose courses from a 325 Famd3 Sistems 3 cr correlates, causation and crimogenic conditions particular area of concentration or the whole range of the discipline Comparative studv of the familv the interaction 467 Correctional Case-Aork and of the familv with other community institutions AREAS OF CONCENTRATION Counseling 3 cr Social Communication This focuses on the theories and techniques of human communication on both the 341 Sociological Measurement 3 cr Study of the counseling styles and individualized personal and societal levels The student of social communication examines the concepts and procedures Discussion of techniques and problems in socio- models for offender classification, and group and ,Ahich govern men's interactions as individuals and as parts of the mass He also learns the practical arts of logical measurement process models of counseling critical analvsis and persuasive communication 492 Selected Readings 1-3 cr Gerontology This training is excellent preparation for careers in laA, goiernment, administration, personnel, public For sociology majors only relations, industrial communications, adsertising, sales, social %ork, and all fields viluch involie human 210 Sociology of Aging 3 er s^mbohc interaction Internships are a^ailable to students 'Kho qualify Discussion of medical aspects of aging, diseases of Criminal Justice Recommended courses 101 102 204, 206, 208 302, 304, 306, 311, aging, and health maintenance 402, 411, 412 103 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 cr Theatre/Media The Theatre/Media concentration combines Aesthetic Communication skills, theatre his- 317 Aged and Social Service 3 cr An introduction to the criminal justice process, tory and theatre performance skills with media theory and skills This concentration prepares the student for Study of problems associated with the elderly and including police courts correctional facilities and the fields of applied communication theatre, radio television and public relations Along with classroom the social services developed to assist them community based corrections theory and practice, students will have an opportunity to obtain practical experience onstage and backstage 324 Social Aspects of Death in Red Masquers productions and bv participating in on-and-off-the-air work at WDUQ (90 5), Duquesne's 245 Treatment of Jusenile Offenders 3 cr and D^mg 3 cr twentv-five thousand watt National Public Radio affiliate Studv of the movement of juvenile offenders A study of American values, behavior, custom, Courses in Radio and TV announcing and TV production afford the student the opportunity to work in a through the criminal justice systern-police, pros- and other institutional practices related to dying fullv equipped TV studio Internships are available to students who qualify ecution, courts and corrections and death with special attention to the older Recommended courses 140, 141, 190 204, 251, 280, 290, 351, 352, 370, 400, 412 451, 470, 490 246 Treatment of Adult Offenders 3 cr Americans Speech PathologN/AudiologN The profession of,Speech Pathology/Audiology is concerned with impair- Study of the movement of adult offenders through 327 Counseling of the Older Adult 3 cr ments in the processes of communication-speech language, and hearing Upon completion of graduate the criminal justice system A studv of helping techniques in relation to retire- education, a speech pathologist or audiologist may provide clinical services or work in basic and applied ment problems and physical, social, psychological research He or she niav be employed in schools, hospitals, laboratories, community service centers, or 250 Iniestigation, Eiidence losses of the elderly colleges and universities Speech pathology and audiology is a rapidly growing field, and the demand for and Procedures 3 cr trained personnel far exceeds the supply Studv of case preparation questioning of wit- 411 Aging and Health 3 cr This area of concentration at Duquesne is a pre-professional program designed to prepare the student for nesses collection and preservation of evidence Discussion of medical aspects of aging, diseases of graduate study in speech pathology and audiology The student concentrating in Speech Pathology/Audi- and processing of criminal evidence aging, and health maintenance ologv mav be eligible to register for Speech 322, 422 with a 3 00 QPA in his/her major, completion of all required courses and the permission of the department chairman 264 Police Communio Relations 3 cr Social Services/Human Services Discussion of the context of police-community Required courses 120 140 204 220 221, 320 420, 426 103 relations their interaction improvement and Introduction to Social Work 3 cr Co-requirements Psvchology 225, 352 Survey of the history and Advised Mathematics change strategies areas of social work- 225 casework group work and community organiza- Prospective Speech Pathologv majors should declare the major before they begin their junior year 265 Critical Issues in LaA tion, public and private programs Enforcement (Police) 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 212 The Helping Process 3 cr Analysis of police in a free society, ethnic tension, A minimum of 30 semester hours is required for a major in Speech Communication and Theatre Majors Discussion of the social process of helping others, police discretion civil disobedience, police con- will be required to enroll in three of the following courses 101, 102, 140 141, 190, ranging from the consideration of the professional, 204 Speech Pathology/ duct and integrity Audiologv concentrates will be required to enroll in Speech 120, 140, 204, 220 the population a person serves and the dynamics A maximum of 12 transfer credits in speech can be applied to the major requirements A maximum of 6 266 Crime Presention 3 cr of the interaction The perspective is person- credits may be taken in Independent Study and/or Speech/Media Internship Study of contemporary crime prevention pro- social grams involving criminal justice agencies, citizens REQUIREMENTS 213 Intervention Skills 3 cr FOR THE MINOR and communitv politics Discussion of social work skills, practice in field The minor consists of 18 credits six credits in required introductory courses and 12 additional credits 290 Criminalistics 3 cr evaluated There are four emphases that the student may follow Collection of evidence, fingerprints microscopic 314 Social Work Methods 3 cr I Social Communication 101, 102, plus 12 credits in any of the following 204, 206, 208 302, 304, 306, and laboratory studv of firearms, hair fibers, Study of case study, study-diagnosis-therapy pro- 311 402, 404, 411 blood, paints, poisons and other clues cess interviewing, counseling, and program plan- 2 Theatt elil4edia 140, 190, plus 12 credits in any of the following 141, 251, 280, 290, 351, 352, 370, 45 1, 302 Eialuati^e Research in ning Prerequisite Social Services 103 For sociol- 470, 490 ogy majors and minors only Criminal Justice 3 cr 3 Speech Path ologiVA i ith olog v 120, 220, plus 12 additional credits Courses 320, 426 are required, the Studv of techniques for research and evaluation of 450 Field Work 1 3-12 cr remaining six credits may be taken in any of the following 221, 420, 425 criminal justice programs Internship in a social work agency criminal justice 4 eneial Speech Coin i? i un ication and Theatre 190 and either 101 or 102, with 12 additional credits or gerontology setting Majors only 310 Juiende LaA 3 cr apportioned in the following manner six credits in any of the following 204, 206, 208, 302, 304, 306, 311 A survey of those aspects of the legal system that 451 Field Work 11 3-12 cr 402 404 plus six credits in any of these 140, 141, 251, 280, 290, 351, 370, 451, 490 relate to the identification, processing and rehabil- Internship in a social work agency, criminal justice Suggested activities for majors and minors in Speech Communication and Theatre include the Red itation of the juvenile offender or gerontology setting Majors only N4asquer Dramatic Organization, WDUQ Radio and Television, The Debate Team, the Duke (student

58 59 newspapei) and United Nations Oiganization Suggested courses for fulfilling Communication Area 1 7-04 Interpersonal Communication 3 cr 426 Hearing and AudiologN 3 cr iccluitcnicnis fof non-Specch majois 101 102 140 190 Designed to investigate the various aspects of This course will consider the nature of sound the intcipersonal communication Primaiv considera- process of hearing and hearing impairment The 400 Independent StudN ( XII areas 311 Communication and SocietN 11 3 cr lion will be given face-to-face human inteiactions different types causes, and the measurement of of conLentration) 1-3 cr Develops more completelv and pholsophicallv the in a variety of situations hearing impairment will be discussed Exposure to The student will woik on a selected project undei ihetorical perspective established in "Communi- audiometric testing will also be available Prereq- the supci % ision and guidance of a laculiv membei cation & Society I" by applving that particular 220 Introduction to Problems uisite 220, 221 or permission of the instructor Pi eicqU1S1tC Pcimission of the instructor and peispectivc to contemporaiy systems of belief in Speech 3 cr Depaitinent Chanpeison Mav be taken twice Prerequisite 101 or permission of the instructor -\ surve% of vai ious speech disoi ders their causes Theatre/Media recommended 304 rccognition and possible therapv Social Communication 140 Phonetics 3 cr 221 Anatom^ and PhNsiologN 3 cr An approach to the English language based upon 402 Argumentation and Debate 3 cr This couise will studv the basic neurological, skel- the fundamentals of vocal and articulatory speech 101 Communication and SocictN I , 3 cr A course in applying the principles and methods ctal and musculai stiuctures involved in the sounds as systematized by the International Pho- E\arnincs ho^N man a being who must believe of critical deliberation to a signicant contemporary flow he Utilizes speech and hearing process Prerequisite 220 or netic Association C01111111.111ICateS his bchets and cer- social issue Emphasis will be on advocating tain kinds of beliefs which have proven funda- permission of the instiuctor defending, and refuting a proposition of policN 141 Voice and Diction for the Media 3 cr nicrital thiough the ages to assist or e\polit his Prerequisite 102 or permission of the instructor man 320 Clinical Techniques in Designed to meet the needs of those who will be follo,A Speech PathologN 3 cr required to use voice and diction as professional 404 Intercultural Communication 3 cr tools in the training and pursuit of media careers, 102 1 echniques of Oral Communication 3 cr This course will focus upon the clinical manage- An investigation into the similar and difficient per- i e , Radio/Television, Theatre and Medical DL\elops those comInUnicati\e skills necessary to ment of speech and hcaiing problems Past and ceptions of reality held bv individuals and cultural Media Not limited to Media Majors ciiticall% anal\zc ^cibai dISCOLirsL and to per oirn current therapeutic approaches and techniques gIOUPS and how such perceptions affect the com- effectivek in public speaking siutations which ,Aill be presented in relation to disorders of speech munications process Prerequisite 10f 208 190 Introduction to Theatre Arts 3 cr and hearing Different organizational procedures confiont the educated peison A survey of theatre as an art form, involving the and piactices will also be included Prerequisite 411 Communication and Imagination 3 cr selective integration of a number of skills and dis- 204 Interpersonal Communication 3 cr 120 220 or permission of the instructor Examines how the triumph of beliefs dominated ciplines to bring about the aesthetic of the theatri- Designed to in\cstigate the various aspects of bv imagination over beliefs dominated bv science cal moment Beginning with lectures on the roles imcipetsonal communication Primary considera- 322 Speech PathologN/AudiologN of the director actor, designer, and various lion will be gi\cn facc-lo-face human interaction has changed our understanding of com- Externship 3 cr munication craftsmen, the course will work up to a sampling in a vaiict\ ofsituationS Provides opportunities for observation of various of the various modes and forms of drama in terms aspects of clinical work Directed readings and of exigencies of production 206 Discussion and Group Process 3 cr 412 Speech/Media Internship 1-3 cr field trips are included For Speech Pathology/ An internship in communication industry or Develops those communicati%e skills essential for Audiologv concentration majors onlv Written 204 Interpersonal Communication 3 cr appropriate organizational setting Prerequisite functioning c1lectivek in the smali-gioup situa- permission of department chairman required Designed to investigate the various aspects of tion Piciequisitc 204 Permission of department chairman required Open to juniors and/or seniors interpersonal communication Primary considera- Mav be taken twice tion will be given face-to-face human interaction 208 Nomerbal Communication 3 cr 420 Speech Problems of the in a varietv of situations Nonvcibal messages are those messages tiansmit- Speech Pathology/Audiology Exceptional Child 3 cr led without the aid of language or in conjunction This course will investigate the speech and lan- 251 Radio Announcing 1 3 er kvith language Thev cairN much infoirridtion guage development speech problems and speech Application of the principles of good speech to the 120 Deielopment of Language 3 cr about the emotional state of the sendei Some remediation of the mentallv retarded, brain announcing of news, sports, weather and commer- Focus will be on the acquisition of sound mean- components of nonverbal communication to be injured aphasic learning disabled, and cerebral cials, and to the art of interviewing ing and grammar systems from infancv through coveied are bod\ movement physical attiibutes palsied child The role of other professionals in childhood with emp6sis on the comparati^e anal- 280 Acting ph\sical alteiations diess space time touch addition to that of the speech pathologist in speech 1 3 cr ysis of theories of communication development objects the eves and the human voice remcdhation will be explored Prerequisite 120, A study of the basic principles, theories, and tech- Physical neurological psvchologicai, and social 140 220 22 1 320 or permission of the instructor niques of acting, including various problems con- bases of language will be discussed Socio-linguis- 302 Organizational Communication 3 cr fronted by the actor in the creation and interpreta- tic differences will be discussed with reference to Stresses the acquisition and application of skills 422 Speech Patholog^/Audiolog^ tion of a role on television or film Prerequisite Black language and regional variations that will Ning success in an oiganizational setting Clinical Practicurn 3 cr 190 or permission of instructor PICICqUisitc 204 and 206 Provides an opportunity for active participation 290 Histor^ of the Theatre 3 cr 121 Sign Language with professionals in their work in varied settings (Manual Communication) 2 cr The development of theatre as an art form in 304 Persuasion 3 cr For Speech Path ologv/Aud i elegy concentration Sign language systems used bv and with the deaf Western civilization and in the Orient styles and A StUd\ and application of principles and piactices majors onlv Written permission of department methods of production, artistic conventions that influence people's beliefs and actions Prereq- and hearing impaired will be presented in an over- chairman icquired uisite Either 101 or 102 or peimission of the all introductory methods course Participants will growth of formal theatres, etc as manifestations instructor be able to demonstrate ability to fingerspell and 425 Aural Rehabilitation 3 cr of how man has seen his world through the ages use basic signs in simple phrases and sentences The human communication systems are presented 351 Teleiision Announcing 3 cr 306 A6anced Public Speaking 3 cr Aspects of current trends in Deaf Awareness will including acoustic and visual components Com- Continuation of Radio Announcing but with the Students will be dnectcd in the design and produc- be included munication problems of the hearing impaired are added skills necessary to T V Prerequisite 251 lion of the problem-solving presentation on a ab discussed with regard to amplification, residual major woild problem Presentations will be gi\en 140 Phonetics 3 cr heaiing visual peiception and manual communi- 352 Radio Announcing 11 3 cr befoie live audiences from local high schools or An approach to the English language based upon cation Piograms of rehabilitation for individuals Continuation of Radio Announcing I with empha- civic organizations If possible presentations will the fundamentals of vocal and articulatory speech with mild to profound hearing impairments are sis on interviewing and location reporting Addi- be videotaped Piciecluisite 102 and eithei 101 or sounds as systematized by the International Pho- reviewed Prerequisite 220, 221 or permission of tional foreign pronunciation exercises Prerequi- 304 netic Association instructor site 251

60 61

370 Oral Communication of Literature 3 cr 470 Adianced Oral Communication 313 ArchaeologN and the Bible 3 cr 243 Religion and Social Issues 3 cr An approach to literature in terms of its oral trach of Literature 3 cr An illumination through archaeology of the histor- A study of the influence of religious convictions in tions with special emphasis on techniques prepar A co ' minuation of 370 with special emphasis on Ica] setting the cultural background and the confronting major social issues of todav's world, atory to the act ot cnal presentation techniques for the oral presentation of specific lit- events described in the Bible a general introduc- e g population growth, famine, ecology, libera- erary genres Prerequisite 370 tion to the techniques of archaeological investiga- tion and revolution, truth as a social issue, wealth, 412 Speech/Nlledia Internship 1-3 cr tion and a studv of the principal archaeological taxation, and stewardship 490 American Theatre and Drama 3 cr An internship in communication industry or sites in Palestine appropriate organizational setting Pierequisite Survey of the major American theatrical move- 260 Protestantism 3 cr Permission of department chaiinian required ments and dramatic literature from the Colonial 316 The Apostle Paul 3 cr An introduction to the thought of the principal Mav be taken twice period to the present with emphasis on the twenti- An exposition of Pauline Literatuic, emphasizing reformers Luther, Calvin Zwingli Wesley, a eth century Playwrights designers, and theatrical the person of Paul and his impact on the early study of speculative and practical forces operative 451 TV Practicum 3 cr companies are studied as reflections of American Church in the fifteenth-sixteenth centuries which gave rise The essentials of developing dramatic productions culture to the reforming movement, the formulation of for television sciipted commercials, serious and 321 Jesus in the Gospels 3 cr Protestant Orthodoxy comic performances acted and taped Prerequi- A portrait of the pei son of Jesus Christ, based on a site permission of the instructor studv of the 4 gospels with ample usage of recent 271 Eastern Christianity 3 cr scholarship A study of the main theological developments in DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY the Eastern Church from the Patristic age on 413 The Old Testament through the medieval times until the modern days Chau man John F O'Grady, S T D SSD Understandings of God 3 cr as they shape its distinctive spirit and mentality Examination of the Theology of the various books Duquesne s Department of Theologv affirms that the academic study of religious experience is essential to a and as they are interpreted in the Eastern or blocks of writing in the Old Testament an complete education The Department fulfills its role in theological studies by the pursuit of the following Churches attempt to chaw together and present the major aims 1) it emphasizes Catholic Theologv, in dialogue with other Christian traditions, non-Christian tradi- themes molifs, and concepts of the Old Testa- 274 Church Hjstor^ 1 3 cr tions and Judaism as the kev element in Duquesne's commitment to Catholic education on the university ment a study of the relationship between the Old A religious and historical exploration of the level 2) it acknowledges the fact of the universal search for religious meaning and experience, and seeks not Testament and the New Testament Prerequisite growth of Christianity from the first century up to onlv to ofler the possibility of a study of the varving approaches to religious witnesses in history but also to 1 14 or 21 3 the Reformation, discussion of those issues within place Catholic Theology in communion with that quest, 3) it aspires to a fruitful encounter with other the Church and the external forces which brought universitv disciplines since the department is convinced that theology's concerns are related to all vital 414 Jesus Through Nllan^ E^es 3 cr about major conflict and development human issues I The fact of Jesus is everything he stands for And Accordingly the Department has organized its courses into three divisions Biblical Studies, Christian every book of the New Testament has its inter- 275 Church History 11 3 cr Studies and Selected Religious Studies preter of it A study of diflcient books as well as Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant devel- themes in the New 'Testament opment from 1500 to the present day, special REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR emphasis on the crises revolutions and reforms 490 Field Experience in Biblical The major program consists of a minimum of 27 credits These must include 106 213, 214, 220, 250, 498 that were central to this development the remaining credits will be chosen in consultation with the student's advisor Archaeolog^ —3 cr Six weeks of supervised participation in an 345 Women and Christianity 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR archaeological excavation in the Ancient Near Survey of the Old and New Testament views of East experience in stratigraphic digging pottery women and a history of the status of women in the A minor consists of four courses identification scientific analysis of finds, an^ Roman Catholic and major Protestant traditions The department has also prepared suggested sequences which mav be helpful to a student wishing to recording methods Offered every two or three with emphasis on the contemporary role and spiri- concentrate in a certain area oftheologv, e g Biblical Studies Roman Catholic Theology, World Religions, Nears approval of participants bv core staff tuality of women in Christianity Religion and Culture Christianity in History etc required 351 Sexuality, Sex, and Morality 3 cr COURSE INFORMATION 493 Indnidual Topics in Biblical Studies 1-3 cr An analysis of the nature of sex and sexuality, The numbering of the course indicates the level of approach The topics will change iegularly and will be pub- according to the sources and developments of lished within the department Christian thought, the integration of these con- 100 These courses are of the basic, survey type, wherein emphasis is on breadth rather than on depth, cepts into a contemporary moral and ethical and serve as background for other courses Christian Studies In General system 200-300 These courses treat of subject matter in a specific area of theology and in greater depth than in the 100 category 140 Christian Understanding of the 352 Human Life and Morality 3 cr Human Person 3 cr A discussion of the fundamental moral principles 400 Selected topics are dealt with at a more advanced level independent research is required An investigation into the question of "What does involved in making any of the "life decisions," the it mean to be human"", according to Judaeo- problem of the definition of life, a survey of the Biblical Studies geography as well as an introduction to their liter- Christian teaching a discussion of the relationship varied moral approaches to the issues of war and ary modes, theologies and themes, including prac- 114 Interpreting the Bible 3 cr ot the human person to self, others the world, and peace, capital punishment, abortion, birth control, tical approaches to interpreting key passages of the An introduction to the principles involved in the Divine as the basis for humanness, a study of euthanasia, genetic engineering, and the new d Testament interpreting the Bible in relation to its different the Issues involved in these four relationships, e g , embrvology manners of expression a study of key sections of freedom grace contemplation 214 Introduction to the NeA Testament 3 cr 451 War and Peace in Christian the Bible to determine what these materials meant A 235 Christian Worship 3 cr to those who wrote them and what their relevance presentation of the books of the New Testa- Perspectiw 3 cr istodav ment, including their literary makeup historical The meaning of ritual and worship in Christianity An analvsis of Christian teaching of the moral per- origins and testimony, and theological content, with special emphasis given to the history of wor- missibility of using violence and participation in 213 Introduction to the Old Testament 3 cr practical approaches in interpreting key passages ship and the developments in both Roman Catho- war from biblical times to the present, including A presentation of the Old testament writings in of the New Testament he and Protestant worship since the Vatican an evaluation of the varieties of pacifism, of non- their dynamic context of culture politics, and Council violent resistence, and of j ust war theories

62 63

470 Christian NINsticism 3 cr the Judaeo-Christian tradition with special focus c\pci icnce c g Black Chuiches ptcaching music Holocaust and its effects on world Jewry The A studv of the manifold Christian experience of on Catholic development I and the Ainci ican Wav of Lifc faith beliefs and practices of Jewish life todav nivsticism i c experiential contact with God as 301 Marriage 3 cr 280 NN orld Religions 3 cr seen in famous exemplars of mystical expei ience, 372 Religious Themes in Literature A personal ly-oriented and practical treatment of A SU1\0% Of the 111',tOl% beliefs practices and con- and Film C g JeSUS Christ Paul Ignatius of Antioch 3 cr the marital union as seen in its Christian theologi- ternpoiaiN influence of the major icligions of the Augustine John Ruvsbroeck Catherine of Siena An exploration of icligious experience and reh- cal psvchological, and sexual aspects a discussion world Hinduism Buddhism Confucianism Tao- Theiesa of Avila John of the Cross Venerable gIOUS concepts as expressed in significant worlds in of Christian marriage as a bond of love, as a sacra- ism Mioism Shintoism Afiican tiachtions luda- film and literature including themes concerning Liberman ment, and as a way of human fulfillment isin Cluistiarim and Islarn a discussion of a human person's relationhsip to self others and to 494 Indnidual Topics in basic ruethodologN for uncleislanding icligions God 331 The Church in the Modern World 3 cr Christian Studies 1-3 cr An analysis of the Church's role in human devel- 283, 284 Judaism People & faith 3 cr each 496 Indnidual Topics in The topics will change regulaily and will be pub- opment todav and in offering solutions to present A scuxc^ of niodein Jewish histoi\ to discover Religious Studies lished within the department 1-3 cr problems of humanity in light of Vatican H's toots and traditions of the Jewish people in Amer- The topics will change regularly and will be pub- ican Isiacl and the Soviet Union Roman Catholic Theology "Pastoral Constitution on the Church in the Mod- view of the lished within the department ern World" and other related documents 106 Faith and Experience 3 cr An examination of various forms of atheism and 335 Theolog^ of the Sacraments 3 cr an exploration of Christian responses to their chal- A practical treatment of the seven sacraments in lenge a stud^ of the meaning of faith and revela- relation to their significance for the Christian's tion in its history and contemporary expression, daily spiritual growth and fulfillment, considera- an attempt to answer the question of faith's tion of human needs for ritual and symbol, discus- reasonableness sion of recent revisions and developments in sac- ramental theology 108 Catholicism 3 cr An explanation of the spirit beliefs and piactices 475 Theology and Catechesis 3 cr of Roman Catholicism including its understand- An examination of the principal theological and ingofsacramentalit\ mediation and communion, pedagogical themes of modern religious education, a studv of the Roman Catholic classics and issues and of the place of catechesis in the ministry of the confionting Roman Catholicism Church, a presentation of the historical back- ground of the contemporary catechetical renewal 220 The MNsterN of Christ 3 cr A studv of the person and meaning of Christ in 491 Experience in the Teaching historical and contemporary perspective, a discus- of Religion 6 cr sion of the new bond between God and humanity One semester of supervised experience in teaching and the new era in the spirituality of humanity religion in a high school environment in conjunc- inaugurated bv the Incarnation and the Passion- tion with a cooperating high school teacher and Death-Resurrection event Universitv Department coordinator This course is open only to majors in Theology upon approval 230 1 he Church 3 cr of the Chairperson of the Department A studv of the Christian community of believers in its origins some of its major historical and dog- 495 Inditidual Topics in matic emphases and its contemporary under- Roman Catholic Studies 1-3 cr standing of itself the Church as a mysterv, as Mvs- The topics will change regularly and will be pub- tical Body as People of God as sacrament lished within the department

242 ContemporarN Theological Issues 3 cr 498 Seminar in Theolog^ 3 An examination oftheological developments in an A critical analysis of selected topics in theologv cror era of renewal reevaluation and cooperation e g , of selected works by outstanding theologians, open belief and unbelief Christian and secular human- onIv to juniors and seniors with a major or minor ism the future with reference to hope heaven in theology hell aftei life and resurrection sin in a secular age suffering and evil Selected Religious Studies

250 Conscience and MoralitN 3 cr 180 Religious Experience 3 cr A catholic perspectiNe ofthe basic issues involved An examination of the dimensions of mankind's in the formulation of moral values with the devel- religious experience, e g , mvstical, ritual, mythi- oping pcison and of the sources upon which cal, ethical, and scriptural, an analysis of the like-, mot al systems at e based, a discussion of the abso- ness and differences of how the Divine is sensed lute vs the relative traditional morality vs "the and responded to in varied geographical, cultural new morality" and application ofthese principles and chronological contexts to modern problems 240 Studies in Black Theolog^ 3 cr 256 God and His Meaning 3 cr An examination of the dimensions of the religions A theological understanding of the problem of experience of Black Americans, e g , its history, its God a consideration of the responses of N arious relationship to African origins, to slaverv, to religions and philosophies to this problem the ori- racism to Christianity and to Christian denomi- gins and development of the theology of God in nations, an analysis of special elements in that

64 65

Bureau of Research the promotion of the scholarly and professional School of Business The Research Bureau carries out an independent interests of members research program, and cooperates with divisions The Zeta Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma, and Administration of the School in facilitating the research of individ- national honorary fraternity for accredited schools ual faculty members of the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Through the University Press, the Bureau issues Business, is established at Duquesne Universitv Membership in this honorary fraternity is limited HISTORY monographs and other publications From time to time contract research is undertaken for business, to juniors in the highest five per cent of their class The School of Business and Administration was for analytical reasoning through the vigorous and community and governmental agencies, insofar as and to seniors in the highest 10 per cent of their established in 1913 as the School of Accounts and orderly application of ethical and technical princi- this may fall within its academic aims of discovery class Finance The iapid growth of the School ne(essi- ples to problem solving and dissemination of knowledge The Beta Alpha Phi Fraternity is the honorary tated a constant broadening of the curriculum 3 An understanding of the personal an rofies, The Bureau is a member of the Association for scholarship society of the school until it covered all business subjects of fundamen- sional value of effective communicatlon^spmd a University Business and Economic Research, and Phi Chi Theta is a national professional com- tal importance cultivation of their capacities for speaking and maintains an interchange of publications with merce sorority In 1931 it was designated the School of Business writing clearly and concisely similar organizations in other universities Ametican Marketing Association, the student Administration and with this change definitely throughout the country chapter, affords membership to students whose became a professional school of business adminis- 4 An awareness of the important role of quanti- major interests include salesmanship, marketing, tration tative measurements in today's business and who In Center for Administration of advertising, transportation, or foreign trade A 1971 the name was changed to the present have become skilled in the interpretation of math- Legal Systems selected group of seniors is permitted, under designation to indicate broader preparation for ematical, accounting and statistical data with com- faculty supervision, to participate in the meetings activitv in organizations of all tvpes puter usage The Center serves as the focal point'for research activity in the administration of law It engages in of the Sales Executives Club of Pittsburgh and the PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES 5 Sufficient knowledge in a professional area so cooperative projects with other centers, such as senior chapter of the A M A that they can assume positions of responsibility In accord with the educational philosophy and the center for Small Business Administration, Delta Sigma Pi, a national professional business with a background of learning-method and learn- objectives of the University the School of Busi- where legal issues arise fraternity, is represented by Theta Rho chapter ing-impulse that will enable them to progress rap-, ness and Administration aims to assist students in The Association for Personnel Administration is idly Center for Economic Education their development of the natural and supernatural the student group sponsored by and affiliated with the American Society for Personnel Administra- virtues The general aim is to provide through the DEGREE The Center is charged with the responsibility of media of instruction and related collegiate activity initiating and promoting economic education in tion the facilitation of purposeful character intellectual The School of Business and Administration grants the society at large More specifically it develops DIVISIONS AND accomplishment emotional and social maturity the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business and coordinates economic education within the PROGRAMS and professional cfficicncv Administration This degree may be awarded Western Pennsylvania and Tri-State area where The School of Business and Administration is The School of Business and Administration has to those who satisfy the entrance requirements the primary thrust of the Center focuses on comprised of three Divisions Quantitative Sci- the professional responsibilitv of developing in and complete successfully the School's degree upgrading economic literacy and teaching compe- ence Behavioral Science, and Economic Science students such knowledge of business principles program tency in the school system The Center also con- Students entering the School of Business and procedures and problems as will enable them to ducts economic education programs for clergy, Administration are expected to inform their advi- SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE become self-sustaining members of the commu- media professionals, and other opinion leaders sors about their career objectives and their aca- nitv awaic of theu social and public responsibili- Persons who have received a Bachelor's degree demic areas of concentration, and to consult with Center for International Management ties and dedicated to the enrichment of the from an approved college or university may be them when choosing junior and senior courses resources for worthv living eligible to enter the program for a second Bache- The objective of the Center is to develop a better indicated in any of the three Divisions Their pro- It seeks to produce graduates who upon enter- lor's degree in Business Administration A second I understanding of the American involvement in posed curriculum choices must, of course, include ing their chosen carecis will be effectiveiv pre- degree candidate must meet all requirements of international affairs and business and in manage- the Universitv requirements and Business and pared to discharge their obligations to God, their the School's degree program A minimum of 30 ment abroad through teaching and research it is Administration Core requirements as indicated in communitv and themselves as intellectual and credits must be completed in residency achieved by an interdisciplinary approach the illustrations set forth in this catalog Consis- moral beings The areas of current research focus are tent with their stated career objectives and with THREE-YEAR BACHELOR'S/J D The School attains this objective by guiding stu- I Trade expansion between the USA and East- the concurrence of their advisors, students, except dents through a cultural core progiam, a business A student who has completed 90 credits with a 3 5 ern Europe those whose area of concentration is Accounting, core piogram an elective area of advanced busi- or better overall average and who has satisfied all are free to select any junior and senior courses 2 Management in foreign nations ness subjects chosen on the basis of professional undergraduate curricular requirements may apply from the School of Business and Administration 3 inteiests co-curriCUlar and extra-curricular activ- for the Bachelor's degree after successful comple- Problems in international business curriculum to complete the required hours for ties and established personnel services tion of the first year of academic work at 4 International economic development with a graduation Regulations for certification in As a division of the University the School of Duquesne University School of Law Students stress on interaction among developed countries, Accounting make the program very rigid, this is Business and Administration is obviously dedi- interested in this program should consult the and on the relationship of developed and less dealt with in the paragraphs following the Sample cated to promoting those University aims and advisement office in the sophomore year developed countries Program objectives contained in the general statement Students' concentrations should be based upon International political and legal issues The professional objective of the School of Busi- BUREAU OF RESEARCH AND career objectives and constitute as broad and flexi- ness and Administration is to produce graduates COMMUNITY SERVICES The Center has no teaching program of its own, ble an educational process at the undergraduate who have acquired and developed most of i ts staff are faculty mem hers from various level as is possible Career advice should be sought Activity complementing direct instruction takes schools and departments of the University or vis- from many and varied sources in the University, I An appreciation of the impoitance of initia- place in four ancillary units giouped under the iting foreign professors including faculty and Career Planning & Place- tive and who consequently are willing to assume Bureau of Research and Community Services All responsibilitv work efficientiv and harmoniously ment staff function to provide students and faculty with an STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS Students registering for 300-400 level courses with otheis and adjust to changing circumstances opportunity for professional development as well These organizations, limited to students in the are presumed to have passed freshman and sopho- 2 A respect for logical thinking and who strive as to provide services to the University and the School of Business and Administration, exist for more required courses and have junior standing energetical1v therefore to develop the capacities communitv at large

66 67

Elective courses are not necessarily offered each 251-Legal Process as well as at least one of the year following Law 353, 354, 355 It is recommended DIVISION OF QUANTITATIVE SCIENCE that the student achieve an overall B average in ACCOUNTING CURRICULUM Accounting 211 212 before attempting Account- CPA Requirements ing 311 and a minimum grade of C in both 311 Students who desire to become certified public accountants in Pennsylvania and who have been graduated and 31 2 before attempting the remaining 300 and trom a four-year program in a college approved by the State Board of Education may sit for the 400 level courses CPA examinations The degree program of the University is so approved Three credits in Theology are required for Cath- Graduates may sit for the CPA examination in other states, among which are New Jersey and New York FOUR YEAR SAMPLE PROGRAM olic students Others may take theology or may substitute three credits in the Departments of His- 211, 212 Introductor) Accounting 3 cr each and by-product costing are treated in detail Meth- Freshman Year tory, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, or An introduction to the language of accounting, ods of judging managerial efficiency, inventory Fall Semester Spring Sentester Soclologv basic accounting concepts and brief exposure to control and management control systems are also Courses Credits Courves Credits recording financial information An extensive stressed Prerequisites 211, 212 Offered every 101 English Comp 3 102 English Comp 3 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS study is made of accounting information for man- semester 109 College Algebra 3 111 Calculus 3 agement decisions Offered every semester 411 Auditing 3 er 141 Economic Geo 3 142 Economic Devel 3 ACADEMIC LOAD 311, 312 Intermediate Accounting 3 cr each Standards and procedures employed by auditors *Non Business elective 3 181 Intro to Computers 3 This course is primarily concerned with an inves- in the examination of financial statements for the Non-Business elective 3 *Non-Business elective 3 Students may normally carry five courses in one purpose or rendering an opinion are studied and semester A schedule of more than five courses or tigation and analysis of the accounting problems evaluated Emphasis is placed on theory and phi- 15 15 15 credits must be approved by the Dean In the and practices of the corporation with detailed losophy of auditing, however, case problems are summer sessions, students normally carry one studv of the component elements of the balance used to demonstrate the application of the princi- credit a week, I e , six credits in the six-week ses- sheet and income statement Basic topics are ples studied Prerequisites 312 Offered every *Course ma^ be taken in either semester sion A 12-credit schedule in a regular semester is accepted and alternative methods in the account- semester considered full-time study Students on academic ing cycle, financial statements, their form, content and use, accounting problems of the corporation, Sophomore I ear probation may not take more than 12 credits 412 Introductory Income detailed analysis of the balance sheet accounts, Fall Semester Sping Semester Tax Accounting 3 cr determination of net income, statement of source Cours(s Credits Courses Credits EFFECTIVE CATALOG This course is a study of basic tax and procedure and uses of working capital Prerequisites 21 1, 211 Intro Accounting 1 3 212 Intro Accounting 11 3 affecting primarily individuals and to a lesser 212 Offered every semester 221 Prin ofEconomics 11 222 Prin ofEconomics 11 Degree requirements are those stipulated in thel extent partnerships and corporations Principal 3 3 catalog of the year in which a student matriculates topics returns, rates, exemptions, income, deduc- 313 Managerial Accounting 3 cr 281 Probability & Star 11 282 Probability & Slat 11 The student is responsible for knowing thel tions, sales and exchange of assets, and credits A studv of the technique involved in the gathering, 3 3 requirements for the degree Requirements may be Emphasis is placed on problems to demonstrate recording and interpretation of accounting and 251 Legal Process 3 Non Business electi^e 3 changed without notice or obligation This catalog the application of the principles studied and use is statistical data used in the solution of internal TheologN or Non-Business Non Business elective 3 has been prepared on the best information avail- made of official forms for demonstration purposes problems of management Some of the topics cov- elec 3 able as of May 1984 Prerequisites either 311 or 313 Offered every ered are construction analysis and interpretation semester 15 15 of reports, establishment of production, operating CLASS ATTENDANCE 413 Business Information Systems Junior Near and financial standards, measurement of manage- 3 cr A course designed to introduce students to man- Fall Semester Sping Semester rial performance use of budgets in managerial Regular class attendance in the School of Business agement information processing systems and the (oulv(s Credits Courses Credits control, use of cost data and interpretation of cost and Administration is normally required for maxi- reports, use of quantitative data in the formulation transformation of information systems to meet 361 Prin of Management 332 Mone^ & Banking 3 mum educational advantage The responsibility specific tvpes of informational requirements Top- 3 of policies consideration of various aspects of for all course material rests wholly with the stu- ics include data base concepts, file storage consid- 371 Prin of Marketing 3 321 or 322 Adv Econ 3 Federal, State and local taxes and their effect on dent It is the prerogative of each instructor to managerial decisions Recommended for non- erations, development methodology, design, 331 Business Finance 3 Business elective 3 establish specific policies for attendance at tests accounting students Prerequisites 21 implementation and management considerations 322 Inter Accounting or Business elective 3 1, 212 examinations, class lectures, deadlines for reports Offered every semester of business data systems The course presumes a 313 Managerial Acc 1 3 Non-Business clectiNe 3 — and other specific school or course requirements familarity with basic computer programming and 381 Decision Making 3 A student who is unable to attend class because 314 Adianced Accounting 3 cr accounting 211, 212 Offered every semester 15 15 of serious illness, hospitalization, a serious acci- This course applies fundamental theory to a num- 414 Corporate and Partnership Senior I ear dent or other extenuating circumstances is respon- ber of important activities in business Activities Taxation 3 cr Fall Semester Sping Semester sible for notifying the office of Academic Advise- studied are partnerships special sales procedures, This course will acquaint the student with the Cour^es C redits Courses Credits ment The student should supply a written consolidations and fiduciaries Prerequisite 311 principles of tax law as they apply to corporations Business elective 3 Business elective 3 verification as soon as possible A student who iJ Offered every semester and their shareholders and to partnerships and Business elective 3 Business elective 3 absent for cause is expected to complete all of thel their partners Rather than emphasizing tax return Business clectiNe 3 Business elective 3 work in all courses It is the student's responsibil-I 315 Cost Accounting 3 cr preparation, the course's concentration is upon 3 Non Business elective 3 ity to make up all assignments in all courses and to Basic cost accounting procedures are discussed Non Business elective preparing students to make reasoned and sound Non-Business electrxe 3 **Capstone course 3 be familiar with any instructions which may have from the following view points cost principle, cost judgments regarding the tax consequences of busi- been given during the absence determination, cost control, cost analysis Topics ness transactions Prerequisite 412 Offered every 15 15 treated include cost terminology, planning and spring **Executi,e Action Simulation or Executive Policy HANDICAPPED STUDENTS control techniques, and development and applica- tion of overhead rates Cost behavior patterns are 419 Seminar in Accounting 3 cr The accounting faculty recommends that stu- Handicapped students requiring special assista studied in conjunction with development and This course is designed to develop a student's abil- dents concentrating in accounting take Accounting are urged to notify the class instructor or the ^ application of overhead rates Standard costing, ity in technical expression, deepen his understand- 211, 212, 311, 312, 314, 315, 411, 412, 413, and demic Advisement Office before the first class job order costing, process costing, joint products ing of accounting theory, and acquaint him with 68 69 contemporary accounting problems and literature Investment Analysis Students are made acquainted with the philosophy 337 3 cr emphasis upon their functions as instruments of and methodology of research, and required to pre- it is the aim of this course to present material that estate creation and administration Uses of insur- pare a research paper Preiequisite 3 14 Offered as will be useful to the student in developing an ance in connection with partners and key men, needed understanding of the various types of investments and in connection with bank loans, are explored which may be available for a portfolio investment Attention also is given to accident and health cov- Discussion of the various risks that a portfolio erages, group plans, pensions, and regulation of FINANCE CURRICULUM may be subject to and further the importance of the industry Prerequisite 331 Offered every third the various risks to the various types of portfolio semester Students who desire to function in finance, either in the world of private business, government bodies or in holders is undertaken The basic elements of port- 435 Property and Liability Insurance the area of securities are encouraged to select from the several groups of courses that place emphasis on folio theory are presented Various qiiantitative 3 cr A specific material leading to that end The professional designation of Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) is and descriptive approaches that are used in portfo- study of business and personal applications of casualty, fire, and liability coverages in the form of used by those in the securities industry Suggested courses for students interested in this area are 336, 337, lio development are investigated Techniques for both insurance and bonding, including the fields of 433 The designation in the life insurance area for professional personnel is (CLU) or Chartered Life measuring the effectiveness of the portfolio are workmen's compensation, landlords' and tenants' Underwriter, and CPCU for property and liability insurance For students interested in careers in insurance, illustrated Prerequisites 331, 336, or special per- liabilities, burglary, robbery, and theft, automo- courses 334, 434 and 435 are recommended mission of the instructor without 336 Offered every year bile, credit and title insurance, fire and related lines, fidelity and surety bonding, and relevant 331 Business Finance 3 er 334 Risk Management 3 cr 11k. aspects of inland and ocean marine Prerequisite The aim of this course is to combine the study of A study of the broad spectrum of risk exposures in 432 Credit Management 3 cr 331 Offered every third semester internal and external sources of funds with the business enterprise, with special attention to the This course will be taught in such a manner so as tools of financial management in order to maxi- need for identiNing these in terms of nature and 437 Fundamentals of Real Estate to give to the student a thorough understanding of 3 cr mize the wealth of the business entity Primary magnitude Emphasis is on techniques available to A study of the problems involved in financing resi- the function of credit management In order that attention is given to private business entities aid the decision-maker in making decisions under dential, commercial, and industrial real estate the student be afforded a maximum opportunity While many of the tools and instruments used in constraints of uncertainty Methods ofalleviation, from the points of view of both owner and lender to grasp such information as presented in the liter- the demonstrations are those of large business avoidance, and insurance are studied Attention is Methods of financing covered include use of indi- ature and in the classroom, cases, problems, and concerns, entities of all sizes are covered Special given not only to the traditional forms of insurable vidual and business equity, loans secured field experience may be assigned Through these by mort- attention is given to the decision-making process hazards, but also to implicit risks such as those of gages, land contracts, sale-and-lease-back arrange- vehicles the student will have the opportunity to as applied to the finance function of b,_^smess Sec- loss in market value of assets, capital budgeting ments, and cooperatives, syndicates, and real- integrate the knowledge gained from text material ondary emphasis is given to the securities markets, decisions, new product financing techniques, estate trusts Attention is given to procedures for and other financial sources with that of other disci- financial projections, organizational form, mergers mergers, and other areas where risk is present in originating, servicing, and foreclosing loans and plines to arrive at a logical sound credit decision and consolidation, and reorganization Prerequi- the decision Prerequisite 331 Offered every third mortgage arrangements by principals, agents, and Prerequisite 331 Offered every third semester sites Accounting 211 212 or the equivalent semester mortgage bankers Case problems either in class or Offered every semester the field type are used to illustrate the techniques Business Financial Problems 3 335 cr 433 Financial Markets 3 cr employed in determining the feasibility of a loca- The aim of this course is to provide a vehicle in An extensive and intensive study of the markets in tion Special attention is 332 Money and Banking 3 cr given to an intensive which the student can take material from previous which the financing of needs takes place Study is To develop knowledge about the role of financial research project in some area of interest to the courses both of a financial nature and that from made of the markets for borrowing and lending of institutions in our society as they perform their student as related to real estate Attention is also other disciplines and through its utilization solve capital both short-term and long-term Financial function of either the creation of the medium of given to the requirements necessary to sit for the problems primarily of a financial nature It also institu;ional structures are given emphasis as they exchange or of taking existing funds from sources Pennsylvania Real Estate Sales License Prerequi- provides the student with an opportunity to learn act and interact when serving as sources or site 331 of excess to sources of supply Further, to develop Offered every third semester to write and deliver professional opinions on how intermediaries and users of funds Research by the an understriading of the construction of the portfo- 439 Seminar in Finance to solve business problems While the course is student is required to afford the student the oppor- 3 cr lios of the institutions in order to understand why primarily taught through the case technique, other tunitv to concentrate on an intensive effort upon Concentration upon selected contemporary topics each emplovs their available funds as they do, presented by distinguished visiting professors of methods are also used The student is expected to an individual topic Prerequisite 331 knowledge about interest rate movements an Offered be able to identify problems, reach conclusions, every third semester finance or resident faculty Open only to senior their effects on business and the development o recommend solutions, and identify techniques on students Offered as needed financial instruments used within the business how the, might be implemented Prerequisite society Through a research paper, the student has 434 Life Insurance 331 Offered every third semester 3 cr the opportunity to develop a major area in detail A study is made of the risks of death and longevity Emphasis is primarily on the role money and 336 Security Analysis 3 cr as they occur in personal and business situations banking take in relationship to business entities An intensive study of the analytic techniques Analyses are made of various forms of life-insur- Offered every semester applicable to the selection of the various securities ance and annuity contracts and their uses, 'with of private as well as public entities Consideration 333 Financial Management 3 cr is given to the markets in which these securities The course is designed to provide a theoretical or are traded and the types of information that are conceptual framework that a financial manager useful and necessary to the decision-making pro- QUANTITATIVE METHODS CURRICULUM can use to reach decisions Material is presented cess of the investor as the attempt is made to mea with the purpose of involving the student in the sure the value of a particular security Several Students in the undergraduate School of Business and Administration complete a basic sequence in Quanti- fundamental decisions and compromises of the models are examined in seeking their appropriate tative Methods This sequence is concerned with the application of mathematics, statistics, and electronic financial manager as he faces choices between risk ness in establishing the relative worth of a secur data processing to the analysis of business and economic problems The objective of the program is to and return Reading material, case material, com- ity The merits of both the fundamental and tech- increase the student's knowledge and understanding of the uses of mathematics, statistics, and computers as puter analysis of financial problems and a research nical approach to security analysis are considered aids in decision-making The basic sequence is comprised of these courses 181, 281, 282, and 381 Prior to project are tools to be used Prerequisite 331 for their contribution to the analysis of a security entry into the sequence, Mathematics 109 and/or I I I in the College or the equivalent are required Offered every year Prerequisite 331 Offered every year ! In addition to the basic sequence, a number of electives are offered for students wishing to include Iquantitative management science techniques in their areas of concentration

70 KA

dispersion, sets and set operations, elementary used in EDP audits The particulars real-time, 181 Introduction to Computers 3 cr bureaus will be discussed The system approach to An introduction to the basic concepts of computer probability theory, probability distributions, sam- time-sharing systems and computer service auditing will be used Offered as needed programming in algebraic and representational pling distributions, statistical estimation, testing of languages The course introduces the algorithmic hypotheses, time series analysis, simple linear DIVISION OF BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE approach to problem-solving and continues regression and correlation Prerequisites 181 and PROGRAM GUIDE through the development of flowcharts and pro- Mathematics I I I Offered every semester grams, using BASIC or FORTRAN Brief treat- The present combination of required courses and free electives gives the student a solid foundation in 381 Introduction to Decision Sciences 'r3 ment is also given to other business related lan- business and at the same time, allows him to follow his inclination in a special field of endeavor At the The application of the scientific method of p ob-cr guages Prerequisite Mathematics 109 Offered same time, the greater the freedom of choice, the greater the need for helping the student in selecting courses lem solving to business problems The course every semester in a meaningful way me u es various mo e s .. 1 —1 Students should be aware that they can use this freedom either 281, 282 Probability and Statistics 3 cr each applying them to business situations The models I To broaden their cultural background This sequence includes the basic ideas of descrip- covered include linear programming, simulation, by expanding in many different fields of knowledge, or tive statistics, inductive statistics, and probability queuing, and inventory optimization The use of 2 To establish with the help of their advisor, a background of specialized knowledge in the field in which Among the topics covered are frequency distribu- library computer programs will be emphasized they have their strongest interest tions, measures of central tendency, measures of Prerequisites 281, 282 Offered every semester Several Study Program s—com him ng a concentration in Business (24 credits) with a judicious choice of electives from the College (27 credits)—are given as illustrations of the flexibility and the depth possible MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS CURRICULUM under the present program Presently Study Programs are offered in The Quantitative Science Division offers an area of concentration in Management Information Systems to Industrial Relations prepare students for career opportunities in business application programming, systems analysis and data International Business Law Administration processing management positions The course work is designed to prepare students in solving complex Marketing Management Production problems within organizations with the assistance of computers and computer programs For the area o Public Administration Transportation and Traffic concentration, completion of 382, 383, 481, 482, and 483 are required In addition, three elective courses^ Environment and Ecology must be taken from the following 384, 385, 386, 484, and 485 1 1 The listing of these Study Programs is only indicative, not inclusive, others may be structured, and the suggested areas can be modified according to the occupational objectives and preferences of the student 382 Data Processing with COBOL ' 481 Systems Analysis and Design Oriented towards data processing applications An overview of all the phases of life cycle of the INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS trade, financing exports and import shipments, systems development with the emphasis on strate- CURRICULUM through COBOL The scope of the course ranges foreign exchange, and carriage of goods by air Pre- from an introduction to data processing, data gies and techniques of structured analysis and requisites 371, 221, 222 Offered every year 141 Ph^sical and Economic Geography 3 cr management debugging and testing the programs design to provide a framework for the managers to This course examines the present and potential to the introduction of file processing and report achieve their goals and objectives Prerequisite 442 International Economics 3 cr products of the world's major geographic regions generation Offered every year 382 Offered as needed This course is an introduction to international The course concerns itself essentially with man's trade theory and the principles of international 383 File Processing 482 Data Base Management S^stems utilization of natural resources in earning a living monetary economics as well as foreign trade poli- Deals with file processing in terms of its cost, The focus of the course is data base structure, pro- Attention is given to the geographical foundations cies Topics to be discussed include the classical capacity and responsiveness The topics include cessing and implementation The topics are data and operations of major industries including agri- and neo-classical theory of comparative advan- data structures, file accessing mechanism, sorting base structure, query language, data base integrity, culture, manufacturing, extractive activities, and tage, foreign exchange markets and balance of pay- merging report writing and updating and manag- security, privacy and recovery capabilities The transportation Principal domestic and world ments, adjustment mechanisms, analysis of the ing sequential and non-sequential files One of the hierarchical, net-work and relational approaches, trade movements are analyzed Offered every consequences of trade regulation and international programming languages will be used for file pro- to data base systems with an overview of several semester liquidity problems Prerequisites 221, 222 cessing Offered every year commercially available data base management 142 Economic Deielopment of Europe Offered every second year systems will be discussed Prerequisite 481 384 Advanced Programming and American Offered as needed 3 cr Structured programming is introduced Emphasis A survey of the evolution of Western economic 454 The Law of International is on a sequence of increasingly complex business 483 Management Information Systems Project institutions and business practices The origin of Commercial Transactions 3 cr applications in one of the computer languages Advanced coverage of strategies and techniques of capitalism, the Commercial and Industrial Revo- This course provides the student with an overall Arrays and concepts of files processing is a structured systems development project, design- lutions, the rise of the bourgeoisie and the spread perspective of the basic legal problems involved in presented Offered as needed ing of data base specifications The project man- of capitalism are examined A study is also made doing business with and in other countries Topics agement methods, project scheduling and control of the institutional development and productive covered include an introduction to foreign legal 385 Computer S)stem formal presentations and group dynamics in the growth of the United States economy Emphasis is systems, study of various forms of business organ- Designed to develop an understanding of the hard- solution of Information Systems problems will be placed on analyzing economic issues, particularly ization a business person must consider before ware components of a modern computing system discussed Students will work as a team to solve the evolution of business institutions, within a his- doing business with persons in another country and the components and functional characteristics the project Prerequisite 482 Offered as needed torical context Offered every semester study of the basic legal issues surrounding a con- of different types of operating systems A basic trol for the sale of goods, legal problems involved understanding and appreciation of the internal 484 Distributed Data Processing 441 International Business 3 cr in letters of credit, insurance, risk of loss, antitrust Designed to develop an understanding of the fea- A operation of the computer system through assem- study of the techniques of international trade aspects of the sale of goods, forms of dispute settle- tures of centralized, decentralized and distributed bler language will be developed Offered as needed Emphasis is given to the contract, overseas equip- ment, and the problems of enforcing judgments in system with the emphasis on the impact of distrib ment, customs procedure in this country and 386 Computer Simulation and against foreign countries Prerequisite 251 uted system on the business enterprise Modes aborad, marine insurance, packing for overseas Oriented to design and implement simulation Offered every second year data transmission and various devices required,^p model to study the behavior of the system, the implement distributed data processing system will LAW validation of such models and their results for the ADMINSTRATION CURRICULUM be discussed Offered as needed purpose of decision making in management s,tua- This curriculum is designed to prepare professionals to aid in the solutions of one of society's most critical tions General purpose simulation models, finan- 485 EDP Audit and Control problems that of the administration of legal systems Future executives in court management, correctional cial system models will be discussed with appro- This course will deal with the fundamentals ol institutions, and control systems (law enforcement) receive a broad interdisiplinary educational experience priate computer language Offered as needed EDP audit and control process and the technique, with the basic core coursework in the School of Business and Administration

72 73

Other coursework may be apprpriate to fit a student's career objective Counselors and school officers 365 Industrial Relations 3 cr 466 Wage and Salar^ Administration 3 cr should be consulted A Course developed to piesent to the student his- An advanced course invo)ving treatment of the torical knowledge of the labor movement, current major wage administration problems Coverage PRE-LEGAL CURRICULUM status and importance in industry, and the legal will include such related and diverse facets of The curriculum of the School of Business and Administration meets the requirements for registration for status of laboi governing the actions of manage- compensation as analysis of the contemporary general purposes of the State Board of Law Examiners in Pennsylvania, and of the State Education ment in a myriad of ways Presents the role of concepts of wage and salary administration, such Department of New York labor management and government in collective as cost of living and merit rating, appraisal of vari- Coursework in the various areas of the School of Business and Administration provides good preparation bargaining and current industrial relations policies ous payment approaches, such as incentive pro- for the professional study of law and practices Prerequisites 361 Offered every grams and profit sharing, structuring a wage pro- second year 251 Legal Process transfer of title to goods, warranties, nature and gram, analysis of the final effects such technically oriented practices have on the functional areas of An introductory course exploring the nature of kinds of commercial paper, requisites and mean- 461 Human Relations in Administration 3 cr management Prerequisite law its sources, its relation to society and govern- ing of negotiability methods of transfer Prerequi- An advanced course treating of the human aspect 361 Offered every year ment, relation of the judicial to the executive legis- site 251 Offered every semester as it is encountered in the industrial organization lative functions law as an instrument of social InNolves an analvsis of behavioristic patterns of 355 Law of Business Organizations 3 cr change and control, understanding of the legal individuals and as members of work groups Deals 491 Executive Action Simulation 3 cr Consideration of the nature, creation and dissolu- rights and duties of persons Acquaintance with with motivation, goals, needs frustrations, etc as A course incorporating the Games Theory tion of the proprietorship, various types of part- areas of legal concern to the administrator such as thev relate to the industrial situation Prerequi- Approach The teaching techniques of Case nerships, other unincorporated organizations, and labor, enxironmental controls products liability, sites Senior standing and 361 Offered every year Method and Role Playing are combined in a simu- the corporation Duties, rights, remedies, and lia- anti-trust concerns such as pricing and mergers lated business environment in which the students bilities of owners and managers are studied Pre- 462 Public Administration 3 cr Offered every semester make the decisions affecting the conduct of a busi- requisites 251 Offered every semester This course introduces the student to the content ness Participants are divided into teams with key 353 Contracts 3 cr of public management and to the work of the pub- corporate duties being assigned and several teams Studv of the law pertaining to the formation of 453 Administration of Legal Systems 3 cr lic manager at federal, state and local government compete against each other in an attempt to oper- contracts, the legal requisites of an enforceable Study of the legal system and the procedures by levels It also compares and contrasts public and ate the "firm" on the optimum profitable basis agreement, the transfer of contractual rights and which legal rights and duties are effectuated and private management and links management the- Prequisites Senior standing and 361 Open only to duties, the discharge of contracts, the relationship enforced, current problems and issues relatect to ory and practice Lecture-discussions and partici- students in the School of Business and Adminis- between principal and agent Prerequisite 251 the system in the attainment of its objectives, pative methods are emploved Prerequisite 361 tration Offered every semester Offered every semester administrative problems in the legal system Pre- Oflered as needed requisite 251 Offered as need 354 Commercial Transactions 3 cr 463 Collectiie Bargaining 3 er 492 Executive Policy 3 cr Study of the provisions of the Uniform Commer- 454 The Law of International Studv of the relation of federal and state legislation Integrates concepts and skills from all functional cial Code with reference to the nature and legality Commercial Transactions 3 cr to collective bargaining, analysis of substantive areas of business and administration in decision of sales of goods, the formality of sale contract, See International Business Curriculum issues and administrative aspects of collective making under conditions of uncertainty Makes agreements specific provisions including adjust- use of case histories and other information to MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM ment of grievances conciliation mediation and allow students analysis and problem solving with arbitration collective bargaining and public pol- In accord with the objectives of the University and of the School, the Management Curriculum alms are the organization as a whole Prerequisites Senior icv Prerequisite 361 Offered every second year I To acquaint students with managerial concepts and practices in both profit and non-profit organiza- standing and 361 Offered every semester tions 464 Administratise Organization 3 cr 2 To offer an opportunity for some degree of specialization to those students who are interested in a study A course presenting organizational concepts as 493 Independent Scholarl^ Study 3 cr program in management thev relate to the operation of an enterprise Line, Student must initiate an original research project staff and functional relationships are thoroughly in a field of business of his choice The project is 361 Principles of Management 3 cr integrative framework for transfer to any organiza- developed Both formal and informal relation- then scrutinized by a Committee of three Faculty This course represents an initial introduction to tional setting Prerequisite 361 Offered every ships are considered as thev are developed and members If the project is approved, the Dean will the essential principles of management centered year exist within a firm Authority, responsibility dele- choose a faculty member as director of the around the concept of management being a basic project 363 Production Management 3 cr gation centralization and decentralization of con- The project must be completed within an aca- process which is distinct and applicable to all A follow up course to Prmciples of Management trol and other related organizational problems are demic semester Prequisite Student must qualify enterprises Planning, organizing, actuating, and in which all important phases of management are considered Prerequisite 361 Offered every year as a University Scholar Offered every semester controlling comprise the fundamental functions of developed Topics such as purchasing, inventory management making up the management process 465 Introduction to Entrepreneurial control motion and time study, plant layout, pric- These functions constitute the framework around Small Business Management 3 cr 494 Field Study 3 cr ing, etc are covered Other related organizational which this course is built Emphasis is given to This course deals with the overall management of Organized group study under specific programs problems are considered An intermediate course planning which is rapidly growing in managerial the small business enterprise Coverage includes beyond the classroom Participants will be to be used as a basis for further specialized treat- importance Decision making, managerial creativ- entering the small business arena, organizing and required to utilize analytical and decision making ment of management areas in the advanced itv and the art of management are thoroughly financing a business operation of the small firm, abilities in projects in an action setting under courses Prerequisites 361 and 281, 282 Offered developed Offered every semester growth planning and problems associated with faculty supervision Prerequisite Approval of the every second year being small Prerequisite 361 Offered as needed instructor Offered every semester 362 Behavioral Science 3 cr 364 Personnel Management 3 cr This course is an introduction to the scientific A course presenting techniques of manpower man- MARKETING CURRICULUM studv of behavior It incorporates concepts from agement Involves study of recruiting and screen- In accord with the objectives of the University and of the School, the Marketing Curriculum alms are the disciplines of anthropology, psychology, soci- ing techniques, training programs, merit rating, I To develop an understanding and appreciation of distribution in our economy ology, economics, law and political science, as wage payment plans, safety, disciplinary program- 2 To explore the many basic activities involved in the marketing concept and in matching products to well as from the newer fields of organization the- ming, etc Current practice is presented in the markets ory game theory, and decision theory This inter- form of case material Prerequisite 361 Offered 3 To provide an area of specialized study for those students who wish to pursue the marketing phase of disciplinary approach to behavior provides an every semester business

74 75

371 Principles of Marketing 3 cr 473 Traffic Management 3 cr principles of national income theory are devel- 424 Business and Public Policy 3 cr The emphasis thioughout this course is on prob- This course deals with the physical distribution of oped and explained in order to place into focus the A study of the regulatory techniques used by gov- lem solving and decision-making in marketing goods Topics treated are location analysis, inven- operations of the American economy and the ernment to influence and modify business behav- The basis for the course is a systematic analysis of tory control, the total distribution cost concept, many problems relating to it Prerequisites 221, ior This course also includes an analysis of mar- customer behavior and the development of mar- government regulations and current legislation 2222 Offered every semester ket structure, conduct and performance keting policies and programs Marketing strategy related to physical distribution There is also cov-1 considerations pertaining to the firm and the Price and Production Economics 3 cr and designing a marketing mix are stessed to give erage of the organization and functioning of traffic, 322 industry Emphasis is given the anti-trust laws and An intensive study of the theory of demand, pro- the student an insight into these areas, and the departments, shippers' relations with carriers andl special regulatory problems Prerequisites 221, duction and distribution In addition, recent reduction of risks is emphasized through the use of related issues Prerequisites 371, 221, 222 O^ered 222 Offered every year quantitative and qualitative market research tech- every year developments in the theory of imperfect competi- 3 cr niques Offered every semester tion and oligopoly are carefullv examined Prereq- 425 Current Economic Issues 474 Purchasing Management 3 cr uisites 221, 222 Offered every semester A seminar-like discussion of the state of the Introduction to purchasing and materials manage- nation's economy and its current problems on the 372 Marketing Problems 3 cr 323 Public Finance 3 cr ment Topics covered include purchasing effi- basis of critical examination of professional jour- This course emplovs the case method illustrative A study of the organization and management of ciency, inventory problems, pricing and time, nal articles and economic reports by official and of typical marketing problems such as merchan- government revenues and expenditures with issues, quality, and value analysis Students will, private sources (such as the President's Council of dising, advertising selection of channels of distri- emphasis on American practices and policies at prepare written case analyses as well as a term' Economic Advisers) The purpose of the course is bution, and development of new products These the various levels of government Benefit-cost and project involving value analysis Prerequisites 361v to begin developing in the graduating senior the problems are analyzed as they affect different mid- cost-effectiveness analysis with their implications and 371 Offered every year ability to coordinate and apply the analytical dlemen in the marketing structure including man- I for program and capital budgeting receive heavy knowledge he has acquired during his undergradu- ufacturers, wholesalers jobbers brokers, agents, consideration The economic consequences of ate study of economics and related fields of social and similar functionaries Theories of marketing DIVISION OF ECONOMIC various tax structures and alternative social choice science and business administration Prerequi- are subjected to the test of practical examples so mechanisims are studied Prerequisite 321 or 322 SCIENCE sites 221, 222 Offered every year that the student mav develop a more realistic ECONOMIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM Offered every year grasp of the principles involved and the value of 426 Monetary Theory and Policy 3 cr 324 Comparative Economic Svstems 3 cr the practitioner's judgments Current marketing This course presents the chief theoretical contribu- 121 Elements of Economics 3 cr' A comparative study of capitalism, socialism, developments are studied Prerequisite 371 tions on money The policy implications of these Economics 121 is an introductory course in eco-^ communism and other economic systems with Offered every semester theories, past and present, will be emphasized nomics intended to afford an understanding of emphasis on analysis rather than mere description Concentration will center upon policy proposals how our economic system works, of the forces of the economics of various countries Prerequi- and controversy in the monetary field since Word 373 Sales Administration 3 cr which affect the level, composition, and distribu- sites 221 222 Offered every year An intioduction to the fundamentals of salesman- tion of the output of the economy, and of the War 11 The theories and contributions of Hicks, ship and the problems confronted by the sales issues behind current economic problems The 420 Labor Economics 3 cr Keynes, Friedman and Tobin, among others, are manager Topics include such areas as production course content will define concepts, provide back-, Analvsis of the principles for wage and employ- reviewed The role of interest rate is reviewed planning pricing, packaging qualitative and ground materials, and develop economic ideasi ment determination in contemporary American along with wage-price controversies, international quantitative market analysis, and specific sales necessary to an understanding of the policy issuesi economy under non-union conditions as well as gold flows, and the relationships between fiscal management functions of selection, training, constantly before a complex dynamic economy^ under collective bargaining The institutional and monetary policies Prerequisites 221, 222 equipping compensating, supervising, and con- Not counted toward a degree in the School of Bus-^ development underlying labor supply and demand Offered every year is studied with direct emphasis on its impact on trolling salesmen Prerequisite 371 Offered every iness and Administration Offered every year 427 Theory of Economic Development 3 cr employment and production, on the general wage- spring The course is designed to acquaint students with 221 Principles of Economics 1 3 cr level and on wage differentials, on the distribution the area of economic development The subject of national income and on general social welfare 441 International Business 3 cr The first course in economics for the student who^ matter of this course conveniently divides itself plans to major or minor in economics The course The course also includes a comparative study of See International Business Curriculum into five major categories the nature of develop- problems in labor economics in American and seeks to acquaint the student with concepts and ment and problems of measurement, theories of the logical basis to economic reasoning Emphasis other democratic countries Prerequisites 221, 471 Marketing Research 3 cr development, factors and forces affecting eco- is placed on understanding the behavior of house- 222 Offered as needed This course examines the means and methods bus- nomic growth, different approaches to a higher holds and firms under competitive and imper- iness management uses to get the necessary infor- 421 History of Economic Thought 3 cr standard of living, and problems of domestic and fectly competitive market conditions Offered mation for decision making involving what to pro- Shows the development of economic thought from international stability Approach to this course every semester duce how much to produce, and how to distribute the Age of Mercantilism to 1890 Major emphasis encompasses detailed study as well as a strong goods that are produced The various types of is placed upon the writings of Mun, Petty, Ques- emphasis on theoretical and critical analysis Pre- 222 Principles of Economics 11 3 cr ^ marketing research—consumer research motiva- nay, Smith Ricardo, Malthus, Marx, Jevons, and requisites 221, 222 Offered as needed This course is primarily concerned with aggrega-i tional research market analysis, sales analysis and the Austrian School It offers a study of the funda- tive economic relationships The theory of the 429 Seminar in Economics 3 cr sales forecasting product research, and advertising mental concepts of the writers and the influence of determination of national income is developedl The purpose of the seminar is to provide a vehicle research—are studied in some detail Prerequisite instutional conditions upon their philosophy and attention is given to the construction ofi for the advanced student to investigate separate 37 1 Offered every year Major emphasis is placed upon value and distribu- national income accounts Attention is given to subject areas in the field of Economic Theory The tion theory as it developed Prerequisites 221, monetary and fiscal policy and their implications mention is to provide a sound basis for further 222 Offered every year 472 Transportation 3 cr Prerequisite 221 Offered every semester study at the graduate level Seminar procedure will A comprehensive analysis of the historical evolu- 423 Business Cycles and Forecasting 3 cr stress written and oral reports Prerequisites 321, tion, operation and economic development of the 321 National Income Analysis 3 cr This course is designed to study the process of 322 and permission of the instructor Offered as railroads, motor carriers water carriers and air A conceptual analysis of national income theory, economic change Analyses of Seasonal, Cyclical, needed carriers of the United States The Interstate Com- its tools, its basic principles and its social and eco- and Secular movements will be undertaken Theo- 442 International Economics 3 er merce Act, with its amendments and the public nomic signficance The course treats the^ retical and empirical aspects will be covered Fore- See International Business Curriculum regulation state and federal, of the various carriers macroeconomic method of economic anal casting techniques will also be studied Prerequi- will be emphasized Prerequisites 371, 221, 222 is concerned with explaining the developmc^misa.ds 1 11 sites 221, 222 Offered every year Offered every year nature of national income aggregates The basic 77 76 COURSE REQUIREMENTS Credits GENERAL EDUCATION Required courses—CarioA College 32 School of Education *201 Orientation to Early Childhood The following courses in the arts and sciences are Education 3 an integral part of each program *203 Child Development 3 HISTORY Credits 307 Curriculum & Methods for Early Child- Prior to 1929, teacher preparation courses were The programs, in accord with the philosophy Required Courses 42 hood Education with Practicurn 4 offered through a department of the College of and objectives of the School of Education, offer English Area 12 308 Curriculum & Methods for Day Liberal Arts and Sciences, in that year the newly- students opportunity to qualify for English Composition 6 Care with Practicurn 3 organized School of Education granted its first English Elective 3 310 Specialized Programming For degrees in programs of secondary education The I The Instructional I (Provisional) Certificate Communication Area (Speech, Young Children 3 following programs have since been approved for to teach classes in the schools of Pennsylvania for Journalism English) 3 **320 ED Reading & Language Arts 3 certification by the Department of Education of a period of six years Any Combination of Mathematics/ 321 ED Reading & Language Arts the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, music edu- 2 Admission to graduate programs in educa- Science/Foreign Language 12 Practicurn 1 cation in 1930, graduate education, 1936 elemen- tion I Social Science 12 404 EC Nursery School Student tary education, 1937, guidance, 1952, school The last 30 credits for the degree must be earned (Anthropology, Economics, Geography, Teaching & Seminar 6 administration 1952, special education, 1964, at Duquesne University The minimum number, History Political Science, Sociology, and 406 EC Primary Student Teaching & reading specialist and reading supervisor, 1969, of credits for graduation is 120 Psychology) Seminar 6 school psychology, 1969, early childhood educa- Philosophy/Theology 6 Catholics-minimum of 3 Theology credits *Prerequisites for 307, 308 and 310 tion 1975, school supervision, 1976 DEGREE "Prerequisite for 321 SELECTION AND ADMISSION The School of Education offers programs leading COMPETENCY CORE CURRICULUM to the Bachelor of Science in Education degree All The Competencv Core Curriculum consists of 27 Required courses—Duquesne University 15 Candidates who express a desire to become teach- programs are approved by the Pennsylvania credits beginning with Introduction to Education 273 Art, Music, and Physical Education ers are admitted to the School of Education Department of Education for the Instructional I in the freshman year Developmental Foundations for Classroom Teachers 3 through the University Office of Admissions (Provisional) Certificate 1, Il in the sophomore year and concluding with 274 Art, Music, and Physical Education (apply to Director of Admissions, Duquesne Uni- Curriculum and Instruction I II in the junior year for Classroom Teachers 3 versity Pittsburgh, Pa 15282) The curriculum for CURRICULUM The Competency Core Curriculum focuses on the 331 Teaching Elementary Social Studies 3 the first two years is devoted to the broad learnings philosophical, psychological and pedagogical foun- 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 in general and basic professional education and General Education The School of Education dations needed by entry-level teachers, extensive 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 beginning course work in a major discipline or requires completion of the established general edu- involvement in field experiences beginning with ELEMENTARY EDUCATION area of concentration cation which includes courses in the humanities, the freshman year, and an on-going process of The School of Education includes and main- social sciences, natural and behavioral sciences, individual advisement and counseling regarding The following 39 credits (semester hours) in Pro- tains in its enrollment only those students who and, for Catholic students, theology teaching and career decisions fessional Preparation and 12 in electives com- give definite indications of teacher potential Stu- The Competency Core Curriculum is predicated bined with the 42 credits specified in General Edu- Professional Education The basic professional i cation and 27 in dents are, therefore expected to demonstrate on four domains 1) Becoming a person, 2) the Competency Core developing personal and professional characteris- education program introduces the student to the Becoming a student of education, 3) Becoming an Curriculum comprise this curriculum teaching profession through thorough study of the tics, attitudes and competencies which will rec- educational theorist, and 4) Becoming a practi- Credits ommend them as worthy candidates for the teach- principles and practices of education and the tioner The Competency Core Curriculum, as the Professional Preparation ing profession Evaluation and approval by the learning process Specialized courses provide prep- title implies, is a competency based program that (All Courses Required) 39 aration in teaching techniques and methods faculty is based on the student's development of is developmentally designed to prepare education 273, 274 Art, Music, and Physical required for specific fields of concentration—ele- students to be entrv-level teachers in elementary, Education for the Classroom Teacher 6 I A well-balanced personality as evidenced mentary secondary, special (mentally and/or 325 Teaching Reading in the through personal appearance, health and vitality, secondary and special education physically handicapped), or early childhood Courses (Required in all Primary School 3 emotional maturity, verbal fluency, self-confi- education programs)* 27 dence, cooperation, judgement and tact, adaptabil- 101 Introduction to Education 3 326 Teaching Reading in Intermediate and Middle Schools ity and resourcefulness, cultural appreciation, and Professional Laboratory Experiences The School 215, 216 Developmental Foundations of 3 social relationships has developed broad and diversified professional Education 1 4 330 Teaching Elementary Language laboratory experiences designed to provide oppor- 217 218 Developmental Foundations of Arts and Reading 3 2 Professional attitudes and competencies as tunities for observing and working with children Education 11 4 331 Teaching Elementary Social evidenced through interest in teaching prepara- and youth, these include *315, 316 Curriculum and Instruction 1 8 Studies- 3 tion in subject matter and in teaching methods 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 I Programs in neighborhood and community *317, 318 Curriculum and Instruction 11 8 and techniques participation in laboratory experi- 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 ences including observation and student teaching, centers, hospitals, recreational and youth organi- *In Early Childhood Education, 315, 316 and zations, and summer camps 317, 318 are not required 484 Children's Literature 3 and the demonstration of necessary abilities and *491 Student Teaching 12 skills 2 Planned observations in public and private EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION *No student may register for additional course schools, agencies, institutions and educational This is a cooperative program, approved by the PROGRAMS settings work during the student teaching semester without Pennsylvania Department of Education, with Car- permission The School of Education has program approval 3 Teacher aide and tutorial experiences low College Some of the professional courses are Electives 12 from the Pennsylvania Department of Education 4 Student teaching in an approved setting for ft offered only on the Carlow campus for the preparation of Elementary, Secondary, and entire semester These 47 credits (semester hours), in addition to MUSIC EDUCATION Special (teaching the mentally and/or physically All of these experiences are completed under 42 specified under Gerneral Education, I I credits General and professional course work and profes- handicapped) Education teachers Also, in consor- professional supervision from the University and in the Competency Core Curriculum, and 20 cred- sional education courses required for this program tium with Carlow College, students can become from the public or private school or off-campus Its in electives, are required for the degree are outlined in the School of Music section certified in Early Childhood Education agency

78 79 (MENTALLY AND/ SECONDARY EDUCATION SPECIAL EDUCATION the 120 semester hours for a degree After com- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS HANDICAPPED) In addition to the 42 credits (semester hours) in OR PHYSICALLY pleting all other requirements, students may regis- This program is designed to prepare students for General Education and 27 in the Competency ter with appropriate advisement, for a mne- and a EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS AND Core Curriculum, a student must complete the fol- teaching mentally and/or physically handicapped six-credit student-teaching course Student teach- PSYCHOLOGY 18 in Professional Preparation, pupils, including brain injured, emotionally and ing in both areas is offered during the student's lowing 51 credits, 101 Introduction to Education 3 cr 30 in an arts socially disturbed, learning disabled final semester three in Electives and a minimum of An overview of professional education programs These 48 credits (semester hours) in Profes- or sciences Area to satisfy requirements for the and careers, introduces students to the compe- sional Preparation and three in Electives in addi- CLASS ATTENDANCE degree and certification tency based format of indergraduate curriculums tion to the 42 credits in General Education and the Ci edits The School of Education faculty has determined and gives them opportunities to meet faculty and in the Competency Core Curriculum are Professional Preparation 27 that the following policy will be in effect for the staff in informal information-giving and counsel- (All Courses Required) 18 required for the degree School of Education and will be adhered to by all ing relationships 497 Reading in the Secondary School 3 Credits professors who teach undergraduate courses It is 201 Child Deielopment 3 Specific Methods Course 3 Professional Preparation presumed that each student in a professional er 48 Behavior and personality characteristics of chil- 215 Teaching Grammar and (All Courses Required) course will normally attend every session The dren from birth to adolescence as they relate to Composition OR 209 Foundations of Special Education 3 maximum number of cuts permitted is equated in school and home situations 316 Teaching Secondary Mathematics 273, 274 Art, Music and Physical credit hours, not in periods the class meets, in and Science OR Education for the Classroom Teacher 6 other words, a student may miss three hours of 202 Educational Ps^chology 3 cr class time in a three-credit course 318 Teaching Secondary Foreign 276 Methods in Special Education 1 3 Examines affective and cognitive development, planning and teaching techniques, measurement Languages OR 325 Teaching Reading in the STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 319 Teaching Secondary Social Studies Primary School 3 and evaluation, and related theories in an experi- *491 Student Teaching 12 The School of Education includes in its program ential learning environment 330 Teaching Elementary Language opportunities for participation in student organi- *No student may register for additional course Arts and Reading 3 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 zations related to professional education prepara- work during the student teaching semester without 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 Field Experience I er each tion Students are encouraged to take an active permission Teaching Elementary Science 3 Classroom and other school experience as an aide 333 part in these professional organizations, for such Electives 3 3 or observer Enrollment with consent of the Direc- 386 Teaching the Mildly Handicapped interest is interpreted as reflecting social and edu- Arts or Sciences Area (Minimum for tor of Student Teaching or a School of Education 387 Teaching the Severely cational development The organizations are certification) 30 3 faculty advisor, one credit each semester for a Handicapped Duquesne University Chapter of the ^uppomng Coulses Council for maximum of five semesters (cilituation lieu Cows( Vocational Education for the 388 E%ceptional Childien state and national student (on(cimation 3 215, 216 Handicapped organizations in Special Education Developmental Foundations BiologN Mathematics BiologN 477 Methods in Special Education 11 3 of Education 1 4 cr chcrmstr^ and Kappa Delia Epsilon national education sorority *491 Student Teaching-Special See description for 217, 218 ph^ sics 12 Kappa Phi Kappa national education fraternity Education 217, 218 Developmental Foundations Chermstri Chernism Mathematics and Electives 3 of Education 11 ph%sics HONOR AWARDS 4 cr Developmental Foundations I and 11 examine and Communication *No student may register for additional course These awards presented at the annual Honors provide for demonstration of various generic com- English Emphasis English Journalism Speech work during the student teaching semester without Days Convocation, are open to undergraduates in petencies in the areas of physical, cognitive, affec- Journalism permission the School of Education tive and social development of the individual Emphasis Journalism Speech English TEACHER CERTIFICATION baculti, Awaid fol Genetal Lxcellence in Earli, from birth until late adolescence The components Speech English journalism Speech Emphasis Ouldhood Education examine the effects that values, classroom interac- GLneral SCILnce Minimum ofeight Through completion of degree and certification Faculi i A wal d tions, approaches to various teaching and learning credits in biolog^ program requirements, a student will be eligible fot Genei al Excellence in Elemen- tal i Education styles, recognition of individual differences, and chemistr^ and for the appropriate Pennsylvania Instructional I various curriculum designs including I E P 's and (Provisional) Certificate This certificate is valid Facultv Aiiaid for Genetal Evcellence in Secon- phNsics and addi multi-cultural approaches, have on the physical, for six years of teaching During that time , to con- dai v Education tional courses to cognitive, affective and social development of all vert the certificate to the Instructional ]I (Perma- total a minimum of Faculti 4wald fin Geneial E\cellence in Special students and the teacher These components pro- nent) form, the holder must complete 24 semester I Edmation 18 semeslLr hours vide for the demonstration of competency in the hours of post baccalaureate study and three years in onL fiLld of Kappa Delta Epsilon National Ptofessional Educa- understanding, the analysis and the managing of of successful teaching in,public or private schools science /'on Sototiti, Ilitaid for outstanding member of these effects Concurrent with these components is in Pennsylvania All programs are approved by the Latin Latin Greek history Alpha Kappa Chapter a field placement that requires case studies, Computer science Pennsylvania Department of Education Certi - NlathemAtics Mathematics Kappa Delia Epsilon National Ptofessional Educa- directed observations, data collection and teacher tion in Pennsylvania enables a student to meet general anal\tical tion Soiotili, Piesio'cia s Awaid aide experience physics certification requirements in various other stat s Application for the certificate must be made dur- Kappa Phi Kappa National Professional Education 301 Foundations of Education 3 cr Modern I anguagL% French German Philosophy 1-tateinin, wata' for outstanding member of Beta Introduction to the study of the philosophical, linguistics ing the semester in which the student expects to be or Spanish Phi Chapter graduated social, and historical foundations of education and PhNsics Ph\sics Chermstr\ math Laivience 4 Roche Aleinotial Award the relationships between the school and other ematics computer to a junior CERTIFICATION institutions of society science bmlog^ DUAL student for general excellence in the School of Education Social Studies Economics gCOg Philosophy Through advisement, a student may complei^ 315, 316 Curriculum and Instruction 1 8 er raphv history pol requirements in two certification areas, such as Philip C Niehaus Memorial A wat d for outstand- See description for 317, 318 psN- elementary/early childhood, elementary/secon- ing achievement in the School of Education itical science 317, 318 Curriculum and Instruction 11 8 cr dary, elementary/special education Such pro- (ouncil foi EAceptional Childien Award cholog% sociologN for out- Curriculum and Instruction I and 11 focus on the grams require some additional coursework beyond standing work in the organization anthropologv presentation, analysis and demonstration of those 80 81 generic competencies that directly apply to the 499 School Lavi and the Pupil 2 cr setting Prerequisitie EC 201 and 203 (Fall semes- 326 Teaching Reading in Intermediate design and implementation of effective teaching- School law as it affects the child—census, admis- ter only) and Middle Schools 3 cr learning practices in the classioom The compo- sion practices, vaccination, compulsory attend- Focuses on the transitional period in a develop- nents specihcally address such topics and tech- ance, the neglected, dependent and delinquent 320 Reading and Language Arts 3 cr mental reading program in which reading becomes niques as educational taxonomies, instructional child, work periods, graduation requirements, spe- The nature of reading, the pertinent research in a tool to be used in each content area In addition objectives planning the lesson, classroom man- cial school services, and other regulations pertain- the field the selection of materials, methodologies to continuing reading skills in the developmental agement learning centers materials utilization ing to the health and welfare of the child and teaching strategies are emphasized (Fall reading program, specialized reading and study eNaluation of learning and grading These compo- semester only) skills, necessary for students to function in social nents also include a concurient field placement Early Childhood Education studies, science, language arts, mathematics, and that continues the directed observations and data 201 Orientation to Early Childhood 321 Reading and Language other content areas, will be presented Techniques collection initiated in the Developmental Founda- Education 3 cr Arts Practicurn I cr of determining readability of materials, individu- tions components and introduces the student to Examination of the history of child development Diagnosis of needs, planning and teaching of age alizing instruction, evaluating and reporting pupil the evaluation of the teaching-learning situations and practices of early education, culminating in an and need appropriate lessons to small groups of progress are also studied observed and to the self-evaluation process of his/ overview of theoretical issues influencing practice children in a supervised situation Prerequisite ED her own development in the four domains of the in the field today Development of the student's 330 Teaching Elementary Language 320 (Spring semester only) Competency Core Curriculum The field place- observational skills, completion of on-site obser- Arts and Reading 3 cr ment for these final components includes teaching vations in early educational settings, defining the 404 Nursery School Student Presents psychological principles and historical experience in an actual classroom role of the Early Childhood Educator, and devel- perspective in the language arts, the foundation on Teaching and Seminar 6 cr oping a personal philosophy (Fall semester only) which a good language arts, program should be 340 Self-Deselopment for the 406 Primary Student Teaching built Four skills—listening, speaking, reading, 203 Child Development 3 cr Classroom 3 cr writing—as acquired by the child, combined with In-depth examination of the development of the and Seminar 6 cr Focuses on a philosophical-psychological knowledge of the evaluative process, teaching child from birth-eight years in physical intellec- The student teaching experience involves the pro- approach to self-development, using classroom methods, and materials, provide a realistic tual, social and emotional areas of growth Meth- spective teacher in a Nursery School setting and in activities to promote personal awareness in the approach to teaching language arts and reading ods of recording and assessing growth of voung a primary classroom for eight weeks each, she teacher and student experience children will be examined and utilized and a term assumes teaching responsibilities, applies theory/ project based on readings and observations will be practice and develops her own teaching style 331 Teaching Elementary Social 351 Adolescent Deielopment 3 cr required (Spring semester only) under the direct supervision of the cooperating Studies 3 cr Examines the developmental proccsses, psycho- teacher and college supervisor Verification of stu- Provides a combination of theoretical and practi- logical phvsical and social which affect student Curriculum and Methods for Earl^ 307 dent competency will be determined jointly by cal models which furnish multi-level approaches and student-teacher behavior and relationships in 4 er Childhood Education Aith Practicurn both the cooperating teacher and the college super- to problem-solving, materials, activities, and the classroom Study of curriculum methodology and implemen- visor Student teachers return to campus one after- resources inherent in a good social studies tation in nurserv, kindergarten and primary set- noon a week for seminar with the college instruc- program 410 Interpersonal Management Techniques tings Students will design environments and enact tor This seminar provides classroom discussion for Educational and Organizational 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 cr activities for language development and reading, of various student teaching experiences as well as Theories, techniques, practices, and content per- Leaders 3 cr art, music, play, social studies, science and math analysis of the goals, program designs and curric- taining to mathematics are presented Emphasis is Focuses on four major concerns for maximizing for children 3-8 years A weekly practicurn in ' an ula of the various early childhood programs in on exploratory and systematic instructional styles, learning and minimizing conflict, they are the early education classroom is an integral part of which students teaching is completed Pertinent this course Prerequisite EC 201 and 203 (Fall games as an instructional strategy teacher's personal awareness of feelings and emo- I topics related to ongoing professional develop- semester only) tions interpersonal, societal, and educational val- ment will be included No other credits may be 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 cr ues understanding ofgroup dvnamics, and knowl- taken while the student is involved in 404 and 406 308 Curriculum and Methods for Study of theories, techniques, practices, and con- edge of managing classroom situations without special permission of the Director of Early Da^ Care With Practicurn 3 cr tent of the science area Accent is on discovery and Childhood Education Examination of social needs, program designs and inquiry instructional styles, organizing for 480 Independent Stud) 1-2 cr curriculum implementation of day care services learning With permission of an instructor and approval of ELEMENTARY EDUCATION for children birth-8 years Topics covered include 484 Children's Literature 3 cr the Dean, seniors may pursue in-depth study of a 273, research on working families, program design, 274 Art, Music, and Physical Education A subject area or engage in individual projects general survey of books and other printed environmental design and assessment compre- for the Classroom Teacher 3 cr each materials for children, criteria for the evaluation related to their piofessional goals hensive curriculum planning, staffing strategies, An introduction to the basic principles and con- and analysis of children's books, types of books parent communication, and research on impact of cepts of teaching visual arts, physical education, 481 Learning Resources 3 cr available considered in terms of interest, needs, day care on young children and their families health and music to children of elementary school and abilities of children Identification location utilization, and creation of Weekly practicurn required in' a child care class- age, including exceptional children learning materials adaptation of print and non- room Prerequisite EC 201 and 203 (Spring 490, 491 Student Teaching- print materials to meet curricular needs, develop- semester only) 325 Teaching Reading in the Elementar) 9-12 cr ing materials for individualized classroom instruc- Student teaching in an approved elementary Primary School 3 cr tion 310 Specialized Programming for school under the direct supervision of a cooperat- Major emphasis is on the pre-school, readiness, Young Children 3 cr ing teacher Prerequisites Senior status, good aca- and primary grades Content deals with language, 485 Problems in Teaching Reading 3 cr Examination of history and current status of pro- demic standing, completion of required profes- experientiaf cognitive, and perceptual develop- Reading difficulties in elementary and secondary grams which provide compensatory, remedial, sional courses, and recommendation of faculty ment in young children and their relationship to school levels discussion of classroom and clinical therapeutic or early interventive experience to the beginning reading program In addition, con- 493 Student Teaching—Elementary 6 er proceduies in solving reading problems, diagnos- young children Curriculum design and implemen- sideration will be given to the basic reading skills Student teaching in elementary education for stu- tic and corrective techniques, and materials for the tation will be examined along with specific respon- which comprise the first three years of a develop- dents in the secondary or special education pro- classroom teacher reading improvement pro- sibilities of the early educator for mainstreaming mental reading program, techniques of individual- grams who wish to complete requirements in two grams special unit on reading problems of the teaming and working in liaison with other profes- izing instruction, evaluating and reporting pupil certification areas Registration is concurrent with mentally retarded sionals Weekly practicurn required in specialized progress Ed 490-Secondary or Ed 490-Special Education 82 83 SECONDARY EDUCATION 209 Foundations of Special 477 Methods in Special Education 3 cr Education 11 3 493 Student Teaching— 215 Teaching Grammar and cr survey of the educational, physical, psychologi- Special Education Composition 3 cr A Devc lopment and Implementation of an individu- 6 cr cal, and social characteristics of exceptional per- Student teaching in special education for students Examines various ways to teach grammar, lan- alized student teaching readiness plan that empha- sons, an overview of special education methods sizes the management in the Clementary or secondary education program guage, and composition provides opportunity for of problem behaviors and and programs, introduction of judicial and legal who wish to complete requirements in two certifi- students to review the basics of grammar and development Of instructional environments, cation areas Registration is concurrent with composition and to develop lessons for teaching aspects includes supervised field experience independent Ed 490-Elementary or Ed 490-Seconclary Education those grammar areas at the elementary, secondary 211, 212, 213, 214 Field studv and individual leaining conferences Pre- levels and in special education Experience 2 cr each icquisites 209 276 386 Classroom and other experiences in educational, 216 Teaching Literature 490, 491 Student Teaching— social welfare, and vocational settings as an Special Education Prose, Poetry, and Drama I cr 9-12 cr observer and participant Enrollment with consent Focuses on planning and teaching techniques to A full semester of supervised classroom experience of Director of Students Teaching and School of prepare and present literature utilizing a genre ' a in a caiefully selected school for mentallv and/or Education faculty advisor Students may choose chronological or thematic approach the four ses- phvsicallv handicapped pupils Prerequisites 211 (Elementary) or 212 (Secondary) which sions involve an approach to literature experience, semoi status good academic standing, completion involve the mildly handicapped, 213 which is with teaching prose teaching poetry, and teaching of iequired professional couises, and recommen- the severely handicapped, or 214 which is with drama dation of facultv pre-vocational/vocational pupils 316 Teaching SecondarN Mathematics Rml,'^^ 272, 273 Art, Music, and Physical Education and Science 3 cr for the Classroom Teacher 3 cr each Designed to acquaint the student with methods An introduction to the basic principles and con- and materials for teaching specific models, cepts of teaching visual arts, physical education, research and field-based activities are expected health, and music to children of elementary school 318 Teaching SecondarN Foreign age, including exceptional children Languages 3 cr 276 Methods of Special Explores a variety of approaches for teaching for- Education 3 cr eign languages, grammar structure, verbal exer- An introduction to management techniques uti- cises and literature germane to the specific lan- lized in programs for exceptional persons, infor- guage to be taught will be discussed mation covering educational assessment proce- 319 Teaching Secondary Social dures, design and implementation of individual Studies 3 cr educational programs and methods for individual- This is a competencv-based experience for social izing instruction, examination of judicial and legal studies/history majors that develops evaluation aspects Prerequisite 209 or equivalent skills, knowledge of curriculums, media and tech-, 386 Teaching the Mildly nological experiences, and methods, expands plan- Handicapped 3 cr ning and questioning skills Evaluation, integration, and implementation of 490, 491 Students Teaching— theoretically based methodologies, curricula, SecondarN 9-12 cr instructional techniques, and evaluation proce- Student teaching in an approved public secondary dures for students who have been labeled brain school under the direct supervision of a cooperat- injured, learning disabled, mentally retarded, ing teacher Prerequisites Senior status, good aca- phvsically handicapped, socially and emotionally demic standing, completion of required profes- disturbed Prerequisites 209, 276 sional courses, and recommendation of faculty 387 Teaching the Severely 493 Student Teaching Handicapped 3 cr Secondar) 6 cr Evaluation and integration of the various theories, Student teaching in secondary education for stu- methodologies, curricula, instructional techniques, dents in the elementary or special education pro- and evaluation procedures for severely handi- gram who wish to complete requirements in two capped persons labeled brain injured, learning dis- certification areas Registration is concurrent with abled, mentally retarded, physically handicapped, Ed 490-Elementary or Ed 490-Special Education sociallv and emotionally disturbed Prerequisites 209, 2^6, or permission of instructor 497 Reading in Secondary Schools 3 cr A survey course in the teaching of reading, appro- 388 Vocational Education for the priate for secondary education majors Major Handicapped 3 cr emphasis is on methods of teaching reading, the Overview of pre-vocational, career, and occupa- materials for evaluating pupil growth in reading, tional education programs to be used for excep- and reading in the content subjects tional persons Students will be given information SPECIAL EDUCATION and experiences enabling them to design and These courses are designed to prepare students for implement instructional programs appropriate to teaching mentally and/or physically handicapped the vocational needs of mentally and physically pupils including brain injured, emotionally and handicapped pupils Prerequisites 209, 276, or socially disturbed learning disabled permission of instructor 85 84 Music degree may be earned with a major in memory of George Barrere, founder of the first piano, organ, voice, orchestral instruments, jazz flute club in the United States This $300 scholar- School of Music and in sacred music with a major in organ or ship is awarded to a freshman or sophomore flute voice The programs are intended for students major interested primarily in performance careers in Polish Arts League Scholarship is made annually HISTORY concert, television, radio, symphony orchestra, The objectives of the School of Music are to opera or teaching in colleges and private studios, by the Polish Arts League of Pittsburgh to an out- Duquesne Universitv recognizing that it wa,s most educate teachers and performers of music who standing performer in the School of Music Prefer- fortunately situated to offer outstanding opportu- and for those interested in pursuing careers as should possess a sensitive and intelligent musi- church musicians ence will be given to a student of Polish ancestry nities for professional preparation in music, in cianship and who will be equipped, by reason of Other students will not be excluded from consider- Two other degrees are offered one in music edu- 1926 established a School of Music with a four- their general and professional education, to accept ation vear course of studv leading to the Bachelor of cation and the other in music therapy, the former positions in fields of performance, education, ther- Louis Rocereto Memotial Scholaiship is given to Music degree is designed to meet certification requirements for apy and church music teaching in elementary and secondary schools an outstanding junior studying a woodwind The music education program was approved by instrument the Pennsylvania Department of Education in ADMISSION while the latter leads to certification as a registered 1930 In 1959 the School became an associate Students who are interested in applying for admis- music therapist In order to receive the Music Jaines Hunter Memorial Scholarship is given to a member of the National Association of Schools of Therapy Degree or its equivalency for certification senior with the highest academic and performance sion to the School of Music should request an record Music and in 1966 was elected to full membership application from the Office of Admissions (by NAMT), all Music Therapy students are On April 29 1967 a new air-conditioned music Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania required to take a prescribed number and Andre Matchal Award is presented to the organ building was dedicated Van Cliburn was awarded 15282 After applications have been processed, sequence of courses in Music Therapy, and give student with the highest standing in performance an honorary Doctor of Music degree on this occa- candidates will receive a notice requesting that evidence of competency in the field, as determined Jean Langlais Award is presented to the organ sion they contact the Office of the School of Music to by the Music Therapy Department This includes student with the highest standing in Sacred Music a six month internship arrange an appointment for an audition and a the- Numerous talent scholarship awards of varying PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES ory entrance examination Specific instructions EQUIPMENT amounts are available for instrumental and vocal The administration and faculty of the School of concerning the audition will then be mailed to the study to students who qualify musically and aca- Music believe that the development of the artistic applicant A tape recording will be accepted for The School of Music has 73 pianos including 56 demically All students are considered for such personalitv is entirelv compatible with the objec- those living more than 150 miles from the Univer- Steinways All practice rooms have Steinway awards at the time of their audition, and recipients tives of scholars in all fields it is felt that the best sity However, in the event the recording is not uprights There are two Moeller and one Fischer will receive renewals based on semester evalua- place to educate music students to take their place satisfactory, a personal audition may be required practice organs, an electronic organ, a three man- tions These awardees are expected to maintain in society is in a situation where they have an All applicants will be notified of the status of their ual Moeller organ and one Furher tracker pipe high academic standing, exceptional musical per- opportunity to share their academic courses in candidacy as soon as possible organ In addition there are two pipe organs by formance and leadership qualities in addition to classes with students from other schools of the Students planning to major in Music are urged Kilgen and Tellers and one Rodgers electronic the- Music School service University to begin study of piano and theory prior to atre organ on campus for recitals and practice Women'sAdvisoij,Baoard Scholarships Competi- The great advantage of a solid musical prepara- entrance More than 300 orchestral and band instruments tive scholarships provided to winners of an annual tion and the opportunity to participate in nation- Students planning to major in Sacred Music or are available for instrument classes Listening and competition ally recognized organizations and in performances organ will receive a Sacred Music Handbook recording equipment are of professional quality of professional caliber are available to all students which outlines specific admission and graduation Robert F Minardi Memorial Scholaiship Awarded to a deserving student who demonstrates The faculty of musical scholars and artists with requirements for the Sacred Music Degree Pro- STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS grams and Organ Study financial need in addition to superior musical abil- whom Duquesne students work believes that fine ity talents are best encouraged and developed in an Chapters of the national music organizations Phi atmosphere that is friendly while at the same time ADVISEMENT Mu Alpha Sinfonia and Mu Phi Epsilon contribute Tucci Award Competitive award provided annu- committed to the development of excellence At initial enrollment, every student is assigned a substantially to the students' professional and ally to outstanding piano or violin student The faculty, selected with care, includes the faculty advisor who provides assistance with aca- social development The Music Educators demic matters, especially during pre-registration names of concert and opera soloists, members of National Conference has an active student chapter TEACHER CERTIFICATION the Casals Festival Orchestra, the Pittsburgh Sym- periods Guidance in professional objectives will which sponsors professional programs and attends also be provided by faculty committees estab- phony nationally known composers, authors ' and participates in the state, regional, and national The undergraduate music education program has arrangers, conductors, clinicians, and music edu- lished for that purpose activities of the association There are active stu- been approved by the Pennsylvania Department cators The Pittsburgh Symphony, Pittsburgh dent chapters of the American Guild of Organists of Education for the issuance of the Instructional I SPECIAL FEES and the National Association for Music Therapi, (Provisional) Certificate Application for the certif- Opera chamber music and concert series, WDUQ $ 25 Student Teaching Student Council is the organization which is icate must be made in the semester in which the (the Duquesne University radio station) and the Instruction in voice or instrument as high level of interest on the part of other radio and designed to represent the total student body of the student plans to graduate a minor, each semester 100 School of Music In addition, it provides an excel- television stations in the arts serve as unusual Instruction in voice or instrument as stimuli to the eager music student lent vehicle of communication among students, RECITAL ATTENDANCE a major, each semester 200 faculty, and administration The Symphony Band, in its many performances Piano Class Fee, each semester 35 on and off campus, presents a wide variety o stan- All students are encouraged to attend a minimum Instrumental rental each semester Vanable HONOR AWARDS dard and contemporary repertoire 35 of 30 recitals and concerts sponsored by the Instrument for class use School of Music per year The Symphony orchestra offers fine opporium- Organ practice (major or minor) The Dean's Award is presented to a senior music ties for students interested in orchestral literature each semester 30 student for general excellence Association with teachers who are members of the Music School fee 25 The Seibert Medal is presented to a senior for OTHER ATTENDANCE Pittsburgh Symphonv is an exceptional advantage excellence in violin or piano upon recommenda- REQUIREMENTS The school also maintains various vocal and DEGREES tion of departmental committee instrumental ensembles that are receiving national The School offers programs leading to two under- All students are required in addition to attend pro- recognition for the excellence of their perform- graduate degrees Bachelor of Music and Bachelor George Barrere Memorial Scholarship The Pitts- fessional events other than concerts pertinent to burgh Flute Club offers a scholarship in flute in ances of Science in Music Education The Bachelor of their specific areas of study 87 86

Mus 121,122 Eurhythmics 2 2 THEOLOGY REQUIREMENT PROGRAMS Eng 101,102 English Composition 3 3 One three-credit course in theologv is required of Students' interests are served and their abilities Sophomore Year eveiv Roman Catholic student furthered through their selection from among nine different programs, four in applied music, one in Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 music education, one in music therapy two in Mus 203,124 Applied Music Major 3 3 sacred music, and one in jazz Mus 211,212 Applied Music Minor I I CONSERVATORY Mus 231,232 Theory 2 2 Mus 233,234 Musicianship 2 2 MAJOR IN PIANO Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Freshman Year Ciedits Elective Academic Elective 3 3 010 se) hall Spi i ng Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 111 112 Applied Music Minor I I Junior YeAr Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 MUS 133 134 Musicianship 1 11 2 2 Mus 303,304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 MUS 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 335,336 Counterpoint/Analysis 2 2 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Sophomore Year Mus 379,380 Conducting 2 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 478 Choral Methods 2 Mus 202 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Elective Academic Elective 3 Mus 211 212 Applied Music Minor I I Physics Acoustics (3) Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 Mus 185,186 Voice Class (Minor) 2 2 Mus 233 234 Musicianship 111, IV 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Senior Year Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 MUS 141 141 Chamber Music ot 2 2 Mus 403,404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 243244 Piano Accompanying (2) (2) Elective Academic or Theology Elective 3 Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Elective Academic Elective 3 Mus 431,432 Improvisation 2 2 Junior Year Mus 451,452 Organ Literature 2 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus Music Elective 1 2 Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 476 Organ Maintenance and Design 2 Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 400 Recital 2 MUS 335 336 Counterpoint/Analvsis 2 2 Mus 141,141 Chambei Music oi 2 2 MAJOR IN VOICE Mus 343 344 Piano Accompanying (2) (2) Freshman Year Ctedits Elective Academic Elective 3 (3) Courses Fall Spting Phvs1cs Acoustics 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 103 104 Applied Music Voice 1, 11 3 3 Conservatory Piano Class I I Senior Year Mus 115,116 Mus 131,132 Theory 1, 11 2 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 133,134 Musicianship 1, 11 2 2 MUS 403404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 143,144 Ensemble I I Electi,.e Academic or Theology Elective 3 (3) Mus Eurhythmics 1, 11 2 2 Elcctive Academic Elective (3) 3 Mus 121,122 101,102 English Composition 1, 11 3 3 Mus 313 314 Piano Pedagogy 2 2 Mus 193,194 Italian for Musicians 1, 11 3 2 Mus 141,141 Chamber Music 2 2 Mus Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Sophomore Year Mus 340 Orchestration (2) 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 379 380 Conducting 2 2 Mus 203,204 Applied Music Voice 111, IV 3 3 Mus Music Elective 2 2 Mus 215,216 Conservatory Piano Class I I Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 Mus 231,232 Theory 111, IV 2 2 Mus 233,234 Musicianship 111, IV 2 2 MAJOR IN ORGAN Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Freshman Year Ciedits Mus 101,102 French for Musicians 1, 11 3 2 (0111^es Fall Spring Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 251,252 History and Literature of Music I I Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 111,112 Applied Music Minor I I Junior Year 0 Mus 131132 Theory 2 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 3 Mus 133,134 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 303,304 Applied Music Voice V, VI 3 I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 311,312 Applied Music Piano V VI 88 89

Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 3 3 MAJOR IN JAZZ PERFORMANCE 101 102 German for Musicians 1, 11 3 2 Freshman Year Mus Ctedits 335 336 Counterpoint/Analysis 2 2 Comses Mus Fall Spiing 349 349 Vocal Repertoire I I Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major Mus 3 3 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 131 132 Theory Mus 2 2 Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 133 134 Musicianship Elective 2 2 Mus 121 122 Eurhvthmics Senior Year 2 2 Mus 118 119 Applied Music Minor (Piano Class) Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 I I Eng 101 102 English Composition Mus 403404 Applied Music Voice VII VIII 3 3 3 3 Mus 151 152 Evolution of Jazz Styles Communi- 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble cations 280380 Acting 1,11 (Academic Elective) 3 3 I I Mus 147 148 Jazz Chamber Music Phvsics Acoustics 3 2 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar Mus Music Elective 2 0 0 3 Elective Academic Elective or Theology Sophomore Year 349,349 Vocal Repertoire I I Mus 203 Mus 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 379 380 Conducting 1 11 2 2 Mus Mus 231,232 Theon, 2 2 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus MUS 233,234 Musicianship 2 2 400 Recital (2) 2 Mus Mus 218,219 Applied Music Minor (Jazz Class) I I Mus 226,227 Jazz Improvisation MAJOR IN ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENT/CLASSICAL GUITAR 2 2 Mus 143,143 Freshman Year Credits Ensemble I I Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music I and 11 Cow ^es Fall Spring 2 2 Elective Academic Elective Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 3 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar Mus 103 104 Applied Music 3 3 0 0 I I Mus 115 116 Piano Class Junior Year 131,132 Theory 2 2 Mus Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 3 3 133 134 Musicianship 1, 11 2 2 Mus Mus 333 Ear Training for Jazz Musicians 2 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus Mus 336 18th C Counterpoint 2 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus Mus 430,440 Jazz Arranging I and 11 2 2 Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 426427 Jazz Improvisation 2 2 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music III and IV 2 2 Sophomore Year Elective Academic Elective 3 Elective Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Academic Elective 3 Mus 143 143 Mus 203204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Ensemble I I Mus 379,380 Mus 215,216 Piano Class I I Conducting 2 2 Mus 105,105 Mus 231,232 Theory 2 2 Seminar 0 0 Musicianship 111, IV 2 2 Mus 233 234 Senior Year Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 403,404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 453453 Jazz Composition 2 2 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Mus 327 Jazz Pedagogy 2 Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 400 Recital 2 Junior Year Mus 141 Jazz Chamber Music 2 2 Mus 143 143 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Ensemble I I Elective Mus 303,304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Academic Elective 3 Physics Mus 335 336 Counterpoint/Analysis 2 2 Acoustics 3 Elective Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Academic Elective 3 Elective Mus 141,141 Chamber Music 2 2 Academic Elective 3 Mus Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Academic Elective 3 Elective SACRED MUSIC-MAJOR IN ORGAN Phvsics Acoustics 3 Freshman Year Credits Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Coinses Fall Spiing Senior Year Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 103,104 Applied Music Major (organ) 3 3 3 Mus 403,404 Applied Music Major 3 Mus 111,112 Applied Music Minor (piano) I I Mus 438439 Composition 2 2 Mus 407407 Service Plaving 1, 11 1 1 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 408,408 Church Music Practicurn I I Art 101 Academic Elective (3) 3 Mus 131 132 Theory 1, 11 2 2 Elective Academic or Theology Elective 3 (3) Mus 133 134 Musicianship 1, 11 2 2 Mus 379,380 Conducting 2 2 Mus 121,122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 (2) Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 141,141 Chamber Music 2 2 Eng 101 102 English Composition 1 11 3 3 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 Mus Chapel Choir 0 0 90 91 Sophomore Year Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Lang 193,194 Italian for Singers 3 2 Mus 203,204 Applied Music Major (organ) 3 3 Mus 251,252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 I I Mus 211,212 Applied Music Minor (piano) Junior Year 407,407 Service Playing 111, IV I I Mus Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 408,408 Church Music Practicurn I I 0 Mus Mus 303,304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 231 Theory 111 2 Mus 2 311,312 Applied Music Minor (Organ) I I Mus 233,234 Musicianship 111, IV 2 Mus 209 2 2 Children's Choirs I Mus 185,186 Voice Class Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 2 2 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 251,252 History and Literature of Music Mus 335,336 Counterpoint/Analysis 3 3 2 2 Theology 213,214 Old and New Testaments Mus 2 340 Orchestration 2 Mus 380 Conducting 11 Mus 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 0 0 2 Mus Chapel Choir Elective Academic Elective 3 Junior Year Physics Acoustics 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 303,304 Applied Music Major (organ) 3 3 Senior Year Mus 105,105 Mus 407,407 Service Playing V, VI I I Seminar 0 0 Mus 403,404 Mus 408,408 Church Music Practicum I I Applied Music Major 3 3 209 Children's Choirs I Mus 411,412 Applied Music Minor (Organ) I I Mus Mus 407,408 Mus 351,352 History and Lit of Music 2 2 Service Playing I I 335,336 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus Counterpoint Mus 421 340 Orchestration 2 Gregorian Chant 2 Mus Mus 420 Mus 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 Hymnody 2 Theology Liturgics 3 Elective Academic Elective 3 Mus Elective Academic Elective 3 479 Choral Methods 2 Mus Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I 451,452 Organ Literature 2 2 Elective Academic Elective 3 Elective Academic Elective 3 Mus Mus Chapel Choir 0 0 400 Recital 2 Senior Year MUSIC EDUCATION Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Freshman Year Credits Mus 403,404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Courses Fall Spring Mus 431,432 Organ Improvisation 2 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 451,452 Organ Literature 2 2 English 101,102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 408,408 Church Music Practicum I I Mus 131,132 Theory 2 2 Mus 420 Hymnody 2 Mus 133,134 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 421 Gregorian Chant 2 Mus 181 Woodwind Class 2 (2) Mus 476 Organ Maintenance and Design 2 Mus 381 String Class (2) 2 Mus 400 Recital 2 (2) Mus 101,102 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 113,114 Piano Class 2 2 Physics Acoustics 3 Mus 121,122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus Chapel Choir 0 0 Mus 189,190 Field Observation 0 0 Mus 251,252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 SACRED MUSIC-MAJOR IN VOICE Sophomore Year Freshman Year Credits Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Coutses Fall Spring Mus 231,232 Theory 2 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 233,234 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 103,104 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 185,186 Voice Class Methods 2 2 Mus 113,114 Piano Class I I Mus 213,214 Piano Class 2 2 Mus 131,132 Theory 2 2 Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 133,134 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 201,202 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 121,122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 289,290 Field Observation 0 0 Eng 101,102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Theology 213,214 Old and New Testament 3 3 Mus 281 Brass Class 2 Sophomore Year Mus 481 Percussion Class 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Junior Year Mus 203,204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 213,214 Piano Class I I Mus 389,390 Field Observation 0 0 Mus 231,232 Theory 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 233,234 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 301,302 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 387 Marching Band Techniques or

92 93 Mus 385 Choral Techniques ot 2 Senior Year Mus 327 Jazz Pedagogy & Directing Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 379 380 Conducting 2 2 Mus *401,402 Applied Music 2 2 Mus 340 Orchestration ot Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 440 Jazz Arranging 2 Mus 600 Psychological Foundations of Musical Behavior 3 Mus 383 Elementary Methods 2 Mus 379 Conducting 2 Mus 384 Secondary Methods 2 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Elective Academic Electives 9 9 Psych 352 Abnormal Psychology 3 (History Sociology Economics, Communications, Psychology, Acoustics, etc Bio 207 Anatomy and Physiology 3 Senior Year Credits Mus 309 Directed Study—Music Therapy 2 Professional Residence* Mus 310 Recreational Instruments I oul)es Seinestet Semester Elective Academic Elective 3 Elective Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Academic (Theology) Elective 3 Mus 401 Applied Music Major 2 Psychology Psychology Elective 3 Mus 124,124 Mus 143 Ensemble I Music Therapy Practicurn I I Education Education Elective 4 *In accordance with the recommendations made by the School's faculty, the National Association for Music Education Education Elective 3 Therapy, and taking into consideration performance needs of music therapists, the applied music require- (Developmental Foundations of Ed Orientation to Early Childhood Ed , Foundations of Ed , etc ments for therapy majors are altered in this manner Upon satisfactory completion of the first two years as Elective Academic Elective 2 an applied major on the instrument of the individual's choice, determined by audition and juries with the appropriate faculty, the student may study one or several instruments for the remaining two years This Mus 490 Student Teaching 12 will enable the student to develop a degree of versatility which can be of considerable use in the practice of MUSIC EDUCATION—MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY music therapy Freshman Year Credits COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Comses Fall Spring Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 APPLIED MUSIC Mus 101 102 Applied Music Major 2 2 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, 402 118, 119, 218, 219 Applied Music Mus 113,114 Piano Class 2 2 Applied Music Major for the Bachelor of Minor—Jazz Class I er each Mus 131,132 Theory 2 2 Science in Music Education 2 cr each For non-piano majors Jazz piano techniques Mus 133 134 Musicianship 2 2 The study of voice, piano, organ, string, wind or including comping, harmonic continuity through Mus 121,122 Eurhvthmics 2 2 percussion instruments throughout all semesters common chord progressions, using triads and 7th Mus chords 219 many include more advanced comp- 143,143 Ensemble 103, 104, 203, 204, 303, 304, 403, 404 Mus ing, harmonic continuity through standard and 107 Music Therapy Orientation 3 Applied Music Major for Mus 124 Music Therapy Practicurn jazz songs and harmonic extensions of 9ths I Iths, See the Bachelor of Music 2 or 3 er and 13ths 101 Survey of Sociology Private study of voice, piano, organ, string, wind, English 101 102 English Composition or percussion instruments throughout all semes- 400 Recital 2 cr Sophomore Year ters Credits are distributed according to depart- Transfer of Credit Transfer credit in the under- Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 mental curricula graduate program can be evaluated by a faculty Mus 201,202 Applied Music Major 2 The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree panel Mus 213,214 Piano Class 2 must give a recital during the senior year The Changing Assigned Applied Music Teacher Mus 231,232 Theory 2 recital will be presented to a faculty committee for Mus 233 234 Musicianship 2 Changes in assigned teachers can become effective approval at least one month prior to the date of only at the beginning of a new semester and can- Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 the performance Mus 143,143 Ensemble not be accomplished while a semester is in pro- gress The student must discuss the feasibility of a Psych 103 Introduction to Psychology 111, 112, 211, 212, 218, 219, 311, 312, 3 proposed change with the appropriate chairman Mus 108 Music in Therapy 411, 412 Applied Music Minor for all Bachelor Degrees 1 cr each Mus 124,124 Music Therapy Practicurn BACHELOR OF MUSIC Elective Academic Elective All students must choose an applied music minor upon entrance Those students who do not elect Junior Year Bassoon Mus piano as a major must study it as a secondary 105 105 Seminar instrument Mus 103, 104 3 cr each *301 302 Applied Music Students not majoring in piano must satisfy the Mus Scales and arpeggios in all keys, Kovar scales, five 315 Piano Improvisation oi following piano requirements before graduation note studies and interval studies, selected studies Mus Methods Class of your choice (a) construct and play with facility major and and Weissenborn and Milde, solos by Weis- Mus 185,186 Voice Class Methods minor scales and cadences in all keys (b) read senborn, Foret and Mouquet Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music simple four-part music (c) play a simple Clementi Mus 143,143 Ensemble Sonatina and excerpts from Schumann's "Album 203, 204 3 er each Psych 202 Educational Psychology for the Young", or their equivalent A student Continue scales and arpeggios, Kovar technical Education 309 Foundations in Special Education majoring in piano or organ will select an applied studies, Oubradous Scales and Daily Drills, Mus 374 Music and Movement for the Exceptional Child music minor with the guidance of his advisor Stu- Milde Concert Studies, Handel, Sonata in C Phvsics Acoustics dents who fall to meet the minimum requirements Minor, solos by Bozza and Vidal Mus 308 Influence of Music on Behavior in the time allotted for their particular degree must 303, 304 3 cr each Ed 002 Drug Abuse continue study until the requirements have been Oubradous, Scales and Daily Dnlls, Milde, Con- Mus 124,124 Music Thcrapv Practicurn fulfilled cert Studies, Orefici, Bravura Studies, selected

94 95 passages from the Bach Canatas, Mozart Concerto Op 37, Kuhlau, Duets, Sonatas of the Baroque Guitar-Jazz 303,304 3 cr each in B flat, Beethoven Quintet representative con- Period Solos by Doppler, Chaminade, Mozart, Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes, temporary solos, orchestra studies Moyse, Kuhlau 103, 104 3 cr each opus 34 Pieces grade of difficulty of Hindemith, Evaluation of student's abilities basic technique Sonata, Handel, Concerto in Bb major, Ravel, 403, 404 3 cr each 203 ' 204 3 cr each and reading abilities including reading knowledge Introduction and Allegro Gambaro, Etudes for Bassoon, Bozza, Fifteen Taffanel-Gaubert Scales, scales in thirds and through VII positions' all major scales in all posi- 403,404 3 cr each Daily Studies, Sonatas by Hindemith and Saint- sixths, chromatic scales, arpeggios and trills tions, Berklee Method Book I and Melodic Technical studies Pieces grade of difficulty of Saens, orchestral and chamber music studies, Anderson, Etudes Op 21, Boehm, Caprices Op Rhythm Studies Book by William G Leavitt, Faure Impromptu, C P E Bach, Sonata, Salzedo, Bozza, Concertino the contra bassoon 26, Moyse, De la Sonorite Selected duets by basic chord theory, basic position folk chords and Scintillation, Debussy, Danses Sacre et Profane Kuhlau, Koechlin, etc concertos by Haydn and alterations, all barre chords, and working knowl- Clarinet Mozart, sonatas by LeClair, J S Bach and edge of basic jazz chord forms, beginning study of Horn 103,104 3 cr each Vivaldi, L Moyse,^ French Music for Flute chord-melody solo playing and single-note tech- 103, 104 3 cr each Scales and arpeggios in various articulations, niques, standard guitar solos Scales and arpeggios in all keys, review of funda- Langenus, Scale Studies, Rose, Forty Studies, 303,304 3 cr each 203, 204 mentals etudes from Kopprasch, Pottag, and Cavallini, Thirty Caprices, Weber, Fantasy, Le Continue scale study, Taffanel-Gaubert, Progres- 3 cr each Mueller, selected etudes from Mozart and Strauss Fevre, Fantasie Caprice, J B Albert, 24 Varied sive Studies, Barrere, The Flutists Formulae, Continue single-note technique, chord studies, all Etudes, H Klose, Part 11 Anderson, Etudes Op 30, Altes-Barrere, 26 major and minor scales, continue chord-melody 203, 204 3 cr each Selected Studies, Moyse, Etudes et Exercises Tech- ,playing, Joe Pass Guitar Style, Improvised Chord Continuing of fundamentals, etudes from Kling, 203, 204 3 cr each niques, Torchio-Wummer, Orchestral Studies, Solos and Single Note Improvised Solos Books, Belloh, Alphonse, selected solos from Mozart, Scales and arpeggios continued, Rose, Twenty Bach, sonatas and arias from the religious works intensive rhythm jazz chord studies (may use Haydn, R Strauss, orchestral studies Studies after Rode, Jeanjean, Twenty-five Etudes, Arrieu, Sonatme, Telemann, Suite in a minor, M Bucky Pizzarelli's A Touch of Glass or Ronny Weber Concertos, Mozart, Quintet for Clarinet Moyse, Golden Age, Solos by Hue, Enesco, Grif- Lee's Jazz Guitar Method Bk 11), intensive chord- 303-304 3 cr each and Strings, Weber First Concerto, representative fes, Gaubert, and Varese melody playing, including arrangements done by Etudes from Alphonse Gallay, Pottag, selected contemporary solos, orchestral studies the student, beginning single-note improvisation, solos from Beethoven, Dukas, and Saint-Saens, 403, 404 3 cr each standard guitar repertoire, Berklee Method Book I orchestral studies 303, 304 3 cr each Taffanel-Gaubert Scales, the half note equals MM 403-404 Oubradous, Scales and Daily Drills, Milde, Con- 3 cr each 120, scales in thirds, sixths, octaves and tenths, 303,304 3 er each cert Studies, selected passages from the Bach Can- Etudes from Alphone, Schuller, and Gallay, solos Moyse, De la Sonorite, Mechanism and Chromat- Continue rhythm playing studies, chord-melody tatas, Mozart Concerto, Beethoven Quintet, from Schumann, Dukas, and Saint-Saens, orches- ics, Anderson, Etudes Artistiques Op 15, includ- playing, and single-note improvisation studies, Weber, 2nd Concerto, Brahms Sonatas, French tral studies ing the memorization of certain selected studies, Berklee Method Book 111, chord-soloing and Contemporary solos, representative contemporary Anderson Op 63, Jeanjean, Etudes Modernes, development of repertoire, including solos by Oboe solos, orchestral studies A minor for George M Smith, Eddie Lang, Dick McDonough, Orchestral Studies, Bach, Sonata in 103, 104 3 cr each Hindemith, Rei- Carl Kress, John Smith, Tony Mottola, George 403,404 3 cr each unaccompanied flute sonatas by Review of basic technique, Barret Studies, Van Eps, Single-string studies, Bach inventions, Jeanjean, Sixteen Modern Studies, Perrier, necke, Concerto by Ibert, works by representative Andraud, Vade Mecum, scales and arpeggios in all Kreutzer violing studies, Paganim violin studies Vingtdeux Etudes Modernes, Spohr, Concertos, contemporary composers keys, Telemann, Sonata in A minor, solos by Debussy, Premier Rhapsodic, Weber, Grand Duo Schumann, Handel and Bach 403,404 3 cr each Concertante, representative contemporary solos Guitar-Classical 203, 204 and sonatas Intensive single-note improvisation and improvi- 3 cr each 103, 104 3 cr each sational lines, REH Publications for single-note Continue scales and arpeggios including scales in Double Bass Evaluation of student's abilities and basic correc- study (Diono, Carlson, Mock, Kato, Hutchinson, thirds and measured trills, Barret, Grand Etudes tions if necessary Scales, major and minor up to Joe Pass' Jazz Solos and Jazz Classics), Charlie and Duets, Andraud, Vade Mecum, Bleuzet, 103,104 3 cr each four sharps and flats, Carcassi Method, selected Christian Studies, Howard Roberts' Method and selected studies from Technique of the Oboe, Han- Scales and intervals in all keys, Simandl, Thirty studies from Carcassi Twenty-Five Etudes Op 60, Materials, Wes Montgomery's Octave-Style Play- del sonatas, Marcello Concerto Etudes Selected pieces Orchestral studies ing understanding -ftision" music, chord-melody Renaissance dances, works by Carulli, Aguado, 303,304 3 cr each arranging from traditional and contemporary liter- 203, 204 3 cr each Sor Continue scales and arpeggios, Bleuzet, selected ature, record transcription both already existing Hrabe, Eight-six Etudes, Short pieces by Kous- studies for range and endurance, orchestral stud- and ones done by the student (Coryell, Pass sevitsky and Bottesim Orchestral studies 203, 204 3 cr each ies, Cimaros, Concerto, paris Conservatory solos, Barnes, Burrell, Roberts, DeMaeola, Benson and All Scales major and minor, two and three representative contemporary compositions 303,304 3 cr each octaves, Henze Method, Sor Concert Etudes, one others ) Nanny, Etudes de Kreutzer et de Fiorillo, con- suite and selected pieces from the Renaissance and 403,404 3 cr each certos by Koussevitsky, Dittersdory and Bottesim, Baroque, works by Luis Milan, Tarrega, Ponce, Harp Blauzet, Technique of the Oboe, scales in all artic- Orchestral studies and Villa-Lobos ulations, scales in groups of five and seven, scales 103, 104 3 cr each by interval, arpeggios and broken arpeggios, 403,404 3 cr each 303, 304 3 cr each Lariviere Exercises and technical studies Standard orchestral studies including the works of J S Nanny, Dix Etudes Caprices, Storch, Twenty Con- Continuation of technical studies of the first two orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes opus 318, Book 11 Bach, sonatas by Telemann and Hindemith, solos cert Etudes, concertos by Koussevitsky and years, lute music transcribed for guitar, Dowland, Pieces grade of difficulty of Grandjany Ana in by Busser, Jolivet, Rivier, Mozart Concerto, Dragonetti, Orchestral studies Bach, Sor Concert Etudes and Sonatas, chamber Classic Style, Tourmer, Images (Suite 1), Saint- Symphonic Concertante and Quartet, Concerto by Boccherini, Schubert, Saens, Fantasie Goosens, contemporary solos Flute ensemble works by Scheidler, lbert, Paganim Organ 103, 104 3 cr each 203, 204 3 cr each Analysis of student's plaving and basic corrections 403,404 3 er each Technical studies Bochsa Etudes, opus 62 Stan- 103, 104 2-3 cr each if necessary, Taflanel-Gaubert, scales, scales in Bach suite, a sonata or suite by a 20th-century dard orchestra cadenzas Pieces of grade difficulty Review of basic organ technique Selected works thirds, trills Selected studies by M Moyse and composer, concerto by Vivaldi, Giuliani, Caruli, of Tourmer, Feerie, Rousseau, Variations Paste- from the early English, Italian, German and Andersen, Etudes Op 33 and 37, Boehm Etudes, or by a 20th-century composer rales, Grandjany, Fantasie on a Theme of Haydn French schools Bach, Orgelbuchlien, selected 97 96 phrasing, control Elements of tympani technique, 403,404 3 cr each and Alto Clefs, P Masson, Method-Thirty Cap- preludes and fugues Vierne, 24 Pieces Langlais Bach English Suites Paititas Toccatas Well- Dupre, Franck Organ Class 1, Pedal Scales in all their application to classical literature, tuning pricio Studies, Bozza Twelve Fantasies, Rudimentary xylophone technique, scales arpeg- Tempered Clavier Beethoven sonatas from mid- Telemann Ballade, Grondahl Concerto, Band major keys pedals alone Hymn playing transposi- dle and late peiiods more extensive compositions tion, modulations to closely related keys Intro- gios, forms and Orchestral studies Also study of Bass Trom- frorn the Romantic Peiiod Ravel Jeu d'eau bone duction to figured bass and harmonization of sim- 203, 204 3 cr each Debussy Estarnpes at least on work selected from ple melodies Advanced snare drum studies, repertoire Three the standard conceito literature contemporary Trombone and Euphonium cr each and four tvmpam exercises, orchestral literature 203, 204 2-3 literature Continue scales and arpeggios 103, 104 3 cr each Selected works by Brahms, Mendelssohn, Schu- Intermediate xylophone studies, transcriptions for solo All major and minor scales and straight arpeggios mann Hindemith Joseph Willcox Jenkins, Six Sa\ophone m in quarter note 72 Remington warmups Pieces Dupre, Antiphons Messiaen, Le Banquet 303,304 3 er each 103, 104 3 cr each Stacey, Lip studies Arban, Complete Methods for Celeste or Ascension Suite, mvts I or 4 Langlais, Tympani study through romantic and contempo- Mule Scales and Arpeggios Small, 27 Melodious Trombone, Blume Studies Vol 1, Rochut, Melo- Franck, Schroeder or Pepping, Vierne, Pieces de rary literature Advanced xylophone exercises, Fantaiste Bach, Orgelbuchlem,SchublerChorales, and Rhvilimic Exercises Labanchi-lasilli, 33 Con- dious Studies Vol I La Fosse Sight Reading stud- transciptions Latin American instrumental tech- ceit Eludes Vol I Conceitino by Muhhaud ies Voxman, selected studies Concerti Preludes and Fugues, Trio Sonatas niques, use of special accessories in late 19th and Organ Class 11 Continuation of pedal scales, 20th century literature Repertoire in ail instru- 203, 204 3 cr each 203, 204 3 cr each hands and feet Hymn playing Modulation, trans- ments Mule Scales and Aipeggios Vol 11 Lainotte 18 All major and minor scales and straight arpeggios position counterpoint and figured bass Contin- Studies for Sa\ophone Saiviani-lasilli, Exercises one or two octaves, in simple and compound ued harmonization of melodies Score and clef 403 404 3 er each in All the Piactical Keys Guillon, Sontaine rhvthmic patterns MM quarter note = 72 Stacey Examination1 of representative solo material for all Glazounov concerto Lip Flexibility, Arban Complete Method for reading percussion instruments, preparation of solo for Trombone, Intensive study of tonguing (single 303,304 2-3 cr each recital 303, 304 3 cr each double and triple) La Fosse, Sight Reading Stud- Selected works by D'Aqum, deGrigny, Handel, Mule Scales and Arpeggios Vol III Left, 24 ies, Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 11 Blume, Mozart, Sweelinck, Franck Langlais, Messiaen, Piano Eludes Capella 20 Grand Eludes Bozza 12 Studies Vol 11, Kopprasch Studies Vol 1, studv of Eludes Bozza Concertino lbert, Concertmo Bach, Preludes and Fugues, Trio Sonatas, 103, 104 3 cr each tenor clef Guilmant, Morceau Symphonique, Orgelbuchlien, Great 18 chorales Works by con- Bach, Three-Part Inventions, Haydn and Mozart, 403, 404 3 cr each Ropartz Andante and Allegro orchestral and temporary American composers selected sonatas, Beethoven, Op 10 and Op 14, Rascher Top Tones and Foul Octave Studies band studies Organ Class 111, Continuation of pedal scales, Chopin waltzes, mazurkas, nocturnes selections Mule 53 Studies Lvon Thirty-two Studies 303, 304 3 cr each hymn playing, accompaniments, transposition, fig- from modern repertoire Major and minor scales Moritz Concerto, Conternpoiary solos orchestra Gaetke Daily Lip and Tongue Exercises, Gaetke ured bass, clef reading in open score, conducting in different rhythms and tempi, and deminished studies Scales and Arpeggios, Rochut, Melodious Studies from the console arpeggios Trombone Vol III Blume, Studies Vol 111, Kopprasch, Stud- 403,404 2-3 cr each 203, 204 3 cr each ies Vol 11, Bla7hevich, Clef Studies, Bach Cello Franck, Chorales, Messiaen, Nativite, Lizst, Scarlatti, selected sonatas, Bach, Well-Tempered 103, 104 3 cr each Suites transcribed for Trombone Blazhevich, Dupre, Durufle, Langlais, Vierne and Widor, Sym- Clavier, Beethoven, Op 22, Op 31, Chopm, Tone production and diaphragmatic breathing Concert Duets, Sanders Sonata, Gaillard Six phonies, Alain, Tournemire and selected works by preludes, impromptus, and nocturnes, Brahms, embOUchuie development Lip studies Remen- Sonatas, Vivaldi, Cello Sonatas Hindemith, contemporary composers, Bach, Passacaglia and Intermezzi, Rhapsodies, selections from Impres- ington or Stacey and Gaetke Dailv Lip and Sonata, Orchestral Studies Fugue, extended Preludes and Fugues, sionistic and Contemporary repertoire All major Tongue exercises All major and minor scales and 403, 404 3 cr each Clavierubang Part III selections Recital and minor scales, dominant and diminished sev- aipeggios Methods Voxman Rouchut Melodius Gaetke, Lip Flexibility, La Fosse, Complete Eludes I R Fink Clef Studies, Arban Complete 407, 408 Service Playing I cr each enth arpeggios Method for Trombone, Blazhevich 26 Sequences Method La Fosse School of Sight Reading Stud- in Bass, Tenor and Alto Clefs, P Creston, Fantasy The objective of this course is to develop the ser- 303, 304 3 cr each ies vice playing skills necessary to play for church Bach, French Suites, Partitas, Well-Tempered Cla- J Casterede Fantasic D Milhand Concerto services of all denominations through a study of vier, Beethoven, sonatas of the difficulty of Op 10 203, 204 3 cr each d'Hiver orchestral studies applied harmony, counterpoint, hymnody, Tone production embouchure development, lip No 3, Chopin, Scherzi, Ballades, and Eludes, Trumpet anthem accompaniments and conducting from the Schumann, Fantasiestucke Papillons, Debussy, flembilily clef studies Major and minor scales in console Preludes, selected Contemporary repertoire Con- all kevs and aipeggios Rochut Melodious Eludes 103, 104 3 cr each 11 Blue Studies Complete Kopprasch Tonguing 431, 432 Organ Improvisation 2 cr each tinue scales and dominant and diminished sev- Major and Minor scales and arpeggios Schloss- A practical application of the basic tools of enth arpeggios, plus major and minor arpeggios studies Single Double and Tjiplc Arban Com- berg Daily Drills, Clark, Technical Studies, plete Method Solos Golliard Sonata Marceau, Arban, Complete Method, Hering, The Orchestra improvisation including harmonization of melo- 313 Piano Pedagogy 1 2 cr each dies at the organ and the use of two and three Symphonique Ropartz andante and allegio Trumpeter, Corelli/Fitzgerald, Sonata VIII Students will become acquainted with the tech- orchestral studies K Brown and Band studies Latharn, Suite voice counterpoint in varying styles, short ABA niques and matenals for teaching piano at the ele- forms and chorale preludes with emphasis on their mentary level For piano majors, junior standing 303, 304 3 er each 203, 204 3 cr each liturgical application is required Siacy lip studies or Gaetke Dailv lip and tongue Scales in rhythmic and articulation patterns, Con- 413 Organ Pedagogy 2 cr each e\ercises RouchUt Melodious Eludes III Werner, tinued Schlossberg and Clark Sachse, 100 Eludes Students learn through demonstation the philoso- 314 Piano Pedagog) 11 2 cr each Thiriv-eight Studies Blazhevich Clef studies Goldman, Practical Studies, Glantz, The Com- phies, methods, and matenals of teaching both A continuation of 313 concentrating on the tech- Bach Cello suites transciibed for trombone La plete Harry Glantz, P M Dubois, 12 Eludes beginning and advanced students Junior standing niques and materials for teaching piano at the Fosse Hindemith Sonata Vivaldi cello sonatas varlees, J Haydn, Concerto, E Bozza, Caprice, H intermediate and advanced levels is required Handel Sonata #3 in F Major Oichestral and Purcell Sonata Band exeipts (K Brown) 243, 244, 343, 344 Piano 303, 304 3 cr each Percussion Accompanying 2 cr each 403, 404 2 cr each Major and minor diatonic scales, Continued 103, 104 3 er each This course is designed for the undergraduate with Gaetke Lip Flexibiliv, La Fosse complete Schlossberg and Sachse, Nagel, Speed Studies, Fundamental snare drum technique and its appli- the purpose of affording the student instruction in method School of Sight reading D E F, Brandt 34 Studies, Charlier, 36 Eludes, Bartold, cation to musical notation, exercises in rhythm the art of piano accompanying Blazhevich Twentv-six Sequences in Bass, Tenor Oichestral Excerpts, M Gisondi, Bach for the

98 99

Trumpet, J N Hummel, Concerto, P Hindemith, Violin 403,404 2-3 cr each 201, 202 2 cr each Sonata, G F Handel, Suite in D Major Continuation of technical exercises 103, 104 3 cr each All students Scales continued including thumb positions, should have at least one complete oratorio and Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, scales in Simandl Method continued, selected pieces 403,404 3 cr each one complete opera role ready for performance thirds, sixths, octaves, tenths, harmonics, Fiorillo before graduation The student's repertoire should 301,302 2 cr each M Broiles, Studies and Ducts, Vol 1, R Sabarich, or Kreutzer, concertos by Bach, Mozart, contain representative songs in Italian, French, Scales and intervals continued, Simandl Method 10 Etudes, Continued Bartold, Orchestral Vieuxtemps, Wieniawski, Bruch, Lalo, short German, and English, including significant exam- completed, Simandl, Thirty Etudes, selected Excerpts, Kennan, Sonata, J M Molter,Concerto pieces from the romantic period No 1, G Enesco, Legend ples of contemporary vocal literature The stu- pieces, violoncello sonatas by Marcello and others, 203, 2^4 3 cr each dent's senior recital should include examples from orchestral studies Continued study of repertoire listed above, Kreut- all of these Tuba zer or Rode 401,402 2 cr each 349,350,449,450 Simandl, Thirty Etudes, selected studies from 103, 104 3 cr each 303,304 3 cr each Hrable, Eighty-six Etudes, pieces Vocal Repertoire 2 er each by Koussevitsky Scales and arpeggios in all keys, review of tone Scales and arpeggios continued, Rode or Gavinies, and others, orchestral studies production, Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 1, Bach Solo Sonatas and Partitias, any of the major Study and performance of vocal solo and ensem- Blume Studies Vol 1, selected solos sonatas and concertos (Beethoven, Brahms, Men- ble literature Four semesters encompass Italian, Flute delssohn, Bartok, Siberlius, Tschaikovsky) German, French, and English music, with concen- 203,204 3 cr each tration on one category each semester 101, 102 2 er each 403,404 3 cr each Kohler, Etudes Book 1, Terschak Studies, Drouet, Scales and arpeggios in all keys with various artic- Scales and arpeggios continued, Dont Op 35 or MUSIC EDUCATION 25 Celebrated Etudes, M Moyse, selected etudes, ulations, Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 11, Paganini Caprices, continue solo Bach and study scales and arpeggios in all keys, selected solos, Blume Studies Vol II, selected solos, orchestral of major concertos and sonatas Bassoon and band studies Sonatas by Marcello, Handel, Blavet, and Violoncello 101, 102 2 cr each Telemann 303,304 3 cr each All scales and arpeggios, Weisenborn Op 8 Vol 1, 103, 104 3 cr each Milde Studies, Galliard, 6 Sonatas for Bassoon 201,202 2 er each Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 111, Blume Stud- Scales and arpeggios in three octaves with vaned Continue scales and arpeggios, Drouet, 25 Cele- ies, Vol 111, Blazhevich, Seventy Etudes, Eby, bowings Duport Studies, Franchomme, Twelve 201, 202 2 cr each brated Etudes, Anderson, Etudes Op 37 selected Bass Studies, selected solos, orchestral studies Caprices Sonatas of Veracim, Locatelli, and Boc- Continue scales and arpeggios with various articu- solos from 19th century composers, Sonatas of chenni latibns, Weissenborn Op 8 Vol 11, continue Milde Baroque composers 403,404 3 cr each Studies, Kovar Studies, Weinberger, Sonatine 203, 204 3 cr each I Grigoriev, Tuba Studies, Bernard, Etudes and 301,302 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios in four octaves with vaned 301, 302 2 cr each Exercises for Tuba, transcriptions of horn and Anderson Etudes, Op 33 and Op 2 1, Berbiquier, bowings, scales in thirds, sixths and octaves, chro- Milde, Studies in all Keys, Jancourt, Grand violoncello literature, solos by Cimera, Barat, Studies, Taffanel-Gaubert, Daily Studies, all scales matic scales, and seventh chords Franchomme, Method Book 11, Kavor Studies, solos by Marcello Schroen, orchestral literature and Cools, orchestral studies and arpeggios in various anculations, pieces by Twelve Caprices, Dupont, Etudes Concertos by Anderson, Widor, Quantz, Handel sonatas Romberg, Popper and Samt-Saens, sonatas by Viola 401,402 2 cr each Bocchenni and Haydn Orchestral studies Con- Selected stu , dies from Milde, Concert Studies Vol 401,402 2 cr each temporary works 103, 104 3 cr each 1, Telemann, Sonata, orchestral studies Anderson, Etudes Op 30, Taffanel-Gaubert Scales, scales in thirds and in sixths, chromatic scales, Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, selected 303,304 3 cr each Clarinet arpeggios and trills, sonatas by Handel, Telemann scales in thirds, sixths and octaves, Flesch, Scale Continue scales etudes by Servais and Piatti, Con- and Blavet, representative contemporary pieces, Studies, Sevcik, Studies (Lifsehey), Campagnoli, certos by Davidoff, Dohnanyi, Lalo, Boellmann, 101, 102 2 cr each and Paris conservatory solos Forty-one Caprices, Fuchs, Twelve Caprices, Symphonic Variations, six solo sonatas of Bach Scales and arpeggios Klose, Celebrated Method Orchestral Studies Contemporary works for Clarinet, Part 11, Baerman, Method Book 11, Enesco, Concert Piece Guitar-Classical selected solos 403,404 3 cr each 203, 204 3 cr each Etudes by Servals, Piatti and Popper Concertos by 201, 202 2 cr each 101, 102 2 cr each All major and minor scales and arpeggios, scales in Haydn Boccherini, Elgar, Barber, Schubert, Continue scales and arpeggios in various articula- Evaluation of student's abilities and basic correc- octaves, thirds, sixths, and tenths Selected studies Arpeggione Sonata Contemporary solos and sona- tions continue Klose Method, Rose, 32 Studies tions if necessary Scales, major and minor up to from Rode Caprices, Hermann, Sox Concert tas Orchestral studies and chamber music litera- for Clarinet, Voxman, Duets, selected solos four sharps and flats, Carcassi Method, selected Studies Op 18 Concertos by C P E Bach, and ture studies from Carcassi Twenty-Five Etudes Op 60, 301, 302 ^ Hoffineister, Vaughan-Williams, Suite, Sonata by 2 cr each Renaissance dances, works by Carulli, Aguado, Langenus, Scale Studies, continue Rose, Milhaud, parts from orchestral and chamber Voice 32 stud- Sor ies, Klose, 20 Characteristic Studies, Weber, Fan- music literature 2-3 cr each 103, 104 tasy and Rondo, orchestral and band studies 201, 202 2 cr each Technical exercises to fit the needs of the student 1 All scales major and minor, two and three octaves, 303,304 3 cr each 401, 402 2 cr each Literature from all periods to fit the needs of the Henze Method, Sor Concert Etudes, One suite and Continue scales and arpeggios Selections from Continue Langenus, Scale Studies, Rose, 42 Stud- student selected pieces from the Renaissance and Baroque, Rode, Caprices and Gavinies, Twenty-four Mati- ies, Polatchak, 12 Etudes for Clarinet, Mozart, 2-3 cr each works by Luis Milan Tarrega, Ponce, and Villa- nees Sonatas by Brahms and Creston Viola parts 203, 204 Concerto in A, solos by Jeanjean, contemporary Lobos from orchestral and chamber music literature Continuation of technical exercises More chal- solos, orchestral studies lenging repertoire from all periods 301,302 2 er each 3 cr each Double Bass 403,404 303, 304 2-3 cr each Continuation of technical studies of the first two Selected Studies from Paganim, Caprices, Reger, Continuation of technical exercises Opera and 101, 102 2 cr each years, lute music transcribed for guitar, Dowland, Three Suites, Bach, unaccompanied violin or vio- oratorio repertoire emphasized in addition to All positions up to thumb position, scales and Bach, Sor Concert Etudes and Sonatas, chamber loncello works transcribed for viola, Bloch, Suite more advanced concert repertoire and including intervals in all keys, Simandl, New Method for the ensembel works by Boccherini, Schubert, for Viola, concertos by Bartok, Walton, Porter contemporary theater repertorie Double Bass Scheidler, lbert, Paganini

ON [Kill 401,402 2 cr each of, Tourmer Fecrie, Rousseau, Variations Pasto- early Italian German, and French schools Bach, available materials and sources for solo perform- Bach suite a sonata or suite by a 20th-century rales Grandjany, Fantasie on a Theme of Haydn Orgelbuchlein selections, 8 short Preludes and ances by Vivaldi Giuliani Carulli, Fugues and selected preludes cornposei concerto 301, 302 2 er each and fugues Organ Class I Piano or b^ a 20th-century composer Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes, pedal scales in all major keys, pedals alone, hymn playing, introduction to figured bass Opus 34, Pieces giade of difficulty of Hindemith, 101, 102 2 cr each Guitar-Ja// and harmonization of simple melodies Sonata, Handel Concerto in Bb major Ravel, Bach, two part inventions, short preludes and 101, 102 2 cr each Introduction and Allegro 201, 202 2 cr each fugues, easier sonatas of Haydn and Mozart, Bee- Evaluation of student's abilities, basic technique thoven, Rondo in 401, 402 2 cr each Selected works by Brahms Mendelssohn, Joseph C, easier nocturnes and mazur- and reading abilities including reading knowledge Technical studies, Pieces grade of difficulty of Wilcox Jenkins Six Pieces, Dupre, Antiphons, kas of Chopin Major scales M M quarter note through VII positions all major scales in all posi- equals 96, Faure, Impromptu, C P E Bach, Sonata, Salzedo, Messiaen, Le Banquet Celeste of Ascension Suite, diminished seventh arpeggios M M tions Berklee Method Book I and Melodic quarter note equals Scintillation, Debussy, Danses Sacre et Profane mvis I or 4, Langlais, Franch, selected works by 88 All scales and arpeggios in RhNthm Studies Book by William G Leavitt, contemporary composers, Bach, Orgelbuchlem, triplet and quadruplet rhythms basic chord theory basic position folk chords and Horn Schubler Chorales, selected preludes and figures alterations all barre chords and a woiking knowl- 201, 202 2 cr each Organ Class 11 pedal scales hands and feet in all edge of basic jazz chord forms beginning study of 101, 102 2 cr each Bach, two and three part inventions, sonatas of major and minor keys, hymn playing, modula- chord-melody solo playing and single-note tech- Fundamentals of tone production, major scales Haydn and Mozart, easier sonatas of Beethoven, tions, transposition, score reading, continued har- and arpeggios, chromatic scales, ability to read in nocturnes and waltzes of Chopin, Schumann Op niques standard guitar solos monizations of melodies at least two clefs, selected etudes from Schand, 15, Scales Major and Minor M M quarter note 201, 202 2 cr each equals 104 Dominant and diminished seventh Kopprasch, selected solos 301, 302 2 cr each Continue single-note technique chord studies, all arpeggios M M quarter note equals Selected works by D'Aqum, Clerambault, Swee- 96 majoi and minor scales continue chord-melody 201, 202 2 cr each linck, Franck, Langlais, Messiaen, Bach, preludes 301,302 playing Joe Pass Guitar Stvle, Improvised Chord Extension of range in all keys and articulations, 2 cr each and fugues, trio sonatas, Orgelbuchlem, Great Solos and Single Note Improvised Solos Books, prepatoiy trill and multiple tonguing studies, Kop- 18 Bach, selected preludes and fugues from Well- Chorales, works by contemporary composers intensive rhythm jazz chord studies (may use prasch, Mueller, and Alphonse etudes, selected Tempered Clavier, Beethoven, Op 10 and Op 14 Organ Class III Continuation of pedal scales, Buckv Pizzaielli s A Touch of Glass or Ronny solos from F Strauss, Haydn, and Mozart sonatas, Chopin, Preludes and Nocturnes, selec- hymn playing, score reading, transpositions, fig- tions from Impressionistic and Contemporary rep- Lee's Jazz Guitar Method Bk 11), intensive chord- 301, 302 2 er each ured bass, counterpoint accompaniments of ertoire Continuation of major and minor scales, melody playing including arrangements done by Continuing work on fundamentals, ability to play anthems and canticles dominant and diminished seventh, and major the student beginning single-note improvisation, in all clefs Mueller Kling, and Alphonse, etudes, 1 arpeggios standard guitai repertoire Berklee Method Book selected solos from Mozart, R Strauss, and Bach, 401,402 2 cr each 301, 302 2 cr each orchestral studies Selected works by Franck, Langlais, Tournemire, 401, 402 2 cr each Vierne, Alain, and other contemporary compos- Bach, French Suites, selected preludes and fugues, Continue rhythm playing studies chord-melody 401, 402 2 cr each ers Bach, preludes and fugues, partitas, Beethoven, Op 2 No 2 and 3, Op 28, Op 31, playing and single-note improvisation studies, Continuing work in fundamentals selected etudes Clavierubung Part III selections Organ Class IV Preludes and Impromptus of Chopin Brahms, Berklee Method Book III Chord-soloing and and solos including contemporary works, major pedal scales, free hymn accompaniments, anthem Intermezzi, selections from Contemporary reper- development of repertoire, including solos by chamber music works, orchestral studies George M Smith Eddie Lang Dick McDonough, accompaniments and conducting from the con- toire Continue scales, dominant and diminished sole seventh, and major and minor arpeggios Cad Kiess Johnny Smith Tony Mottola George Oboe Van Eps Single-string studies Bach inventions 101, 102 2 er each Percussion Saxophone Kreutzer violin studies Paganini violin studies Review of previous work by student and correc- 101, 102 2 cr each 101, 102 2 cr each 401, 402 2 cr each tive exercises as necessary, scales and arpeggios, All major and minor scales and arpeggios, Univer- Barret, Exercises in Articulation and Progressive Rudimentary snare drum technique, analysis of Intensive single-note improvisation and improvi- sal Method for Saxophone or equivalent material, existing methods Elementary tympani technique, sational lines, REH Publications for single-note Melodies, selected solos, reed making Bassi-lasilli, Concert Etudes, selected solos study (Diorio Carlson Mock, Kato, Hutchinson, uses of tympani in classical literature, tuning Jazz 201, 202 2 cr each Joe Pass' Solos and Jazz Classics) Charlie 201, 202 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios in all keys continue Barret, 201, 202 2 er each Chiistian Studies Howard Roberts' Method and Continue scales and arpeggios with various articu- selected studies from Bleuzet Technique of the Intermediate snare drum studies, elementary xylo- Materials Wes Montgomery's Octave-Style Play- lations, Bassi-lasilli, Concert Etudes, selected Oboe Vol 1, solos by Handel and Schumann, reed phone technique Intermediate tympani studies, ing undeistanding 'fusion" music, choid-melody solos making orchestral literature Beethoven to Wagner Per- arranging front traditional and contemporary litel- formance techniques of most commonly used 301,302 2 cr each ature record transcription both already existing 301, 302 2 cr each equipment Mule, Scales and Arpeggios, Gatti-lasilli, 35 Melo- and ones done by the student (Corvell, Pass Barret, progressive Exercises, Bleuzet, technique dious Technical Exercises, pieces by Faure and Barnes Burrell, Roberts DeMeola, Benson and of the Oboe Vol 11, continue scales and arpeggios 301,302 2 cr eaLh Jeanjean others) in various articulations, Handel sonatas, orches- Use of tympani and percussion in late 19th and tral studies, contemporary solos, reed making 20th century literature Orchestral studies in all 401, 402 2 cr each Harp Mule, Scales and Arpeggios, Gatti-lasilli, 35 Melo- 401,402 2 cr each instruments Examination of percussion ensemble dious Technical Exercises, Labanchi-lasilli, 33 101, 102 2 cr each Barret, Etudes, selected etudes by Ferling, con- materials, group instruction methods Selection Concert Etudes, Premier Solo de concours by Lariviere Exercises and technical studies Standard by Bach and Han- and care of instruments for professional and tinue scales and arpeggios, solos Pares, Mortiz, Sonata for Saxophone, representa- orchestia parts Bochsa Etudes opus 318, Book 11 school use Extension of mallet study del, contemporary solos tive contemporary solos Pieces grade of difficulty of Grandjanv Aria in 401, 402 2 cr each Classic style, Tournier, Images (Suite 1), Saint- Organ Deployment of instruments in band and orchestra Trombone and Euphonium Saens Fantasie 101, 201 2 cr each settings, conducting the percussion ensemble 101, 102 2 cr each 201, 202 2 cr each Gleason, Method of Organ Playing, Stanley, Review of teaching methods in basic techniques Fundamentals of tone production, embouchure Voluntaries, Franck, lOrganist, Vierne, 24 Pieces, Technical studies Bochsa Etudes, opus 62 Stan- the role of the percussion clinician Problems in development, breath support and attack, work in dard orchestra cadenzas Pieces grade of difficulty Dupre, Chorale Preludes, Selected works from the writing and scoring for percussion, discussion of elementary Legato style Arban, Method for

102 103 Trombone, major and minor scales through two 301,302 2 cr each 201, 202 2 cr each Instrumentalists are encouraged to take advan- octaves, selected solos Continue scales and arpeggios, chromatic scales, Scales and arpeggios continued, Duport Etudes, tage of opportunities to participate in choir, key- Bell, Foundations of Tuba and Sousaphone Play- Galeotti, Sonata No 2, Marais Suite, Romberg 2 cr each board or voice majors are likewise encouraged to 201,202 ing, Vandercook, Etudes, Rochut, Melodious Concerto in D minor gain experience in one of the instrumental ensem- All scales and arpeggios, continue drills and Etudes Book 1, Blume Studies Book 1, Tyrrell, 301,302 bles Arban, Method for Trombone, selected studies Advanced Studies for the BB flat Tuba, selected 2 cr each -from Cimera, 170 Etudes, Study of single, double solos, band and orchestra studies Scales and arpeggios continued, Duport Etudes, Small Ensembles 0-1 cr each and triple tonguing Pryor solos and other selected Grutzmacher Etudes, sonatas by Grazioli, Sam- 2 cr each The Small or Minor Ensembles include Brass materials, band and orchestral studies 401,402 martini, Goltermann Concerto No 1 Ensemble Guitar Ensemble, Jazz Ensemble, Per- Rochut, Melodious Etudes Book 11, Blume Studies 401,402 cussion Ensemble, String Orchestra, Tamburitza 301,302 2 cr each Book 11, Blazhevich, Etudes for The BB flat Bass, 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios as before but including thirds, Ensemble, and Woodwind Ensemble See cata- Continue technical exercises, Stacey, Lip Flexibil- band and orchestra studies logues ity, Rochut, Melodious Etudes Book 1-11, Blume, sixths and octaves Duport Studies, selected stud- Studies Book 1, La. Fosse, Sight Reading Studies, Violin ies from Franchomme, 12 Caprices, Concerto No 115 Opera Coaching 1 cr each 2 Romberg, Sonatas by Nardim and Sammartim, Individual work with pianst as a supplement to study of tenor clef, Croce-Spinelli, Solo de Con- 101, 102 2 cr each orchestral studies cours, Alary, Contest Pieces, Morel, Piece in F Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, scales in opera workship minor thirds, sixths, octaves (Flesch), Dont, Schradieck, Voice 116 Opera Workshop 0-1 cr each 2 cr each Mazas, or Kreutzer, Baroque period concertos and A performing class in which students learn stan- 401,402 sonatas, concertos Bach and Mozart 101, 102 2 cr each Continue technical exercises, Stacey, Lip Flexibil- dard and other opera repertory in English and the Technical exercises to fit the needs of the student original languages ity, Kopprasch, Book 1-11, Rochut, Melodious 201,202 2 cr each Literature from all periods to fit the vocal needs of Etudes Book 111, Blazhevich, Clef Studies, study of Scales and arpeggios continued, Fiorillo or Kreut- the student 141 Chamber Music 2 cr each zer, concertos of Bach, DeBeriot, Mozart, Rode, bass trombone, Guilmant, Morceau Sympho- Study and performance of all types of chamber nique, Cimera, Valse Petite, Ropartz, Andante and Viotti 201, 202 2 cr each music for the various instrumental combinations Continuation of technical exercises More chal- and Allegro 301, 302 2 cr each lenging repertoire from all periods 248-249 Percussion Ensemble 0-1 cr each Trumpet Scales and arpeggios continued, Kreutzer or Rode, short pieces of the Romantic period, standard con- 301,302 Meets on Fridays, 1 15-3 05 pm Required of all 2 cr each Percussion Majors The objective is to perform 101, 102 21cr each certos and sonatas Continuation of technical exercises Opera and works of varying styles and levels of difficulty in a Major and minor scales and arpeggios,, Schloss- 401,402 2 cr each oratorio repertoire included when vocally suitable in addition to concert repertoire very professional manner Members will have an berg, Daily Drills, Clark, Technical Studies, Scales and arpeggios continued, Rode or Gavinies, opportunity to perform in the various percussion Arban, Complete Method, Voxman, Selected short pieces of the Romantic period, standard con- 401,402 2 er each groups The ensemble performs at least one recital Studies, Balay, Petite Piece Concertante, Fitzger- certos and sonatas each semester ald, English Suite Continuation of technical exercises More advanced opera, oratorio, and concert repertoire Viola 201, 202 " 2 cr each and contemporary theater literature MUSIC EDUCATION Continued study of major and minor scales and 101, 102 2 cr each arpeggios, Continued Schlossberg and Clark, Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, Sevcik Stud- CONDUCTING 189, 190, 289, 290, 389, 390 Music Bousquet, 36 Celebrated Studies, E Gates, Odd ies (Lifschey), Hermann, Technical Studies, Field Observation 0 cr Meter Etudes, Concone, Lyrical Studies, Flocco/ Telemann, Concerto in G, Klengel, Album of Music education majors are required to complete Owen, Anoso, Ropartz, Andante and Allegro Classical Pieces 379, 380 Conducting 1, 11 2 cr each six field observations per year The observations 201, 202 2 cr each This course provides a study of the fundamentals are not credit bearing, but are preparation for stu- 301,302 2 er each dent teaching Each student must register for field Continued scales in rhythmic and articulation pat- Continue scales and Sevcik Studies, selected stud- of conducting as a performing skill, teaching tech- ies from Kreutzer, 42 Etudes, Stamitz, Concerto in nique, and as an interpretive art Use of the baton, observation every semester (except senior year) in terns, Continued Schlossberg, and Clark, order to fulfill the pre-requisite for student teach- Goldman, Practical Studies, Clark, Characteristic D, Bruch, Romance choral and instrumental rehearsal techniques, and ing score reading Two hours a week Studies, Goedicke, Concert Etude, Gibbons/Cruft, 301,302 2 cr each Suite Continue scales and arpeggios, scales in thirds, 327 Jazz Pedagogy & Directing 2 cr each 181 Woodwind Class 2 cr sixths and octaves, Palachko, 20 Etudes, Fiorillo, Performance technique on clarinet Teaching tech- 401,402 2 cr each Methods and materials pertinent to rehearsing and selected studies from 36 Etudes, Bach, Three viola conducting jazz ensembles, studio orchestras and nique of oboe, bassoon and saxophone covered Major and minor scales in diatonic patterns, Con- de gamba sonatas adapted for viola Two hours a week tinued Schlossberg and Clark, P M Dubois, 12 theater orchestras with an emphasis on conducting Etudes variees, Glantz, The Complete Harry 401,,402 2 cr each as a performing skill as well as an interpretive art 185 Vocal Methods 1 2 cr Glantz, W Hartley, Sonatina, E Bozza, Badinage, Scales and arpeggios continued, selected studies Fundamentals of vocal production including pos- Webber, Suite in F Major from Campagnoli, 41 Caprices, Concerto in B ENSEMBLE ture, breath control, placement, diction interpreta- minor by Handel-Casadesus, Hindemith, Music of tion Voice classifications, ranges and a sampling Tuba Mourning, selected contemporary solos, viola Required for all students as laboratory work dur- of art songs and operatic repertoire will be cov- parts from orchestral and chamber music litera- ing each semester of full-time enrollment Non- ered For potential teachers and music therapists 101, 102 2 cr each ture music majors are invited to register for ensemble Two hours per week All scales and arpeggios, Arban, Method for Trom- with permission of instructor bone and Baritone, selected solo material Violoncello 186 Vocal Methods 11 2 cr Major Ensembles 0-1 cr each Instructional methods for the elementary class- 201,202 2 cr each 101, 102 2 er each Voice, Piano, and Organ Majors will participate in room K-6, including development of the child All scales and arpeggios with various articulations, Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, a choral ensemble for each semester of enrollment voice, song materials, pedagogy, lesson planning continue Arban, Bell, Foundations of Tuba and Franchomme, 12 Studies, sonatas by Handel, Instrumental Majors will participate in Band or and curriculum sequencing Two hours per week Sousaphone Playing, selected solos Corelli, Concertos by Goltermarm and Romberg Orchestra for each semester of enrollment Prerequisite Vocal Methods 1 185

104 105

220, 221 Voice Class 1 cr each curriculum trends as applied to the total music 152 Evolution of Jazz StNles 11 2 cr 340 Orchestration 2 cr Fundamentals of voice production including program of the secondary school Offered Spring A study and analysis of recorded improvised solos A study of the basic problems of scoring for indi- placement, breathing, breath control, study of Semester only by major jazz artists from 1 940 to the present vidual instruments particularly orchestral choirs, vowels and consonants, posture, elementary song the entire orchestra, and unique instrumental materials, interval and scale drill, sight singing 387 Marching Band Methods 2 cr MUSIC THEORY, MUSICIANSHIP, COM- combinations Analysis of the techniques of Proper stage presence for recitals and concerts and Principles, practices, and materials for the march- POSITION, EURHYTHMICS orchestration of selected composers of the 18th, comportment in the classroom will be empha- ing band, including its role in the total music pro- 19th, and 20th centuries The Theory Department recognizes the individual sized gram, organization and maintenance, planning and executing of the field show, basic maneuvers differences of students and provides an opportu- JAZZ STUDIES 113, 114, 213, 214 Piano Class 2 cr each and rehearsal procedures nity for them to advance according to their abili- The development of functional keyboard skills in ties 481 Percussion Class Methods 2 cr sight reading, transposition, harmonization of 121, 122 Dalcroze Eurhythmics 2 er each 118, 119, 218, 219 Jazz Piano Class 2 er melodies, and improvisation of accompaniments Fundamental principles and techniques of playing Experiencing, analyzing and creatively manipulat- This course is designed to give the college student Required of all Music Education students and teaching the percussion instruments of the ing the materials of music through rhythmic a thorough understanding of Jazz Chords and Har- band and orchestra with special emphasis on the movement Two hours per week mony The student will study a wide range of Jazz 115, 116, 215, 216 Conservatory snare drum Two hours a week Piano Class 1 cr each 010 Fundamentals of Musicianship 1 cr Chords, Jazz Chord Progressions, and learn to The development of functional keyboard skills in 490 Student Teaching 12 cr The purpose of this course is to introduce students incorporate them into tunes Major and Minor Scales will be studied in these sessions as well as sight reading, transposition harmonization of Practice teaching in approved elementary and sec- to sightsinging and musical dictation using the famous Jazz Piano Arrangements melodies, and improvisation of accompaniments ondary schools under the guidance of a critic Moveable system of solfeggio The course is designed for prospective music majors and non- teacher and the college supervisor Note Before a 430 Jazz Arranging 2 cr 117 Piano Class for Orgamsts I cr majors and is a preparatory course for Musician student will be permitted to begin Student Teach- A study of the basic techniques of scoring for indi- Organ majors study the development of functional ship I ing, all field observations and methods classes vidual instruments and jazz ensembles of various kevboard skills in sight reading, transposition Students enrolled in Fundamentals of Musician- including instrumental classes, piano, woodwinds, sizes, from small groups to studio orchestras accompaniments and techniques I hr per week ship and/or Fundamentals of Theory must suc- brass, strings, and voice must be satisfactorily Analysis of scores by contemporary big band cessfully complete these courses before enrolling 281 Brass Class 2 cr completed Percussion, elementary and secondary arrangers methods must be taken in the same semester as in Euihythmics, Theory 1, or Musicianship I Performance technique on trumpet Teaching student teaching Students will receive complete 440 Adianced Jazz Arranging 2 cr technique of French horn, trombone, baritone, 011 Fundamentals of Music Theory I cr each instructions, together with lists of materials, when Advanced arranging techniques for the jazz and and tuba Two hours a week Students will learn to read clefs, name intervals, studio ensembles they enroll in the Music Education program Prac- spell scales in major and minor keys, key signa- 381 String Class 2 cr tical techniques to aid students in fulfilling the tures, identify triads, and begin four-part writing 138, 139 Composition 2 cr each Fundamental principles and techniques of playing requirements will be explored in various methods This is a prepatory course for theory 13 1 One The study of writing of musical composition in the and teaching the violin, viola, cello, and bass classes hour per week smaller forms Bowing, positions, vibrato, and an examination of 131, 132 Theory 2 cr each class methods and materials are presented Two MUSIC HISTORY, LITERATURE AND ART 238, 239 Composition 2 cr each This course is ^lesigned to acquaint the student hours a week These courses are offered in order to provide gifted with the materials of musical composition using young composers an opportunity to receive gui- diatonic harmony Opportunities for the student 383 Elementary Methods 2 cr dance in the development of advanced composi- Philosophy and pedagogy of music in the context to do creative work are provided Two hours a 251, 252, 351, 352 History and tional techniques Permission of the chairman of of the elementary general music class The princi- week Literature of Music 2 cr each the Theory Department is required ples of Kodaly, Dalcroze and Orff are incorporated An historical survev of the ideas and cultural 133, 134 Musicianship 2 cr each with field observations, in-class demonstrations, 226 Jazz Imprmisation 1 2 cr achievements of Western man in the context of The goals of the course are to develop good into- research assignments and active student participa- Beginning study and practice of melodic improvi- the political and sociological developments to nation and the ability to sight sing, the ability to tion to develop required competencies for teaching sation, conventional forms and chord progres- which the art of music is bound The survey identify and notate melodies, rhvthms, chords, on the elementary level Two hours per week Pre- sions, employing idiomatic jazz and articulations, embraces four semesters which are arranged and complete compositions, and to develop inner requisite Vocal Methods 185 and 186 major-minor and modal scales chronologically These courses seek to provide a hearing and memory The course uses the movea- broad historical frame of reference within which ble Do system, based on the Kodaly method Two Jazz Improvisation 2 er 384 Secondary Methods 2 cr 227 11 hours a week Principles, practices, and materials for the general the relationship of music to the development of A continuation of 226 with an introduction to man's thought can be clearly seen, along with a altered scales and chords music program in the secondary schools including 231, 232 Theory 2 cr each survey and analysis of representative literature voice classification, the organization of ensemble continuation of A 132 introducing chromatic har- 426 Jazz Improvisation 111 2 cr activiles, concerts, assembly programs, and the mony and the basic principles of contrapuntal 451, 452 Organ Literature 2 cr each A continuation of 227 with an emphasis on chro- relationship of the school to the community Two writing Creative opportunities continued Three matically altered scales, chords, and extended hours a week A survey of organ literature and organ building as hours a week forms it relates to organ registration The first semster 233, 234 Musicianship 2 cr each 385 Choral Methods 2 cr treats organ music from the Renaissance through 427 Jazz Improvisation IV 2 cr A continuation of 134 Two hours a week This course deals with all aspects of choral singing J S Bach The second semester deals with the Extension and continuation of 426 with an and their application to school music programs literature from 1750 to the present Outside listen- 335 Counterpoint 1 2 cr emphasis on the practical application of advanced Emphasis is placed on the development of per- ing and readings will be required The course is devoted to a study of the polyphonic techniques to standard and jazz literature formance ensembles, rehearsal techniques, special technique of the sixteenth century choral problems, planning musical productions 151 Evolution of Jazz Styles 1 2 cr 453 Jazz Composition 1 2 cr and practical work in choral conducting and A study of the origin, development and styles of 336 Counterpoint 11 2 cr A study of advanced compositional techniques as arranging Includes principles, practices, materials, jazz music and its ramifications with an emphasis A course study concerned with the harmonic con- applied to contemporary jazz styles Analysis of and an overview of current teaching strategies and on recorded music as well as scores trapuntal technique of the period of J S Bach jazz compositions from 1940 to the present

106 107

454 Jazz Composition 11 2 cr 315 Piano Improvisation for 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 cr arranged for both small and large Tamburitza Music Therap) 2 er A continuation of 453 with emphasis on individ- A survey of choral and vocal literature for the string ensembles It encompasses the fundamental Development of functional keyboard skills in ual style development church with emphasis on practical materials for larinciples and techniques for both playing and improvisation on rhythm and dissonant chords as church choirs, soloists and congregations teaching the Tamburitza and includes appropriate 333 Ear Training for Jazz Musicians cr an aid in non-verbal communication with the literature The course is designed to train the student to rec- handicapped client NON-MUSIC MAJORS ognize aurally the melodic, rhythmic and har- 149 Ballet 2 cr 124 Music Therapy Practicurn monic elements of contemporary jazz Thedevices Fundamentals of ballet technique and practice, and Internship 1 cr each used are sight-singing kevboard work and exten- 161, 162 Introduction to including barre and center floor work Each practicurn is a field placement in a clinical sive dictation Emphasis is placed on four, five Folk Dance 2 cr each setting for a minimum of one hour per week for 151 Jazz Dance 1 er and six-note chords chromatical1v altered chords 12-1 5 weeks per semester Students are placed The course introduces folk dance as a genre of Fundamentals of jazz dance styles and technique and polychords with music therapists who practice in a variety of movement, examining the types and styles of folk and practice dance found among different nations and cultures 141 Chamber Music Ja/z clinical settings, or with staff who can provide a 321 Music for the Classroom Teacher 2 cr of the world In addition, it will familiarize the The purpose of this course is to develop the skills structured therapeutic program Attendance at The aim of this course is to assist the student in student with the varying types of music and and techniques necessary for small jazz ensemble four monthly seminars per semester is required A gaining an appreciation of the importance of rhythms used as dance accompaniment in differ- performance Emphasis is on rhvthm section tech- six month internship is the culminating experience music in the lives of children, a knowledge of fun- ent nations and cultures, and it will touch upon niques interaction among the members of the of this 7 credit unit damental principles of instruction in music, and a the related areas of folk instruments, folk singing group, and development of repertoire familiarity with the variety of styles, language, customs and folk costuming musically enriching SACRED MUSIC experience 255 Introduction to Balkan Music 2 cr MUSIC THERAPY 492 Development of the Creative An analytical study of the primitive and tradi- Personality 3 cr 209 Children's Choirs I cr tional folk music of the Balkans, its musical styles, This course encourages creative growth through Materials and techniques used in dealing with forms and characteristics in terms of its geographi- the development and execution of individual and 107 Music Therap) Orientation 3 cy children's choirs cal setting and historical background, and its gen- group projects in music, music education and An introduction to Music Therapy as practiced in eral structure and aesthetics 431, 432 Improvisation 2 cr each music therapy Limited enrollment with the con- a variety of rehabilitation settings Observations A practical application of the basic tools of 256 Introduction to Balkan Dance 2 er sent of the instructor Prerequisites Introduction followed by informal group discussions Basic the- improvisation including harmonization of melo- A survey of folk dances of the Balkan highlighting to Psychology and Educational Psychology ory about the validity of music as therapy, the dies at the organ, two and three part counterpoint, their development, form, indigenous characteris- relationship of theory to practice Intensive class Descriptions of courses in English, modern lan- short ABA forms and chorale preludes with tics, differences and similarities from one ethno- participation will be required to prove quah a- guages, psychology, sociology, and education, emphasis on their liturgical application graphic region to another tion for further in-depth study of the professi required in several curricula will be found in the 478, 479 Choral Conducting 147 Tamburitza Ensemble I cr College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and School of 108 Music in Therap) 3 cr and Methods I cr each The Tambuntza Ensemble involves the study and Education sections of this Catalog An exposure to music therapy techniques used in Development of conducting technique The study, performance of music specifically composed and working with handicapped children and adults rehearsal and class performance of choral works in Applications to current Practicurn work will be various styles emphasized Prerequisite Music Therapy Orienta- 407, 408 Church Music Practicum 2 cr tion 107 Seminar in practical aspects of church music, 307 Ps^cholog^ of Music 3 cr establishing the music program in a church, ,kn exploration of musical behaviors, and to a graded choir systems, children's choirs, instru- lesser degree all other art behaviors of a variety of ments in workshop, contracts, cantor systems, cultures and sub-cultures beginning with the stu- worship commissions, etc dent s personal experience Extensive class partici- 421 Gregorian Chant 2 cr pation will be expected Prerequisite Introduction The history, notation and modal system of Grego- to Psychology rian chant Class participation in the singing of 308 Influence of Music on Beha^ior 2 cr chant Chant as prayer and current liturgical appli- cation Reviews different treatment theories and their relationship to music therapy Emphasizes the 420 H)mnod) 2 cr effects of music on behavior and total health A study of the church's heritage of song, the Develops a philosophy of music therapy with a psalms, the great hymns of the Medieval Church, background in holistic health the heritage of Luther, Calvin and their followers, English hymnody, American contributions, twen- 309 Directed Stud) in Music Therap) 2 cr tieth-century humnody with special emphasis on Study topics from areas of music therapy, psychol- the theological framework for each major develop- ogv of music brain research and other expressive ment in the history of hymns therapies are reviewed and discussed 476 Organ Design and Maintenance 2 er 310 Recreational Instruments I cr A study of the basic concepts of organ construc- Stresses a tvpical and functional uses of guitar and tion with emphasis on the historical development covers other musical instruments and devices for of the organ and the mechanical operation of the recreational purposes No Specific text used Each pipes and console Tuning, voicing, and esthetics student required to have a guitar and harmonica of organ design will be discussed

108 111Z School of Nursing human science and provides a foundation for graduate to progress to positions of increasing graduate study responsibility and to undertake graduate study The curriculum design has three components PROGRAM PURPOSES, GOAL AND INDICATORS complementary courses supplementary courses, HISTORY and core nursing courses The course offerings in Since it is the policv of the University to establish This enhances the nurse's preparation for future The purposes of the program are the natural, biological and human sciences support its schools under control of an already established and evolving responsibilities within professional I To prepare the graduate for beginning levels the philosophy that provides the basis for the con- school the School of Nursing was originally organ- nursing based on changes and characteristics of of professional nursing in a variety of settings ceptual framework of the professional nursing pro- the population for whom health care will be gram Professional nursing courses, which consti- ized in 1935 as a unit in the College of Liberal Arts 2 To provide the foundation for graduate edu- and Sciences On March 15 1937, the Department delivered cation in nursing tute the nursing major, include theory and practice of Nursing Education was given the status of a In making explicit the philosophy that under- in the nursing care of individuals and families The program goal is to practice nursing as a separate school with a Dean in charge pins the theoretical framework of nursing, the con- Learning opportunities are provided in hospitals, human science in a variety of settings On December 3 1937, the State Board of Educa- cepts of man and health are studied in relation to in homes, and in the community Within the philosophv and purposes of the tion of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania nursing as a human science Man is a sentient The faculty of the School of Nursing conducts School of Nursing the faculty has formulated a approved the school and authorized Duquesne living unity, a creative act of God Man and envi- all professional nursing courses and also guides curriculum that provides learning experiences to University to confer the degree of Bachelor of Sci- ronment in their openness evolve unidirectionally and directs the practicum learning experiences assist students to acquire specific knowledge and A ence in Nursing and the degree of Bachelor of variety of hospitals and agencies cooperate with Existence with others in the world, co-existence, skills The indicators of this program state that Science in Nursing Education upon graduates the School of Nursing to provide a wide selection is recognized through patterns of expression This upon completion of the program, the graduate according to the appropriate curriculum Previ- existence is co-constituted, that is, man's relation- of excellent practice settings ously the School of Nursing offered two programs I Promotes the rights and dignity of man in ship with the environment is participative Within Upon the successful completion of this pro- both leading to the degree of bachelor of Science of health care limitations of situation, man has the freedom to gram, graduates will be eligible to write the exami- Nursing however since 1964, both generic nursing 2 Initiates health care from the perspective of choose a way of being with the world, and in that nation for licensure in the state in which they wish students and registered nurse students enroll in the client '^s and family's belief about health choosing, gives meaning to a situation to practice same program 3 Engages client and family in a health care Health is a process of being and becoming which The faculty reserves the right to make changes decision-making process relative to the man— OF PHILOSOPHY is experienced by man It is a personal process that in the curriculum and program requirements SCHOOL NURSING environment inter-relationship affords each individual the potential for produc- which are believed to be in keeping with the AND DEFINITION OF NURSING tive and meaningful life that is congruent with 4 Evaluates nursing as a human science in pro- changing health needs of society and/or the best The philosophy of the School of Nursing evolves individual belief systems and values which arise viding health care to clients and families and interest of the students and the School to maintain from that of buquesne University As such, it from a multicultural society Every person has the groups quality professional nursing education guides the development of a personal philosophy freedom to choose changing dimensions of health 5 Promotes professional standards of responsi- of life based on a Judeo-Christian frame of refer- and health values which emerge from ethnic and bilitv and accountability in nursing practice ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ence and supports a commitment to the values cultural customs and characteristics Health is which give meaning to life 6 Uses current research findings in providing a ADMISSION OF HIGH SCHOOL assessed by citizens and promoters of health care The faculty believes that the academic discipline basis for change in nursing practice GRADUATES through a participative process which involves of nursing is a human science profession primarily 7 Participates in stud i es/proj ects which joint planning and decision-making Students who are interested in applying for admis- concerned with the health care of man with fam- enhance nursing practice sion to the School of Nursing should request an The faculty of the School of Nursing has defined ilv, evolving from conception through death 8 Enhances own effectiveness in nursing based application from the Office of Admissions, nursing as an academic discipline that seeks to Nursing focuses on helping individuals and fami- on continuous self-evaluation Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pa 15282 The understand man as living health through the lies to enhance the quality of living through the specific entrance requirements for admission are processes of life, caring, change, inquiry, and valu- 9 Synthesizes knowledge from related sciences promotion of health ing The practice of nursing applies knowledge and and the humanities in the utilization of the nurs- I The applicant's high school curriculum must The nurse initiates interrelationships with fami- theories from this discipline and from the humani- ing process include a minimum of 16 units distributed as lies to help them describe their health evaluate ^ ties and natural sciences in the promotion of 10 Evaluates the values and goals of the nursing follows alternatives and mobilize their resources for plan- health Health promotion occurs through the utili- profession in light of the continued development English 4 units required ning change Central to nursing practice is the zation of the Nurse/Client/Family process as the of nursing Nuise/Client/Family process which is deliberate, Social Studies 3-4 units recommended nurse participates in care giving, health education systematic, and individuallv designed This is a Language 2 units recommended and leadership siiared process where decision-making is focused DEGREE Math & Science 6 units recommended The uniqueness of the Duquesne University I on freedom to choose within the limitations of J lie School of Nursing undergraduate program graduate is based on an appreciation and under- (I unit Chemistry and situation while considering the safety of all leads to the de 9ree of Bachelor of Science in standing of the philosophy and the beliefs about I unit Algebra concerned Nursing required) The nurse uses theories concepts and research man and health These beliefs are reflected in nurs- findings to substantiate nursing practice The pro- ing practice through an approach that embraces 2 A candidate must have been graduated from PROGRAM OF STUDY fessional nurse is a creative innovator who finds man in his wholeness as one who continually an approved secondary school in the upper two- satisfaction in giving service to others, regularly moves forward, increasing in complexity through fl7he School of Nursing offers a program with a fifths of the class, and must have demonstrated evaluates self and plans for continuing self-growth individual patterns of expression The nursing major in nursing leading to a bachelor's degree to exemplary personal conduct in the institution practice of this graduate is also based on the recog- Through systematic inquiry, the professional qualified high school graduates, registered nurses, 3 The primary consideration for admission is nition that the responsibility for the health situa- nurse promotes the discipline of nursing and pro- ' non-nursing baccalaureate graduates, and qualified the secondary school academic record This is con- tion is a shared process in which the nurse, client, vides direction for the future of nursing ,1ransfierof students The program includes four years sidered to be the most important criterion of suc- and familv participate The educational process is a co-constituted one study' and is designed to provide the student cess at Duquesne University It is the desire of the in which teacher and learner plan experiences and The Duquesne University School of Nursing with the knowledge and the skills needed to prac- Admissions Committee to admit those candidates share knowledge The emergence of new knowl- baccalaureate program graduates a generalist who ,tice as a professional nurse generalist upon gradua- who possess qualities of character and intellect edge is encouraged through the ongoing interroga- has the flexibility to practice in a variety of set- ,tion The general and professional education and who show promise of development into useful tion of present knowledge and new experience tings The program emphasizes nursing as a 'acquired in this program provides a basis for the and contributing citizens

I 4 A candidate must present satisfactory scores 3 Personal interview with the Academic Advi- ADDITIONAL EXPENSES AND Nursing Each class elects its own officers and con- of the required College Entrance Examination sor in the School of Nursing REQUIREMENTS ducts such programs and affairs as its members Board Scholastic Aptitude Test in accordance with Student Liability Insurance (Professional) deem desirable toward achieving its goals the standards to which the University adheres Provisions affecting placement for three years $4500 In specific instances, and at the discretion of the HONOR AWARDS I No transfer student can be accepted into nurs- Uniforms nurse's cap, duty shoes, Committee on Admissions, the equivalent of these In addition to graduation honors, these awards are ing practicurn courses during the first semester of identification pin (approx ) 10700 requirements may be accepted in lieu of the fore- presented at Honors Day going precise requirements See the section on attendance at Duquesne University Transportation to and from clinical The Mary W Tobin Gold Metal and The Dean Admissions for other University requirements agencies (weekly) 10 00 (approx 2 Only courses taken within the past ten years Johnson Memorial Medal are awarded annually to School of Nursing pin, if desired cost varies will be evaluated for transfer credit For courses in two outstanding seniors chosen by the faculty The Mary REGISTERED NURSE STUDENTS the natural sciences, the limit is five years This Physical examinations, diagnostic procedures, W Tobin Gold Medal is awarded by the time limit may be evaluated in specific instances and immunizations (cost varies) Theta Chapter of Alpha Tau Delta National Pro- Duquesne University School of Nursing currently Physical Assessment Kit 4000 fessional Fraternity for persons in nursing It was offers an evening program for registered nurses established in 1945 to honor Mary Tobin on the SECOND DEGREE PROGRAM Mosby Assess Test 20 00 (approx ) This program is designed to meet the needs of the occasion of her retirement from the University registered nurse student who is a graduate of a Applicants holding a baccalaureate with a major All students entering Nursing III are expected to The Dean Johnson Memorial Medal commemo- hospital diploma program or an associate degree other than nursing must follow transfer student produce evidence of completion of first aid certifi- rates Dean Johnson's contributions to the growth in nursing program The nursing major portion of admission procedures They should also arrange cation and CPR certification Students will not be of the School of Nursing the program is being scheduled during the evening for a personal interview with the Academic Advi- permitted to enter clinical without evidence of Four new awards were presented for the first hours for the convenience of the working nurse sor in the School of Nursing these competencies Students are expected to time in 1983 The first award on behalf of Miles All students in the B S N Evening Program maintain currency in these competencies as they Laboratories, Inc, is awarded annually to the out- must complete the University's liberal arts TEMPORARY TRANSFER progress through the program standing graduating senior in the area of acute care requirement prior to progressing to the nursing An annual physical examination and certain nursing The award is called the Miles Laborato- major Any previously earned college credits will With the approval of the Academic Advisor, a immunizations and health tests are required for all ries Award for Excellence in Nursing Practice in be evaluated for application toward the degree nursing student may take courses during the sum- students in the School of Nursing Pre-clinical stu- the Acute Care Setting The second award is called requirements Please contact the School of Nurs- mer at an accredited college or university other dents must complete specific health requirements the Lanza Award for Excellence in Home Health ing for a brochure describing this program than Duquesne University A student wishing to by August I before proceeding to the Junior and Nursing, and is sponsored by Lanza, Hospital do this will become a temporary transfer student, Equipment for the Home This award is presented Senior clinical practicurn The School of Nursin 9 Admission Requirements— providing he or she receives the necessary clear- provides information on required school uniforms annually to the student demonstrating outstanding R N /B S N Program ance from both institutions I to students prior to entrance into the clinical area ability in the area of community health The third award is sponsored by the United States Air Force Each student is responsible for transportation to Students who are interested in applying for admis- I A student must bring to the Academic Advi- This award, the Air Force Leadership in Nursing and from hospital and other clinical resources sion to the R N —B S N program should request sor both the catalog description of courses he or Award, is presented to the graduate best demon- Each student will be expected to have access to an an application from the Office of Admissions, she wishes to take and the schedule for the sum-! strating outstanding leadership qualities (in gen- automobile to permit experience with home care Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pa 15282 mer session in which they are given The Aca- eral), contributions to the nursing program and/or demic Advisor will evaluate the proposed courses of clients and their families in Nursing VI High school diploma or equivalent class, and evidence of community service and and confirm the other institution's accreditation commitment to the profession The last new Graduation from an accredited associate status STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS award is for general excellence in the area of nurs- degree (2 5 Q P A minimum) or diploma nursing ing research and is awarded to a graduating senior 2 Ordinarily, a student who has acquired 60 or Each nursing student is a member of the general program This award is sponsored by Sigma Theta Tau— more credits may not receive advanced standing student body and may select and participate in - Verification of current ficensure as a registered Epsilon Phi Chapter for courses taken at accredited community or two- any of the campus organizations There are nurse in Pennsylvania numerous social sororities and organizations as year colleges Language courses at the elementary 1 MOSBY ASSESS TEST - Present or past experience in nursing or intermediate level are exceptions and may be well as professional organizations These organiza- The Mosby Assess Test Battery is required of all Verification of active malpractice insurance taken even though the student has already earned tions exist for the promotion of the scholarly and or more credits Other courses require special professional interests of members I second semester seniors The purpose of this bat- Fulfillment of prescribed science and math 60 permission tery of tests is to provide a mechanism for feed- requirements of the School of Nursing 1pha Tait Delta (meaning "through force of^cfiar- back to students to help in identifying strengths - Personal interview 3 A candidate for the Bachelor's degree must ,acter", is a national professional fraternity for per- and weaknesses in preparation for the licensing Further information can be obtained from the complete the last 30 credits (exclusive of challenge sons in nursing Theta Chapter was charteied on examination Director of the R N /B S N Program in the School credits) toward the degree at Duquesne the Duquesne University campus on April 21, 1938 of Nursing University Only full-time students who have completed GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS a minimum of one semester in the School of Nurs- student is responsible for earning a C grade, General University requirements for graduation 4 A ing with a cumulative quality point average of 2 5 TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION or its equivalent, or better, if he or she expects to are in the Academic Policies section of this cata- are eligible See Admissions Section for further receive advanced standing The student must log In addition, specific School of Nursing requirements arrange to have an official copy of the transcript of Sigma Theta Tau is the national nursing honorary requirements are Society The Duquesne University Nursing Honor Admission criteria for transfer students grades earned at the institution in which he or she Completion of 120 credits is a temporary transfer sent to the Academic Advi-, Societv was granted a chapter of Sigma Theta Tau, 2 A. minimum cumulative over -all quality point I A cumulative QPA of 2 5 from the transfer- sor in the,School of Nursing in order to receive Epsilon Phi, in November of 1981 Membership is ring student's institution advanced standing This transcript must be sent open to students, faculty, and alumni who meet average of 2 0 the criteria for election 2 1 unit of chemistry and I unit of algebra, immediately upon completion of the course to be 3 Successful completion of all clinical which can be from either a secondary school or transferred Class Organifations Each of the four classes is an practicums postsecondary institution officially recognized organization in the School of Completion of the required curriculum plan

112 113

5 A candidate for the Bachelors degree must Handbook can be acquired in the student govern- excused absence will be at the instructors discre- earned and the calculated averages The School complete the last 30 credits toward the degree at ment office located in the student union tion assumes no responsibility for such errors appear- Duquesne Universitv Challenge credits are not School of Nursing Student Handbook—A copy A student Who IS unable to attend class because ing in student records which may prevent the stu- included in this 30 credit requirement of the School of Nursing Student Handbook is of serious illness hospitalization a serious acci - dent from being graduated 6 Submission of an application for the degree available to all nursing students in the School of dent or other extenuating circumstance is iespon- The faculty of the School of Nursing reserves No student is considered a degree candidate until Nursing Office This handbook contains informa- sible f6i notitving the othce of the Dean of the the right to make anv changes in the curriculum he/she files an application for the degree on a form tion important to the students within the School of School of Nuising A Student who is absent for that seem necessary or desirable provided by the Registrar Nursing cause is expected to complete all of the work in all Degree requirements must be completed within courses It is the student's iesponsibifitv to make COURSE DESCRIPTIONS vears after initial enrollment At the end of the School of Nursing Grievance Procedure up all assignments in all courses and to be familiar 10 Descriptions of courses in liberal arts and sciences I 0-vear period, the student's record is re-evaluated 30 with any instructions which may have been given Grievance procedures must be initiated within may be found in the College of Liberal Arts and in terms of the curriculum in effect at that time duiing the absence Attendance is mandatory for days of the occurrence which gave rise to the griev- Sciences section, pages 14 to 63 and the student is advised ot any additional ance With the knowledge of the involved parties, all scheduled hours in the clinical area This ncludes communitv clinical hours as well as those requirements for graduation The responsibility either party may request that another person be 199 Nursing 1 3 er scheduled in the acute caie area Acceptable rea- for fulfilling degree requirements rests with the present during the discussions I sons for absence will be in accordance with the This course introduces the students to the disci- student difficulty arises between student and faculty, If curi ent Undeigi aduate Catalog statement of scho- pline of nursing as a human science The students the student should first discuss the difficulty with - lastic policies The student is expected to notifv in the course explore nursing as a human science RECOMMENDED COURSE the person directly involved the clinical instructor of the absence prior to the in light of the major concepts of man and health SEQUENCE If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved, the scheduled clinical time The specific procedure for Students are introduced to key themes of the con- First Near appropriate course coordinator should be con- this notification will be at the discretion of the ceptual framework which have been identified as ( ou,ses 0 t dils Collises 0 edits sulted If the problem persists, the Associate Dean the processes of life, change valuing, inquiry, car- Natural Science- 4 Natural Science— 3 clinical instiuctor Consideration of any other Eng 101 — Eng 102 — should then be contacted request for an excused absence will be at the ing and family/nurse/client Students explore the English (omp 3 Eng Comp 11 1 In the event that a satisfactory agreement still instructor's discretion Tardiness or unexcused valuing process and look at self esteem as a means See PsNch t03— 101 — has not been reached, the student should present absence(s) are serious offenses of professional of valuing self Students explore the process of 3 Intro to Ps,ch 3 Sur,,c^ ofSoc his/her case before the Student Standing Commit- responsibilitv and accountability that may result man coming to know and investigate the historical 3 N 199 —Nursing 1** 3 Speech tee of the School of Nursing in failure to meet couise goals and indicators emergence of nursing as a profession and a Phil 104 — discipline Intro to Phil 3 If the problem is not satisfactorilv resolved, a Handicapped students iequiring special assis- consultation with the Dean of the School of Nurs- tance are urged to notifv the class instructor before 13 15 200 Nursing 11 3 cr ing should be arranged or at the fiist class Sixond NLar This couise builds on Nursing I The students Should the problem still remain unresolved, a ') Health RcquitcnientA All School of Nursing Buis 207 and 208 —AnatomN examine nursing as a human science in light of 212 —Pathology** 4 "Request of Hearing" form should be filed with students entering studies are requited to conform & PhNsiologN** 4 N interrelating health and man-in-his-family Stu- Pssch 225 —Dc^elopmental Pssch 266—De^elopmemal the Vice President for Academic Affairs within 20 to the health requiiements of the School of dents will examine man as he lives in his health Ps^chologN P`* 3 PsNchologv** 3 days of the Dean's decision Nursing Math 225 —Fund situation and as he participates in the health care N 2^5 —Nutrition— 3 If the Academic Vice President's findings deter- of Stats 3 system Students will explore the process of valu- Ph,losophN mine that a legitimate grievance exists he will con- Curriculum Standards or TheologN 3 Pliarm 3— ing nursing research through systematic inquiry vene the academic due process committee In all N 200—Nursing** 3 Basic Phaim ** 3 toward development of nursing theory Students To progress to the nursing piactice courses a mm- 3 cases, the decision of the academic due process Nursing Electi,c imurn cumulative QPA of 2 0 is required with a are encouraged to identify the meaning of respon- committee is final If the Academic Vice President 16 16 minimurn of d C grade in the natural sciences sibility for self as learner moving toward becoming finds that a legitimate grievance does not exist a professional nurse Students will begin to explore Fhard I car (Biologv and Chemistry) Anatomy and Phvsiol- he/she will inform the student within 1(30) days ci^ the nursing process and the components of a basic N 340 —Nursing 111* 9 N 341 —Nursing IV* 9 og^ (including laboratory), Nutrition Pathology, his/her determination nursing assessment Prerequisite Nursing I Sue 32) — Philosophy Nursing I and 11 Basic Pharmacologv, and Devel- Farnib, SNstems 3 or TheologN 3 opmental Psvchology I and 11 Gencral Elective 3 Nursing Elective 3 REGULATIONS 212 Pathology 4 cr The School of Nursing faculty reserves the right 15 Students in the School of Nursing are preparing 1 ^ to withdraw anv student from the nursing major The students in this course examine the major themselves for entry into a respected health pro- processes associated with disease, such as infec- Fourth YLar who in its opinion has not progressed satisfacto- fession where the highest degree of character and tion, inflammation and the immune response The N 460—Nursing V* 9 N 461 —Nursing Vl* 9 rilv in nuising piactice even though the quality sense of responsibility are basic requirements As Nursing ElectiVL 3 General Elective 3 point aveiage mects required standards major diseases affecting man and health in todav's N 470— General EILCti%C 3 such, they are expected to conduct themselves, at society are explored Lecture, four hours Prerequi- Students must maintain a minimum of a C Rescarch Process 3 all times, in a manner befitting this position and sites Anatomy and Physiology Lecture and Labo- grade in each clinical practice An F in either the- 15 15 according honor to it For these reasons, the ratory Offered during Spring Semester only School of Nursing insists on strict adherence to the ory or clinical practice will result in an F grade for *These courses must be taken during the semesters indicated following regulations the Course 255 Nutrition 3 cr -Pre-requisite to Nursing III I Class Attendance Attendance is mandatory Students mav repeat non-nursing courses one This course studies nutrition principles and their Natural Sciences Students are directed to enroll in Principles of for every class session of each course within the time only This includes support courses offered in importance to all ages Topics covered include Chenustry I during the Fall semester and General BiologN 11 School of Nursing Students are required to attend and out of the School of Nursing that is Anatomy factors influencing food habits, exploration of during the Spring semester the entire class session Specific class attendance and Physiologv and Lab, Pathology Basic Phar- ways in which nurses may help families and indi- requirements (in relation to grading) will be stated macologv and Nutrition Students may repeat only viduals apply nutrition facts for promotion of Student Rights in each course syllabus Acceptable reasons for one Course at the 300 level and one at the 400 level health and well-being, and recent research in rela- in the nursing major Bill of Rights—A statement of the student Bill of absence will be in accordance with the current tion to such national problems as heart disease Rights is available to all students in the Duquesne Undergraduate Catalog statement of scholastic The student is cautioned to seek regular advice obesity, and increased life span Lecture, three University Student Handbook The Student policies Consideration of any other request for an from the facultv and to keep a record of credits hours Sophomore year

114 115

340 Nursing 111 9 cr change processes to assist the family in the mobili- a simple program Learners will explore the vari- approaches to health care ethics Students are ous applications of information processing as they introduced to a model which offers direction for This is the first clinical nursing course building on zation of resources for health care relate to health care including applications in edu- ethical decision-making in the health care context Nursing 11 in which the student begins to examine The course is presented in two units Unit I cation practice, administration and research The role of the nurse in ethical decision-making is the processes of life valuing change inquirv, car- utilizes the nurse/client/family process with evolv- Trends and issues related to the various applica- discussed and some case studies involving dilem- ing and the nurse/client/family process In Nurs- ing families as they experience life processes The tions will be introduced and discussed This mas that are faced by nurses are used to demon- ing III these processes will be further explored in concept, separateness/togetherness, is utilized to course will assist the student in following the strate the use of this model However, the model is relation to man's unidirectional movement as explore the needs of the individual within the fam- inquiry theme throughout the curriculum broad enough to be used in all areas of health care lived through health patterns ilv, the interrelatedness of family members, and ethics and the student composition in the individ- f^mily dynamics as the familv progresses towards 3 cr The nurse/chent/familv process is practiced as 260 Way s of Healing ual class will give direction for the case studies unity The major focus in Unit 11 is the concept of the method used bv the discipline to promote This course will explore many of the ways in family vulnerability The concept, separateness/ used in this course This course is offered jointlY health Use of theory as a basis for practice is which clients and their families are involved in the by the School of Nursing and the Theology' togetherness, continues to be used to explore man emphasized The student will utilize knowledge process of healing which are not thought to be Department and his family's experience of health This course from the sciences and humanities as he/she prac- medicallv traditional This course will begin by is offered during the Fall semester Prerequisites tices the Nurse/Client/Family process in a clinical looking at man s belief systems and how they 397 Health Care of Women 3 cr Nursing IV Familv Systems setting with clients experiencing changing pat- affect his life and specificallv, the healing process Health Care Of Women is a nursing elective that terns of health The course is offered during the The student will explore the mystery around will provide students with an opportunity to 461 Nursing VI Fall semester Prerequisites Natural Sciences, 9 cr unconventional or unexpected healing and look at explore many of the prevalent health experiences Anatomv and Phvsiology lecture and lab Pathol- Nursing VI is the final clinical nursing course and this in relationship to man's beliefsystems, which of women in contemporary society This course ogv Nutrition Pharmacology, Nursing I and 11 builds on prior learnings The focus of the course are a reflection of how man participates in his own investigates aspects of women's health that Developmental Psvchologv I and 11 Please con- is on the promotion of health with groups, in both health The student will then look at, in depth, two involve choices relative to the quality of their tact the School of Nursing for information regard- community and acute care settings The nurse/ ways of healing One way is biofeedback The lives It will provide students with an opportunity ing health requirements uniforms, CPR and First client/family process is the vehicle through which other is visual imagery with relaxation techniques to analyze health promotion for women from a Aid certification etc the student participates in health promotion as researched by Dr Carl 0 Simonton The nursing perspective It will provide them with the Emphasis throughout this course is on the collabo- underlying theory will be explored case histories knowledge of health resources available to meet 341 Nursing IV 9 cr rative function of the nurse leader The collabora- will be discussed, and the student will get an the specific needs of women tive process with multi-disciplinary health team opportunitv to practice these techniques on him/ Nursing IV is the second clinical nursing course 398 Communicating with Children members provides the opportunity for the genera- herself In addition, the application of these tech- and builds on the learnings of Nursing III The Through Play tion of nursing research possibilities niques to the nurse/client/family process will be 3 cr course focuses on decision-making as a parlicipa- explored There will also be student group Communicating with Children through Play is a tive endea^or within the nurse/client/familv The course is presented in two units The first presentations around seven other ways healing can non-clinical elective for any student who is inter- process unit deals with the nature of groups groups of clients, the family as a group, and the community occur These are psychic surgery, hypnosis, spiri- ested in pre-school-aged, school-aged and adoles- Nursing TV also provides the student the oppor- as a group The second unit deals with the nurse as^ tual healing acupuncture acupressure, laying on cent children The focus of the course is on play as tunitv to explore adult man as he experiences a member and a leader of the nursing team and as^ of hands and hex/voodoo Prerequisite Nursing 1 an evolutionary life experience Emphasis is changing patteins of energv in select nurse/client a member of the multi-disci pit nary health care placed on play as a means of understanding chil- Nursing and Spirituality 3 cr situations team The course is offered during the Spring 299 dren's behavior, as a valuable resource for antici- patory guidance with children, and as a means for The course is divided into three units emphasiz- semester Prerequisite Nursing V This course will initially identify the universal and the child to work through some of his/her immedi- ing nurse/client decision-making These decisions timeless truth of the spiritual dimension of man's ate life stresses The participants will expand their are made in the following health care situations 470 The Research Process 3 Cr nature It will then investigate case histories in nursing which focus on spiritual needs encoun- perspectives of children's play as a form of com- high'risk crisis short-term and long-term The This introductory course offers students an oppor- tered in the nurse-client relationship The student munication by observation and evaluation of chil- familv and communitv are discussed as client sup- tunitv to examine the historical perspectives of will be encouraged to develop an awareness of his/ dren's play by utilizing selected techniques The port ^^stems nursing research as well as trends and issues which, her own spiritual growth through nursing experi- selected play techniques that will be presented are Nursing IV offers a clinical component in which have emerged These are discussed and criticaliv ences In addition the student will discover the Drawings (draw-a-man, draw-a-family draw-a- the student cares for select clients in the acute analyzed Ethical implications of nursing research gift he/she brings to the nursing situation when house-tree-person), Pigem's Question, Three medical-surgical and psvchiatric settings The are considered integratively The students are spiritual needs are recognized and shared (entered Wishes, Story Completion, Make-up a Story Pup- course is offered during the Spring semester Pre- encouraged to examine the research process frord into) with the client pet Play, and Therapeutic Play Interviews Prereq- iequisite Nursing III a natural scientific viewpoint as well as from a' uisite Psych 225 Developmental Psvchology I and human science approach Further application of 300 Wa^ s of Relating 3 cr Psych 206 Developmental Psychologv 11 or cur- the research process to nursing studies is explorciI 460 Nursing V 9cr This course builds on basic communication theory rent en,ollment in Developmental Psychology II through critical evaluation of current research' Nursing V the third clinical nursing course builds and skills It offers the student the opportunity to Open to any Universitv student Prerequisite Fundamentals of Statistics and Nurs-, upon the learning in Nursing IV The student enhance relationships through increasing self- ing IV 399 Health Education 3 cr examines nursing as a participant with evolving I awareness and critical analysis of one's own pat- This course focuses upon the nurse's role as health families For the purpose of this course, the term terns This knowledge promotes the motivation educator and allows the student to explore the evolving family will be viewed as a familv pri- NURSING ELECTIVES i toward changing the individual's stvle of relating dynamic world of health education in today's soci- maniv concerned with childbearing and childrear- the student learns to apply the skills of critical ety The major issues confronting the nurse as a ing The student will focus on the interrelatedness 215 Computer Applications in Health Care 3 cr analysis, evaluation and change to simulated teacher are emphasized together with the processes and vulnerabilitv of the familv members as they nurse/client/family situations This is an introductory computer course Com- of valuing and change in health education The strive toward familv unity The student will initi- puter Applications in Health Care is an elective 3 er ng needs of the chent-family are ca^eftilly ate interrelationships with evolving families as 353 Health Care Ethics learn course designed to introduce the student to the scrutinized The student has the opportunity to thev experience separateness/togetherness to This course studies the practical and theoretical I basic fundamentals of data processing with a focus write and implement a teaching plan, design an describe their health, evaluate alternatives and issues in the ethics of health care Students will on applications in the health care field Students evaluation tool, and create teaching aids Prerequi- mobilize resources in planning change Nursing will become familar with the basics of computer explore a number of ethical theories and will site Nursing III practice will be based upon caring, valuing and terminology and technology and be able to utilize become aware of theological bases of and

116 117

400 Practical Approaches to Implementing older adult Emphasis is placed on the meaning of the Nursing Process 3 cr increasing complexity in the life process Learners School of Pharmacy This course is a clinical nursing elective designed will examine changing belief systems as they relate to provide students with the opportunity to utilize to health services for the older adult Learners are the process of inquiry specifically through a prob- expected to critically investigate the Nurse/Client/ lem solving methodologv Students will re- Family process through selected situations HISTORY examine the elements of the Nurse/Client/Family Plans for establishing a School of Pharmacy were to become agents for the enforcement of narcotic 466 Choosing the Living in Dying 3 er I process drawing upon past learning, utilizing data instituted in 1911, when the charier of the Univer- and pure food and drug laws In recent years phar- Choosing the Living in Dying is a three-credit, and information derived from the current practice sity was amended and authoritv obtained to grant macists have entered the fields of nuclear non-clinical elective for nursing majors The focus setting Students will then synthesize these ele- degrees in Pharmacy On April 20, 1925, the final pharmacy and drug information-poison control of the course is on dying as an evolutionary life ments and formulate relevant nursing care plans work of organizing the School of Pharmacy was Many pharmacists find employment as chemists experience Emphasis is placed on the quality of which reflect a refinement of problem solving completed The first class was received September or biologists in industrial and research organiza- living throughout the dying process The learners tions in allied fields others enter the profession of skills Outcomes realized through the utilization of 21 1925 will develop their prespectives of the dying process the nurse/client process will then be analyzed and Duquesne University School of Pharmacy is teaching Additional study is required for some of and current issues in America related to that pro- evaluated Through the selected learning experi- housed in Richard King Mellon Hall of Science, these positions A few pharmacists continue their cess Meaning will be enhanced through the shar- ences occurring within the actual practice setting whose design by master architect Mies van der study in other health professions leading to a sec- ing of thoughts, feelings and perceptions within students will also have the opportunity to examine Rohe won the ' Laboratory of the Year" award for ond professional degree or an advanced degree in the group process the basic pharmaceutical and medical sciences the values that exist in the practice setting itself 1969 in the annual Industrial Research, Inc sur- The School of Pharmacy directs the professional and the impact that they have on the Nurse/Ch- 480 Senior Nursing Seminar 3 cr vey of new science buildings across the country ent/Familv process Prerequisite Nursing IV The School's specialized facilities include the program leading to the Doctor of Pharmacy This senior nursing seminar focuses upon clients' degree Those graduates are qualified for place- Hugh C Muldoon Model Pharmacy, animal oper- 458 Farml^ Nursing in the experiencing a wide range of health related ating room, bionucleonics laboratory, eight addi- ment in clinical pharmacy positions in hospitals Appalachian Communiq 3 cr problems throughout the life continuum I he syn- tional teaching laboratories, and a manufacturing across the nation thesis of nursing theory and related science bases This course offers the student an opportunity to pharmacy laboratory containing basic pharmaceu- Medical technologists work under the direction is accomplished through utilization of case studies implement the Nurse/Client/Family process with tical manufacturing equipment and separate of a pathologist or clinical scientist In the field of and faculty/student discussions Inquiry and deci- families in a rural community whose cultural ref- tableting and aerosol technology areas Medical Technology, positions are available in sion making are emphasized within the framework erence is different from that usually encountered hospital and industrial laboratories preparing tis- of Nurse/Chent/Family process This course is Students examine history and cultural patterns of PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES sue samples and slides for microscopic study, tak- offered only in the spring Prerequisite Nursing V the geographical area for their influence on health The School of Pharmacy, as an integral part of the ing blood samples, storing plasma, and keeping and health caie delivery systems Group process is 499 Directed Studv 3 cr University, embodies as its own the mission and records of tests explored as it relates to communal living and goals set forth by the University In the field of Radiological Health, positions as This course in Directed Studies provides students intense working relationships with a temporary The School of Pharmacy has many important health physicist are available in hospitals and any with the opportunity to pursue an area of individ- multidisciplinary team of volunteer health provid- missions, but the primary mission of the School is laboratories and industrial facilities which use ual interest in nursing which is consistent with the ers This course is offered during the summer and to prepare practitioners for life-long careers in radioisotopes curriculum Students will have the opportunity to is by special permission only Prerequisite Nurs- pharmacy and allied health sciences Academic The Graduate School of Liberal Arts and Sci- generate goals related to the area of interest they ing IV, Family Systems training must build sufficient knowledge and skill ences of Duquesne University offers programs wish to pursue and to formulate and implement a to allow graduates to practice in the present envi- through the Department of Pharmaceutical Sci- 463 Patterns of Aging plan for achieving these goals Bv special permis- 3 cr ronment and to grow and adapt as the practice ences leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree sion onlv This course is an elective course designed to environment changes in pharmaceutical chemistry and medicinal chem- examine the aging process with a focus on the The curriculum in pharmacv represents a com- istry, and the Master of Science degree in the fields posite of educational experiences that results in a of pharmaceutics, pharmaceutical chemistry, well-educated and well-trained professional and pharmacology-toxicology and medicinal offers the undergraduate student a well-rounded chemistry and broad education which will inspire a perma- nent interest in learning DEGREES In order to be a competent pharmacist, the stu- The School of Pharmacy offers programs leading to three undergraduate degrees Bachelor of Sci- dent must become a therapeutic specialist who has knowledge of drugs and their actions Secondly, ence in Pharmacy, Bachelor of Science in Medical the pharmacist must possess skills and knowledge Technology, and Bachelor of Science in Radiologi- cal Health, these are described on the following to manage a professional practice The compre- hensive and specialized nature of the curriculum pages Descriptions of advanced degrees offered by the offers the Pharmacy graduate a choice of occupa- -a— faculty of the School of Pharmacy are found in tions within the profession and its closely allied other catalogs available from the School of W fields, as well as an adequate foundation for the continuation of studies on a graduate level in Pharmacy office many areas PROGRAMS [ I Within the profession of Pharmacy, a graduate may become a community pharmacist, hospital PHARMACY pharmacist, or a pharmacist in government ser- The School of Pharmacy offers a Bachelor of Sci- vice Many pharmacists find employment as medi- ence degree in Pharmacy upon completion of the cal service representatives for drug manufacturers undergraduate professional program The first two Some enter the wholesale drug business and the years encompass many courses offered by the Col- pharmaceutical manufacturing industry Gradu- lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences in addition to ates in pharmacy are exceptionally well-qualified several professional courses The latter three years 118 119

of study are taught mainly by the pharmacy Curriculum Fourth Year D* L* C* Spi i ng Semester D* L* C* faculty, with electives being available from both A minimum of 30 credits in the combined general [all Semestei 322 Pharmacologv-Drug that faculty and all other schools of the University education areas of humanities and social sciences 321 Pharmacologv-Drug 4 — 4 Mechanisms 11 4 — 4 Students are enrolled in the School of Pharmacy is required for graduation from the School of Mechanisms 1 for all years Transfer students are enrolled accord- 305 Pharmaceutics- 306 Pharmaceutics- Pharmacy (fifteen in the Humanities including 3 — 3 Pharmacokinetics IV 3 ing to qualifications in the first second or third English Composition and Theology and six in the Biopharmaceutics 111 4 4 314 Medicinal Chemistry- year of the five-year sequence Legal requirements Social Sciences and nine credits chosen from 313 Medicinal Chemistry- 4 — 4 Natural Products 11 4 — 4 of all states are met with regard to graduation from either area in consultation with the advisor) Natural Products 1 431 Behavioral Aspects of Illness 2 — 2 an accredited college of pharmacy Licensure in Courses fulfilling the Theology requirement are 324 Public Health-Emergency — 3 General or Professional the several states may be acquired by meeting spe- listed under the Department of Theology in the Treatment 3 Elective 3 — 3 cific additional requirements of each particular College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this General or Professional state catalog Elective 3 — 3 17 — 17 16 4 17 Residency Requirements Fifth Year The pharmacy curriculum has been designed to The faculty recommends and reserves the right Fall Seniestet D* L* C* Spring Semester D* L* C* provide a sequence of courses leading to profes- to require completion of course clusters in the 440 Therapeutics 6 — 6 441 Practical Pharmacy I- sional competence The minimum time period in humanities and social sciences as a means to pro- 323 OTC Drugs 2 — 2 Clinical Clerkship 3 which this may be accomplished has been deter- vide a strong general education for all health pro- mined 430 Patient Counseling & 432 Practical Pharmacy 11- by the faculty to be three years of full-time fessionals A list of suggested course clusters Education 2 2 3 Community 3 residency This residency requirement for the final appears at the end of this section 433 Practical Pharmacy III- years dthe professional curriculum is in accor- Professional and/or 6 — 6 Hospital 3 dance with a policy statement ratified by the General Electives 434 Practical Pharmacy IV- American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy The student is cautioned to seek regular advice Optional 3 and followed by all colleges of pharmacy in estab- from the faculty and to keep a record of credits 16 2 17 12 lishing minimum residency requirements, as well earned and the calculated averages The School as guidelines for professional education The resi- assumes no responsibility for such errors appear- D*—Didactic hours L*—Laboratory hours, C*—Credit hours dency requirement is applicable to all students ing in student records which may prevent the stu- Courses are to be completed in the designated sequence regardless of advanced standing status dent from being graduated Minimum credits for B S in Pharmacy Degree-163, sufficient elective courses must be taken to satisfy the PHARMACY CURRICULUM minimum credit requirements Portions of the new curriculum are being phased in for students in the Classes of 1985 and 1986 For classes entering in Fall, 1982 and thereafter Changes may be made in some parts of the curriculum indicated for the Class of 1987 and succeeding classes First Year as a result of faculty evaluation of the new Pharmacy curriculum I-all Semestei D* L* C* Spi i ng Semester D* L* C* III General Biology 1 3 4 4 112 General Biology 11 3 4 4 AREAS OF CONCENTRATION 121 General Chemistry 1 122 General Chemistry 11 3 4 4 3 8 5 During the fourth year (earlier if possible) each The course clusters represent depth in a profes- 101 English Composition 1 3 — 3 102 English Composition 11 3 — 3 pharmacy student is urged to select an area of sional area of choice Students may make their 115 Calculus 1 4 — 4 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 concentration from one of the following areas own selection of courses in consultation with their 101 Pharmacy Orientation I — 1 Community Practice, Institutional Practice, advisors 8 14 16 12 12 15 Industrial Pharmacy Nuclear Pharmacy, or Pre- The following courses are approved for the Second Year Graduate Study Six credits in Professional respective areas of concentration Fall Semestei D* L* C* Spring Semester D* L* C* Pharmacy Electives is the minimum requirement 205 Organic Chemistry 1 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 11 3 4 4 for graduation 201 General Physics 1 4 2 4 Social Science Elective 3 — 3 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 I Cominunitv Piactice 504—Industrial Pharmacy and Social Science Elective 3 — 3 220 Human Anatomy 481—Pharmacv Sales and Marketing Governmental Affairs & Physiology 1 4 — 4 482—Communitv Pharmacy Practice 510—Advanced Pharmacokmetics I General Elective 3 — 3 Pharmacy Law 230 3 — 3 522—Spectral Methods 16 6 17 16 4 17 561 —General Toxicology 566—Clinical Toxicology 539—Bionucleonics Third Year Pharmacy students who select the Industrial Fall Seniestei D* L* C* Spring Semester D* L* C* 2 Institutional Piactice Pharmacy area of concentration, may spend part 317 Human Anatomy & 318 Pathophysiology 3 — 3 491—Hospital Pharmacy Management of the required B S in Pharmacy practicurn in an Physiology 11 3 3 4 814—Parenteral Therapy industrial setting 301 Ba^ic Pharmaceutics- 302 Basic Pharmaceutics 11 3 4 4 50 1 —Manufacturing Pharmacy 4 Nuclear Phatinacy Pharmacy Math 1 3 4 4 319 Medical Microbiology- 539—Bionucleonics 539—Bionucleonics 309 Biochemistry-Nutrition 4 2 4 Immunology 3 3 540—Advanced Bionucleonics and 4 540—Advanced Bionucleonics and 333 Drug Literature Resources I 1 1 310 Analysis of Drug Substances 4 — 4 Rachopharmaceuticals Rachopharmaccuticals 325 Pharmacy Management 4 — 4 326 Pharmacy Administration 3 — 3 561—General Toxicology 489—Problems in Health Physics 15 10 17 16 7 18 566—Clinical Toxicology (offered by Physics Department) Students who satisfactorily complete the nine- 3 IndusoialPhatinaci, credit requirement of the Nuclear Pharmacy area 50 1 —Manufacturing Pharmacy 502—Pharmaceutical Formulation of concentration, are awarded a certificate Also, select the Nuclear and Development Pharmacy students who 120 121

Pharmacv area of concentration, may spend part of interest in order to select courses most adapta- Third Year of the required B S in Pharmacy practicum in a ble to the program they desire to pursue A com- Fall Seniestei D* L* C* Spring Semester D* L* C* nuclear pharmacy and/or nuclear medicine set- bined B S in Pharmacy/M S program is available 317 Human Anatomv & 318 Pathophysiology 3 — 3 ting to qualified students Phvsiology 11 3 3 4 361 Principles of Management 3 — 3 5 Pie-Giaduate Studi 309 Biochemistry-Nutrition 4 2 4 421 Analytical Chemistry 3 8 4 Students who elect this option must consult Humanities Elective 3 — 3 202 General Physics 11 4 2 4 with the chairman of the department of their area Electives 6 — 6 16 5 17 13 10 14

D*—Didactic hours L*—Laboratory hours, C*—Credit hours Applications for entrance to the fourth year are to MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY be made before October 15 of the third year Infor- Courses may be offered in semesters other than those indicated as the Pharmacy curriculum is revised The program leading to the degree B S in Medical mation and applications are available from the Fourth Year Technology is a joint effort between Duquesne Office of the Dean of the School of Pharmacy Universitv and Mercy Hospital, Pittsburgh Pa The fourth vear of the program will begin in July and continue for twelve consecutive months Courses and The program involves completion of 124 credits, During the fourth year of the program, students laboratory assignments will be held at Mercy Hospital The following syllabus will be covered with 30 with 30 of the credits being taken in the Mercy will register and pay tuition to Duquesne Univer- credits awarded for completion of the courses Hospital School of Medical Technology in the sity They will be permitted to reside in the Uni- 1 Coiase^ Ciedits Coinses Credits fourth year of the program Graduates of the pro- versity dormoritories and enjoy all of the privi- 61 Clinical Chermstry 7 66 Parasitology 2 gram are eligible for national certifying examina- leges of Duquesne University students 62 Urmalysis 2 67 Immunology 2 tions Failure in any of the major courses included in 63 Hematology 5 69 Mycology I The School of Medical Technology at Mercy 3 Virology by the fourth year will lead to immediate dismissal 64 Blood Banking 70 I Hospital is approved the National Accrediting from the Mercy Hospital School of Medical Tech- 65 Bacteriology 5 71 Nuclear Pathology 2 Agencv for Clinical Laboratory Sciences which nology Total 30 acts as adviser to the Council on Medical Educa- All of the required course work, laboratories, sup- School of Medical Technology The faculty of the tion of the American Medical Association It is Curriculum plies, facilities and facultv for the fourth year of School of Medical Technology is recognized as responsible for establishing and maintaining high A minimum of 15 credits in the combined areas of the program will be provided by Mercy Hospital faculty at Duquesne University standards of education in A M A -approved humanities and social sciences is required for schools of medical technology graduation (nine in the Humanities, including Students in the program enroll in the School of Theology, and six in the Social Sciences, including Pharmacy as medical technology majors These Theology, and six in the Social Sciences) Courses Principles of Management) Courses for fulfilling RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH students are advised through the Office of the for fulfilling the Theology requirement are listed the Theology requirement are listed under the Since 1972 the School of Pharmacy has offered a Dean of the School of Pharmacy under the Department of Theology in the College Department of Theology in the College of Liberal four-year 123-credit program leading to a Bachelor Admission to the fourth year of the program will of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this catalog Arts and Sciences section of this catalog of Science degree in Radiological Health Gradu- be on a competitive basis with these as the deter- The faculty recommends and reserves the right The faculty recommends and reserves the right ates from the program qualify for positions of mining factors to require completion of course clusters in the to require completion of course clusters in human- health physicist in any facilities using radioactive I A minimum cumulative quality point average I humanities and social sciences A list of the sug- ities and social sciences A list of the suggested isotopes of 3 00 in the sciences is recommended gested course clusters appears at the end of this course clusters appears at the end of this section Students in the radiological health program section 2 No student with a grade lower than C in any enroll in the School of Pharmacy as,radiological The student is cautioned to seek regular advice chemistry course will be considered for admission health majors These students are advised through The student is cautioned to seek regular advice from the faculty and to keep a record of credits the Office of the Dean of the School of Pharmacy 3 from the facultv and to keep a record of credits Written recommendations earned and the calculated averages The School of Curriculum earned and the ^alculatccl averages The School of 4 Personal interview with the Student Selection Pharmacy assumes no responsibility for such A minimum of 15 credits in the combined areas of Pharmacy assumes no responsibility for such Committee of the Mercy Hospital School of Medi- errors appearing in student records which may humanities and social sciences is required for errors appearing in student records which may cal Technology prevent the student from being graduated graduation (nine in the Humanities, including prevent the student from being graduated First Year First Year Fall Semestet D* L* C* Spt ing Semestei D* L* C* fall Semestei D* L* C* Spring Semester D* L* C* 101 English Composition 1 3 — 3 102 English Composition 11 3 — 3 101 English Composition 1 3 — 3 102 English Composition 11 3 — 3 105 College Algebra and 115 Calculus 1 4 — 4 105 College Algebra and 115 Calculus 1 4 — 4 Trigonometry 4 — 4 Trigonometry 4 — 4 112 General Biology 11 3 4 4 III General Biology 1 3 4 4 112 General Biology 11 3 4 4 III General Biology 1 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry 11 3 8 5 121 General Chemistry 1 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry 11 3 8 5 121 General Chemistry 1 3 4 4 13 8 15 13 12 16 t3 8 15 13 12 16 Second Year Second Year Fall Seinestei D* L* C* Spring Semester D* L* C* fall Seme^tei D* L* C* Spting Semester D* L* C* 201 General Physics 1 4 2 4 306 Applied Electronics 3 2 3 211 General Analytical 212 General Analytical 205 Organic Chemistry 1 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 11 3 4 4 Phvsics 1 3 3 4 Physics 11 3 3 4 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 319 Medical Microbiology- 205 Organic Chemistry 1 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 11 3 4 4 Social Science Elective 3 — 3 Immunology 3 3 4 116 Calculus 11 4 — 4 215 Calculus 111 4 — 4 Theology or Elective 3 — 3 220 Human Anatomy Theology or Elective 3 — 3 220 Human Anatomy and & Physiology 1 4 — 4 Physiology 1 4 — 4 16 6 17 13 9 15 13 7 15 14 7 16 122 123

Third I ear recognized annuallv at the fall social gathering and A student who is unable to attend class because D* L* C* [-all Scinestei D* L* C* Spting Scinestei encouraged to investigate Advanced Placement, of serious illness, hospital rzation, a serious acci- 1 2 2 317 Human Anatomy and 306 Applied Electronics CLEP and Challenge Examination opportunities, dent or other extenuating circumstances is respon- 3 — 3 Phvsiologv 11 3 3 4 101 Phvsical Geology facultv research projects in which they may par- sible for notifying the office of the Dean of the 309 Biochenitstrv-Nutiition 4 2 4 216 Ordinary Differential ticipate and independent study courses School of Pharmacy The student should supplv a 3 — 3 225 Fundamentals of Statistics 3 — 3 Equations written verification as soon as possible A student 3 3 SPECIAL FEES 539 Bionucleonics 3 3 3 540 Advanced Bionucleonics 3 who is absent for cause is expected to complete all Social Science Elective 3 — 3 of the work in all courses It is the student's Humanities Elective 3 — 3 Laboratory 16 8 17 13 5 14 responsibility to make up all assignments in all Required laboratory courses scheduled by all courses and to be familiar with any instructions Fourth Year schools of the University are subject to fees as D* L* C* which may have been given during the absence hall Seniestei D* L* C* ^pring Seinestet published Pharmacy laboratories require a fee of 3 — 3 Handicapped students requiring special assis- 473 Atomic Physics 3 — 3 483 Nuclear Physics $40 each a semester This is a prorated charge 4 tance are urged to notify the class instructor before 541 Radiological Health 1 4 — 4 542 Radiological Health 11 3 4 derived from the total costs of all laboratory oper- 3 — 3 or at the first class 325 Applications in 204 Meterology ations throughout the professional years Other Statistics 3 — 3 451 Practice in Radiological courses offered in the program of medical technol- — 16 4 2 Acadernic Standards All students who are Social Science Elective 3 — 3 Health ogv and radiological health are subject to special admitted to the School of Pharmacy must main- Humanities Elective 3 — 3 fees No laboratory fees are assessed for courses 14 tain a 2 0 QPA (quality point average) in the 16 — 16 9 20 scheduled in the fourth year of the medical tech- required courses in the professional pharmacv cur- nology program *D—Didactic hours L*—Laboratorv, C*—Crecht hours riculum, throughout the program Students who Courses may be offered in semesters other than those indicated as the Pharmacy curriculum is revised Activities do not achieve a 2 0 QPA by the end of the first Instituted by student request this fee of $30 a professional year may be admitted to the second year on a probationary basis No student will be In extenuating circumstances and with the per- semester for a minimum of six semesters covers ADMISSION such miscellaneous items as local and national admitted to the third, fourth, or fifth years of the mission of the School of Pharmacy Student Stand- program with less than a 2 0 QPA in all courses Students who plan to enter anv of the programs ing Committee, a waiver of the three years of resi- Student American Pharmaceutical Association offered bN the School of Pharmacy are encouraged dues and journal subscription, laboratory jacket, and in professional courses A minimum cumula- dence required bv the American Association of tive 2 00 QPA in the pre-pharmacy science and to meet with the Dean Assistant Dean or the Colleges of Pharmacy will be sought bv the facultv towels and name pin fees class dues and support Dean s designate for a personal interview of the pharmacy student newsletter, Photain, and math courses is required for entrance into the on behalf of the student Failure to request and Entrance requirements are listed under Admission partial travel expenses for one required field trip to third year of the pharmacy program A student obtain such a waiver requires the pharmacy stu- will not be admitted to the fifth year of the Policies in the General Information section of this dents to complete a minimum of six semesters in a pharmaceutical manufacturing firm Pavment is catalog Applications should be submitted as early made at registration each semester This prorated Pharmacy program without successful completion residence as full-time students of all required courses in Pharmacv 1, 11, 111, IV in the vear of matriculation as possible Advanced credit for courses completed at other fee is assessed only to those students in the last three years of the pharmacv program The national Pharmacy College Admissions institutions mav be allowed for those courses 3 Required Piograrns Pharmacy students in the Test (PCAT) mav be taken bv applicants Resu s fourth year of the curriculum are required to par- which appear in the Duquesne curricula No credit School of Pharmacy Fee should be reported to the Admissions Office and is allowed in anv subject in which a grade lower ticipate in one industrial visit arranged by the All students enrolled in any program of the School the School of Pharmacy The test is not require C was earned or for a course not equivalent School than of Pharmacv are required to pay a fee designated for admission to the School but the results are to one among the University curricula Once The faculty of the School of Pharmacy may bv the Um^crsitv This fee, which is assessed for used bv advisement personnel to assess the level enrolled at Duquesne, students may not pursue require Pharmacy student attendance at other each semester that a student is enrolled in the of knowledge in pertinent areas related to the pro- courses at other institutions for transfer credit seminars and special programs School of Pharmacy, assists with the special oper- gram Superior performance in certain topics will without specific permission from the Office of the ating expenses of the School of Pharmacy alert the student to enroll for advanced placement Dean 4 Health Requirements Any School of examinations Pharmacy student entering studies in a hospital or Advanced standing is conditional until the stu- REGULATIONS The School of Pharmacy admits students into other institutional setting may be required to con- dent completes a minimum of one semester's Students in the School of Pharmacy are preparing each of the first three years of the medical technol- If his work proves form to the health requirements of that institution work (16 semester hours) themselves for entry into a respected health pro- ogy and iachological health programs and into the be requested to unsatisfactory the student will fession where the highest degree of character and first second, or third year of the pharmacy pro- STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS withdraw sense of responsibility are basic requirements As gram Procedures for entrance are outlined under Applicants who have completed advanced TheStudent American Pharmaceutical Association i such thev are expected to conduct themselves, at Application Procedures in the General Informa- whose membership includes all pharmacy stu- courses in high school are encouraged to take all times, in a manner befitting this position and tion section of this catalog dents registered in the last three years of the advanced placement tests (see Admission section according honor to it For these reasons, the All transfer students must be interviewed by the School of Pharmacy aims to promote their inter- of this catalog) Partial advanced placement credit School of Pharmacv insists on strict adherence to Dean Assistant Dean, or Dean's designate in the awarded for these exami- ests, academic, social and professional Under its for some courses may be the following regulations School of Pharmacy Students intending to trans- nations Students are advised to investigate care- auspices, many worthwhile events are arranged fer into the pharmacv program must have success- fully the credit equivalency I Class Attendance Regular class attendance in during the school year The executive committee fiullv completed the appropriate math, science and the School of Pharmacy is normally required for meets regularly with the Dean and the faculty liberal arts prerequisities for entlance into the sec- SCHOLARS PROGRAM maximum educational advantage The responsi- moderator to act as liaison between students and ond or third year of the curriculum Advisors at Any student designated as an Admissions Scholar bilitv for all course material rests wholly with the facultv The annual membership fee includes one the School of Pharmacy are available to meet with upon entrance to the University and to the School student Under no circumstances will class attend- vear's student membership in the American Phar- students to discuss the requirements necessan, for of Pharmacy or who has obtained a cumulative ance be used as the sole basis for altering a grade maceutical Association and a year's subscription possible future placement in the School of average of 3 50 is named to the School of in a course This principle shall not modify the to its Journal Interested pharmacy students Pharmacx, Pharmacy Scholars Program Students enrolled in prerogative of each instructor to establish specific enrolled in their first and second vears at the Uni- Transfer pharmacy students must complete a anv major offered by the School are eligible Selec- policies for attendance at tests, examinations, class versity are also eligible for membership and are minimum of three academic years of residence in tion is made annually on the basis of academic lectures deadlines for reports, and other specific encouraged to become actively involved in the School of Phaimacy standing No application is required Scholars are school or course requirements SAPhA #41 124 the graduating class who attains the highest aver- presented annually to the graduating Medical Fhe 41pha Beta Chaplet of Rho Chi, national American Pharmaceutical Association at age in medicinal chemistry Technology student who achieved the highest Duquesne University pharmacv honor societv at Duquesne University Rho Chi Aitatai Alpha Chapter of Rho Chi standing during the four-year program of study was organized to promote the advancement of the Betnaid and Blanche Schillet 4waid in the awards annuallv a suitably inscribed key to the phaimaceutical sciences Pharmacy students who Humanities and Social Sciences Annually an student who earns the highest general average in GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS have completed three and one-half years of work award of $50 provided by The Drug House, Inc , all subjects during the first two vears of the A committee of the faculty will review the at the University level and have achieved a B Allegheny Division, is presented to the graduate pharmacv program It is presented at a meeting of record of each candidate for graduation to ascer- average are eligible for membership A maximum who has demonstrated an understanding of the the Student Chapter of the American Pharmaceu- tain full compliance with specific School of of 20 percent of the class enrollment may be value of the humanities and social sciences in his lical Association Pharmacy curricula requirements and the general admitted to membership Faculty graduate stu- development as a professional person This award University Graduation Requirements, as stated in dents in the pharmaceutical sciences, and Doctor is to be used for the purchase of books on any Roche Phatinaci (:oinniunications Aiiaid A Academic Policies section of this catalog This of Pharmacy students may also be invited to join aspect of the humanities in which the student is personalized plaque is awarded annually to the committee will then recommend candidates for graduating student who has shown exceptional faculty certification for graduation or for remedial Lia Chaplet of Phi Lambda Signia a national interested abilitv in patient'communication through course- work to be fulfilled during the last semester of professional pharmaceutical society, was chartered Alai v AlcPai tland Beck A ward An award of $25 work and application at Duquesne Univeisity in 1980 The society rec- is presented annuallv to the graduate who has residence Communications pertaining to this cer- tification may be entered in the Office of the Dean ognizes and encourages leadership in the profes- shown outstanding ability and interest in the 5inith Kline & Fiench Labotatoites litaid A personalized plaque is presented annually by the sion of pharmacy The society selects members clinical practice of pharmacy STATE LICENSING who have completed at least two and one half Smith Kline & French Laboratories, Philadelphia, Btistol Awatcl An award is presented annually Pennsvlvania, for superior achievement in PENNSYLVANIA vears in the pharmacv program and have demon- by the Bristol Laboratories, Inc , Syracuse, NY, to strated exemplary leadership qualities Clinical Pharmacy A candidate for licensure as a Registered Phar- a Doctor of Pharmacy candidate for excellence in macist in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Faii Chaptei of Lambda Kappa Signia an inter- scholastic achievement Student Ameitcan Phaitnaceutical 4ssociation litaid Annually a certificate of recognition s must meet the following requirements before he national pharmaceutical fraternity for women was Btistol Awaid A copy of a standard reference may be admitted to the licensing examinations presented to the graduating student who hasI established at Duquesne University in 1932 The book is awarded annually by the Bristol Laborato- which are conducted by the Pennsylvania State organization numbers among its members some of demonstrated through service reporting and ries, Inc , Syracuse, NY, to the graduate who has activitv an avid interest in organization work Board of Pharmacy the most outstanding women in pharmacy ts in the opinion of the faculty attained unusual dis- purposes are to promote the profession f tinction in the work of pharmaceutical SinteA Pieceptot ofthe Yeai litaid An appro- I Character—be of good moral character pharmacy and to create a center of culture an administration priatelv designed plaque is awarded annually by enjoyment for its members the Syntex Laboratories, Inc of Palo Alto, Cali- 2 Professional Training—have a degree in The Diug House, Inc, Alleghenj Ditision Pharmacy granted by a School or College of Fhe Beta Gannna Chaplet of Phi Delta Chi, an Annually an award of $50 is presented to fornia to the preceptor who, in the opinion of the 411atd Pharmacy Interns best exemplifies professional- Pharmacy, which is accredited by the American international pharmaceutical fraternity, was the graduate who has shown outstanding ability Council on Pharmaceutical Education chartered at Duquesne University in 1960 The and interest in the fields of medical microbiology ism ethics and clinical practice 3 Practical Experience and Internship—any fraternity endeavors to integrate academic spiri- and pharmacognosy Upjohn hiatd A suitably inscribed plaque tual and social activities and thereby foster the awarded annually by the Upjohn Company, person enrolled as a student of pharmacy in an Faculty Award The faculty of the School of accredited college may at the end of the second highest professional and personal ideals among its Pharmacy may present an appropriate award to an Kalamazoo Michigan, for outstanding public members Membership is open to students in service year of college file with the Pennsylvania State outstanding member of the graduating class who Board of Pharmacy an application for registration pharmacv has displayed exceptional qualities of academic Westein Pennq4iania Societt, ofIlospital Phar- as a pharmacy intern Fhe Delta Epsilon Chaptei of Kappa Psi Phai- excellence and a QPA of over 3 75 ina(ists -litaid Annually an award of $50 is inaceittical I iateinin was chartered in 1967 This presented to the graduating senior who demon- To insure proficiency in the practical aspects of iWaurice H Finkelpeat,(Aiva?d An award of $50 pharmacy, the State Board shall by regulation pre- international fraternity strives to develop indus- is presented annually to a student who intends to strates outstanding ability and interest in the area try sobriety, and fellowship and to foster high i - of Hospital Pharmacy scribe internship requirements which must be sat- practice Community Pharmacy isfactorily completed prior to issuance of a Phar- als scholarship and pharmaceutical researc Leinnion Conipaiii, Awa)d A certificate and while supporting all projects advancing the profes- Galen Societv Awaid The Galen Society of macist's License Pittsburgh annually offers two $25 awards to the award of $150 to the graduating senior who has Specific information concerning practical expe- sion of pharmacy Membership is open to students completed the degree program through unusual in pharmacv two members of the graduating class who have rience requirements as well as all other require- achieved the highest standing in the departments and extraordinary perserverance and determina- ments concerning licensure may be obtained from Class Oiganizations Each of the five classes is of pharmacology and pharmaceutical chemistry tion in the opinion of the graduating class the State Board of Pharmacy, Department of an officially recognized organization in the c oo Sainuel H/ Cintis Awaid Annually an award of Pennsi,liania Phatinaceutical issociation State, Box 2649, Transportation and Safety Bldg, of Pharmacy Each class elects its own officers and Iiiaid A certificate of recognition and one-year 6th Floor Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17120 conducts such programs and affairs as its members $25 is presented to the graduate who has shown outstanding ability and interests in the field of membership in the PPA awarded annually to the deem desirable toward achieving its goals All stu- STATES OTHER THAN PENNSYLVANIA pharmaccutics graduate who has been most actively involved in dents are included in these organizations regard- pharmacy organizations less of degree curriculum McNeil Dean's Award A replica of an Early According to law, the licensing of an applicant American Mortar and Pestle is awarded annually I Cot netti 7 licci Alernot ial A wat d An award of seeking to become registered as a pharmacist is HONOR AWARDS to an outstanding student of Pharmacv $100 is presented to the graduating student who under the sole jurisdiction of the state in which he I inei ican Institine of the Histot i of Phai maci Administration had demonstrated e\cellence in pharmaceutics seeks to practice Although the requirements for licensure in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Aiiaid A recognition certificate and gift publica- Lilli, 4chieveinent 4waid A gold medal is Sandoz Doctot of Phainiacv Aivaid A com- tions are awarded annually by the American Insti- are similar to those of other states, differences may presented annually to a member of the graduating memorative plaque and $100 which is provided exist Space limitations preclude a complete listing tute of History of Pharmacy for superior achieve- class who has demonstrated superior scholastic bv Sandoz Inc, East Hanover, NJ, is awarded ment in pharmacohistorical study or activitv of the requirements of other states and the District and professional achievement as well as qualities annually to an outstanding Doctor of Pharmacy of Columbia The candidate for licensure in Anietican Phatinacelitical 4ssociation 41ilaid A of leadership graduate another state is advised to consult the Board of plaque picivided by the McKesson Company is Aletck Shatp and Dohnie Aitaid Each year Fishei Scientific livatalfbi Outstandingilliedical Pharmacy in that particular state for complete and presented annually to the graduate who has made Merck and Company, Rahway, New Jersey, offers Fechnologi) Student A personalized plaque is current information the most significant contribution to the Student a set of valuable reference books to a member of

126 127

101 Pharmacy Orientation I Cr 310 AnalNsis of Drug Substances 4 cr with direct reference to toxic and adverse effects CAREER GUIDANCE CENTER Introduction to the profession of pharmacy Dis- 4, survey course covering the basic principles of The myths and misconceptions commonly attrib- A Guidance Center has been established within cussion of various aspects of pharmacy education analytical chemistry statistics as applied to mea- uted to some substances of abuse are clarified The the School of Pharmacy to keep students informed and professional practice Pharmaceutical organi- surement the analytical process problem solving philosophy of the course is to present an objective about the latest career opportunities available to zations are discussed and evaluated The pharma- and data interpretation Examples used come from picture d the "drug abuse era" in this country those possessing a pharmacy education and to ceutical literature is reviewed and a briet history of pharmaceutical manufacturing clinical and bio- The course is intended for all students beginning attract high school and college students to the pharmacy is presented Lecture one hour chemical analysis, pharmacokinctics pharmacol- their collegiate studies Admission to this course profession and drug therapeutics Prerequisites General for students who have completed Pharmacology- 301 Basic Pharmaceutics— OgN The Center consists of faculty members School Chemistry Oiganic Chemistry and Biochemistry Drug Mechanisms I or its equivalent is by Pharmacy Math 1 4 cr of Pharmacy alumni, and pharmacy practitioners approval of the instructor Lecture, one hour A study of the basic physiochernical principles Lecture four hours It provides upon request speakers for career day applicable to an understanding of drugs and the programs and information to high school counsel- Medicinal Chemistry— 3 Basic Pharmacology 3 cr pharmaceutical systems in which they are con- 313 ors on all matters relating to a pharmacy educa- Natural Products 4 cr A course dealing with the major classes of thera- tained Subject areas include solubility and solu- 1 tion and career Relationship between chemical structure and the peutic agents designed for students with a limited tions, pH diffusion, osmocity, drug stability, pack- biological action of natural and synthetic drug background in biological sciences Drugs are con- Pamphlets containing career information on aging storage and administration, physic- molecules Emphasis is on underlying principles as sidered from a "disease state" point of view and pharmacy are also available through the Guidance cochernical evaluation of pharmaceutical prod- well as on specific therapeutic agents Organiza- include basic mechanisms of action Important Center Inquiries should be directed to the ucts, the clinical applications of pharmaceutics tion is by pharmacological classification with drug interactions as they relate to patient care are Pharmacy Career Guidance Center School of Mathematical methodologies (algebraic and chemical properties relating to mechanism of included Not open to Pharmacy Students Prereq- Pharmacy Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, graphical) relevant to modern pharmaceutical action drug disposition (absoiption distribution uisites Six credits of biological science, including Pennsylvania 15282 practice are integrated into both the didactic and metabolism and excretion) and chemical incom- physi6logy Lecture three hours laboratory portions of the course Laboratory patibilities considered for each class Prerequisites RESEARCH FOUNDATION emphasis is on practical and clinical application 1 11 and Biochemistry Lec- 4 Social Diseases I cr The Hugh C Muldoon and Pharmacy Alumni 115 General Physics (one Organic Chemistry Prerequisites Calculus Causes, course of diseases, prevention, treatment Foundation of Duquesne University established 1, 11 Lecture, three ture four hours semester), Organic Chemistry and social effects of venereal diseases Awareness in 1950 to celebrate the twenty-fifth anniversary of hours Recitation, conference, and laboratory four 314 Medicinal Chemistry— and common sense should be awakened in stu- the founding of the School of Pharmacy is an hours dents by the course Open to students who have increasingly valuable aid in helping to achieve the Natural Products 11 4 cr completed Pha rmacol ogy- Drug Mechanisms I aims of the University and of the School of 302 Basic Pharmaceutics 11 4 cr A continuation of Medicinal Chemistry I Lecture, only with the permission of the instructor Lec- Pharmacy The foundation provides funds for A continuation of Pharmaceutics I Prerequisite four hours ture, one hour improving the instructional and research facilities Pharmaceutics I Lecture, three hours Recitation, of the School it assists in the advancement of conference, and laboratory, four hours 365 Anal^tical ChermstrN 4 cr Rigorous training in stoichiometric relationships 130 History of Pharmacy 2 cr pharmacy by supporting the training of undergrad- 305 Pharmaceutics-Biopharmaceuties 111 3 cr and in the application of equilibrium principles A survey of the origins of science medicine and uate and graduate students in industrial and A study of the physio-chemical, biological and with laboratory experience in the principal meth- pharmacy from the earliest recorded events to the research procedures it helps to extend the knowl- pharmaceutical factors which affect absorption, ods of gravinietric volumetric and instrumental present with emphasis on nineteenth and twenti- edge from research being conducted under the aus- distribution metabolism and excretion of drugs anal^sis Prerequisites General Chemistry, eth century pharmacy in the United States Lec- pices of the School Contributions are solicited in man Emphasis is placed on the utilization of Orgam( Chemistry Lecture three hours Labora- ture, two hours from graduates and others interested in the work biopharmaceutical and pharmacokinetic knowl- of the Foundation They may be addressed in care tory seven hours edge in problems of bioavailability and bioe- 220 Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 4 cr of the School of Pharmacy quivalence of drug products and in the determina- 499 Independent Stud) A lecture course dealing with the structure and tion of appropriate drug dosage regimens function of the various cells, tissues and organ COURSE DESCRIPTIONS and Research 1-2 cr /sem Prerequisite Basic Pharmaceutics 1, 11 Lecture, systems of the body Emphasis is on the complexi- The courses of instruction are numbered in accor- To stimulate interest in furthering a student's edu- three hours ties of regulation and integration of function of dance with a plan uniform throughout the cation the School of Pharmacy uses this course as these organ systems Prerequisites General Biol- University 306 Pharmaceuties-Pharmacokinetics IV 4 cr a vehicle to provide the means whereby those who 1 11 Lecture, four hours A continuation of Pharmaceutics III with empha- wish to be involved in a programmed self-study ogv University courses numbered 100 are Freshman sis on pharmacokinetics and on drug delivery sys- educational experience may do so To accomplish courses 200 Sophomore 300 Junior, 400 Senior 317 Human Anatomy and Physiology 11 4 cr tems Prerequisite Pharmaccutics III Lecture, this aim the student in cooperation with a specific Courses described in this section are required continuation of the Human Anatomy and Phys- instructor chosen by the student will develop a A courses in the professional curriculum and those three hours Laboratory, four hours course of study that will realistically be able to fill iology I lecture series, with laboratory The labora- courses offered by the School of Pharmacy faculty Biochemistry—Nutrition 4 cr tory portion of the course deals with gross anat- 309 the learning objectives stated by the student The as a University service Courses numbered 500 are course designed to integrate basic biochemistry A student and instructor will meet at stipulated regu- omy, a histological study of tissues, and the graduate level courses in which qualified under- with the application to selected clinical cases lar time intervals for guidance and evaluation of clinical appraisal of physiological functions Lec- graduate students may be enrolled with the per- Emphasis is placed on metabolism of carbohy- ture, three hours, Laboratory, three hours progress being made by the student Contact mission of the instructor of the course Credit for drates, lipids and proteins as the source of energy School of Pharmacy office for restrictions on total these courses cannot be used to satisfy require- derived from foods certain aspects of nutrition Pathophysjolog^ 3 cr credits allowed and on eligibility for registration 318 ments for a second degree Most courses in the 800 are discussed The function of enzymes, vitamins A lecture presentation of the cellular, organ and series are generally restricted to Doctor of and hormones is presented in relation to their role DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY- systemic changes associated with the human dis- Pharmacy canclidate^ in metabolism Clinical applications, including ease process Also discussed are the physiological TOXICOLOGY laboratory tests encountered on patients' charts, responses of the body's organ systems to the dis- DEPARTMENT OF parenteral nutrition, and pertinent clinical cases Chaninan Gene A Riley, Ph D ease process and the contribution these responses PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY which illustrate the interrelationship of biochemis- 2 Drug Abuse I cr make to the production of signs and symptoms try with physiology are discussed Prerequisite that are normally associated with each disease AND PHARMACEUTICS A course designed to present the pharmacological Organic Chemistry 1, 11 Lecture four hours, Lab- and toxicological properties of substances of state Prerequisites Human Anatomy and Physi- Chaninan Mitchell L Borke Ph D oratory two hours abuse The major classes of drugs are described ology 1, 11 Lecture, three hours

128 129

319 NILdical MicrobiologN— pharmacist is included Elements of business law phaimacy with a phaTmacist-preceptor Off-cam- 491 Hospital Pharmacy Management 3 cr litimunologN 4 cr and civil responsibilities of the pharmacist are also pus placement is necessary Note Calendarchange A course designed to introduce the student to hos- Covers the gencial characteristics and morphologv covered Lecture three hours for fifth-vear Pharmacy students mav be required pital pharmacy resource management and to ser- of bacteria the important staining techniques vices frequently associated with hospital 262 International Health Issues methods of growing bacteria on artificial media, 3 er 434 Practical PharmacN IV—Optional 3 cr pharmacy Lecture, three hours testing the effects of chemotherapeutic agents on The course will explore factors that influence Required of all final-vear Pharmacv students and 814 Parenteral Therap^ 3 cr pathogenic bacteiia and immunologv It includes health care in diverse countries Topics covered involving placement in an operating pharmacy or A lecture/laboratory course designed to present discussions of the important bacteria] rickettsial include a comparison of health services the use of related practice setting with a pharmacist-precep- the principles of sterilization, aseptic processing bedsonial viral and protozoal diseases along with regional planning by groups of small countries, tor Off-campus placement is necessary Note Cal- and membrane filtration in the preparation of par- worm infestations their causes symptoms and prevention and control of specific diseases with enclar change for fifth-year Pharmacy students enteral products and intravenous admixtures in treatment Lecture three hours, Laboratory three special emphasis on communicable diseases, pri- mav be required hours mary health care, the role of international agencies pharmacy practice Emphasis on the principles of from the perspective of developed and developing 481 PharmaeN Sales and Marketing 2 cr fluid and electrolyte therapy, acid-base balance 321 Pharmacolog^ -Drug Mechanisms 1 4 cr countries, the constitutional administrative and and total parenteral nutrition is included in lec- ,%n introduction to the pharmaceutical manufac- A course in the mechanisms and pharmacody- financial influences on health care health priori- ture Lecture, three hours, Pre-laboratory and lab- turer s role in marketing drug products The con- namic actions of drugs Side effects toxicity drug ties in the context of general needs Lecture three oratory/demonstration cepis elements and functions involved in the s- interactions and the rational for therapeutic use in hours relation ^to drug mechanism and actions are tributive chain between the manufacturer of d theI DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL stressed Prerequisites Human Anatomy and 325 Pharmac^ Management 4 cr drug and the ultimate user are considered Lec- TECHNOLOGY ture two hours Practicum, one hour Physiologv 1 11 and Pathophsiologv Lecture, four A course designed to familiarize students with the Direclor Jeanne A Cooper, M D Education hours fundamentals of personnel inventory and finan- 482 CommumtN Pharmac) Practice 3 er Coordinatot M Elaine Linkhauer, M T cial management decisions with the overall objec- 322 Phirmacolog^ -Drug Mechanisms 11 4 cr (ASCP) tive of improving pharmacy practice efficiency The couise considers the operational aspects of a A continuation of Pharm acol ogv- Drug Mecha- Lecture four hours communitv phatmacy with emphasis on the busi- 61 Clinical Chemistr^ 7 cr nisms I Lecture four hours ness or commercial matters pertinent to a success- A comprehensive st udy of the chemistry and 326 Pharmacy Administration 3 cr 323 OTC Drugs 2 cr ful operation Lecture three hours metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and A course designed to familiarize the student with A course designed to familiarize students with the electrolyte, enzyme, and hormone systems as the diverse social, political, economic, and legal revealed by the various examinations performed pharmacological and toxicological properties of DEPARTMENT OF CLINICAL forces affecting the practice of pharmacv The over-the-counter drugs The course will prepare on blood and other bodv fluids course considers the persons, places, and activities PH;kRl\/IACY the student to counsel the public on the appropri- involved in providing health care services with 62 Urmalysis 2 cr ate use of OTC drugs, to select the proper non- (han inan Thomas J Mattel, Pharm D special emphasis on the role of the community The study of renal function and its abnormalities prescription drug for a particular disease state and 333 Drug Literature Resources I cr pharmacist Lecture, three hours as portrayed by alterations in the composition of to determine if treatment with a non-prescription This course is intended to acquaint the student the urine drug is appropriate Prerequisites Pharmacology- 430 Patient Counseling and Education 3 cr with various chug information resources and how Drug Mechanisms 1 11 Lecture two hours 63 Hematolog) 5 cr A course designed to examine current counseling to appropriatelv utilize these references in Detailed study of the anatomv and physiology of 324 Public Health-Emergenc) Treatment and communication techniques in terms of how responding to infoirnation requests The course 3 cr the blood and various laboratory methods used in they relate to patient education regarding personal will review the primary and seconclary literature, A discussion of public health measures such as establishing inherited or acquired abnormalities of health problems and compliance with medication indexing and ab'stracting systems, the systematic immunization, water purification, sewage dispo- blood and blood forming organs sal disinfection of individuals and objects, control regimens The course will examine in detail basic search process, principles of literature evaluation, of rodents and insects and the relationship of interviewing techniques Lecture, two hours, Lab- and the approach for answering common drug 64 Blood Banking 3 cr these to the spread of disease Health statistics, oratory, two hours intormation questions Lecture one hour Labora- Essentials and importance of proper selection of disaster preparedness and the health effects of tory one hour blood for transfusion pretesting methods, records, 431 Behaiioral Aspects of Illness 2 cr environmental pollutants are also discussed In and administration of blood Also included are A course designed to examine the current theory 440 Therapeutics 6 cr the first aid portion the course teaches how to studies of tests pertaining to iscisensitization and research in the psycho-social correlates and render first aid in cases of emergency, while await- -\ course designed to provide the student with the consequences of illness and health Topics will 65 Bacteriolog^ 5 cr ing the arrival of a physician Special emphasis is intormation necessary to demonstrate competency include the general areas of social stress research, The study of clinical bacteriology, including cul- placed on emergencies which the pharmacist is related to the therapeutic principles of selected d I s- theories of psycho-somatic medicine, the impact ture methods, biochemical and immunological most likely to experience epileptic seizures, heart ease states Prerequisites Pharmacology-Dr u 9 of social environment upon health, and the impact aspects of identification, and the application of attacks fainting, diabetic coma and others Lec- Mechanisms 1 11 and Medicinal Chernistrv- of illness upon the emotional and social function- these to the disease state ture three houis Naturals Products 1 11 Lecture, six hours ing of the person Prerequisite Introductory 66 Parasitolog^ 2 cr DEPARTMENT OF course in sociology and/or psychology is highly 441 Practical Pharmac^ I— Methods of identification of the various parasites recommended Lecture, two hours PHARMACEUTICAL Clinical Clerkship 3 cr infesting man, with detailed study of their mor- ADMINISTRATION 432 Practical Pharmacy 11—Community 3 cr An educational process designed to provide the phology and habit J Amadio, M B A student with clinical experiences necessary to Chaitinan Anthony Required of all final-year Pharmacy students and 67 Immunolog) 2 cr demonstiate competency in the areas of providing 230 Pharmac^ Laii 3 cr involving placement in an operating community Studv of the procedures used in analvsis of patient education ascertaining drug histories par- A course designed to acquaint the student with the pharmacv with a pharmacist-preceptor Off-cam- immune mechanisms of the body and their appli- philosophy of law and its relationship to ticipating in the selection and monitoring of thera- pus placement is necessary Note Calendar change cation in disease processes pharmacy Federal state, and local laws and regu- for fifth-year Pharmacy students may be required peutic modalities and other pharmacist-related lations pertinent to the handling and sale of drugs functions The fifth-vear Pharmacv student will be 69 M)cology I cr cosmetics narcotics, poisons, and alcohol are dis- 433 Practical Pharmac) III—Hospital 3 cr assigned to a member of the clinical faculty and a The study of the pathogenic fungi, the diseases cussed A ieview of antitrust laws trade regula- Required of all final-year Pharmacy students and given practice site Note Calendar change for fifth- they cause, and the technical methods of identifi- tions and court decisions of importance to the involving placement in an operating hospital vear Pharmacy students may be required cation

130 131

70 Xlirolog^ I cr 541, 542 Radiological Health I and If 4 cr each Depai inient of Histot v- A course designed to review the fundamental RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES FOR 1) 305 History of Medicine 307, 308 History The stu - dy of the viruses causing disease and the physical and biological principles of radiation pro- technical methods of identification RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH of Science tection, and the application of these principles to 1()6 Logic 2) 103, 104 Development of the U S , 309 the measurement techniques, radiation hazard American Science and Technology evaluation, radiation protection surveillance and 104 Introduction to Philosoph) 71 Nuclear Patholog^ 2 cr administration Scientific principles most applica- 3) World History, Western Civilization 105 Ethics ble to solving the problems of protecting humans The studv of the use of radioisotopes in the diag- 4) Non-American History Sequence nosis and treatment of disease from unacceptable levels of radiation exposure 107 Medical Ethics both in occupational and public environment are 101 Introduction to Political Science Department of Classics- emphasized Lecture, three hours, Laboratory, 312 International I-a%% and Organization 1) 121 or 122, 123, 245, 246, 240 Greek DEPARTMENT OF RADIOLOGICAL four hours Civilization HEALTH 103 Introduction to Ps^cholog^ RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL 2) 121 or 122, 123, 246, 247, 248, 241 Roman 101 Surie^ of SociologN Chaiiinan Mitchel L Borke, Ph D ELECTIVES Civilization The following courses offered by the Graduate 323 Medical Sociologi 3) 245, 246, 247, 248 Ancient History Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences are avail- 201, 202 English Literature Surie^ 451 Practice in Radiological Health 4 cr able to qualified upperclassmen in the School of 4) 103, 104, 203, 204, 301, 302, 303 Greek Pharmacy 103, 104 Deielopment of the United States Language and Literature Designed to provide the student with practical 305 Histor^ of Medicine experience in at least four broad areas of radiologi- 501 Manufacturing Pharmac^ 5) 101, 102, 201 202, 305, 306 Latin Lan- guage and Literature cal health industrial hospital reactor and unver- liistor^ of Science 502 Pharmaceutical Formulation and 307, 308 sity This experience will be acquired through Development 204 Interpersonal Communications Department of Sociologi- observation and participation in dailv practical problems of radiation protection within local orga- 504 Industrial Pharmacy and 121 Elements of Economics 1) 10 1 any one of areas of concentration sug- nizations representative of the four broad areas of Governmental Affairs gested under minor 203 Genetics radiological health Emphasis will be placed on 510 A&anced Pharmacokinetics 1 personnel monitoring and dosimetry, rachocherm- 206 Emironmental Biolog) Depaitinent ofPsjchology- cal assaving of biological and environmental 522 Spectral Methods 1) 103, courses suggested under minor materials field surveying of plant operations 523, 524 Adianced Medicinal ELECTIVES-COURSE CLUSTERS involving large quantities of fission products and Chemistr3 I and 11 DepatIment ofSpeech Communicatioti- othei radioactive materials, environmental moni- The following courses in liberal arts and sciences_ toring practices decon tam i nation piocedures, and 539 Bionucleonics were especialiv selected by the several depart 1) Courses suggested under minor radiation protection record keeping Prerequisites ments to support and complement pharmacy pro- 540 Adianced Bionucleonics and Depattinent ofPhilosophv- Bionuelcomes 539 Radiological Health 541, Co- grams Students are encouraged to view these elec- Radiopharmaceuticals requisite Radiological Health 542 Laboratory 16 tives with the aim of providing an appropriate 1) 104, 105 or 107, 106 hours 541, 542 Radiological Health I and If depth of knowledge in the areas Each cluster is 2) Courses suggested under minor 560 Biosynthesis of Natural Products intended to offer an interesting sequence of elec- tives that will count toward minimum elective Depaitment ofPolitical Science- 539 Bionucleonics 3 cr 561 General Toxjcolog^ requirements of all prograrns in the School 1) 101, courses suggested under minor 563 Pathology A studv of the fundamental techniques of manipu- Depaitment ofLnghsh- lation and measurement of radioisotopes Experi- 566 Clinical Toxicology Depat m7ent of Theologi- ments performed individually by each student 1) 201 202 English Literature Survey 1) Courses suggested under minor 569 Toxins include measurement of radioactivity with G-M 2) 205 206 American Literature Survey counters flow counters, ionization chambers, pro- Descriptions of these courses may be found in the Fine Arts- portional counters, crystal and liquid scintillators, Graduate School of Liberal Arts and Sciences Cat- 3) 210 21 1 World Literature Survey study of the characteristics of radiation, gamma 1) Courses suggested under minor alog 4) Special Studies in English or World spectrometry some applications of radioisotopes Literature Any course taught in the University may be cho- in pharmacy, chemistry, biology, etc Prerequi- sen as an elective course by students who have sites General Chemistry, General Physics Lec- RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES FOR 5) 207 208 209 Study of Literary Form met the prerequisites Descriptions for courses ture three hours Laboratory three hours MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 6) English Honors Program 12 credits outside the School of Pharmacy may be found in 107 Medical Ethics the appropriate section of the University catalog 7) All 12 credits minors listed by the Depart- 101 Surve^ of Sociology ment in the current catalog 540 Adianced Bionucleonics and Radiopharmaceuticals 3 cr 323 Medical Sociology

A course devoted to the practical applications of 103 Introduction to Ps^chology radioactive isotopes in chemistry, biology, 305 History of Medicine pharmacy and medicine The scope of the course includes neutron activation analysis, gamma spec- 307, 308 Histor) of Science trometry tracer methods, and radiopharmaccuti- 204 Interpersonal Communications cals Prerequisite Bionucleonics 539 Lecture, three hours Laboratory three hours 121 Elements of Economics

132 133

2 Attendance at a service academy for one or Military Science (MS) 102 Individual Skills Reserve Officers' more years The course will provide an introduction to the 3 Completion of equivalent level training in sport of orienteering, which is a combination of Training Corps Navv or Air Force ROTC cross-country running and land navigation with he aid of a topographical map and a compass 4 Completion of three or more years training in junior ROTC (any service) or NDCC instructionI is presented on map reading, the use of DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE the compass, and how to move quickly and safely (ARMY OFFICE RS'COMMISSIONING PROGRAM) EARLY COMMISSIONING through all kinds of terrain

PROGRAMS Sophoinotes (YIIS I Manv students are able to complete the require- Military Science (MS) 201 Leadership and I-all Semestei merits for commissioning prior to graduation Management Techniques through the direct entry concept These students This is an introductory course into basic manage- The Armv Reserve Officers Tiaining Corps MS 201 Leadership MS 202 Introduction mav be commissioned upon completion of the (ROTC) Progiam has been a member of the and to ment and leadership techniques and includes .\dvanced Course, permitting them to serve in sal- Duquesne Famik ' since 1936 It is a completely Management Military effective communications techniques small group aried positions with the National Guard or voluntary program which is open to all niale and Skills processes, leadership traits and styles, decision- Reserves while completing their degree work female students at Duquesne It provides students 0-1 cr 0-1 cr making and problem-solving techniques The with the opportunity to earn a commission as an After completing the Basic Course, students who course is also designed to provide the student with SIMULTANEOUS MEMBERSHIP officer in the US Army, US Army Reserves or have demonstrated officer potential and meet the tools for a self-analysis of his/her management Arniv National Guard After commissioning, slu- Army physical standards are eligible to enroll in PROGRAM (SMP) capability and the methods for improvement dents serve as an officer in the Reserves or the ^clvancecl Course The Advanced Course is This program permits students to participate in Military Science (MS) 202 Introduction to National Guard while pursuing their chosen civil- normaliv taken in the final two years of college the Army ROTC Advanced Course and serve in a Military Skills ian caieers or compete for active duty The pro- Therefore, at the beginning of the junior year, the Reserve or National Guard unit as an officer gram is structured to give the student a varietv of student must decide whether he/she wishes to trainee at the same time The advantage to SMP is This course introduces the student to the United piactical experiences in leading and managing become an officer and enter the advanced phase of that the student will receive regular drill pay from States Army and provides an inside view of people and iesources while learning about the mil- the program Students who enter the Advanced the Reserve or National Guard as well as the $ 100 ROTC and the Army, to include its organization, itai\ piofession and the role it plays in our system Course receive a tax-free living allowance of $ 100 per month living allowance for participating in the missions, and functions The course will discuss of government FOLir-vear and two-year programs per month during the school year The junior year Army ROTC officer career fields, duties and responsibilities of are offered both of which are taken in conjunction is training-oriented and prepares students for six junior leaders, additional education programs, with a Student s iequired or normal couise of weeks of rigorous field and leadership training that TWO-YEAR PROGRAM , pay, promotion, assignments, customs and tradi- studv leading to a clegiee they receive at Fort Bragg, NC at the end of the tions of the Army and the significance of military This two-year program is designed primarily for academic year The senior year further prepares courtesy and discipline The student will also be transfer students and students who did not partici- the student to perform the duties of an officer It introduced to the operation of the basic military pate in ROTC as freshmen or sophomores Any 10UR I EAR covers such subjects as military law administra- team—the squad student with at least two academic vears remain- tion, logistics staff functions, professionalism, eth- ing (undergraduate and/or graduate) is eligible ics, and military training Leadership development THE ADVANCED COURSE The four-^car program is divided into two parts Students may qualifv for this program and enroll- is continuously emphasized (Military Science Levels III and IV) the Basic Course and the Advanced Course The ment in the Advanced Course by successfully Basic Course is usualiv taken in the freshman and Advanced Course Curriculum completing a paid summer Camp at Fort Knox, Military Science (MS) 301 and 302 sophomore veais during which time the student Juniols KY (Als III) Military Skills Development would take ROTC courses as they would any other Fall Semesier Spi ing Seinestet college courses There is no rnilitar^ service obliga- ARMY ROTC SCHOLARSHIPS This course requires a full school year to complete tion oi special requirements of any kind The NIS 301 Military MS 302 Military In addition to the two hours per week of instruc- fieshmen and sophomore courses follow an Skills Skills Armv ROTC offers four, three, and two-year tion and practical application exercises on cam- adventure skill learning and leadership track Development Development scholarships which are awarded on a competitive pus, the student periodically attends training exer- which is designed to enhance self-conhdence pro- 0-2 cr 0-2 cr basis ROTC students as well as those students not cises on weekends throughout the school year The currently participating in ROTC are eligible to course provides the student with instruction and vide new experiences and place students in realis- Suminei Between Junim and Seniot Yeai tic leadership situations Freshmen learn survival apply Each scholarship pays for tuition, text- practical experience in tactical and technical mili- Attend a six-week ROTC Advanced Camp techniques how to handle and fire a rifle, and how books, laboratory fees and other purely academic tary subjects with particular emphasis on leader- to navigate cross-country using a map and a com- Seniois (MS IV) expenses Scholarship students also receive a tax- ship development The central theme and primary free living allowance of $100 each month during purpose of the course is to prepare the student for pass Sophomores learn about leadership, manage- Fall Seinestet Spi I ng Sell] este) ment and the role of the militar), in the United the school year while on scholarship status For attendance at the six-week ROTC Advanced MS 401 Professional MS 401 Professional States The Basic Course may be ^ompressed into details, see the ROTC Scholarship listing in the Camp at Fort Bragg, NC which is normally Seminar Seminar less than a two-year period if the student meets Financial Aid Section of this catalog on page 222 attended during the summer following the comple- 0-2 cr 0-2 cr Certain pierequisite conditions tion of this course MILITARY SCIENCE CURRICULUM DIRECT ENTRY INTO THE THE BASIC COURSE Military Science (MS) 401 and 402 ADVANCED COURSE Basic Course Curriculum (Military Science Levels I and 11) Professional Seminar Students may receive placement credit for MS I To take this course, the student must have satis- and 11 and be granted direct entry into the (MS) 101 Suriival Techniques factorily completed MS 301,and 302 as well as Fieshinen (AIS 1) Miljtar^ Science Advanced Course This placement credit may be This is an introductory course designed to prepare ROTC Advanced Camp The course meets two granted for rall scinestel spi I lig seincstel students to recognize survival situations, deter- hours per week and is a systematic and compre- MS 101 Survival NIS 102 Individual I Completion of Armv Basic Training or its mine directions navigate at night, rappel, find and hensive study of professional subject matters Techniques Skills equivalent in the Navy, Air Force, Coast Guard or prepare food, find water, applv first aid, cross designed to facilitate the transition from student/ 0- 1 cr 0-1 cr Marine Corps obstacles and construct shelters cadet to officer It is comprised of two modules

134 135

Module I (MS 401), Administrative/Staff Opera- suitable for the conduct of such activities as rap- tions and Procedures, is taught in the fall semester pelling and small unit tactics Therefore, off-cam- Part III: Module 11 (MS 402), Military Law and Justice, is pus sites on weekends are utilized in order to effec- taught in the spring semester tively apply techniques taught in the classroom Weekend activities are student run and instructor Stude..nt Life: Programs, THE COMMON HOUR supervised For this reason, these activities are 13 Military Science (MS) 100 Cadet Corps Labora- ideally suited for cadets to practice leadership and tory The Common Hour and Cadet Corps Labo- organizational and military technical skills Services and Orgnnizations ratory are synonymous This class is scheduled Some weekday or weekend evenings are set aside both semesters meeting once a week for one hour for social activities which incorporate exposure to The Cadet Commander uses the lab to dissemi- military customs and traditions These events nate information and to organize the activities of include a Dining-in, the Military Ball an Awards A DIVISION OF STUDENT LIFE the Corps of Cadets All students are required to Ceremony, and the Annual R6TC Commission- NiISSION CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT attend unless a conflict exists between this class ing Program The mission of the Division of Student Life is to and their academic course work establish and maintain a total living, learning and Students and graduates of Duquesne University developmental environment that will enhance stu- have available to them the full services and pro- VOLUNTARY ADVENTURE AND dents' growth for individual self-actualization and grams of Career Planning and Placement Persons SOCIAL ACTIVITIES positive involvement in the world community with uncertain or changing vocational goals may In an Urban environment, it is not possible to seek career planning through personal contact with PHILOSOPHY provide students with the kind of surroundings the professional staff and use of the career Consistent with the educational philosophy of the resources Early use of this service is encouraged Univeisity and the above stated mission, the Stu- The individual with well-defined career goals dent Life Division provides the student with may seek employment advice including resume opportunities to participate in a variety of experi- preparation, job application and interview tech- ences with fellow students, faculty members and niques, job referrals and credentials The graduat- administrators The Student Life Staff encourages ing student may also be interested in campus students to initiate new programs, implement interviews with visiting imployers change and participate in the essential processes of Undergraduate students may earn academic Universitv governance on many levels credit for approved preprofessional work under ORGANIZATION the University's Cooperative Education Program The Vice President for Student Life and his Assis- which is administered by the Career Planning and tant cooidinate the Departments of Athletics, Placement Office Career Planning and Placement, Dean of Students The part-time and summer employment pro- Otfice Duquesne Union, Health Services, Resi- gram is important to students in financing their dence Life, Retention and Testing These Depart- education and to those seeking practical experi- ments are briefly described below Additional ence to augment college training Placement in information may be obtained directly from each campus jobs is largely, though not totally, depen- Department 'and through the Student Handbook dent upon financial need Part-time and summer and Code of Stadeni Righis, Responsibilities and jobs in the community are also available Conduct DEAN OF STUDENTS OFFICE ATHLETICS This office is directly responsible for implementing Duquesne University is a member of the National several programs and services which provide indi- Collegiate Athletic Association (Division 1) and vidual students and groups with opportunities for the Atlantic 10 Conference All rules of these two personal, intellectual and social growth Chief organizations, including those pertaining to a stu- among these programs and services are the Uni- dent's eligibility for a varsity team, are followed versity Judicial System, Orientation, Freshman/ Duquesne University believes in and promotes Transfer Assistance Program, College Skills, Spe- the concept of the student athlete, manifested in cial Scholarships and Awards, Disabled Student part by the appointment of the Academic Supervi- Services, Life Planning Seminars, Positive Profile sor for lntcrcollegiate^Athletics Athletic grants-m- Records, Commuter Concerns, National Honor aid are available for most varsity sports Societies and Counseling Services The Athletic Department fields men's varsity teams in baseball, basketball, cross-country, foot- The University Judicial Board plays an impor- ball (Division III), swimming, tennis and volley- tant role in developing responsible student con- ball women's varsity teams in basketball, softball, duct, serving to protect the rights and freedoms of swimming tennis and volleyball, coed varsity all students while insuring that these rights and teams in golf and rifle, and club teams in bowling freedoms are not misused within the context of and hockey students' responsibilities to the University The Duquesne sponsors a very active intramural Board comprised of administrators, faculty, stu- program in such fields as tennis touch football, dents and a student chairperson minimizes legal volleyball, chess, street hockey, basketball, soft- technicalities and instead focuses on the develop- ball, ultimate frisbee and marathons mental process

136 137

Office of Residence Life in developing and imple- resident assistant staff will provide the means to If ARNING SKILLS PROGRAM DUQUESNE UNION foster such development meriting Living Learning Center policies and pro- The Lcaining Skills Program is an ancillary aca- resident students are automatically The Duquesne Union is more than a unique build- All freshmen students, except those residing cedures All dcniic service whose primary charge is the intellec- ing It is a unique partnership of professional staff, with their parents or relatives, are required to live members of Residence Council and are tual development of students Services are pro- encouraged to attend meetings functions etc tacultv and students working together to provide in one of Duquesne's Living Learning Centers All X1dcd in coordination with academic offices of the the experience necessary to develop mature, effec- students living on campus are further required to sponsored by the group tive members of socict^ The Union staff provides take their meals at the Residence Cafeteria Hous- L)niversitv It is the aim of the Residence Council to serve advice and assistance for all phases of campus pro- ing Agreement terms are effective for the entire As part of its academic assistance efforts, the as a link between the resident students and the gramming and establishes goals for as well as pro- academic year, with Room and Board rates being Learning Skills Piogram delivers diagnostic and administration Aside from the council activities, clueing and presenting a balanced series of cul- determined on an annual basis Additional infor- prescriptive serN ices Individualized developmen- representatives of the Residence Council serve on tural educational recreational and social mation regarding programs, policies and regula- ull programs in reading writing mathematics and the Student Life Advisory Committee and the programs With the goal of community, all aspects tions for the Living Learning Centers is included science are offered to Students who seek to upgrade Food Service Committee to provide student input of the Union are open to the entire campus It is in the Residence Life Handbook thcir academic skills and advance their intellectual for the formulation and review of University poli- not the "StudLnt" Union, but the Duquesne giowth cies affecting residence living RETENTION OFFICE Union free tutorial service provides students with A INTER-FRATERNITY COUNCIL The Union staff works most closely with the The Retention Office, under the direction of the competent tutors in numerous subject areas In Union Program Board, which is the student organ- The Inter-Fraternity Council serves as a clearing Vice President for Student Life/Retention coordi- addition a compichensive studv skills program is ization exercising primary coordination and house for general fraternity social information and nates the efforts of the entire University commu- available to help students prepare study skills as implementation of University-wide programming as a forum for airing constructive proposals for the nity to ensure that the personal and educational well as to assist students experiencing academic through a series of special committees The UPB improvement of the fraternity system Member- experience for all students is the best possible Pol- difficulties offers its members the opportunity to develop icies, programs, services and opportunities are ship in the Council is composed of three elected or effective skills in leadership, communication, PSN CHOLOGICAL CENTER FOR 71 RAIN- appointed representatives from each of the eight constantly reviewed, refined and improved in an organization and group process member fraternities The IFC establishes all rules effort to meet the legitimate needs of students con- ING AND RESEARCH Facilities within the Union include administra- governing inter-fraternity sports and regulates sistent with the mission and goals of the Univer- tive and student organization offices, meeting The Psvchological Center for Training and sity pledging rooms, information center, recreation center Research is staffed by the Psychologv Department PANHELLENIC COUNCIL bookstore cafeteria video arcade, ballroom, Rath- TESTING BUREAU and is available to students foi personal counsel- ing Counseling interviews provide the student The Panhellenic Council was established for the skellar Restaurant and student lounge The primary role of the stafff of the Testing kvith an opportunity for personal growth through purpose of strengthening women's fraternities as Bureau is to provide the student with the opportu- HEALTH SERVICE the development of the individual's ability to find organizations and for promoting cooperation nity to explore interests and abilities as they per- The University Health Service provides primary one's own solutions for difficulties of a personal among the groups through scholastic, athletic, and tain to choosing a degree major or minor and plan- health care to all resident students and to commut- nature Single conferences or a series of interviews social activities Membership in the Panhellenic ning a career Trained counselors focus upon test Cis enrolled in the University Commuter Health in individual or group counseling can be arranged Council is composed of the presidents and elected results and the student's personal style when con- Plan Services include evaluation, treatment of ill- at the Center s Office representatives of each of the six women's social sidering the student's questions or concerns ness and injury, starter doses of medication, fraternities Panhellenic Council establishes all Counseling is also available to students whose allergv injections diagnostic tests, routine screen- C STUDENT GOVERNANCE rules concerning the rushing and pledging of new ing physicals health counseling referrals and concerns are of a more personal nature, such as STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION fraternity members health education materials and programming adjusting to college life, anxiety, etc Professional I Additionally emergency care is given to faculty, assistance with study skills, test anxiety and per- The Student Government Association is a stu- D STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS sonal concerns is available in both individual and dent-created structure designed to provide a forum staff and visitois In addition to Registered Nurses GENERAL and a Nurse Piactitioner the staff includes a group counseling formats Information about the for the expression of student views and interests, There are more than 80 active student organiza- Board Certified Physician and Consulting Psychia- applications for national qualification examina- to maintain academic freedom and responsibility tions at Duquesne Some serve the needs of spe- trist tions (CLEP, GRE, LSAT, MAT, SAT, etc) are and to foster intelligent interest and participation cific interest groups as well as those of residents Although in-patient facilities and services are available at the Testing Bureau in all phases of university life Two major func- and commuters Others relate directly to major provided by complete medical centers adjacent to tions of the S G A are to serve as student repre- B OTHER DEVELOPMENTAL areas of study Some honor academic achieve- and close by Duquesne's Campus, a completely sentatives on important University committees ment Many are formed to meet religious, service equipped ambulance is maintained by the Univer- SERVICES and to serve as the sole bodv that jecognizes and or social needs and interests Whatever their pur- sitv funds Student organizations INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION pose, these organizations and their activities com- It is stronglv recommended that each student One of the five (5) primary tenets of Duquesne CONIMUTER COUNCIL prise a major part of campus life carry some form of health insurance The Univer- University centers on International Education The Commuter Council is an officially recognized, sity provides a Student Health Care Plan designed HONOR SOCIETIES Consistent with this focus, an increasing number funded student governmental organization open to meet the needs of students and which is priced These societies have as their primary purpose rec- of International Students from an increasing vari- to all students at the University The purpose of lower than individual health insurance policies ognition of academic excellence and leadership ety of countries are pursuing undergraduate and the Council is to identifv commuter concerns and achievement and are members of the Association RESIDENCE LIFE graduate degrees at the University to provide educational, social, and service-ori- of College Honor Societies The Office of Residence Life is committed to Cre- The responsibility of the International Student ented programs for the University s large com- ating an environment in each of the four (4) Liv- Advisor is to be of service to all International Stu- muter population To involve the entire commu- PROFESSIONAL AND DEPARTMENTAL ing Learning Centers in which the student may dents in the areas of adjustment, personal counsel- miN in its program the Council works closely with ORGANIZATIONS grow and develop as a total person Its philosophy ing, preparation of forms and facilitating the inte- the Student Government Association Residence and programs are based on the belief that the Liv- gration, understanding and communication Council Union Piogram Board and the adminis- These professional organizations exist to provide the fertile ground for the growth of informal ing Learning Center experience is an important among International Students and American stu- tration part of the total University education Therefore it dents Additionally, the International Student exchange of ideas pertinent to the students aca- RESIDENCE COUNCIL is the purpose of the Office of Residence Life to Advisor coordinates opportunities for Duquesne demic pursuits With this purpose in mind, these facilitate the personal and academic growth of the students interested in studying abroad as part of The Residence Council coordinates Living Learn- organizations sponsor numerous programs includ- resident student To this end, the professional and their education ing Center activities and is involved with the ing debates, symposiums, and lectures

138 139

SERN ICE ORGANIZATIONS groups Most positions on the staff are filled bv students The University radio station operates on The purpose of these national Iv-affil iated oigani- Part IV: a 25 000 Watt frequency over a radius of seventy zations is to provide a high standard of service to miles the campus and local communities while at the same time developing the leadership qualities of WDRC Campus Ministry and cooperation among each member of the This radio station, purchased by Residence Coun- organization With this purpose in mind service cil and operated by students, provides music and organizations sponsor a wide varietv of profes- announcements in the Duquesne Tower's Cafete- The Campus Minisiry is deeply concerned with or rabbis in the area The University Chapel is sional service charitable and social programs ria during the lunch and dinner hours Students the religious life and growth of Duquesne students open each day for private prayer and quiet medita- SOCI kL ORGANIZATIONS interested in being discjockeys and/or announcers and all campus residents its policies and pro- tion It is available too, to groups for specific ser- on WDRC should contact Residence Council Social organizations are composed of college men grams are oriented to furthering that growth at the vices of a religious nature The Campus Ministry sees itself at the service of and women who have joined together to enhance PUBLICATIONS personal as well as the community level For Cath- all in an open, unstructured, nonthreatening rela- their identities bv sponsoring and promoting olic students Eucharistic liturgies are celebrated The Duquesne Umi,ersrt^ Code of Student tionship and invites the entire Duquesne Commu- social athletic cultural and academic events dailv and the Sacrament of Reconciliation is Rights, Responsibilities and Conduct nitv to make use of its services Man\ of these organizations belong to Intei-Fra- aNailable by appointment For all students, The Student Code is the definitive statement of The Ministry's activities are announced by pos- termtv Council or Panhellenic Council whaiever their faith the chaplains are available to standards policies and procedures regarding stu- help with spiritual direction, counseling advice, or ters in residence halls, and almost all other cam- PERFORMANCE GROUPS dent rights and responsibilities, campus organiza- s\mpathetic listening The Campus Ministry pro- pus buildings Its main office is Room 102 on the tions student governance student records, stu- first floor of the Administration Building, with F V\ I BURITZANS vides a listing of Sundav services in nearby dent conduct and the University Judicial System chuiches or synagogues and referrals can be made additional offices in Duquesne Towers, Assump- The Duquesne Universit% Tambuiitzans were Copies are available at the Duquesne Union Infor- to introduce the student to the various ministers tion Hall and St Martin's dormitories founded in 1937 at the Universitv and were the mational Center first Universitv-based performing folk ensemble in the United States The group takes it name from The Duquesne Duke, the University campuus the Tamburitza family of stringed instruments newspaper is written and edited bv the students indigenous to the folk cultures of Southeastern for the students It appears every Thursdav during Europe The group exists foi the dual purpose of the academic year except during examination peri- preset ving and perpetuating the Eastern European ods and holidays, and provides an array of campus cultural heritage in the United States and offering news student opinions editorials and advertise- scholarship opportunities to deserving students ments The paper is geared to all members of the Universitv administrators, faculty members, THEATRE emplovees, and most of all students Membership The Red Masquers serves to provide an extracur- in the Duquesne Duke is open to all students iicular outlet f6i students who wish to paiticipate in the theatre Its aim is to provide the Umversitv The Duquesne Magazine is a literary publication, and its students with educational and cultural ben- published each semester which affords students the opportunity to submit writing, artwork and efits that accrue front a charnatic program In line with these objectives the Masquer's program r)hotographs oflers a varietv of stage entertain ment—one-act L'Espurit Do Due, the yearbook, highlights the pla\s musicals comedies, tragedies Any events of the previous year to remind all graduates Duquesne student is eligible for membership of their alma mater It is mailed to all seniors after their graduation '\IEDIA ORGANIZATIONS The Student Handbook contains information WDUQ RADIO AND I ELEVISION about the University which concerns the students The Universitv s radio station (WDUQ-90 5 Copies are available at the Duquesne Union Infer- F M ) and television (closed circuit) provide aca- mation Center demic support to the individual schools and departments through seminars workshops labo- ratory experience and extraccuricular opportuni- ties in communication skills for individuals and

F00N:W ----I

140 141

refundable tuition deposit of $100 within two English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)* is Part T: weeks Resident students aie asked to submit a required unless the applicant has finished one year $250 non-refundable deposit of college in the United States and has successfully 8 Notification of decisions for regular admis- completed at least 16 semester credit hours and Admission9 Financial Aid, sion begin once Early Decision applicants have demonstrated proficiency in English All TOEFL been notihed If accepted, students are asked to accepted international students must take English submit non-refundable tuition deposit of $ 100 for diagnostic tests upon arrival at the University for Tulitiue-& n and reesI commuters or $250 for resident students bv May I appropriate placement, regardless of the academic of their semoi veai International students must level of acceptance If the results of the diagnostic submit a non-refundable tuition and room and examinations indicate the need for remedial work board deposit of $650 in English to assure satisfactory progress in the Admission it is the ievonsibiliti, ofthe appli(ant to ai;ange projected plan of study the student must enroll in a course in developmental English during his/her OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS 10 haie all suppoiting ()edentials on file itith the offi(c of Admissions and I inancial Aid Officepiioi first semester at the University The Office of Admissions is located on the first A letter of reference front at least one school EARLY DECISION to the deadline dates^ floor of the Administration Building official which contains information on the appli- EA,RLN ADMISSION Telephone (412) 434-6220, 434-6221, 434-6222 Students who desire Duquesne University as their cant's academic, personal and social strengths and first choice for college should consider the Early Athough the Universitv believes that most stu- Offi(e homs Monday through Friday from weaknesses, and, also the length of time the writer dents Profit from four vears in the secondary 830AM to430PM Decision plan This plan requires that the student has known the student is required apply by November 15 of his/her senior year The school the Early Admission Plan is open to out- Admissions decisions will not be made until all POLICY student is notified of the decision by December 15, standing students This is a plan whereby unusu- information has been received completed and cer- and is required to send his/her non-refundable alls, able and mature candidates who have com- tified It is the policy of Duquesne University to admit deposit within two weeks This offers the candi- pleted less than four vears of a secondary school applicants who are best qualified to profit from Upon acceptance, the International Students date the advantage of knowing of the admissions program may apply for consideration to begin col- opportunities which the University offers for intel- Advisor will issue the necessary documents for decision early in his/her senior year lege after their junior yeai The high school lectual, spiritual, and social growth In general, obtaining a student visa to the United States To diplorna is awarded following successful comple- complete on-campus registration international admission is based upon past academic perform- APPLICATION—NEW FIRST-YEAR of their freshman year in college Two sepa- ance, scholastic ability, and personal characteris- STUDENTS tion' students who are admitted should plan to arrive rate interviews ate required Further details may ' tics Information about religious preference, sex, one week before the term begins Application should be addressed to the Director of be obtained bv telephoning or writing to the racial characteristics, and ethnic origin is not Admissions, Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, POST-GRADUATES -Isdmissions Office taken into consideration by the Committee on Pennsylvania 15282 It may be submitted at any Post-graduates are students who already have a Admissions time during the candidates' senior year up to -kPPLICATION—OTHER CATEGORIES Bachelor's degree, but desire to take undergradu- ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS July I It is the wsponsibilin ofpetsons ^iho appli, lot ate courses at Duquesne The application procedure is as follows ciening siudi, oi as inteinational students, post- A Post-graduate student must submit a Post- A I candidate should have been graduated from ^iaduate ieadini^sion students tiansfels teinpo- graduate application to the Division of Continuing I Obtain, complete, and file the Application for an approved secondary school in the upper three- taii tiansicis and ieteians oi foi the Summer Education if the Bachelor's degree was received Admission with the Office of Admissions fifths of the class and demonstrated exemplary .Session to miange to hate all suppoiting (teden- from an institution other than Duquesne If the personal conduct in that institution Applicants 2 Include the $20 non-refundable application tials on file iiith the Office of4dinissions and the bachelors degree was received from Duquesne an who have not completed four years of high school fee with the application form International stu- hinancial -lid Offi(e befoie deadline dates application for readmission must be submitted In must submit a High School Equivalent Diploma dents must pay a $30 non-refundable application both instances, proof of degree is required either issued bv their state department of education fee No application will be processed for consider- -kDMISSION OF UNDERGRADUATE INTERN -k f IONAL STUDENTS bv an official transcript or a certificate of ation by the Committee on Admissions unless graduation 2 High School curriculum must include 16 accompanied by the required fee All inteinational applicants must meet the admis- units distributed as follows four units in English, READMISSION 3 Request the secondary school principal or sions rcqLliienients for freshmen and/or tranfer eight units in any combination from the area of guidance counselor to submit a transcript of the candidates as determined by the academic unit in Any student who withdraws from the University social studies, language, mathematics, and science, candidate's academic record A recommendation which thev propose to study In addition, official must apply for readmission through the Office of and four elective units for which the secondary is requested transciipts of all degrees, diplomas, mark sheets, Admissions regardless of the time interval school offers credit toward graduation In specific and examination records in original or photostatic involved since withdrawal A student who is dis- 4 Complete the required SAT or ACT examina- instances, and at the discretion of the Committee copies must be sent with certified translations, missed for academic reasons must appeal to the tion during the spring of junior year and/or fall of on Admissions, the genuine equivalent of these where applicable, from all schools colleges and Committee on Student Standing of the school to senior year It is the personal responsibility of each requirements may be accepted in lieu of the pre- universities attended, to the Admissions Office which application of admission or readmission is candidate to have test scores forwarded to the cise requirements specified (Note Candidates A declaration of finances must be submitted being made, once the application has been submit- planning to enroll in Pharmacy or Pre-Health pro- University which has been completed and certified by the ted to the Admissions Office grams, Medical Technology, Radiological Health, 5 An interview is highly recommended for pro- appropiiate persons Acceptance letters will not be or as science or mathematics majors should have spective students Auditions are required for i,,sued until the Admissions Office is in receipt of TRANSFERS completed a minimum of seven units in mathe- School of Music applicants this form and approval has been gianted A student who wishes to transfer from another matics and sciences ) 6 Students interested in being considered for If English is the applicant's principal language of college or university must have the complete tran- 3 Scores in accordance with the standards University Scholarships should submit their appli- instruction, SAT results must be submitted If scripts of high school and college records for- adhered to by the University must be presented cation by February 1 of their senior year English is not the applicant's native language or warded to the Office of Admissions and must sub- for the required College Entrance Examination 7 Early Decision Deadline (for students who principal language of instruction, the Test of mit an application for admission When accepted Broad Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the have Duquesne as their first College choice) is American College Testing Program (ACT) (Note November 15 Notification will be by December *For information about testing in anv country the Educa- for admission to the School of Music, an audition 15 If accepted under the Early Decision Plan, tional Testing Service Piinceton New Jersev 08540 is required ) commuting students are asked to submit a non- Should be contacted

142 143

the student must supply to the dean of his school a intends thereafter to return to the original institu- A student who has accumulated 30 or more locate the most advantageous forms of assistance description of the courses which appear on the tion and is eligible to continue there may be credits is not eligible to take the General Examina- available to the individual student tianscript The student should contact the Advise- admitted to the Summer Session A tear-out tion for credits When a student has acquired 60 PRINCIPLES OF AID ment Office of his school for placement and curt ic- admissions application and registration form for credits he will not be given credits on the basis of UILIM planning following a reasonable period for the summer studv is provided in the announce- CL EP exams This total of 60 includes the CLEP FINANCIAL NEED evaluation of transcript ment of summer offerings, which may be obtained credit i e if a student has completed 57 credits, The major criterion of most aid programs is the The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and from the Office of Admissions at mid-March he could not receive more than 3 credits on CLEP student's need for funds In general, parents and Schools of Education and Pharmacv award 60 These students are considered to be Temporary exams The Universitv is conlunuing to evaluate the student are expected to pay the expenses of semester hours of credit to accepted transfer appli- Transfer Students CLEP subject scores and performance at education However, to the extent they cannot rea- cants who have an Associate Degree in Arts from a Duquesne Credit will be given on a minimum sonably be expected to meet this expense, there is regionally accredited two-year institution ADVANCED PLACEMENT score determined yearly by the College of Liberal a denionstratedfinancial need or eligibility for aid Students transferring from a regionallv accred- Students who have followed the College Entrance Arts and Science Methods of determining need may vary slightly ited institution must present academic records Examination Board college level program in sec- Exams must be taken according to the usual among aid sources, but all have the common which show an overall average of C (2 0 on a 4 0 ondary schools and have performed satisfactorily progression of courses The exam in College Alge- objective of identifying the difference between quality point system) in the advanced placement examinations are eligi- bra or College Algebra/Trig must be taken before a educational costs and the individual family's abil- Persons seeking admission to the Univeisitv as ble for advanced placement Duquesne University student registers for Calculus I ity to contribute to these costs The costs consid- transfer students fiorn a state appioved college grants credit, as well as placement, for achieve- Information about the time and place that )xhich does not have regional accreditation must ment that merits such consideration Subjects ered include tuition, fees, room and board or an examinations are given may be obtained from the allowance for maintenance at home, travel or has e attained a cumulative average of 3 0 based included in the program are English composition, University Testing Bureau, or the College Level on a 4 0 commuting expenses, books, and necessary per- quaht^ point system In addition, such history history of art, modern foreign languages E\amination Program, Box 977, Princeton, New piospecti\,e students must take the College (French German, Spanish), Latin mathematics sonal expenditures Need analysis presumes the Jersey 08540 Information about equivalent Urn- family's ability to contribute to these costs will Entrance Examination Board tests and attain the AB, mathematics BC, physics B and C, chemistry, seiSltV courses for which qualifying students may appropi tate scores biology approximate that of families of similar size and receive credit may be obtained from the Univer- financial strength, with consideration given for In inleiiien is hi^,blj iecoinniended f0i all Credit will be given on a minimum advanced sity s Director of Testing Bureau or the Assistant individual circumstances It is extremely impor- tianstei students and ii ill be icquiied of those vu- placement score determined yearly by the College Dean for Administration, College of Liberal Arts of Liberal Arts and Sciences For current informa- tant that all financial information reported by the dents ithich the Admissions Office notifies and Sciences Pei sonalli tion about the minimal score acceptable for each family be complete, accurate, and updated for any subject and the credits granted, consult with the CREDIT HOUR BANK major changes Such information is considered TEMPORARY TRANSFERS University's Director of Testing Bureau or the and treated confidentially by aid administrators The Credit Hour Bank is designed for high school Temporar\ Transfers are students who are Office of Academic Advisement, College of Liberal students and adults who would like to sample col- AWARD CONDITIONS enrolled in another college or university but who Arts and Sciences lege courses prior to official enrollment The maxi- desire to take a course or courses at Duquesne for Applicants who hope to receive advanced place- All financial aid awards are subject to terms and murn number of credits that may be taken is 15 one semester ment credits must request that scores be sent to conditions set forth in applications and award Credits completed in the Credit Hour Bank are No Temporary Transfer Student will be granted the University Information about equivalent Uni- notifications It is important that the student care- held in escrow until the applicant applies and ful- aid sources admission without formal application and an offi- versity courses for which qualifying students may fully read all information provided by fills all regular admission requirements Upon reg- cial transcript or permission from an official at the receive credit mav be obtained from the Univer- and promptly notify them of changes pertinent to ular admittance all credits are then evaluated University at which the student is enrolled A sity's Director of Testing Bureau or the Assistant their applications or awards Temporary Tianster Student must reapplv if he/ toward a degree program Dean for Administration, College of Liberal Arts STUDENT SELF-HELP she should desire to take a course or courses at and Sciences To applv to"the Credit Hour Bank Program, Duquesne Universitv bevond one semester submit the $20 non-refundable application fee, As the primary beneficiary of higher education, the No Temporaiy Transfer shall be permitted to COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION and attach a letter indicating full comprehension student is expected to accept at least partial finan- register for more than two semesters without mak- PROGRAM and acceptance of the conditions of the Credit cial responsibility for the cost This principle is ing arrangements to become a pet manent transfer Hour Bank Program A form is available for this The special examinations for which the College of reflected in both the determination of need and purpose and can be obtained by contacting the the types of aid available In determining need, Liberal Arts and Sciences will award credits, with SUMMER SESSION office of Admissions d minimum con- acceptable scores, are consideration is given for at least DUQUESNE STUDENTS Generally, all first year courses in the College of tribution to cost from the student's summer earn- I Geneial Evaininations Anv Duquesne University undergraduate student Humanities, social Liberal Arts and Sciences are open to Credit Hour ings, savings, and resources Two types of self-help sciences who was granted continuance at the close of the Bank students The school of music also partici- programs of aid are available loans and work pieceding Spring Semester is authorized to register 2 ^uhject Lyaminations American goverment, pates in the Credit Hour Bank program providing Student loans provide rates, terms, and conditions in the Summer Session Students who were chs- American history, analysis and interpretation of the applicant passes a music audition superior to those offered by commercial lenders, missed bv their school at the close of the pi eceding literature, biologv, college algebra, college algebra- and offer the student the opportunity to help him- Spring Semester for academic reasons may register trigonometry, college composition, computers and ) self/herself by accepting future repayment respon- for summer classes bv permission of the Commit- data processing, elementary computer program- Financial Aid sibility Student employment programs provide tee on Student Standing of their school All stu- ming, FORTRAN IV, general chemistry, general the opportunity to help earn a portion of the edu- dents must have their course selections approved psychology, introductory calculus, introductory Duquesne University subscribes to the philosophy cational costs bv their academic advisor business management, introductory marketing, that "no student should be denied the education of GIFT ASSISTANCE Graduates and other former students, including introductory money and banking (only validation his/her choice for lack of sufficient financial any who withdrew from the University must of comparable course(s) taken at regionally accred- resources " The Office of Student Financial Aid Non-repayable scholarships or grants are available obtain readmittance before they may register for ited schools where courses were offered at the 200 has been established to help students locate the in accordance with one or a combination of the summei classes level or above Students must have completed the financial support they require Students and par- following criteria 1) Financial Need, 2) Superiot course(s) with a "c" or better to be eligible ), intro- ents should not be overwhelmed by the variety Academic Potential or Achievement, and 3) Spe- STUDENTS FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS ductory sociology, microbiology macro-econom- and apparent complexities of modern student cial Ability, which reflects proficiency in a special- A student of another college or university who Ics, micro-economics, statistics, western financial aid Rather a patient thorough examina- ized field or activitv, such as music, debate, athlet- wishes to enroll for the summer session, and who civilization tion of aid opportunities should be undertaken to ics, etc It should be noted that many sources of 144 145 gift aid expect the student to accept some form of 3 Obtain from the high school guidance office Loan repayment does not begin Until SIX months Alon-Pennsyliania residents should contact their self- help assistance or the Financial Aid Office a Financial Need Doc- after the borrower terminates at least half-time high school guidance counselor or state Depart- ument Complete and submit it according to MEETING STUDEN I NEED study and is scheduled over a 10-year period at an ment of Education to determine if grants are avail- instructions Statements take four to eight weeks The Financial Aid Office interest rate of five percent a year able, and to determine application procedures attempts to provide aid to process and therefore should be submitted as Pennsylvania tesidents equal to need for all student applicants Normally, cariv as possible Fcdcial Niosing Loans These loans are available should obtain the State this requires an 'aid package" consisting of funds to full-time undergraduate nursing students who Grant Application from high school guidance 4 A reply to this application, if filed by deadline from multiple aid sources and programs Those demonstrate financial need and are making accept- offices, the University Financial Aid Office or the dates should be anticipated as follows Freshmen progiains which aiC Linder the direct control of the able progress toward a degree Recipients are Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance and new transfers between mid-February and late Aid Office are not usually sufficient to meet full selected in accordance with guidelines published Agency (PHEAA) At current levels, grants ranging March (providing student has been accepted for need or provide an aid package of the most benefi- by the Federal government Loan repayment does from $100 to $1500 a year are available to full- admission) Upperclassmen Replies should be cial composition It is expected that studen t s who not begin until nine months after the borrower time undergraduate students, based on considera- anticipated in June or July appk for assistance to the University will also terminates at least half-time study in nursing, and tions of financial need Filing deadline is normally apply to federal state, and other available sources 5 Applications must be filed annuallv Is scheduled over a 10-year period at an interest May I PROGRAM FUNDING PROGRAMS rate Of SIX percent a year GUARANTEED STUDENT LOANS All programs of financial aid are subject to limita- The following programs for which the foregoing Tlealih Ptofession:s Loan^ Health Profession Stu- This program provides long-term, low interest stu- tions of available funds Theiefore, in addition to application procedures apply are administered dcnt Loans are available to full-time undergraclu- dent loans available through the cooperative the eligibility requirements of a particular pro- directly by the Financial Aid Office "ate students in the Bachelor of Science in efforts of federal and state governments and par- gram assistance depends upon the level of funding Pharmacy program who demonstrate financial ticipating private lending institutions These loans Uniiersiti, Scholats Aivaids The University in the program First consideration always goes to need and are making acceptable progress toward a are available to students enrolled in an institution awards scholarships annually to exceptional high applicants who apply within deadline dates and degree Recipients are selected in accordance with of higher learning on at least a half-time basis school scholars These awards are not based on a who provide (On7plete and accuiate guidelines published by the Federal government They are provided by commercial lending institu- information demonstrated need and may be renewed each year All piograms are subject to change elimination or Loan repayment does not begin until one year tions in every state To apply, the student should provided the student maintains a high level of aca- replacement Changes in government programs aftei the student ceases to pursue a full-time inquire at a local lending institution where the demic achievement The minimum academic are routine since these require periodic legislative course of study in pharmacy, and is scheduled student or parents have an account The maxi- requirement is a cumulative Quality Point Aver- review over a 10-year period at an interest rate of nine mum that an undergraduate student may borrow age of 3 0 for any academic level is $2 500 A CURRENT INFORMATION percent a year four to six Competitive Scholaiships These awards are given week processing period should be anticipated Because programs of aid and conditions of cligibil- to students of outstanding ability and achievement ^iudent Eniplovinent Two programs of employ- 1tv do change from time to time, the student who also demonstrate financial need They are ment are available to financial aid applicants who Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students/Auxil- should attempt to keep abreast of new develop- renewable yearly based on continued academic demonstrate need The first is the College Work- iary Loans to Assist Students Loans are available merits The high school guidance office, the Uni- achievement and continued demonstrated need Study Program which is financed principally by to parents of DEPENDENT undergraduate stu- versity Financial Aid Office and the office of edu- Continued academic achievement is normally Federal appropriations and awarded as aid in dents, INDEPENDENT undergraduates and grad- cation in the student's home state are excellent reflected by a cumulative Quality Point Average of accordance with guidelines published by the Fed- uates may apply themselves The maximum sources of information Students should avoid the 3 0 or above Renewal amounts may vary relative eral government The second program is referred amount that can be borrowed for any academic eiror of disqualifying themselves for specific forms to the level of need to as the General Program which is funded by the level is $3000 Repayment begins 60 days after disbursement of funds Applications and informa- of aid because of hearsay or dated information A Paiish Gtant-In-Aid Ptogiani Available to incom- University In addition to considerations of finan- tion are available through banks and other lending decision not to apply to particulai aid souice ing freshmen from the parishes in the Diocese of cial need, placement in a part-time position institutions should be made only upon the advice of an aid Pittsburgh Students are recommended by their depends upon the student's qualifications for per- officer pastor to the University's Admissions Office forming successfully in the job Student employ- OTHER POSSIBILITIES ment is limited to maximum of fifteen working Awards are based on academic achievement and In addition to mass programs of aid previously UNIVERSITY AID hours a week when classes are in session Students demonstrated need They are renewable yearly described, financial assistance may be obtained APPLICATION PROCEDURE working under either program may not retain based on continued academic achievement and from a wide variety of sources Since application outside jobs during academic periods I Applicants must be currently enrolled in the continued need Continued academic achievement procedures and requirements differ greatly, it is University or be in the process of applying for is normally reflected by a cumulative Quality not possible to provide specific information In admission Incoming students should not wait for Point Average of 2 75 and above Renewal OTHER SOURCES OF AID general the student seeking potential sources of aid official acceptance to the University before apply- amounts may vary relative to the level of need may inquire of 1) high school guidance counsel- PELL GRANT PROGRAM ing for financial assistance Supplemental Educational Oppottunity Giants ors, 2) parents' employers or labor unions, 3) fra- 2 Obtain the formal application for financial Federal grant assistance is available to full or half- Direct grant assistance through the Federal gov- ternal, social, religious or professional organiza- assistance (Freshmen and tiansfer students may time undergraduate students with financial need ernment is available to undergraduates based on tions, 4) major organizations utilizing the skills of obtain the form through Admissions Office publi- 11 should be noted that due to limited funding, an eligibility determination reviewed and adjusted the field for which the student is preparing, and cations or through the Financial Aid Office Cur- these grants are normally awarded only to full- each year by Congress All undergraduates are 5) specific departments within the University rentiv enrolled students may obtain the form only time students Recipients are selected in accor- advised to apply for this form of aid Students AID FROM DEPARTMENTS through the Financial Aid Office ) Complete this dance with guidelines published by the Federal receiving aid through the University are required application and submit it to the Financial Aid Government to apply for a Pell Grant Necessary forms may be AND SCHOOLS Office Duquesne University, Pittsburgh PennsNl- National Diie(t Student Loans National Direct obtained through the Financial Aid Office or the COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS varna 15282 PRIOR to these deadline dates For Loans are available to both full-time and half-time High School Guidance Office AND SCIENCES the Fall Semester or the academic year no later students who demonstrate financial need and are Pittsburgh Communications Foundation Loans than May I for the Spring Semester no later than STATE GRANT ASSISTANCE making acceptable progress toward a degree It The Foundation has established a loan fund for Decembei I Late applicants will be considered on should be noted that due to limited funding, these Genetal Depending upon the student's legal state deserving junior and senior full-time students in the basis of available funds Students interested in loans are normallv awarded only to full-time stu- of residence, direct grant assistance from the the Department of Journalism Students will be being considered for scholarships should submit dents Recipients are selected in accordance with state may be available for study at Duquesne required to repay the loan within two years after their financial aid application by Febivary I guidelines published by the Federal Government University graduation at three percent a year Such loans will r

147 146

$300 scholar- recipients must have demonstrated academic be granted on the recommendation of the Chair- flutc club in the United States This by SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND is awarded to a freshman or a sophomore achievement and active participation in the func- man of the Journalism Department assisted the Ship ADMINISTRATION tion of the Fraternity Journalism facultv Loan inquires and applica- flute major tions should be made to the Chairman of the Alcoa Scholaiships Two awards are made annu- poli^h lits League Scholai^hip This award is Peter and Dotothv Man:ione Mernoiial Fund A Department of Journalism ally, one in transportation and one in accounting, made annually by the Polish Arts League of Pitts- revolving fund, donated by Rosetta and Geraldine to undergraduate students in the School of Bus,. burgh to an outstanding performer in the School Manzione and friends of the family, is available to ness and Administration Recipients are selected Preference will be given to a student of all students in the School of Pharmacy 7 lie Eleanoi Polis Capone iVemot ial A wat d The Of Music by the School on the basis of academic achieve- polish ancestry Other students will not be award honors, in perpetuitv the memory of Elea- Clinton Eddv Goodwin Memorial Scholaiship ment excluded from consideration nor P Capone The scholarship consists of the This scholarship was established to honor the total annual income from a restricted growth Rvan Homes Scholarship This award is made to ,11115/c School 5choleoship^ These awards are memory of Clinton Eddy Goodwin by making endowment fund and is awarded to an undergrad- an undergraduate senior student in production made possible by donations from individuals and annual awards to deserving Pharmacy students uate student enrolled at the University who will Recipient is selected by the School based upon organizations in appreciation of performances by Candidates must be a declared Pharmacy major be selected on the basis of merit in the field of academic achievement School of Music students attained a minimum quality point average and creative writing with need a secondary considera- unilemiti Solo Wind 10iolcoships These scholar- have an interest in and demonstrated support of Ttaffic Club of Pittsburgh Scholatship This award tion Interested students should contact the Chair- ships in varying amounts are awarded only to the University's Athletic Program Apply through is made to an undergraduate student in tranSpOrta- man Honors and Awards Committee English potential First Chair performers the Dean of Students Office Department, prior to January 15 tion Recipient is selected by the School based upon academic achievement Lqnjetsitj Siting Scholatships These scholarships Mat v McPartland Beek Scholarship A ivard Schol- for tuition and applied music fees have been estab- Anchot Ko--oia AlemoiialScholaiship This award arship funds are available from earnings on a fund SCHOOL OF EDUCATION was established to honor in perpetuity the mem- lished bv the University to promote the study of started by a bequest to the School of Pharmacy in ory of Andrew Kozora Full-time third or fourth School of Lducation Competane Scholarships are string instruments 1970 vear students enrolled at Duquesne University available to freshmen and transfer students who P1t1)h1ogh I-lute Club 4waid This award is given AIARD Foundation Established by the National were among the top fifth of their high school class to an outstanding woodwind student and having declared a major field of study to be Association of Retail Druggists in honor of its or who maintained a 3 0 high school average either Phvsics or Mathematics, are eligible for t,ni, el siti Piano S(holcoships These scholarships executive Secretary John W Dargavel, this foun- such scholarship The primary considerations will Transfer students applying for these scholarships are awarded to students showing outstanding tal- dation provides a $200 scholarship to a qualified be financial need with academic achievement sec- must have a "B" average from the school they last ent in piano student in the School of Pharmacy as well as loans attended Applicants are required to submit three ondary Recipients ate selected by the University's to students of pharmacy in their last five semesters Director of Financial Aid upon nomination recommendations representing the areas of aca- SCHOOL OF NURSING by the for payment of tuition, fees and books Chairman of the Phvsics or Mathematics Depart- demic performance and personal achievement An Behan S(holaiship The R J Behan Annual Nurs- ments after thev have previously consulted with interview is also required to discuss individual ing Scholarship is a $500 scholarship awarded Galen Phatinaceutical Societv Loan Fund This the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences perceptions and ideals, as well as a statement of annuallv to a nursing student who is in good aca- revolving fund was established in 1963 for the pur- career goals Freshmen applicants must have an demic standing The award is based on need pro- pose of providing financial assistance to worthy The Rei Joseph A Lautitis CSSp Joionalisin SAT score of at least 900, with a minimum of 400 fessional involvement and future aspirations Stu- students of pharmacy during times of urgent finan- Scholcnship This is an annual scholarship in trib- on any one test Transfer applicants must be new dents mav applv in the School of Nuring in eariv cial distress ute to the Rev Joseph A Lauritis C S Sp students to Duquesne To applv, contact the fall This loan fund was founder of the Department of Journalism and the School of Education For renewal requirements Fied Schillet Loan Fund Mr Fred Schiller, Pittsburgh pharma- University's radio station, WDUQ-FM It is avail- and procedures contact the Office of Financial SCHOOL OF PH -XRMACY founded by cist in memory of the late Emanuel Spector, for able to a freshman entering Duquesne University Aid 11,oinen of (Yalen The Women's Auxiliary of the worthy and qualified students in the School of who is planning to major in journalism The Galen Pharmaceutical Society of Pittsburgh annu- La vrence Roche Memorial Scholaiship The Pharmacy This revolving fund makes available award is administered bv the Lauritis Scholarship allv provides scholarship funds to be awarded to award will be made to a student who, as a junior tuition loans of varying amounts depending on the Committee of Journalism faculty and friends in the School of Education, has in the judgment of deserving pharmacy students in their last years of Deadline for application is April I applicant's need and general ability the Awards Committee, demonstrated those quali- attendance in the School of Pharmacy John Clothiet Suns Menicnial Fund This revolv- ties of scholarship, character, and professionalism Beatet Counti Phatinaceutical 4s)ociation Giant Lditaid I Leech Scholaiship This annual schol- ing fund, established in 1954 was made possible which merit special recognition The awardee and lid Fund This revolving loan fund provides arship was established in 1971 by the Scripps- through the generosity of the friends of the late must have a minimum Quality Point Average of financial assistance to students in the School of Howard Foundation for journalism junior/senior Mr Sims, executive of Sun Drug (now Eckerd) 3 0 at the time of application The student must be Pharmacv who are residents of Beaver Countv, students who demonstrate outstanding academic Company Pittsburgh Partial tuition loans are officially registered as a senior in the School of PennsvIvania Applications are to be made to the promise concurrent financial need, and arc pre- made available to students under the conditions paring for a journalism career in the newspaper or Education of the University at the time of receiv- Dean of the School of Pharmacy ing the award Applications must be submitted to that apply to the Fred Schiller Loan Fund broadcasting fields It is administered by the Sainuel 14, Cuttis Loan Fund This fund is facultv of the Department of Journalism the Dean's office no later than March I intended to provide financial assistance for stu- Pittsbingh Giaduate Chaptei of Kappa Psi Phai- Maintains a revolving loan SCHOOL OF MUSIC dents in the School of Pharmacy inaceutical Fiateinitv Colec(hia Scholaiship Aiiaid The award honors, fund for members of the undergraduate chapters ChiAon Loan Fund A revolving loan fund (stab- in perpetuity, the memory of Albert and Women s Adwsorj Board Scholarships This fund Details are available from the School of lished in 1946 through the generosity of Francis P Ambrosina Colecchia The Scholarship award is provides scholarships in varying amounts each Chilson and expanded by the contributions of Pharmacy available to juniors and seniors in the undergradu- year to vocal performers These scholarships are Pharmacv alumni provides financial assistance to Rite-Aid Scholarship A $1,000 scholarship from ate College of Arts and Sciences majoring in any of available to entering freshmen and upperclassmen -orthv students in the School of Pharmacy the Rite-Aid Corporation is available to students the following disciplines Modern Language Liter- Jazz Scholarship Available to all full-time under- entering the final year of the pharmacy program ature the Classics Philosophy, English, Math, Joel P Laughlin Scholaiship In honor of Joel P graduate music students involved in the jazz pro- Letters of application should be addressed to the Chermstry Computer Sciences, Physics, or ol- Laughlin a fraternity brother whose life was ter- gram Applications available in the Dean's Office Dean, School of Pharmacv, by Mav I Selection is ogv All recipients must be full-time student of minated eariv in his professional program The based on financial need, demonstration of normal proven scholastic achievement be of good moral Geoige Barrete Memorial Scholarship The Pitts- Graduate Chapter of Phi Delta Chi annually progress, and good standing in the pharmacv character and demonstrate a potential for leader- burgh Flute Club offers a scholarship in flute in awards three $200 scholarships to one fraternitv program ship The scholarship is awarded annuallv memory of George Barrere, founder of the first brother in each of the three professional vears The Pip—

148 149

lau llionni Chaptei ot Lambda Kappa Sigina based on both academic achievement and finan- Restrictions discount of one-half tuition for undergraduate or This professional Phaimacv frateinitv for women cial need I Universitv fees, laboratory costs, room and graduate studies The same restrictions indicated has established financial awards for members in 11innie Hvinan Scholarship A gift from the board and other non-tuition related expenses will under the section on clergy/religious discounts then last three veais of the pharmacy program Hvman Family Foundation Awards are based on be charged at full rate Discount is one-half tuition apply Awaids aic base^ on financial need and participa- academic criteria and need The amount of the tion in the organization onlv RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS awards varies Recipients are selected by the ? Only one Duquesne degree may be obtained (ROTC) SCHOLARSHIPS Di B 01ne Cole 6^aduate Educational Giant A Financial Aid Office and the Hyman Family Foun- utilizing the discount and no other form of dis- $300 grant is offiered bv Lambda Kappa Sigma to dation Interested students should apply through count or remission mav be received simultane- Army ROTC offers a number of four-year scholar- the Financial Aid Office financia% assist an alumnae membet who is ciusly ships for qualified students on a very competitive enrolled in a program of graduate study and lames H and Afargmet Laielle Feiry Memorial 3 Discount is not extended for studies in the basis These scholarships pay for tuition, fees research in the pharmaceutical sciences Applica- Scholcuship This award was established to honor, Institute of Formative Spirituality Law School, required textbooks, and other purely academic tions must by icceived by the chairman of the in perpetuity, the memory of James H and Mar- Master of Liberal Studies, doctoral degree pro- expenses as well as providing a $100 per month grant committee bv November 15 Applications garet Lav,-Ile Ferry by awarding annually a prize to gran's or anv designated special programs with subsistence allowance Interested high school stu- are available in the School of Pharmacv Office a deserving student in their name Recipients are differential rates dents mav apply bv writing Army ROTC, GENERAL selected by the University, with the primary con- Catholic School Lai, Tea(het Discount Full-time Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, sideration being financial need and academic teachers in catholic schools, who have completed a 15282 The application period begins in April of ]he Putsbuiehl(entennial ^cholcuship was cre- achievement as a secondary consideration Recipi- minimum of two years teaching at an approved the student's j unior year and ends in December of ated at the close of Duquesne Universitv's Centen- ents must be enrolled as undergraduate students diocesan school, may be eligible to receive a dis- their senior year nial year (1978) in the spirit of the University's Interested students should apply through the count of one-half tuition for undergraduate or For students already enrolled at Duquesne Uni- founding mission to provide readv access to higher Financial Aid Office graduate studies The same restrictions indicated versity, three-year and two-year scholarships are education for all The scholarship will be provided 4,1elrdle Alevander Eberhaldt itfeinorial Fund under the section on clergy/religious discounts available Individuals need not be participating in to deserving students who have demonstrated high This fund was established to provide scholarships applv the ROTC program to apply For additional infor- academic performance and need Emphasis will be for the benefit of students residing in the United Se17101 Citizen Discount Men and women who are mation, contact the Military Science Department on performance in selection of recipient Inquiries States Worthy students are recommended by the 60 ,cars of age or older may be eligible to receive a at 434-6664 should be directed to the Office of Financial Aid University to the Trustees of the fund, with both DLSSO Schola^ship Pund Annually the academic and financial considerations being used Duquesne Universitv Student Scholarship Organi- Interested students should apply through the Tuition and Fees zation sponSols scholarships to help make it possi- Financial Aid Office ble for deserving students to attend Duquesne Louis and Ida Aindtasky andBenjainin Aindurskv The University reserves the right to change tuition and fee charges if exigencies require such action The Applicants must be enrolled on a full-time basis Metnoiial Fund This fund was established to figures shown apply to the 1984-85 term onIv, unless otherwise indicated show proven academic abilitv be of good moral assist Jewish students who are residents of Alle- TUITION character, and demonstrate financial need Appli- gheny Countv Recommendations are made by the cation materials may be obtained through the University to the Trustees of the fund, and are on Undergraduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $170 SGA office and must be filed by April I the basis of merit and need Interested students Graduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $180 UcClosAei Wenimial hund is awarded to stu- should apply through the Financial Aid Office Auditors pay the same as students taking courses for credits dents who have demonstrated scholastic ability, J W Rande Memorial Scholarship Fund A FEES good character and volunteer service to the com- newly-establi shed fund in honor of J W and Ruth munity Applications are to be made directly to Lewis Rande in recognition of their long-time Application (non-refundable) $ 20 the Office of the Dean of Students affection for the City of Pittsburgh Factors to be Matriculation Deposit (non-refundable) 100 considered for selection include leadership quali- Residence Hall Pre-Payment (non-refundable) 150 Vita I Heinz Tictiel Atiaid This fund was estab- ties, good character, strong potential for civic con- Change of Schedule for processing each form 5 lished to provide an educational and cultural tributions (especially to the City of Pittsburgh) and Credit bv Examination for each semester hour for recognition of proficiency opportunity for piomising young "omen students the abilitv to relate well with others Interested of course credit (See policy in Section VI, page 144) 20 Recipients are selected on the basis of academic students should reply through the Financial Orientation (New Students) 25 achievement and evidence of interest in intercul- Aid Office Late Registration 25 tural oi international relations Inquiries should Removal of I Grade 5 be directed to the Office of the Dean of Students Stella and Chatles Guttinan Scholarship Founda- 15 lion Awards are based on need with academic Registration Correction Fee Nathan and Haiii Dah Scholaiship This is an 50 considerations secondary Interested students Continuing Registration Fee annual award that is to be made to "such deserv- should apply through the Financial Aid Office *Undergiacluate Business and Administration Student ing person or persons from Butler County Penn- when carrying 12 or more credits 5 John Joseph IvIongillo Memorial Scholaiship sylvania attending Duquesne Universit-, ' Selec- Less than 12 credits 3 Fund Awards are based on financial need The tion is made by a committee upon the *Undergraduate Music Student when carrying fund was established through a gift to the Univer- recommendation of the University's Financl al Aid 12 or more credits 25 sitv from Marie Locher in memory of her brother, Office Candidates are considered for academic *School of Pharmacy Undergraduate Fee 150 John Mongillo Interested students should apply achievement and financial need Interested stu- *Undergraduate Pharmacy Student Activities (for Third, through the Financial Aid Office dents should apply through the Financial Aid Fourth and Fifth Year Students) 25 Office UNIVERSITY DISCOUNT *Umversity Fee $11 per credit

Elizabeth Elsie AI(Donough Scholaiship This CleigylReligious Discount Members of Univer- ;Charged on each semester registration award was established to assist needy Students sity-recognized Christian and Jewish Religions, LABORATORY FEES front Allegheny County to continue their educa- who have been ordained or professed, may be eli- All amounts are for one semester, where applicable, the yearly charge is double In addition to the laboratory tional endeavors at Duquesne University Recipi- gible to receive a discount of one-half tuition for fee some programs also require a breakage charge of $15 00 a semester, this is proportionately refundable, ents aie selected by the Universitv and awards are undergraduate or graduate studies depending upon the losses incurred

151 150

their application after all rooms have been Laboratory fees applv to the 1984-1985 academic year Universitv and regarded as the last day of attend- ance A student is considered enrolled and "in assigned will be housed in temporary housing, be Bioiogv (cacti laboratorv) $ 35 attendance' until he or she acts to terminate placed on a waiting list, or not be assigned a space Chemistry (each laboratorv) 35 attendance in conformitv with this policy even in the residence area Computer Science 10 though absences from classes were observed and All students occupying rooms in the University Education 490, 491 (Student Teaching) 25 recorded before the Effective Date of Withdrawal residence halls are required to take their meats at English 203, 380, 381, 382 383 384, 385 5 When a student's attendance is involuntarily the Resident Dining Hall Charges are for 20 meals English 439 10 English as a Second Language* 300 terminated in a semester because of personal disa- a week, with meals served commencing with the evening meal of the day before the first day of Journalism 367 369 380 405, 409, 485 10 bilitv arising trom injury or illness any remission commuter meal plan and a 14-meal plan Journalism 267, 268 370, 378 379, 381, 413 15 of tuition beyond the limits prescribed by the classes A Journalism 375 25 withdrawal refund policy is subject first to the for sophomores, juniors and seniors are also Mathematics 307 308 10 approval of the Academic Dean, then the Vice available Music-Applied Music 101 102, 103, 104, 201 202 203,204,301 302 303, President for Academic Affairs, and finally, the Residence Halls are closed during vacation 304 401 402 403 404 200 Vice President for Business and Management (Thanksgiving, Christmas and Easter) periods Music-Applied Music I 11 112, 118, 119, 212 218, 219, 311, 312, 411, 412 100 211 TUITION REMISSION SCHEDULE All resident students must present evidence of Music-Class Piano 213, 214, 215 315 35 health and accident insurance Coverage, such cov- Music-Class Methods 181 182 183, 184 35 This schedule applies to tuition only, it does not erage is available through the University Music-Brass Class Methods, 281, 282, 283, 284 35 applv to other charges such as the University Fee, The University reserves the right to modify Music-Organ Practice Room 20 course fee and laboratory fees nor to the reduc- these charges if exigencies require such action Music-String Class Methods 381,392 35 tion of credits resulting from course withdrawals Music-Student Teaching 25 made after the Change of Schedule period Regular Session-Room and Board (20 meals a Pharmacy 011 012 016 017, 022, 027, 031 032, 035, 054 40 Petcent of Remission week, includes cleaning, public damage, health Phvstcs (each laboratorv) 35 fj^tthin the Semestet services fees) Psvchology 356 7 First Week 80 Single for each semester $1,565 Speech 101 220, 251 263, 264, 311, 351 5 Second Week 80 Graduate Biology With Laboratory 35 Double for each semester $1 305 Third Week 40 Graduate Chemistry 520 561 35 Fourth Week 20 Graduate Classics 551 160 Summer Sessions-Room and Board* Graduate Communications 512 25 Alter Fourth Week None 6 Weeks $574 40 (Single Room and Board) Graduate Modern Languages 051 & 052 170 14,ithitz the Szoninei Session-Bawd on a $476 40 (Double Room and Board) Graduate Psychologv 571 15 Si\ 11,eeA ^;ession Standaid Graduate Pharmacy (each laboratorv) 30 8 Weeks $765 87 (Single Room and Board) 60 Graduate Education 512 692 693 10 First Week $635 20 (Double Room and Board) Graduate Music 501 502 503 504, 505, 601, 602 603, 604, 605, 606 200 Second Week 20 Graduate Music Minors 511 512, 513 514 515 ROOM AND BOARD-WITHDRAWAL 100 After Second Week None Graduate-Organ Practice Room 30 AND REFUND

**Laboratory Breakage Fee 15 ROOM AND BOARD A resident student must notify the Assistant One breakage card per sernester will cover laborator^ breakage in ChernistrN The request for on-campus residence is made on Director of Residence Life in advance of the *No Academi( Credit Flat Fee the same form used for application for admission planned withdrawal No refund of room charges SUMMER AND SPECIAL SESSION TUITION AND FEE CHARGES to the Universitv After the student has completed will be made where withdrawal occurs after the the admission procedure and has paid the matric- Undergraduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $170 opening classes In the event of withdrawal, board ulation deposit, the residency request is referred Graduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $180 will be refunded at the rate of 75 per cent of the automaticallv to the Assistant Director of Resi- Universitv Fee $11 per credit ^-balance remaining on the student's meal plan, up dence Life f he request is processed and necessary uritil mid-semester After the mid-semester point, application forms are forwarded to the student GRADUATION FEES no refund will be made No reduction of charges Bachelor Degree $ 30 The University requires that a prepayment of nor refund of payments to which a student may Master Degree 40 $150 which is applicable to the following semes- have been otherwise entitled will be made if with- Doctor of Pharmacv Degree 40 ter's room and board account, accompany all drawal is not in accordance with the official with- Juris Doctor Degree 85 applications for room reservations or renewals drawal procedure Doctor of Philosophy Degree 55 This pre-pavment is non-refundable No student is permitted to remain in the resi- Thesis Binding Fee-Doctoral Dissertation 80 Reservations are made on a semester basis- dence halls after academic withdrawal from the Thesis Binding Fee-Master Thesis 70 August to December, Januan^ to May Rooms may Universitv has been completed be occupied no earlier than noon of the day pre- ceding the beginning of the orientation or registra- *Those desuing residenct, for the Summer Session should WITHDRAWAL AND TERMINATION and a refund is made upon request where a credit tion periods maAe tesenations with the Assistant Director of Rest- OF ATTENDANCE balance is created on the student's total account Room assignments are made on a first-come, den(e Life thiee weeks ptior to opening date ofrour ses Upon officially withdrawing from the Universitv, sion I non relundoble deposit of$20 must accompam, The Effective Date of Withdrawal for determin- first-serve basis Therefore, it is extremelv impor- a student receives remission of part of the tuition each application After occupanci, the deposit 13 applied ing the percent of remission is that on which the tant for the student to return his/her housing towtud the toont and boatd e^penses This deposit is not appropriate Academic Dean was notified by letter application immediately upon receipt of it Over- telunded ifthe i000m is not occupied Rates shown cue charged for the semester or session in accordance of the student's decision to terminate attendance crowded conditions have occurred in the past and foi 1984 sioninei, semon onli for dai tates and three with the Tuition Remission Schedule The and requested official withdrawal It is also the students have been temporarily assigned three to a foni and fi i e ^^ ecA tatcs contact the Office of Residence amount of the remission is added to payments, recorded date of the student's separation from the room or in lounges Therefore students returning Life

152 153

FINANCIAL MATTERS Registration The Student Financing Program pro- All charges foi tuition, fees, room and board less vides financing for up to 50% of the current semes- Part VI: financial assistance authorized by the Financial ter charges less financial aid authorized and other Aid Office, are payable at registiation For vour payments, to be repaid to the University in two convenience, Master Charge and VISA (Bank equal installments Interest is charged at the rate Registration and Americard) can be utilized to pay tuition and of 2/3 of I% per month A delinquency charge on fees each monthly installment in default for a period of ten days or more will be charged in an amount BILLING PROBLEMS equal to 5% of such installment or $5 00, which- Scholastic Policies Take the billing statement to the office indicated ever is less, except that a minimum charge of for an explanation or correction concerning these $1 00 may be made billing matters a) Balance Forward, Credits, Pavments CASHING CHECKS REGISTRATION 2 Authorization to continue in the program Deposits—Ic(ounis Receiiable Office A student may cash a check up to a maximum of Students who attend the Fall Semester, which b) Financial Aid Awards, Federal Loans, $50 at the Cashier's Office on the Ground Floor of begins in late August receive academic advise- selected has been given and registration for classes Guarantv Loans and Employer Billing— the Administration Building between 9 00 A M merit and register for classes during the preceding has been accomplished in compliance with all aca- demic requirements and procedures Officc of the Doectoi of Finamial Aid and 4 00 P M , Monday through Friday, except months of April, Mav June, and July Spring c) Student Finance Program, (Deferred Pay- during registration, with a validated ID Card for Semester students register in the Fall Semester 3 Arrangements have been made to the satisfac- nient Plan)— Accounts Receirable Office the current semester duiing November and early December tion of the University for payment in full of all Orientation programs for new students are con- financial charges, including fees, tuition, and hous- d) Housing Reservations and Housing BAD CHECKS ducted bv the schools in late spring and summer in ing charges, all of which are due and payable in Charges—O#ice of the lAsistant Dean of It is the policy of the University to charge bad Residence Life conjunction with academic advisement and full before the beginning of classes checks to the student who cashes them regardless registration STUDENT FINANCING PROGRAM of the maker A $3 00 service charge will be A comprehensive invoice that confirms the class CHANGE OF SCHEDULE (Ali prior balances must be paid in full before the assessed on checks that are returned from a bank schedule of courses for which the student is regis- Students requiring a change of class schedule to student is eligible for this plan ) Duquesne Univer- for lack of funds tered and lists fees, tuition, dormitory charge, change class times or to add or to drop a class, are sity students desiring pavment of their tuition and depoNits, financial aid awards, and balance due is permitted to do so during the pre-registration other charges for the semester by installment con- mailed to the student at his or her permanent period, the final registration period, and the first tact in person the Student Finance Section at Final address a month before classes begin, thus class week of the semester Change of class sched- enabling the student or parent to make payment ule is not permitted after the Latest Date for bv mail Change of Schedule as announced in the semester A three-day final registration for students who academic calendar have neither obtained registration for classes nor All schedule changes must be approved by the concluded financial arrangements is held just academic adviser and processed with the Regis- before the opening of classes trar Schedule change requests processed with the The financial obligation for class places reserved Registrar during the first class week must also bv a registered student who does not subsequently have the signatures of the instructors whose attend cannot be canceled unless written notifica- classes are being added or dropped tion of the decision not to attend is given to the Students who tardily process change forms are Registrar before the first class day Notification not entitled to refund for the course credits received on or after the opening day of classes is dropped Courses dropped after the deadline for subject to the official withdrawal policy With- making schedule changes are classified as course drawal from room and board reservation contracts withdrawals (See 'Withdrawal from a Course', is to be made in accordance with the provisions of and 'Withdrawal from the University' mentioned the contract See Room and Boat d— Wandra ival elsewhere in this catalog ) Refund, page 141 of this catalog Except for changes requested by the dean or advisor, a fee of $5 00 is charged for each change OFFICIAL REGISTRATION form processed after the close of pre-registration Onlv students who are recognized as officially teg- CROSS-REGISTRATION i)te;edare bona fide students of Duquesne Univer- sity Unless students are officially registered, they Cross-college and -university registration provides are not permitted to attend classes, engage in stu- opportunities for enriched educational programs, dent affairs, or, generally have access to the build- approved by a student's advisor or dean, at anv of ings and grounds or use of the University's the following institutions facilities Carlow College La Roche College Official registration is the recognition given by Carnegie-Mellon Pittsburgh Theological the University to persons who have met these University Seminary conditions Chatham College Point Park College I Appropriate authoritv for admittance to study Community College Robert Morris College in a school or department has been given by an of Allegheny University of Pittsburgh authorized officer of the University The admitting County authoritv for undergraduate students resides in the The opportunity for cross-registration will be Director of Admissions available to each full-time student enrolled in any

154 155 piogram leading to a degree Full credit and grade confidence between the student and the Univer- indicated in the University Calendar (see pages 2- '1' grade is to be replaced by a passing grade, the will be tiansferFcd sity The contents of either may be revealedI only 7) Records will show "Audit" in the grade space work must be completed by the time stated in the Each college or univers1tv accepts registration in in accordance with the Family Educal onal Rights on the transcript of a iegularlv matriculated stu- Academic Calendar Failure on the part of the stu- regularlv accredited courses designated bN it as and Privacy Act of 1974 (Public Law 93-380 Sec- dent A "Certificate of Attendance" for non-degree dent to remove the temporary grade results in con- open to (ross-registration First priority in registra- tion 438 as amended) students will be awarded by the Division of Con- version of that grade to an 'F' recorded on the tion shall go to the students of the host college In order that parents of students mav receive tinuing Education Audited courses are not eligible transcript The student s advisor or dean is responsible for from University officials information concerning to be converted to matriculated credits Courses CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS assuiing cligibilitv for the course in which the siu- the college attendance academic record of their audited mav not be challenged later or completed Freshman less than 30 credits completed dent intends to emoll Each qualified student mav child it is required by the Family Educational I via CLEP or other advanced standing tests Sophomore 30 to 59 credits completed enroll in no more than one course off campus in Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA) (Public Courses eligible for auditing are determined by Junior 60 to anv one term or semester under this program Law 93-380 as amended, section 99, 31 (8) that the individual colleges and schools of the Univer- 89 credits completed Senior 90 Cross-registration is conducted through the office either the parents must prove financial depen- sitv A partial list of school policies follows, but or more credits completed of the home registrar dence of their child upon them according to the students are advised to consult with the Offices of I Full-time Student A student with an aca- Duquesne Universitv students who are partici- dependencv test as defined in section 152 of the 1 the Deans for the most current listings 1) No demic schedule of at least 12 credits is considered I pating in this program are charged tuition and Internal Revenue Code of 1954, or the child must courses in the School of Law are available for a full-time student With this status a student is University Fee in accordance with the current grant a waiver of rights given by FERPA audits 2) No clinical courses in the School of entitled to the benefits of various activities A stu- by I rates charged Duquesne University however Students wishing to waive the requirement of Nursing and Pharmacy can be audited, 3) In the dent may not change status during the semester students are responsible for paying any course or FERPA relating to the release of academic infor- College of Liberal Arts and Sciences courses in the without the permission of the academic advisor laboratory fees to the host institution mation to parents must complete the waiver humanities and social sciences can be audited, but and the Dean of the student's school These policies on Cross-registration are not effec- obtainable at the office of the academic adviser communications and science laboratory courses 2 Part-time Student Anyone who carries under tive at this time for enrollments in summer ses- mav not be audited 12 credits is regarded as a part-time student sions including the spring term at the Universitv Students enrolling for audit may attend lectures, 3 Post-giaduate Student A person who has of Pittsburgh Academic Policies complete couise readings and, at the discretion of completed a baccalaureate degree and is seeking LAI E REGISTRATION the professor in charge of the course, may partici- additional undergraduate credits pate in classroom discussion and examinations With approval of the appropriate dean and upon POLICIES COURSE EXAMINATIONS pa^rncnt of the penaltv fee late registration may ACADEMIC ADVISOR CANCELLATION OF COURSES Unit eActininations are given on the dates be permitted for a serious reason, however no Every student attending the University ' s assigned The Universitv makes every reasonable effort to announced by the instructor at the beginning of student mav be registered and begin attending or selects an academic advisor It is the student's offer courses as announced in the Semester Sched- each semester Grades for these are obtained from classes later than the Latest Date for Registration responsibilitv to ascertain the advisor's name ule of Courses and the Summer Session Bulletin the instructor and Change of Schedule as announced in the Aca- which may be obtained from the ( It reserves the right however, to make changes or Final evaininations are given at the end of each dernic Calendar school in which the student is enrolled cancel courses in the academic schedule because of semester and summer session No student is RECORDS AND REPORTS The student should consult with the academic insufficient enrollment or for any other equally excused from taking the final examination advisor about the program and anv questions of valid reason SEMESTER GRADE REPORTS CREDIT BY EXAMINATION an academic nature No student may register CLASS ATTENDANCE Every registered student who is free of financial Examinations for recognition of proficiency in a without the academic advisors approval and Regular class attendance is normally essential for obligations to the University is sent a report of subject, or for course credit, as authorized by the signature maximum educational advantage and is strongly grades to the permanent address on record soon College or a particular School of the University SUPERVISOR OF encouraged The responsibiht^ for all course mate- after the close of each semester ACADEMIC are available to currently enrolled students who by INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS rial rests wholly with the student Schools may previous experience or exposure have acquired TRANSCRIPTS The academic progress of student athletes engaged require attendance at every class mastery of the knowledge in certain courses An Each student recei N es a summary transcript of his in intercollegiate competition is monitored by the It is the prerogative of each school to establish application fee of $20 00 is charged for each course oi her complete academic record at the close of ASIA The delivery of academic support systems policy for attendance at classes, laboratories, tests, credit application forms may be obtained from each academic vear Students should carefully to those student athletes who need them is facili- examinations, deadlines for reports and specific the OiRce of the Registrar examine their records for accuracy and immed, tated via this office school requirements It is the instructor's responsi- As policies vary among the Schools, students atelv report errors to the Registrai bilitv to make the school's policy known at the who feel they may qualify for credit by examina- AUDITING COURSES To obtain additional copies of their academic first class session as it pertains to the course and tion should consult the Dean of the school in records students must write to the Registrar for Regularly enrolled Duquesne students are permit- school which they are enrolled for specific information transcripts for themselves or for the other inStitu- ted to audit courses In addition non-degree stu- The student who is unable to attend class about courses open to this examination procedure tions and agencies All official transcripts issued bv dents from the general community who would like because of serious illness, hospitalization, a seri- GRADING SYSTEM the Office of the Registrar bear the signatuie of the to audit courses for personal enrichment and who ous accident or other extenuating circumstance is Registiar and the embossed seal of the Office of are not matriculated nor pursuing a degree pro- responsible for notifying the office of his academic The officially recognized method of grading course the Registrar Whenever an official transcript is gram are also eligible to audit Regular students dean He should supply the necessary written ver- work and rating academic performance of under- ieleased directly to the student it will also bear the should consult their academic advisor for details ification as soon as possible graduate students at the University is as follows stamped designation isuted to Student on auditing Non-degree students should contact The student must submit the work assigned and A — Excellent No transcript will be issued unless all financial Duquesne's Division of Continuing Education to take the examination in the course at the specified B — Good obligations owed by the student to the Universitv complete a brief application form Admission is time If the work is not submitted or an examina- C — Average have been fulfilled A fee of $2 00 is charged for granted on a space available basis by consulting tion is not taken at the scheduled time, the policy D — Below average, passing the issuance of each tianscript the Office of the Registrar and the individual is to assign a zero for that part of the course An P — Pass (Used in some courses where scaled schools Fees for auditing are uniform for all accumulation of zero grades could result in a final grading is inappropriate Indicates satisfac- CONFIDENTIALITY OF STUDENT students grade of 'F ' If a student has for significant reasons tory completion of course work with credits RECORDS Registration in a course as an auditor must be missed a part of the course or an examination the earned but without quality points and is The Univeisity regards the student's personal declared at registration and is irrevocable after the grade may be submitted as an 'I ' If the temporary independent of the quality point system) information and academic record as a matter of last date for change of schedule each semester as 156 157

Dismissal Less than (Readmission may S — Satisfactoiy (Used in pass/fail elected the student's experience may be taken on a pass/ 1 50 QPA It is the student's responsibility to determine be peirnitted on iecommenclation of the appro- that the courses taken in each semester are sequen- courses and is independent of the qualitv fail (S-U) basis If passed the credits will count for point system) graduation, but neither grade nor credits will be priate Committee on Student Standing) tially correct and necessary for the degree F — Failure (Course must be iepeated for credit) calculated in the quality point average Foi the students who have attempted 31-60 program The student must periodically review in consul- U — Unsatisfactorv—Failure (Used in pass/fail Once a course has been identified as a pass/fail cledit,, or who have attempted up to 61 credits tation with the appropriate academic advisor pro- elected courses and is independent of the elective the course must be completed as s ch %vithin four sernesteis these guidelines prevail gress toward graduation and seek with the advi- qualitv point system course must be and the grade submitted must be an S or a U u No' Academic Warnings 1 85 to 1 99 QPA (Letter of sor, the resolution of any question about iepeated for credit) required course may be taken on t It is c I ective warning mav be sent by appopriate Dean) I — Incomplete (A ternpoiaiv grade given pass/fail basis fulfillment of graduation requirements by an Probation 1 75 to 1 84 QPA (Subject to the jui is- instructor when neithei a passing nor fail- Each school and each department sets forth in The decision to elect the pass/fai option must diction of the appropriate Committee on Stu- ing grade can be determined because of this catalog requirements for graduation which the be made during registration or no laterI than the dent Standing and may be required to modify or incomplete course work Unless a cogent student is expected to know, as well as the afore- close of the period provided for making schedule restiict academic program) mentioned general requirements explanation of eltenuating clicurnstances changes and the Dismissal Less than 1 75 QPA (Readmission mav acceptable to the instructor is presented following STUDENT STANDING be permitted on recommendation of the appro- and the missed examination or required I The bachelor's degree requires a minimum of Progress toward a degree is measured by the priate Committee on Student Standing) assignment is made up by the date speci- 120 semester hours of course credits in all except cumulative quality point average The scholastic Students who have attempted 61 or more credits fied in the Academic Calenclai the I Radiological Health Medical Technology, and becomes a permanent F grade) records of students who fail to meet the minimum and who have a QPA of between 1 85 and 1 99 Pharmacy which require, respectively, 123, 125, requirements as established W — Official Withdrawal (Used on a students by the faculty of each rna^ continue on piobation for one semester and 160 credits permanent record college or school will be submitted to th^ College However—students who have earned more than 90 to indicate termination '^ All bachelor's degrees require an overall mini- or School Committee on Student Standing for crcchrso^are subject to d—is—ni—i—ss-al^unle—s—s7hZriTa—ve-a— of attendance in couises under conditions mum quality point average of 2 0, which is a C review and appropriate action Normallv, aca- QPA of 1 0 oi better Students who accumulate of official withdrawal See pages 158 and grade average in a 4 0 system (Students should 151 demic records will be reviewed annually at the three F grades in one semester are subject to dis- Withdrawal from a Course and With- further determine the need for minimum QPA conclusion of each academic year missal Appeals of academic dismissal must be drawal from the Universitv) requirements in their major, science course, etc ) The policy of the Council of Academic Deans dir^ec-tedo-tc^-tht—appropr.tate—Goilege—or—School) QuAi I ry POINT SYSTEM 3 The last year's work (a minimum of 30 semes- on Student Athletes vis-a-vis academic standards Committee on Student Standing Students subject The Student's oveiall academic qualitv point aver- ter hours of credit) must be completed in residence reads as follows 10 the jurisdiction of the appropriate Committee age (QPA) is obtained bv dividing the total qualitv at the Universitv a) ' To participate in the formal athletic pro- on Student Standing in accordance with the estab- points earned bv the total number of semester 4 Not less than three credits (or one course) in grams at the University, a student must be cur- lishcd guidelines who are permitted to re-enroll on hours attempted These quality point values of theology are required for all undergraduate Catho- rentiv enrolled as a full-time student Full-time a full-time basis but continue participation in non- grades aic used fen each credit attempted lic students in every program at the Universitv status is defined bv University catalog as enroll- curricular and extra-curricular activities shall be A — four points ment of 12 credits minimum per semester Such a without appeal if thev are subsequentIv dismissed 5 Students on academic probation may be can- B — three points program would allow a student to graduate within from the Univeisity for poor scholarship didates for graduation only with permission of the C — two points five vears Committee on Student Standing of their school ' D — one point DEAN"S LIST The candidate who has satisfied graduation F — zero points b) A student athlete must be making satisfactory To achieve distinction of being named to the academic progress This means that a student Dean's List a student must have a record for a requirements by a Challenge Examination (credit Courses in which grades P S U I and W were must have successfulIv completed 24 credits dur- semester that shows completion of a full-time by examination), when taken timewise within the given are not used in calculating the quality point last 30 semester hours of study for the degree will average ing the previous academic year This would allow schedule a quality point average of at least 3 25 ' a student the fall, spring and summer semesters in and no giade lowei than C The full-time schedule fulfill the residence requirement provided a mini- REPEATING COURSES AND COURSE which to earn these 24 credits In addition the must include at least 12 ciedits exclusive of pass/ mum of 30 semester hours of credit has been RETROGRADATION student athlete must satisf^v the student standing tail credits earned in course work at the University in the last policy as outlined in the Student Handbook and year's study Students ordinarilv are permitted to repeat courses GRADUATE COURSES FOR in which D and F grades were received The Universitv catalogs HONORS UNDERGRADUATE CREDIT request for permission to repeat a course is to be c) A student athlete (as all students in the Um- Degrees are awarded with special mention (111?7 Qualified sernois may be permitted to register in submitted in lettei form to the academic adviser versify) is academicaltv dismissed if the student laude, magna cum laude, or summa c w2i laude to certain graduate courses at the 500 level for under- before registeiing in the repeat Course All grades athlete fails three courses in one semester Student students who have completed the regular course graduate credit on the recommendation of the are retained on the permanent academic record athletes can be readmitted by the student standing with unusual distinction and who have completed ad\ isor and with the approval of the dean of the The result of the final attempt in a repeated course committee of the college or school to which the a minimum of 60 credits in residence Honors are graduate school involved All 500 courses are is however the student's status in the couise with student athlete is returning If a student transfers based on these standards described in the graduate school catalogs regaid to attempted credits, earned credits and the to another school within the University, the stu- Cum Laude—Qauhty Point dent athlete can be admitted only GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS completion of requirements by the Dean of Average 3 50 to 3 74 that school Retrogradation a corollai y of the repeat credit The candidate for a Univeisity degree must be a Magna Cum Laude—Quality Point tule under which a student may earn credit once For students who have attempted 15-30 credits person of good moral character who has satisfacto- Average 3 75 and above oniv for a course prescribes that a student mav or more than 30 credits in one year the guidelines ril% completed all academic requirements for the Summa Cum Laude—Upon recommendation of not move backwaid from an advanced course to a are degree program and in addition has the recom- the faculty and a 3 90 QPA, the Magna Cum lower le% el course and receive credit for both Anv rricridation of the appropriate Academic Dean, by Academic Warning 1 75 to 1 99 QPA (Letter of Laude citation may be raised to Summa Cum doubtful situation must be decided the depart- filed the Application for the Universitv Degree warning may be sent by appropriate Dean) Laude ment chairperson or dean involved with the Office of the Registrar on or before the Probation 1 50 to 1 74 QPA (Subject to the juris- latest date to apply for giaduation as announced in UNIT OF CREDIT PASS/FAIL ELECTIVES diction of the appropriate Committee on Stu- the Academic Calendar and paid all indebtedness The unit of credit is the semester hour, i e one One couise a sernestei elected bv a junior or dent Standing and may be required to modifv or to the Universitv credit equals one semester hour One semester senior and approved by the academic advisor as restrict academic program) hour of credit is granted for the successful comple- providing an opportunitv to expand and enrich tion of one hour a week of lecture or recitation, or

158 159 a least two hours a week of laboratory work for so with the approval of his academic advisor and one semester of 15 weeks by processing the proper form up to the date announced in the Academic Calendar for with- Part VII: Directories TRANSFER WITHIN THE UNIVERSITY drawal with a W grade It would be to the student's advantage to discuss If a student wishes to withdraw from a course the proposed transfer with the academic advisor of after the date announced in the Academic Calen- the new school no later than two weeks prior to dar, the student must seek approval of the Com- Directors and Officers preregistration The advisor will then use the form mittee on Student Standing of the student's and procedure established as uniform for the Uni- School The student will be notified of the Com- THE DUQUESNE CORPORATION versity to effect any change mittee's decision If approval is granted, the stu- Edwaid L Murray C S Sp Chattinan WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE dent then initiates the appropriate form through Francis M Philben C S Sp Vice Chamnan First semester freshmen may withdraw from the advisor C harles J Fenner C S Sp Sc(i etai v A student who is not granted approval of the courses with the approval of their advisor up to Louis F Dolan C S Sp John E Nader, C S Sp the period of final examinations and receive a request and withdraws from the course unofficially will receive an F grade for the course Joseph A Duchene C S Sp David L Smith, C S Sp grade of W by processing the proper form William R Headley C S Sp If a student other than a first semester fresh- Joseph L Varga C S Sp man, wishes to withdraw from a course, he may do BOARD OF DIRECTORS Officers A William Capone Chau inan of the Board Joseph A Kataimcic Esq I, ice Chairman of the Boatd ReN Charles J Fennei C S Sp Sec retai v of the Boai d Term Members Robert J Buckley Raymond J Mulligan jF J Earl Burrell Thomas J Murrin kx Richard Calignui Most Rev John B McDowell, D D Mrs James L Coleman Jr Donald S Nesti, C S Sp S T D William H Cosgrove Henry X O'Brien Robert A dePalma James F O'Day John F Donahue Ronald T Bowes Francis R Duffy C S Sp Anthony J F O'Reilly 3 Thomas F Faught Jr John L Propst Herman Finebeig Joseph H Ridge Merle E Gilliand Daniel M Rooney Edward I Goldberg Esq Frederic B Sargent Carl G Grefenstette Frank J Schneider William R Headley C S Sp Mrs Elizabeth M Scott John J Henry Richard S Smith Robeit E Irr W Bruce Thomas

41 John M Jendzura C S Sp William A Uricchio Aaron P Levinson Albert C Van Dusen E D Loughney Francis W Wright, C S Sp Joseph A Massaro Associate Members Eugene P Beard Claire M Garrecht Murry P Berger Charles D Horne Francis A Devlin Daniel R Lackner Sidney Dworkin James L Snyder Edward F Eddy Richard L White OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY Donald S Nesti C S Sp, S T D Ptesident Henry J McAnulty, C S Sp Chancellot Carol Ann Smith Ph D Acting Vice President fot Acadernic Ajaits James 0 Allison, M B A Vice President fo) Management and Business Dennis C Golden Ed D Vice Piesident for Student Life Kenneth P Service Vice Presidentfot Untivisity Relations Charles J Fenner C S Sp Ph D Secretari 160 161

Frances Jahrling Chivers Eugene F Del Vecchio Administration and Faculty Pt ofessoi of English Associate Ptofessor of A B Smith College Modein Languages A M Columbia University A B , University of California COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Ph D University of Buffalo (Berkeley) ADMINISTRATION M A, Ph D, University of Washington Jeri v Clack of Jack W Hausser Ph D Acting Dean Piofessol classus Rev Daniel N DiNardo

Marguerite S Puhl, M Ed Assistant Dean for Admimstl ation A B Princeton University Lecturer in Special Studies

Joan E Deakins, M Ed Director of Academic Advisement M A Duquesne Uni),ersity B A, M A, Catholic University of America M A Ph D , University of Pittsburgh S Anne D Gyurisin B A Academic Advisor T B, Pontifical Gregorian University S T L , Augustianum University Edward H Noll M Ed, M A Academic Advisor John A Clair Janice R Grey, B A Assistant to the Dean Pi ofe^soi of English Patricia M Dunham B A , M A Duquesne University Assistant A ofessot of Political Science FACULTY Ph D , Western Reserve University B S , M A, Ball State University Roger M Angelelli Ralph C Boettcher Ph D, Miami University of Ohio Lectuiet in Spee(h Associate Pt ofessol of English Vicky A Clark Howard G Ehrlich B S California State College B A University of Detroit Le(tutei, in Att Iltytoij A ofessor of Biologv and M S West Virginia University M A, Columbia University A B UCLA A M University of California, Davis Department Chairman Ph D University of Pittsburgh Clement C Braszo Ph D University of Michigan B S , Marquette University Mary Frances Antolini Lecturer in Sociology Ph D University of Minnesota I ^ustant A ofcssot of Sociologj^ B A, Duquesne University Francesca Colecchia Lester Embree B A M A Duquesne University M S W University of Pittsburgh PiofesAoi of Alodein Languaqes Pi ofesso, of Philosoph v Shirley Arch Kenneth Richard Boyd and Depaitnient Chaornan B A , Tulane University Lectioei in Sociologi Associate Pi ofessoi of Biology B Ed Duquesne University Ph D , New School for Social Research B A University of Buffalo B S Denison University M Litt , Ph D University of Pittsburgh M S, Ph D , University of Illinois Eleanor V Fails M S W University of Pittsburgh Primitivo Colombo Ptofessor of Sociology Samuel J Astormo George Russell Bradley A ofessoi Linei, aus of Fi ench ssistant Professot of Mathematics B A Satin Mary's College Ptofessoi of Histoit, A B A M A Ph D, University of B Allegheny College M A , University of Notre Dame B A, M A, Ph D, University of S Pittsburgh Ph University of Notre Dame Ph D , Loyola University of Chicago Pittsburgh D , Albert B Costa J D Duquesne University Walter V Burrows Norma Feinberg Assistant Professor of German Piofessoi olffisloiv Barbush Associate Profcssoi of Sociologi, Daniel E B S St Mary's College California B A, M A, Duquesne University M S W , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Institictoi in Mathematics M S , Oregon State Umversit^ Duquesne University Rev Edward A Bushinski, C S Sp B S Ph D, University of Wisconsin Rev Charles J Fenner, C S Sp M A Universitv of Pittsburgh Professoi of Theology Associate Professor of Theology B D St Mary's Seminary Frank J D'Amico Frank J Baron B A , B D , St Mary's Sern i nary S T L , Univeristy of Fribourg Ptofevsor of Biologi, -Issistant Pi ofessoi of 11atheinatics J C B , Gregorian University M A, Duquesne University B S Southern Connecticut State College B S , Ph D , University of California Rome, Italy Ph D, Fordham University M Sc , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh M A, Duquesne University Anthony Barton Rev Leonard A Bushinski, C S Sp Ph D , Catholic University Pi ofessot of Psv(hology Kathleen C DAppolonia Piofessor of Theologv B A, Ohio Wesleyan University Assistant Pi ofessot of Psi chologi, Constance Taylor Fischer B D, St Mary's Seminary M Ph D, University of Chicago B A Skidmore College A M A, Duquesne University Ptofessol of Psychology M A Ph D, University of North Carolina E Jane Beckwith S T L, Gregorian University B A, University of Oklahoma M A , Ph D, University of Kentucky Lectiuci in Joinnalism S S L , Pontificial Biblical Institute Loren K Davidson B A, Seton Hill College Ronald G Butler Issociate Pio/essoi of English William Frank Fischer M F A Pratt Institute Assistant Professot ofBiology B S Asbury College Professor of Psychology George Richard Benzinger Jr B A State University of Oswego M A University of Kentucky B A , University of Michigan 4ssistani Pi ofessot of English Ph D , Syracuse University Ph D Duke University M A , Ph D, University of Connecticut B A Washington and Jefferson Gillian C Cannell Dagobert de Levie Lee Frank M A, University of Florida Lectuiet in Att Historj -1djunct Ptofessot of Lecturet in Sociology Bernard F Beranek B A M A, University of Pittsburgh 11odetit Languages B A, M Ed, Indiana University of Asso(iate Pi olessoi of English Peter A Castric I Ph D University of Basel Pennsylvania B A, Notre Dame Pt ofessot of Biology M A , Duquesne University M A Ph D, Duquesne University B S , Oregon State University Anna DEramo Lahmatoii Administialoi in Phisi(s Robert A Friday Robert E Beranek Ph D , Montana State University B S Carlow College Assistant Professor of Speech Pt ofessor of Political Science Shih-Chi Chang Communications and Theatre B A , St Vincent College Professor of Phvsics Donato A DeFelice B A College of Steubenville M A Foidham University B S , National Taiwan University Associate Pt ofessot of Mathematics M A , University of Pittsburgh University of Pittsburgh Ph D , M S , Ph D, Kansas State University B S M S University of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Pittsburgh 162 163

Lawrence E Gaichas Margaret R Hicks [)onald H Kellandei Charles A Loch and Piofcssoi of Cfa^^it ^ Assistant Plofesso) of Assistant Piofessoi of Fiench Associate Piofessoi of Mathematics hall mail 198-5-1986 Depailinent C Modein Languages B A M A , Pennsylvania State and Department Chairman B A Xavier University B A Belhaven College Univeisity B A, M A, Duquesne University Emory University M A Ph D Ohio State University M A Rev David F Kellv Carla E Lucente Ph D University of North Carolina Edward L Gelblum ,I Ysociate Pi, olessot of Theologi Pi, ofessor of Modern Languages Issitant Piofessoi of Philosophi, Rev J Clifton Hill, C S Sp B A College of the Holy Cross B A, M A, Duquesne University B A St John's College Pi ofessoi of Phjsics • A S T B Catholic University M A , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B S , Louisiana State University of Louvain M A Universitv of Chicago James G Lydon M S Catholic University of America • Rel Ed Loyola University Chicago John D Gibbs Professot of Histori, B D St Mary's Seminary Ph D University of St Michael's College B A , Harvard University is^si.stant Piolessoi of M A, Ph D Rice University Joni nalision Rev Charles D Keyes M A , Boston University B S West Virginia University Beatrice T Hirschl P) ofessot of Philosoph v and M A, Ph D, Columbia University Lectute) in JOLonalisin Depattinent Chaitinan Amedeo P Giorgi Robert E Madden B A , University of Pittsburgh B A , University of Okalahoma Pi ofess oi of Ps i ch olog i, Associate Professor Philosophv B D S T M , Seabury-Western A B St Joseph s College Eleanore Walkowski Holveck B S , St Joseph's College Theological Seminary M A, Ph D Fordham University qssociate Ptofessot of Philosophv M A, Villanova University B A Duquesne University M A University of Toronto Ph D, Duquesne University Andrew J Glaid III M A , Ph D , University of North Th D Trinitv College Toronto Charles D Maes P,ofe^^ot of Chemistii and Carolina Ph D Duquesne University Depaitment (haitnian Associate Pi ofessor of Psychologi, Jean E Hunter Yong I Kim B S M S Duquesne University B A, University of Denver Associate Pi ofessot of Histot v 4 ssociate Pi ofessoi of English Ph D Duke University M S W, Tulane University B S , Ursinus College B A Aoyama Gakuim Tokyo Ph D, Duquesne University John B Greenshields M A, Ph D Yale University B A Florida Southern College Anne M Maier Assoc late Pio/essoi of Cheinisti i M A University of Kentucky Patricia S Ingram B S M S Ph D Carnegie-Mellon Assistant Professor of Get mail 4ssociate Picifessoi and Ditectoi Richard T Knowles B A, Universitv Columbia Universitv of Ali History Associate Piofessoi of Psi chologi, M A , University of Illinois Edward J Gregory A B, A M, Oberlin College B A M S, Fordham University Rev Francis X Malinowski C S Sp P;ofe^soi ofJoinnalisin Ph D Purdue University Jerome Edward Janssen Associate Professor of Theologv B S Pennsylvania State University Piofessor of Hototj) and B A, M Ed , Duquesne University Paul Krakowski St Mary's Seminary Depattinent Chairman Piofessot ofJoinnalism and B S Th , University of Fribourg John Kenneth Hanes B A , St Norbert College 4cting Depattinent Chaornan Ph D, Duke Universitv A ssivant Pi, ofessoi ol English M A, University of Wisconsin B A , Westminster College Brian Mallov B A St Francis College Peter R Johnson M A University of Wisconsin Assistant Professor of Computer Science M A Niagara University Lectuier in Speech Michael Kupersanin B S, LaSalle College B S Northern Illinois University James P Flanigan Ptofe^sot of Sociologi M Ed , University of Pittsburgh Associate Piofessoi of I heologi, M S Ph D University of Pittsburgh A B , M A Kent State University Susan Maloney A B M A, Fordham Universitv James J Johnston, Jr Ph D University of Pittsburgh Assistant Pt ofessor of Journalism B D Woodstock College InAttuctot in 5peech B A , B S, Svracuse University Ph D , Duke University Albert C Labriol.I B A , University of Pittsburgh M A, Pt ofessot of English Duquesne University Barry Hannegan Nancy C Jones B Ed Duquesne University Dolores C Mandel Leclutei in A;t Ilisloii, Pt ofes^or of Journalism M A T, Columbia University Assistant Ptofessot in Sociology B A U nivei sity of Pittsburgh B A , University of Pittsburgh M A, Ph D, University of Virginia B A , Slippery Rock State College M A New York University Northwestern University M S J M S W , University of Pittsburgh Rosalme H Lee Solange Bastelica Harrison Ph D University of Missouri A Ysociale P, ofesso, of 41athenunics Edward J Markoff Issoc late Pi ofessoi of ri ench Eric Joy B S Webster College Lecturer in 41athematics B A Academy of AiN-Marseilles Lectioer in Sociologj M E, University of Michigan B S, M A, Duquesne University B S Faculte de Medicine, Marseilles B A, M A Duquesne University Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University M A Duquesne University William Ewalt Markus Chester A Jurczak Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Political Science Professor of Sociology and Norman C Li and Department Chaitinan Jack W Hausser Department Chaunum Pi ofessin, Emei itus of Cheinisti v B A , Harvard University Piofessoi of Chernisti i and Acting Dean B A , St Mary's College B S Kenyon College M Ed , University of Pittsburgh B S , Case Institute of Technology M A Fordham University M S , University of Michigan Ph D Universitv of Illinois Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Ph D , Universitv of Wisconsin Paul Tyler Mason Professor of History Samuel J Hazo Joseph J Keenan Pei-Tsing Liu B S, M A, Ph D, St Louis University Pi, ofessoi of English A ^so( late Pi ofessot of English Ptofessoi of Biologi, B A University of Notre Dame and Depattment Chairman B S Univeisity of Shanghai, China Cornelius S McCarthy M A, Duquesne Univeisitv B A , M A, Duquesne University M S Boston University Professor Erneritus of Journalism Ph D University of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Wisconsin Ph D , Catholic University of America B S J , Ed M , Boston University

165 164

James A McCulloch Rev William M Ogrodowski Susan A Ross Rev David L Smith, C S Sp Pi ofessoi of Classic s Lectmet in Classics Assistant Ptofe^soi of 1/icologi, Associate Ptofessor ofPsvchologi, B A Duquesne Univeisity B A , Duquesne University B A Manhattanville College and Depaitinent Chaitinan B A, M Litt Ph D , University of Pittsburgh S T L , S T D , Pontifical Gregorian University M A Ph D Universitv of Chicago St Mary's Seminary S T L University of Fribourg Hershel Sacks Willard M Mecklenburg John Opie, Jr M A , Assistant Plofessot ofillatheinatics Duquesne University Associate Piofessoi ofJoianalisin Picifessot of Ilistoti, Ph D B S Ph D , Uni\ ersity of Pittsburgh University of Montreal B A , Hamline University B A, DePauw University M A Yeshiva University Martin D Snyder Union Theological Seminary B D Garrett Theological Seminary B D, Pio/essot ofClassics and Chaitinan D University of Chicago ,Marie Ciccone Sakmar M S J Northwestern University M A Ph Depat tinent of Special Studies Instiu(toi in Spanish A B, Loyola College, Baltimore Patrick J Moore Margaret J Patterson A B Geneva College M A Ph D, Catholic University of Lectme) in Sociologi Assistant Pi ofessor of Journalism M A Western Reserve University B A M A Duquesne University B S , Ohio University America M A University of Pittsburgh John D Scanlon Paul B Stein Kent F Moors Piofe^soi of Philosophi Assistant Picifessot of'Chernistiv Associate Piolessoi of Ann C Peterson B A St Mary's Seminary B S , University of Massachusetts Political S(ience Leamei in Ait History M A University of Detroit Ph D, University of Oregon A B St Anselm's College B A , M A , University of Pittsburgh Ph D Tulane University M A Universitv of New Hampshire Omar W Steward Dr James F Pletcher Marilvn Schaub Ph D Northern Illinois University Piofessoi cif`Chennstiv Adjunct Piofessoi of Phvsics Piofe)^oi of Iheologi B S , University of Delaware Joseph R Morice B S Franklin and Marshall B A Rosarv, College Ph D , Pennsylvania State University Piotessoi of'Histoti M A, Ph D, Columbia University Ph D Universitv of Fribourg Michael W Strasser B A , LaSalle College Ronald M Polansky Kurt C Schreiber Picifessot ofPhilosophi, M A Fordham University ,Issociate Pi ofessot of Philosoph v P) ofessoi of Cheinist i B S , St Louis University M Litt Ph D University of Pittsburgh B A Yale University B S Citv College of New York M A, Ph D, University of Toronto Rev Edward L Murrav, C S Sp M A Ph D, Boston College A M Ph D Columbia University Tata Subhas Associate Plofessol ofPst,chologi G Foster Provost Jr Rev Andre L Scliuwer 0 F M Piofessor ofBiology B A M A, St Vincent College Pi ofe5soi of English Adjunct P)ofessoi of Philosophi, B Sc , Utkal University, India M A, Ph D, Duquesne University B S Ph D , Louisiana State University B Ph State University of Amsterdam Bachelor of Veterinary Science, Stephen T Newmyer M A , Universitv of Oregon Licenciate, Ph D , University of Louvain University of Madras India M S , Plofessot OfClassicy David W Seybert Utah State University Peter A Puccetti B A Duquesne University of PhD University of Georgia Ph Associate Picifessol of Philosophv Associate Plofessot D Universitv of North Carolina Cheinistt I, Dr Grace S Sung B A, M Ed Duquesne University B A Bloomsburg State College Lecturet in Auchologi, Reginald A Ney Terry Pulver Ph D Cornell University B A, Ewha Womans University, Assistant P)ofessot OfPhISMS Assistant Pt ofessor of Psi,chologj Seoul, Korea and Untietyin Health Phisicist William W Shaw B A M A, Ph D, University of Colorado MA University of Iowa B S Duquesne University Assistant Piofcs^oi of Compiae) Science Ph D, University of Kansas M S University of Pittsburgh Constance Deucher Ramirez B S National Taiwan Normal University 4) sociate Pi ofessot of English M A Pennsylvania State University Rev EdmundR Supple,CSSP Sarah C Nichols Adjunct Associate Professot B A Duquesne University Stephen J Shulik Lectutei in Ait Histoti of Theologi M A University of North Carolina 4s5istant Plofessol of Phisics B A Universitv of East Anglia B A , St Mary's Senior Scholasticate Ph D University of Pittsburgh B S Duquesne University M A University of Delaware Ph S T L, Gregorian University (Rome) J Roland Ramirez M S D University of Pittsburgh Jerome L Njeclermcier Kathleen A Taylor Ptofessw of Philosophi, Associate Ptofessoi ofEnglish Aris Sideropoulos Picifessor ofAlatheinatics B A , University of Notre Dame lAsociate Picifessoi of Biologi B A Universitv of Pittsburgh B A, University of Dayton Licentiate, Le Saulchoir, Etiolles, France B A Concordia College M A Ph D, Duquesne Universitv M S , Ph D, Michigan State University Ph D Catholic University of Paris M S , North Dakota State University Hon Raymond A Novak Richard H Thames Paul A Richer Ph D , University of Kansas Lectittei in Sociologi Associate Prafessoi ofSpeech ,Issociate Pi ofessor of Ps vchologv Walter S Skinner B A St Vincent College Communication and Theatte B A Bard College P/ ofessol of Ph i sics and B A, S T B, S T L, St Mary's University B A , Southwestern-at-Memphis M A Ph D , New School for Social Research Depaitinent Chaliman M S W J D Universitv of Pittsburgh M Div , Pittsburgh Theological Seminary B S Monmouth College Rev Robert Roach, C S Sp Ph D , University of Pittsburgh M S Lehigh University Rev John F 0 Giady Lectioei in Fheology Steven P Thomas Pioles5oi of 1heolop, B A, B D Sl Mary's Seminary Eugenia M Skwarecki Professor ofBiologi, and Depallinent Chaitinan M A Notre Dame University Associate Pi ofessoi of Alodet n Languages B A , Pennsylvania State University B A M Div Mary Immaculate College Doctor of Modern Languages and M A, Ph D, Indiana University and Seminary Eva Cappellanti Robotti Literature, University of Turin Italy Frank J Thornton S T L College of St Anselm Associate Professor of Speech S T D University of St Thomas Communication and Theatre John W Smeltz Associate Ptofessoi ofSpeech Coin in unication and Theatte S S L , S S D Pontifical Biblical and Depaitinent Chaitinan Associate Pi ofes^ot of Lnglish Duquesne University B S, M A Villanova University Institute A B, M A , West Virginia University B A M A Ph D 167 166

Samuel J Tindall Jr Bernard J Weiss Western Perms)lvania School Associate Piofe^,soi of Lnghsh Plofessot of Histoi I For Blind Children University of Illinois A B ColumbiaPh Universitv B A Ph D M A D University of South M \ Universitv of Chicago C,ina Adams M Ed 5peech Pathologist Carolina Chailes I Westbrooks Deborah J Coletta M A Lectutei in SOCIO109V Rev Cornelius Van der Poel, C S Sp Language Deielopment Specialist B A University of Pittsburgh Assoc iate Pi ofesso; of Theologi M S , Indiana University of Pennsylvania M Ed Iona College George S Worgul, Jr SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION Steven Bela Vardv Associate Piofessot of Theologi, Plotessol OfIII31011 B A M D, M A, Niagara University WMINISTRATION Ph D Acting Dean B S John Carroll University Ph D S T D, Catholic University of Glen Beeson B A M A S Ed D J D Assistant Dean M A Ph D Indiana University Louvain Bernadine Meyer B Ed M Chairman Quantitative Sciences Division Rev Donald W Wuerl Janics F Acklin BS, MBA CPA, CMA Chairman, Behavioral Sciences Division Rev Joseph L Varga, C S Sp Le0inei in Special Studies John F Gardner, B A, J D LL M Chairman, Economic Sciences Division Le(tuiet in Alodein Languages B A M A , Catholic University of America Geza Grosschmid J U D Academic Advisor B -\ St Marv's Seminary S T L, Pontifical Gregorian University AmvC Jones BA MSEd Academic Advisor M Ed Duquesne University S T D Pontifical University of St Thomas Cvnthia M Shade, B A, M S Ed

Rolf H Von Eckartsberg William Stephan Wurzer FACULT'i Fsoc iate Pi ofessoi of Philosoph v Assoc iate Pi ofessoi of Psi chologi 1 James F Acklin William Carlson Oakland University A B Dartmouth College B A Associate Piofessot of 4(counting Assistant Ptofessoi of Finance University of Freiburg M A Ph D Harvard University Ph D , (hannian QiiaiititatiieScieiicesDiiisioti B C E, M S, Ph D, Carnegie-Mellon Joseph Yenerall B S M B A, Duquesne University University Mrs Peggy Walrath Associate Piofessoi of Sociologi, C P A C M A Pennsvlvania Raymond Cegelski Lectinet in Speech B S , California State College Priscilla Austin Associate A ofessor of Accounting Certified Comprehensive Interpreter M A Duquesne University Assistant Ptofessoi of"Accounting B S , M B A , Duquesne University Ph D , Pennsylvania State University C P A , Pennsylvania Jin Tsai Wang B S Bucknell University Frank T Zboznv Associate Pt ofessot of Chennsit i M B A Duquesne Universit,% Petros C Christofi A ofessoi of English B S Oregon State University C P A Pennsvlvania Assistant Ptofessoi ofAlfanagement Science B A, M A, Duquesne University M S Ph D, Carnegie-Mellon University Olen Beeson B S Graduate Industrial School of Thessaloniki Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Pi ofessoi of Economics M A, University of New Orleans Harold Webb Jr Acting Dean School of Bit5iness and Doctoral Candidate, Pennsylvania State Univer- P1 ofessot of Political Science Idininisliation - sity B A M A University of Pennsylvania B S West Virginia Weslevan Sylvia Denys Ph D Brown University M A Ph D University of Pittsburgh Assistant Piofessoi ofLait Administration B A, M A, J D, Duquesne University Theodoic J Weismann Vashislita Bhaskar 15sitant Pi olessot of Finance Adjunct Ptofessot of Chennsti i Dean Frost B S , St Stephen's College Assistant Professoi ofBehai iotal Science B S M S Ph D Duquesne University M B A Ph D Pennsylvania State University B A, Reed College Stanlev Bober M S , Ph D, University of Washington SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND Plofessol OfEC01701?71CSPh John Gardner AUDIOLOGY—ADJUNCT FACULTY B A M A, D, New York University Assistant Professor of Taxation George Bodnar Chaii inan, Behaiwial Science Div,ision Associate Piofessot of Accounting B A, King's College Harmarville Rehabilitation Center St Francis Hospital A, Bucknell Universitv J D , Duquesne University B S B Ph Robert D Jacism M Ed Rosemary Tomko, M A, CCC-Sp M B A, D University of Pennsvlvania L L M , Temple University Diieclot Communication Skills Depattinent Ditectot Depaitinent of Communication Skills Richard Bond Lee Glick Speech- La ngi tage Pathologist Eze Binstock, M A I s wc iale Pi ofes^ot of Economics Associate Professot ofEconoinics Gail B Mieszkowski, M S Speech- La ngi tage Pathologist A B Boston College B A M A, M Litt, Ph D, University Specch-Language Pathologist Barbara Boas, M S Ph D University of Marvland of Pittsburgh Diane Rosato M A Speech-Language Pathologist Geza Grosschmid Speech-Language Pathologist Eva Gillespie, M A Robert Boi man ls^oclate Plofessoi of Accounting Ptofessoi ofF-conomics Barbara A Vento M S Speech-Language Pathologist B S Duquesne Universitv Chaitinan, Economics Diiision Audiologist Janet Hodruk, M A M B A , University of Pittsburgh J U D , Royal Hungarian University Spee(,h-Language Pathologist Rehabilitation Institute of Pittsburgh C P A Pennsvlvama Pazmany Peter Hubert Martin M A Mark Ylvisaker M A Peter Brown Serge Grosset Speech- Language Pathologist Diiectot Specch-Langitage Thetapi, Depattinent Associate Pioles^oi ofAnalwic Alethods Ptofessoi ofInternational Business Spee(li-Language Pathologist Allegheny General Hospital B S Canisius College Licensees Sciences Commerciales Susan Hough M A Joanne McAleer, M S M B A Duquesne Universitv Doctorates Sciences Econorniques University of Geneva Speech-Language Pathologist Speech-Langitage Pathologist Ph D University of Pittsburgh

168 169

David Hanson i James Miller Issoc icue Pi ofesso) Piofessor of Human Relations SCHOOL OF EDUCATION B A^ Haverford College B S , St Vincent College Ph D Universitv of Florida M B A , University of Pennsylvania AI)MINISTRATION J D University of Michigan Ph D , University of Pittsburgh [)oioth^ A Fraver Ph D Dean Norman Hopmayer Kenneth L Paige Kenneth L Burrett, Ed D Associate Dean, Undeigraduate Education Visiting Ptofessoi ofWanagenieni Assistant Professor ofAccounting Sr Mary Frances Grasinger Ph D B S M S , Northwestern Universitv B S B A, Duquesne University Associate Dean, Giaducue Education M B -X Ph D, New York University M S , Kent State University FACULT1 Doctoral Candidate, University of Pittsburgh Clarence Jones V Robert Agostino William F Faith 4 ^^ociate Pi ofesso) of A nah tic Methods James Poindexter Piofe^^oi ofLducation Professor of Education B S E E University of California Assistant Professor of Industrial Relations B S Boston College B Ed , Duquesne University M S E E , West Virginia Universitv B S B A , University of Southern California M S , Umversitv of Bridgeport M Ed, Ph D, Specialist Diploma, Ph D, Carnegie-Mellon University M B A , Rochester Institute of Technology Ed D Ball State University University of Pittsburgh J D , Texas Southern University Blair J Kolasa William P Barone Dorothy A Frayer Ptofessoi ofBehaiicnalStience P)ofessot of Fducation Associate Piofessoi of Education and William D Presutti, Sr B S M A West Virginia Universitv and Dean Emetaus Assistant Prolessoi of Management and Dean of the School of Education B S Allegheny College Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B A , M S , Michigan State University Maiketing MS PhD University of Pittsburgh Ph D , University of Wisconsin B S B A, Duquesne University Paul Bernstein J D, Duquesne University M A Northeastern University 4 ssociate Pi ofessot of Lducation Mary Frances Grasinger, C S J Doctoral Candidate, Carnegie-Mellon B A Hartwick College Marshall Levinson Associate Professot of Education University M S Springfield College Associate Pi ofessoi of Economics and Associate Dean, Graduate Education Ph D Ohio University B S City College of New York B Ed , Duquesne University Rev Joseph Pudichery M A Princeton University Ruth G Biro M T S , Catholic University of Assistant Ptofessoi ofAnalvtic Methods M A Columbia University Issociate Pi ofessoi of Education America B A, M A, University of Kerala Ph D , B A Chatham College Syracuse University M A , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Gustav Lundberg M L S Ph D University of Pittsburgh Nicholas J Hanna Assistant Ptofessot ofEcononnc Geogiaphi, Kurt Rethwisch Professor of Education B A Swedish School of Economics Joseph T Brennan Piofessoi of Economics B S , M S , The Pennsylvania State B Sc M Sc , University of Helsinki Pi ofessot of Education A , Nebraska Wesleyan University University Ph D State University of New York B B S M Ed Ed D University of M A, Kansas State Ph D, Ohio University (Buffalo) Pittsburgh Ph D , University of Maryland Kenneth L Burrett Sister Julia Ann Hartzog, S C Dwight Means Associate Professot of Education Lewis Schipper Asso(late Pt ofessot of Lchication, Viutoig A ssociate A ofessot of Finance Associate Dean Undeigiaduate B A, Seton Hill College Associate Piofessor of Economics M Ed , Ph D, B S E E Carnegie Mellon Universitv Education, Directot of Student University of Pittsburgh M B AL , Doctoral Candidate, University of Pitts- B A M A, Wayne State University Tea(hing and Field Evperience Constance L Hunter burgh Ph D, University of Michigan B A, M S Ed, Canisius College Associate Professor of Education Ed D State University of New York, Aubrey Lipman Mendelow R Stanley Seymour B S Ed , Ohio State University Buffalo- Assistant Ptofessot of Management Assistant Professor of Commerce M A, George Peabody College Ph D , Infotination Siveins B S University of Notre Dame William H Cadugan University of Pittsburgh B Sc , Rhodes University M S , Kansas State Teachers College Pt ofessoi Emet itus of Education Joseph F Maola B Compt University of South Africa B S in B A, M Ed, Duquesne Professor of Education William Sher MBA University of Cape Town University B A, M Ed, Duquesne University Pi ofessoi of Economics D B L , University of South Africa Ed D, University of Pittsburgh M A , Indiana University of Pennsylvania B of Law, National Yunnon University Ph D, The University of Akron Bernadine Meyer M A, Ph D, University of Minnesota Bruno A Castle Piofe^sol ofLaii 4chrunistralion Professor Emeritus of Education Rick R McCown Assistant Dean John C South B S , Slippery Rock State College Assistant Professor of Education B Ed M S J D , Duquesne University Piofessoi of Organizational Behai ior M S , Ed D, University of Pittsburgh A B, Ph D, Indiana University B A, Ed D Columbia University Muskingum College William J Casile Michael F Moran M A Ph D, Ohio State University Assistant Pi ofessor of Education Associate Professor of Education George Might B S Ed, Duquesne University B S , Shippensburg State College Assistant Ptofessoi of Analvac Methods John Timko M Ed , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh M S , The Pennsylvania State University Harvard University Associate Professor of Marketing B S M A, Michigan State University B S , M S, Duquesne University Rev Louis F Dolan, C S Sp M A , Boston University Ph D , Pi ofessor of Education University of Pittsburgh Edward A Milcic Frank J Wright BA, B D, St Mary's Seminary Frank M Ribich Associate Ptofessot of 4(counting Associate Professor of Accounting M A, Ed S, Eastern Michigan Associate Professor of Education B S , M S , Duquesne University B S, Duquesne University University B Ed, M Ed, Duquesne University C P A Pennsylvania M B A , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Ph D University of Michigan Ed D , The Pennsylvania State University I

170 171

Alfonso A RlZ70 John L Livingston SUniner Erickson Christine Jordanoff Ptofessot of Ldivanon B S Lock Haven State College leachei of luba Associate Ptofessor of Musicianship B S Massachusetts State College M Ed Ed D The Pennsylvania State Member Pittsburgh Svmphonv Cooidinatot ofMusi( Entollinent M S Springfield College University Ph jov Friedlander B S, M M , Duquesne University D University of Connecticut Diploma, Kodaly Music Training Celine K Long / eachet of Dance Institute J Bernard Smith B S Ed, M S Ed, Duquesne University B A in Dance Universitv of California Pi ofessot of Lducation Graduate study, University of Pittsburgh M F A University of California Certificate, Liszt Academy of Music, B S M Ed Duquesne UnIverSitv and Indiana University of Pennsvlvama Budapest, Hungary Nylaiino Galuzzo Ph D University of Pittsburgh Nicholas Jordanoff Sr Carole Riley, C D P leachei ofSakophone At lisfic Directot for the Maureen Sullivan B S M E , Duquesne University B S M Ed Duquesne Universitv Peffolining Ensemble, Tainbutitzan 45swani Piofessot ofLducation Theodore A Siedle M M University of Michigan Institute of Folk At is and Associate B Ed M Ed in L S , Duquesne University B S Allegheny College Mowhawk College Canada M L S University of Pittsburgh Pi ofessot M A Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Jarnes Gorton Ed D University of Sarasota M Ed , Duquesne University I eachet, of Oboe SUPERVISORS Annabelle Joseph LECTURERS B M Eastman School of Music Teachet of Eurhvthniics Quincy DiYenno Member, Pittsburgh Symphony B F A, Carnegie-Mellon University Dorothy J Agar M S Ed , Shippensburg University Man Grishman M M , Duquesne University B S Russell Sage College M Ed Doctoral Study, University Bsociate Pi ofessot of Music D A, Carnegie-Mellon University M Ed Ph D Universitv of Pittsburgh of Pittsburgh Head of Soing Dnivon Eugenia Popescu Judetz Donna C Borza Jeanne Graff B S Marines College of Music Visiting Pio/essor, Tainbutitzan B S P A Nazareth College B S Ed , M S Ed, Duquesne University M A New York University Institute of Folk At is M A, Universitv of Iowa Helen G Smith Robert D Hamrick Bucharest, Romania Ronald C L Conant B S, Oakwood College leaChel of I'tombone Robert Kesselman A B Suffolk University M Ed , University of Pittsburgh B M M M , West Virginia University Teacher of String Bass M Ed Boston College Graduate study, Temple University Member Pittsburgh Svmphony Certificate from the Curtis Institute of Music Ph D Universw, of Pittsburgh and Loyola College at Baltimore L J Hancock Eric Kloss I cachet of jlfai(hing Band Methods Teachet of Saxophone SCHOOL OF MUSIC B S M Ed , Gettysburg College B A , Duquesne University Walter W Kolar ADMINISTRATION Richard Hiller leachet ofJa:z Ensemble Director, Tainbuiitzan Institute Of Michael Kumer M M Ed Acting Dean B M Carnegie-Mellon University Folk Arts and Associate Professor M Ed , Duquesne University Sisier Carole Riley C D P Ph D Assistant Dean Rosette S Hillgrove Stephen Kovacev Gerald F Keenan Ph D Dean Emeritus leachet of Voice Assistant to the Director, Business Christine Capecci B S M E, M M Ed, Duquesne FACULTY University Aflairs, Tainbutitzan Institute of I eachet of Voice Folk Arts and Associate Professot Deborah Adams B S M E Duquesne University Charles Hois M Ed , Duquesne University Cooidinatoi of the Duque^ne Unii,eisiti, leachet of Itunipet Yee-ha Chiu Extension Ficuning Plogicon (DUET) Nestor Koval 7ea(hei ofPiano Member Pittsburgh Symphony B A Boston Universitv Associate Ptofessot of Woodwinds and Diploma, Julliard School of Music Al Homburg M M Boston University Cooidinatot of WoodiiindDivision M M Duquesne University I eac het of Guitat Paris Conservatory Sister Donna Marie Beck M M West Virginia Universitv Piofessoi ofillum 7heiapi and Robert Clarke Jan Kraynok Cootdinatoi ofillusic lheiapi,Dii,mon I eacher of Guitar and Coordinatoi Lvnne Irvine Teacher of French Hoin Registered Music Therapist ofGuitar Diwsion leachei of Iliola B M , Duquesne University, B S M E, M M Ed, Duquesne University B F A Carnegie-Mellon University B M, M M Julliard School Chautauqua Institute M M , Duquesne University of Music Member of the Pittsburgh Symphony Orchestra David Billings Member Pittsburgh Symphony Michael Kumer Feac het of Otgan Robert J Crean Acting Dean Assistant Plofessol B F A Penn State Universitv Ptofessot ofjVlusic Joseph Wilcox Jenkins of Music Education M M , Eastman School of Music B A M A Columbia University Pi ofessoi of Theoi I, and Composition and Ph D , Boston Universitv Coot dinatot of Composition, Music Ilistot I, B F A , Carnegie-Mellon University Keith Bishop and Litetatine Diiision M M Ed, Duquesne University Teachei of'Saxophone Frank Cummondo B S , St Joseph's College Philadelphia, Wendy Webb Kumer B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Teachei, of Jazz Piano Pennsylvania Teacher of Flute David Budway Anthony Di Vittorio B M M M Eastman School of Music, B S M E, Duquesne University Tea(hei, of Piano / eachet of Piano Universitv of Rochester M F A, Carnegie-Mellon University B M , M M Duquesne Universitv B S , Duquesne University Ph D , Catholic University of America Tim Lautzenheiser Kenneth Burkv Robert F Egan Carlton Jones Coordinatot of the Mid East Program Associate Pt of^ssoi of Piano Pio/esso) ofillusic Education 7 eachei of Bassoon B S M Ed , Ball State University B M Oberlin Conservatory of MUSIC B S Case Western Reserve University B F A Carnegie-Mellon University M A University of Alabama M M Indiana University M A Ph D New York University M F A Carnegie-Mellon University Ph D. Columbia Pacific

172 173

Robert Leminger Joseph H Negri Ronald Schneider Gladys Stein Teachet of Sit ing Bass Teach of Guitai Fcachet of Fi en(h Hot it 4ssociate P; ofessot of Piano Member Pittsburgh Svmphonv Carnegie-Mellon University B M Eastman School of Music Diploma, B S, M S, Julliard Affiliated with WTAE Member Pittsburgh Svmphony Pamela Lewis School of Music Tea(het of Foice Beverly Nero \^/ilham Schneiderman Special Artist Degree, Vienna A B, Middlebury College Teacher of Piano 7 cachet of Pei c ussion State Academy M A Stanford University B S M E, M M Duquesne University Diploma Julliard School of Music Rev Moshe Taube M F A , D A Carnegie-Mellon University Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony Teacher of Voice Mija Novich Diploma, Julhard School of Music Charles E Lirette Associate Professot of Voice and C,irol^n Shankovich Teachet of I t unipel Directot of Opeia Workshop I eac hei ol Choi al Wethods David P Tessmer B M Oberlin Conservatory of Music B M E, Northwestern University B S M E Indiana Universitv of Pa Teacher of Flute Member, Pittsburgh Symphony M M , Duquesne University M M Universitv of Michigan B A , Houston Baptist College M M , Duquesne University Charles Luizzi Patsy Oliver Robert Shankovich Thomas D Thompson Tcachei ofPcicuysion Teacher of Trumpet Dii e(toi of Gi achiale Di i ision Teachet of Clarinet B M Universitv of Michigan Piofessoi ol Mist( Theoti Ruth B Osgood B M E , American Conservatory Temple Universitv Cootatinatot of (hoial 10iiates I eachet of Strings M M , Northwestern University Graduate studies at Temple Umversity of 1,oic c Dii oion B S M E, Duquesne Universitv B S M E M M Duqucsne University Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Joseph Lukatsky Frank Ostrowski D A Carnegie-Mellon University Gerald Unger Tea(hei of Oboe Teachet of Trumpet Teachei ofPetcussion and New England Conservatory Wen Sher New England Conservatory Cooldinator of Petcussion Division Curtis Institute of Music leachei of I,tolon(ello Former Member, Pittsburgh Symphony B S , B M , Ohio State University Former Member, Pittsburgh Symphony B A Brooklyn College M A , University of Northern Colorado Joanne Pasquinelli M A Columbia University Michael Magho Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Adjunct Pi ofessot of Music Therapy Roger Sherman Issociale Ptofessol of Music Education Gretchen Van Hoesen B F A, M F A, Carnegie-Mellon University Tea(het of Tnonpet B S E Lowell Univc^rsitv Teacher of Haip Registered Music Therapist B M E M M E Eastman School M A Teachers College, Columbia University B M , Julliard School of Music of Music Certificat L'Ecole Normale de Musique, Paris Gary Piecka M M , Julliard School of Music Teachet of Lowet Btass Insti urnents Member Pittsburgh Symphony John G Maione Sandra Staley Vaporetti B S M E, Duquesne University Nialthew Shiner Feachet of Guitai Teac het of Voice M M Duquesne University 4djunct IsvocialciPto/essoi of Umversit^ of Pittsburgh Bias!^ Instimuctits and Jean Wilmouth Leonard Pruszynski, Jeffery Mangone Teachet ofPercussion Teachet of Percussion Cooichnatoi of Biass Paculti Tcachei of Sit ing Bass B F A , Carnegie-Mellon University B S M E, Duquesne University Lisa Silko Spang B S M E , Duquesne University Icachei ofPiano John H Wilson John M Raevens Associate Professo? of Music Warren Mercer BSMEd MM Duquesne Uni\ersity 4s5ociate Professor of Theory and Otgan Diiectoi of Svinphonic Band Education and Cooidinator ofJa:z Division Lemmens, Institute, Mecheln, Belgium Benjamin Speigel B F A , Carnegie-Mellon University B S, M A, Ed D, New York University (Laureat) Teachei ofBa)soon Elizabeth Moll Royal Conservatory, Ghent, Gelgium— Former Member Pittsburgh Svmphony Adjunct Ptofesycit of Musicianship First Prize in Organ, Theory, History Ann Labounskv Steele B M E Indiana University Peggy Kelley Remburg IssociatcPictfessot olOigan, Cootdinatot Graduate work at Indiana University Teachet of Organ and Sact ed Music of ftan and Saci ed Witsic Fac ult 1, at Bloomington and University B A, Mary Washington College B M , Eastman School of Music of Pittsburgh M M , Northwestern University M M Universit^ of Michigan Liszt Academy of Music, Hungary Diploma (Mention Maximum) Schola Eric Richards Vincent J Monteleone Cantorum Paris Teacher of Jazz Studies Teachet of Ttuinpet Diploma Ecole Normale, Paris B S, M M , Duquesne University B M M M Duquesne University Ph D Candidate, University of Pittsburgh Sister Carole Riley, C D P John Moyer P1 ofessot of music Accompanist, Opeta WotAshop SCHOOL OF NURSING Assistant Dean B S M E , Duquesne University B S, M M, Duquesne University A Dill I NISTRATION M M E, Duquesne University Ph D , Institute Formative Spirituality Ruth Maszkiewicz R N Ph D Dean Louis Munkachy Carmen Rummo Ptofessot ot'Music 7heork, Cooidinatot Irene Dittemore, R N Adjunct Associate Professor of Piano FACULTY of Theoil Diiision Associate Pt ofessin of Nursing Catherine Arenz, R N Diploma Liszt Academv of Music, Linda Sanders B S N , Vanderbilt University Instiuctot in Ninsing Budapest Hungary Adjunct Professor of Music Therapt, M Litt , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S N Seton Hill Universitv Doctor of Laws and Political Science, Registered Music Therapist Mary Lou Ende, R N M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh Eotvos University Budapest, Hungary B S , Duquesne University Assistant Professor of Nursing B S, M M Duquesne University M R E , Pittsburgh Theological Seminary B S N , Duquesne University Ph D University of Pittsburgh B M Westminster College M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh

174 175

Eileen Gimper R N Margaret M McKenna, R N Northiiest Allegheny Home Health Care COOPERATING HEALTH AGENCIES l5sistant Ptofessoi of Nut sing issociate Piofessoi of Nutsing Carolyn Smith, RN B S N Duquesne University B S N , Duquesne University x1legheny County Health Department Ditector M N University of Pittsburgh M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Sallv Bauer RN BSN (Doctoral Student Universitv of Pittsburgh) C hief of Public Ilcalth Nut sing Presbyterian-University Hospital Maureen Rusnock, RN, MN, MNEd Mai ie M Hansen R N Natalie Pavlovich, R N 81legheny General Hospital Seniot Vice Ptesident Ism(mie Piofessot of Nutsing Ptofessoi of Nursing [)cborah Straka RN Nutsing Set vice B S N E University of Pittsburgh B S N , University of Arizona 5iudew iffiliations Cooidinatoi M S N University of Maryland M A, M S N, Ph D, University of Michigan South Hills Health System (Doctoial Student Universitv of Pittsburgh) Central Medical Center & Hospital Home Health Agency Gladvs L Husted R N Joanne Tate, R N p J Dolan RN Mary Ann Miller RN, BSN, MPH I sso(latc P1 ofessot of Niusing Ilssociate Piofessot of Nutsing Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh Ditectoi of Staff Development B S N M N Ed University of Pittsburgh B S N Point Park College loan Bishop, RN MN Duquesne Universitv (Doctoral Student, Universitv of Pittsburgh) M S Ed , bsociale 4dinunsoatot and University of Pittsburgh South Hills Health System Barbara Martuscelli R N M N Ed , Doe(toi of Nuising (Doctoral Student, University of Pittsburgh) Jefferson Center 1 ssoc icue A ofessot of Nut 5ing x,orbes Health System Joan Rosgony, RN B S N Pennsylvania State University O\sana Bvczkalo MEd M N Ed University of Pittsburgh Shirley Y Wheeler, R N Administratot Acule Care Fiaitunl, illanagei (Doctoral Student, University of Pittsburgh) 4ssociale P1 ofessor of Nutsing M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh South Side Hospital Mary Carroll Miller R N B S N Forbes Metropolitan Health Center 4s)o(iaie Piolessot ofNlutsing Maureen Kane RN BSN, LittM Mary Paula Pavinich, RN, BSN, MNEd B S N Duquesne University Evelyn M Wilczynski, R N ,issistant Execunie Diiectoi ,issistant Vice Piesident Niusing • S N University of Pennsylvania ,issoctaic Ptofessot of Nutsing Forbes Regional Health Center • A Duquesne Oniversity B S N M Ed, Duquesne University Marie Langan RN BSEd St. Clair Memorial Hospital Margaret L Muntz R N l5sistant Lxecume Diteclot Yvonne M Holsinger, RN, MNEd M Kathleen Winter, R N Ditector of Nuising Issociate Ptofessoi of Nuising Forbes Center for Gerontology B S N , Duquesne University ,lswciate Pi ofessor of Nuising Eileen Mever RN BSN B S N Duquesne University St Francis General Hospital M N Universitv of Pittsburgh 1^sistanl Execume Diiectot (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) M P H Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Agnes Marner, RN, BASoc Magee-Womens Hospital Di i ectoi of Nut si ng Service Lucille Reynolds RN, MNEd Ditectoi Nuising Set i ice Adminisitation Visiting Nurse Association of Mercy Hospital Allegheny County, Inc. Margaret Taylor RN Barbara Piskor, BSN, MPH Centiah:ed Nuise Lducalot Assistant Ditectot, Education Niusing Resouice Depait"ient Montefiore Hospital Western Psychiatric Institute & Clinic Joan W Beyer, RN MPH Jacqueline Dunbar, RN, PhD -Issociate Idministiatot Dit ectot of Musing

176 177

p,i^ mond A Giudici Elsie M Lovsted SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 4s3istant Pi ofessot of Phai inaceutics Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D , Duquesne Chemistry ADMINISI RATION University B S (Pharmacy), Ph D , University of Minnesota Douglas H Kay Ph D Dean jovce Hahn Alvin Gahnskv Ph D Assistant Dean InMucloi in Medical Te(hnologv Bruce D Martin Stephen C Morrison, M A Assistant to the Dean for Academic Adi iseinent (Blood BanAing) Pi ofessor of Phai maceutical Chemistry B S University of Pittsburgh B S (Pharmacy), Albany College of FACULTY M T (ASCP) Pharmacy Syed E Abich Ravmond A Eder Marilyn F Harris M S , Ph D , University of Illinois Assistant Piofe^sot ofPhaiinaceutus Assistant Ptofessoi ofChmcal Phatmaci; Associate Pi ofessoi of Phai inaceutical Thomas J Mattei B S (Pharm ), Karachi Universitv B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Idininistiation Associate Professot of M S Ph D University of Mississippi Duquesne University B S P , University of Saskatchewan Clinical Pharmacy and Directot of M S , Duquesne University Phaimacy, Mercy Hospital Anthom, J Amadio Joseph A Feldman Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B S (Pharmacy), Pharm Plofe^soi ofPhalinateutical Piofessot ofPharmaceutical Chemistry D, Duquesne University Idniinwiation B S (Pharmacy), University of Benjamin Hodes B S M Litt Universitv of Pittsburgh Rhode Island Pt ofevsoi of Phai inaceutics Reginald A Ney B S (Pharmacy), M B A, Duquesne M S, Ph D , University of Wisconsin B S (Pharmacy) Albany College of Health Phvsicist University Pharmacy B S , Duquesne University Kenneth A Ferrett M S Ph D University of Michigan M S , University of Pittsburgh Lawrence H Block Associate Piofesso) ofChnical Pi ofessoi of Phainiaceuths Phai macv Michael Israel Norbert A Pilewski B S, (PharmacN), M S, Ph D B S (Pharmacy), West Virginia InsItuctot in Aledical Technologi; Associate Professot of Phai macognosy (Hematology) Universit,^ ci^ Marvland University B S (Pharmacy), M S , University of M Mitchell L Borke Pharm D Duquesne University D University of Vermont Pittsburgh Pi olessoi of Phat ina(eutical Cheinisit v Charles N Karnack Ph D , Ohio State University Frederick W Fochtman B S (Pharmacy), M S Ph D Chnic al Insti uctoi in Phat mact; Therese I Poirier Associate Pi ofessot ofPhai macology and University of Illinois B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacv To'Xicologi, Duquesne University B S Martin Cohen B S (Pharmacy), M S, Ph D, (Pharmacy), Albany College of Pharmacy Pharm D, Instiuctoi in Medual Technologi Duquesne University Douglas H Kay University of Michigan (Henuvologi)) Dean of the S(hool of Phai maci, and Thomas L Rihn Henry R Freedy M D California College of Medicine Pt ofessoi of Phat inacentical Chemiso 1, Assistant Profiessol of Clinical Pharmacy Asso(iate Pio/essor ofClinical Phatmacy B S (Pharmacy) M S , Ph D , Massachusetts B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D Charles C Collins B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Duquesne College of Pharmacy and Allied Duquesne University Assistant Piofessor ofPhatmaceutics University B S (Pharm ), West Virginia University Health Sciences Gene A Riley Ph D, West Virginia Universitv Alvin M Galinsky Spvros Kommos Professor of Phat macology Piofessor of Phaimaceutics Wellon D Collom Associate Ptofessot of Medical B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University B S (Pharmacy), M S, Ph D, Insttuctot in Toxi(ologi, Te(hnologi, (Alictohiologi) Ph D , Western Reserve University University of Illinois B S University of California B S M S , Duquesne University Lisa N Schatz M S Duquesne Universitv Aleem Gangjee D Sc , University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professot ofClinical Pharmacy Associate A ofessoi ofPharmaceutical Ezio Compare Joseph M Kristofik B S (Pharmacy), University of Pittsburgh Cheinisity Associate Ptofessoi ofAledical -1 Ysociate A ofessot of Phat mac eutical Pharm D, University ofCincinnati B S, M S (Chemistry), Indian Technologi, (Endoctinologi) Administiation and Duectoi of F-xternship William I Smith Institute of Technology M D Padua Italy B S (Pharmacy), J D , Duquesne Instructor in Medical Technology Ph D , University of Iowa University Jeanne A Cooper (Clinical Chemistry, Immunology) P^ofessoi ofAledi(al Technologv and Mary Ann Gasowski John G Lech M D , University of Pittsburgh Diie(toi, Alet(i School ofAledical H^afth Physicist Associate Piofe6so) of Clinical Pharmacy Donna Traeger Technofogv (Ptnasitologv) B S , Duquesne University B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D, Duquesne Instiuctor in Medical Technologi, B S, Wavnesburg College M S , Health Physics, University of University (Hematologv, Urinalysis) Pittsburgh M D, Hahnemann Medical College M Elaine Linkhauer B S, Carlow College Richard R Crowe John Georgescu InViiatol in Medical Technologv M T (ASCP) Insituctot in Mcdual Technologv Instiuctoi in Medical Technology and Education Cooi dinator, M S , University of Pittsburgh (IIIII?71117010gl) (Iloology) Met ci School of Medical Technology Wagdy W Wahba M S Duquesne University Oliciolnofogv Paisitologi, All,cologi,) Sister M Gonzales Duffy, R S M Instiuctoi in Pharmacologv S M (AAM) B A Carlow College Lectioei in Hospital Phainiaci, and and Toxicologv NI T (ASCP) Consultant Depattinent olPhaimaci, Vincent J Giannetti B Pharm , Alexandria University M S Duquesne University A1eicr Hospital Associate Professor ofPhaimaceutical Ph D, Duquesne University B A, Carlow College Administiation Bruce Livengood Rita M Windisch B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University B A, M A, Duquesne University Assotant Pi ofessor of Clinical Pharrnacv Associate Ptofessot ofMedical M A, Villanova University M S W, M S (Hyg), Ph D, B S (Pharmacy) Temple University Technologv (Clinical Chemistry) D Sc (Hon ), Duquesne University University of Pittsburgh Pharm D, Duquesne University B S , Ph D, Duquesne University

178 179

Charles L Winek Gerard J Wolf Barbaia Caison Raymond J Farkas Piotc^so) of 7o^i(,ologi illstizictoi in Phaimaci, Do c(tot of Phai nim 1 Se^ i uc^ National Institute of Health Medical Center of Beavei County B S (Pharrnacv) M S Duquesne B S (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Department of Nuclear Medicine— Univeisity Beaver PA Rachopharmaceutical Section Ph D Ohio State University Josephine S Certo Ph D Bethesda M D

Dii e(toi ot Phai Inac 1 Thomas J Fowler AUXILIARN FACULTN Forbes Health Svstem Sewickley Valley Hospital JohnJ Abbott RPh Delbert D Konnor M S, R Ph East Subuiban Health Center Sewickley, PA Idjumt Assistant Piofcs^o; o/ A atjunct Professoi of Phat inacetiti(al Monroeville PA John Fris Phainia(eutt(al Ichninimation Administiation, Managei Voluntati, Kiisten L Bucklev Ebensburg Center Sales Manager The Upjohn Companv Compliance Piograin Rea and Derick Inc Ebensburg, PA Diug Enforcement Administration, Hai-Nc^ M Arbit PharmD Clearheld PA Charles Geiger U S Department of Justice Vana^,ei Chni(al Re^ecnc h and Regidatoi 1 Dil ectot of Phat ma( j^ Patti Connery Wait ^ Harold N McFarland, Ph D Holy Spirit Hospital Medical Products Division-3M Adjunct Piofessoi of Tovicologv Jim Sarbeck Camp Hill, PA St Paul MN S^ntcx Laboiatories Inc Lawrence M Mulhern, M D James A Gillespie Palo Alto CA Jagdesh P Bhatnagar Sc D Chief of the Division of Rheumatologi, Kramer Pharmacy Inc Adjuno Re^eai(h Piotesym Mercy Hospital Kathv Contrucci Pittsburgh, PA Chief Division of Radiation Physics Edward J Paysek, M D Aimstrong Countv Memorial Hospital Anthony (Steve) Giordano Mercy Hospital Associate P;ofessot ofIlledical Technologj Kittanning PA Temple Pharmacy William K Buchanan M D Chairman, Department of Radiology Connie Cubellis Kane, PA Docc to; of the Depaltinent of Anesthesia Mercy Hospital Shenango Vallev Marshall Goldstein St Francis General Hospital Silvestri Silvestri Osteopathic Hospital Pinebridge Apothecary Earl R Davis M D ludge Fariell PA Upper St Clair, PA Pathologist Court of Common Pleas, Virgil J Davis Richard S Goldstein South Hills Health Svstems Fifth Judicial District, Lee Hospital Phaimacy Goldstein's Pharmacy Norman HaN\Nood, J-D Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Johnstown PA Pittsburgh, PA Livingston and Miller Attornevs at Law Elliott Turbiner D 0 Thomas Grande, Pharm D Asso(iatc Piofessoi of Medical Te(hnologj, Phillip V DeMarco Carl Kaplan M D AlleghenN General Hospital Division of Nuclear Radiology and Westmoreland Hospital Association ( hall man Pittsburgh, PA Division of Radiation Therapv Ultrasound, Mercy Hospital Greensbuig PA George Haslett Radiologv Department Mercy Hospital Joseph A Watson, Ph D James Demmv SavMore Prescription Center Adjunct Pi ofessoi of Radiologv Somerset Hospital Pharniacv Arthur Katoh Ph D Pittsburgh, PA Ri,sectich Associate Graduate School of Public Health, Somerset PA University of Pittsburgh Ronald G Hietsch Radiologv Department Mercv Hospital Carmen DiCello The Medicine Shoppe PennsNivania Pharmaceutical Association Philip W Ke^,s Sharon, PA -Ioninct Assistant Piofessoi of Harrisburg PA ( lint(al Phat ina( i Theresa Hrmel Allen H Dicken B S (Pharmacv) West Virginia Pharmacv Memorial Hospital of Bedford Countv Medical ^enter of Beaver County Universitv Everett PA Pharm D Duquesnt University Beaver, PA Denise DiNunzio ThomasJ Hoffman PHARM ACIST-PRECEPTORS Chief Phaimactst Butler County Community Hospital PRACTICAL PHARMACY 11, 111, IV Monsour Medical Center Butler PA Jeannette PA Thomas L Ague Robert Baird William M Irvin Dii ec loi of Phai nia( i Youngstown Hospital Association Nick DiSilvio Central Drug Store Columbia Health Center Youngstown OH West Penn Pharmacv Uniontown, PA Pittsburgh PA Pittsburgh PA Thomas E Jackovic Fred H Bender McCracken Pnarmacy Inc Joseph F Aiello St Vincent Health Center Georgine A Dorundo Waynesburg, PA Elk Countv General Hospital Erie PA Westmoreland Hospital Ridgwav PA Greensburg PA Gerald W John Anthony J Betz, III Ohio Valley Hospital Peter Alt Ernest F Dostalik Bev Pharmacy Steubenville, OH Jewish Home and Hospital for the Aged Eime's PharmacN McMurrav, PA Pittsburgh PA Midland PA Jack Kay T J Bianculli Latrobe Area Hospital Dr Ted Anderer Thomas A Drumm Sycamore Pharmacv Inc Latrobe, PA Williamsport Hospital Rea and Derick Inc Pittsburgh, PA Philip Kevs, Pharm D Williamsport PA Bradford PA Ditectoi of Phainia(v John D Bridges Joan Ansberry Janice J Druschel Alleghenv General Hospital South Side Hospital Strader's Pharmacv Westmoreland Hospital Association Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh PA Pittsburgh, PA Greensburg PA Patricia C Kienle Thomas F Bache Max E Callaghan Leo Emloth Phai maci, Manager St Francis General Hospital Callaghan's Pharmacy Robinson Pharmacv Mercy Hospital Pittsburgh PA Franklin, PA Pittsbuigh PA Wilkes Barre, PA I

180 181 Fiancis A Kittell Sandv Mitchell John CommUnItV Pharmaev Alleghcnv Valley Hospital Russo Ji Ronald Taormina Portage 13A Natrona Heights PA Russo s Phai n-tacv Inc St Francis General Hospital Charles G Koller New Castle PA Pittsburgh PA Connie Mitro Meadville Cjt\ Hospital Pharmacv Do ec loi of Phat macil Henry Sagan Charles Tarasovic Meadville PA McKeesport Hospital Mailand Heights Pharmacv St Margaret Memorial Hospital Weiiton WV John I Kiian McKccspoit, PA Pittsburgh PA Medical Center Pharmacv James E Sandala Charles D Thomas William Montgornery Gibsoma PA West Penn Hospital Charles D Thomas Drug Store Franklin Hospital Pharmacy Pittsburgh PA Pittsburgh, PA Andrew F Kuzv Franklin, PA Western Center Pharinacv John 11 Sansone George Toth Canonsburg PA Joseph N/losso Wood\ille State Hospital Ditectot of Plito inaci, Mosso s Pharmacy Inc Loretta L Aiielli Pittsbuigh PA Altoona Hospital Latrobe PA Uniontown Hospital Frank Scalise Altoona, PA David Nedzinski Uniontown PA Beveilv Phaimac^ Charles F Traeger Ditectot ofFhatinaci David Leach Pittsburgh PA Avres Drug Store Andrew Kaul Memorial Hospital Penn Laurel Pharniacv SidneN Shabim McKeesport PA St Marv's, PA Central Citv PA Americus PharmacN Mary L Vito Phillip Nerti Allentown PA Millard Pharmacy Robert Lefkowitz Divine Providence Hospital McKees Rocks PA Penn Taft Pharmacy Phillip B Sollon Pittsburgh PA West Mifflin PA Sollon Pharrnacv Daniel Wagner Canonsburg PA Mech Pharmacv Stanford A Lefkowitz Elaine Nigro Gibsoma PA Penn Taft PharrnacN Jefferson Medical Center Donald L Spencer West Mifflin PA Pittsburgh PA L xec ittii e Lin ec loi Louis Wakefield Cumberland Area Health Di) ectot of Phai muci, Sej i. ic es John R Lewis Roberto Nix Education Center St Joseph Hospital Hamot Medical Center John Kane Hospital Cumberland MD Reading, PA Erie PA Pittsbuigh, PA Robert B Stanek Donald Waltmire William S Liepack Leonard 0 Hara Do c(ioi of Phai mac i ^ei i i(es Ray Westbrook Beacon Pharmac^ Chief Phaimacist Good Samaiitan Hospital Westbrook Pharmacv and Surgical Supply Pittsburgh PA Mercy Hospital Pottsville PA Pittsburgh, PA Arnandus A Link Scranton, PA Wilhard A Stephens Thomas Weimer Urbam s Pharmacv Inc Mark H O'Toole Stephens Piescription Drug Store Inc McKeesport Hospital Jeannette PA Braddock Generai Hospital Moscow PA McKeesport, PA Patricia Lizak Braddock, PA Lee Stillev Jack Welch Medical Center of Beaver Countv Richard A Ottmar Shaion General Hospital Jameson Memorial Hospital Beaver PA Sacred Heart Hospital Sharon PA New Castle, PA John Lowe Cumberland MD FrankJ Strokci Jr Lavorme Wieczorek VA Hospital Anthony R Passeri Warren General Hospital Pharmacx, H C Frick Community Hospital Leech Farm Public Drug Storejusca Plaza Wairen PA Mt Pleasant PA Pittsburgh PA Beaver, PA Tim StukUs/Dan Fritz Stephen W Wilev Thomas Malonev Loretta Patton Central Medical Health Seivices Dii ectot of Phai n7ac i Ingram Pharmacv High Point Pharmacv Pittsburgh PA The Milton S Hershey Medical Center Pittsburgh PA Erie, PA Doloics M Sudar Hershey PA Thomas Mann John Rosenciance Aliquippa Hospital Maiv Winck Oakland VA Hospital Richland Drug Store Aliquippa I"A Apothocary Shoppe Pittsbuigh PA Inc Johnstown, PA Robert D Swenson Allison Park, PA Robert Martello Westmoreland Hospital John P Rosile North Hills Passavant Hospital Greensburg PA Pittsburgh PA Pike Pharrnacv Canonsburg, PA Edward P Szarnicki David Mattei Eckerd Drug Store/Heights Plaza Charles Rosko Mercv Hospital Natrona Heights PA Scranton PA South Side Hospital of Pittsburgh Pittsburgh, PA Carol Matthews West Allcghenv Hospital larnes Rossano Oakdale PA St Francis Hospital of New Castle New Kenneth Maurer Pharm D Castle PA Jefferson Medical Center Lee Ann Rossman Pittsbuigh PA Hamot Medical Center Harry Menk Erie PA Doecioi olPhaiiii(i( I James F Rovegno Monongahela Valley Hospital Lawrence Park Apothecary Monongahela PA Erie PA

182 183

MURPHYMART P14ARMACY W110 Suzanne Zavora

Bevel Iv Hamilton Academic Duquesne Students 142 154 Students from Other Institutions 142 Tint Donohue Advisoi Calendar 2 Transfers 141 17 Temporar^ 142 Bob Miller Load—Arts and Sciences Policies 154 Applied Music Courses 93 Applied Technolog^ Associate Degree 17 Robert Pruss Regulations—Arts and Sciences 17 Summer Sessions 142 Army ROTC 132 Super% isor of Intercollegiate Athletics 154 Art Division 18 James Clougherty 18 Academic Policies 154 Courses Home Offic e Academic Advisor 154 Requirements for Major 18 G C Murphv Co Academic Supervisor of Intercollegiate Requirements for Minor 18 McKeesport PA Athletics 154 Arts and Sciences Auditing Courses 154 See Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of FHRIFT DRUG Cancellation of Courses 155 Associate Degree Programs, College 17 Class Attendance 155 ofArts and Science 155 Assumption Hall to Clifloid Beisel #51 Course Examinations Joe Lettrich #80 Classification of Students 155 Athletics 135 155 McKnight Siebert Shopping Centel Credit li^ Examination 155 Attendance, Class Barb Greco 154 Pittsburgh PA Dean's List 155 Auditing Courses Hillcrest Shopping Center 149 Grading S^ stem 155 Auditor's Fee Dave Brickei New Kensington PA Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit 157 17 Grants Plaza Giaduation Requirements 157 Bachelor- Master's Program Don Lucidi, #100 Honors 57 Bachelor's Degree Fee 150 Coiaopolis PA Clvde Mansfield Pass/Fail Electives ^56 Bachelor's Degree-Second 17 156 Bachelor's Degree, Three-Year 17 James Carr #5 2 Olvmpia Shopping Center Quality Point System Repeating Courses and Course Bache] o r's-Professi on at School Program 17 425 Beaver Road McKeesport PA Retrogradation 156 Bad Checks 152 SewickleN PA Student Standing 156 Bassoon Courses 93 Arnold Robert Tiansfer Within the Umversit^ 158 Behavioral Sciences, Division of 71 Paul Culan Franklin Plaza Shopping Center Unit of Credit 157 International Business 71 158 Law Administration 71 Keninawr Plaza Murraysville PA Withdrawal Course Accounting Curiiculum 67 Management 72 McKccs Rocks PA Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Marketing 73 Linda Rocchi 160 Pre-Legal 72 Da^id Dolan Adm nistration and Faculty 12254 Frankstown Avenue Ad'i-runistration Building 10 Billing Problems 152 Rlt7land Shopping Center Pittsburgh PA Administrative Officers 159 Biochermstry 23 Pittsbuigh PA Admissions 140 Biological Sciences 142 Courses 20 Jack Rohland Advanced Placement William F DonleN Applications Department of 20 41 1 Corbet Street 20 1956 Greentree Road Fust Year Students 140 Requirements for Major Tarentum, PA Other Categories 141 Requirements for Minor 20 Pittsburgh PA International Students (Undergraduate) 141 Board of Directors 159 David Sas #27 Post-Graduates 141 Bureau of Research and Community Services 64 Alan Karl 141 Business and Administration 623-625 E Ohio Street Readmission Southland Shopping Center Ternporary Transfers 142 Schoolof 64 Pittsburgh PA Pittsburgh PA Transfers 141 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 College Level Examination Program 142 Bureau of Research and Community Services 64 Frank Konieczny #90 John Saversky, #78 Credit Hour Bank 143 Bureau of Research 65 2200 Northway Mall South Park Shops Earl^ Admissions 141 Center for 140 Administration of Legal Systems 65 Pittsburgh PA Bethel Park PA Early Decision Plan Office t40 Economic Education 65 140 International Management 65 Mort Kuber #24 Policv Fred Wolken Requirements 140 Course Descriptions 300 Mt Lebanon Boulevaid Oakland/Squirrel Hill Area Summer Session 142 Accounting 67 Pittsburgh PA Pittsburgh PA Duquesne Students 142 Economic Science 74 Other Students 142 Finance 68 Admission Special Requirements International Business 71 Education 76 Law Administration 71 RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) Music 84 Management 72 Nursing 109 Management Information S^stems 70 ADMINISTRATION Pharmacv 122 Marketing 73 Advanced Placement 142 Pre-Legal 72 Advisor Quantitative Methods 69 Captain Kenneth P Bostelman Academ IIc 154 Curriculums B S Professor of Military Science Internal onal Student 136 Accounting 67 Application Economic Science 74 FACULTY—DEPARTMENT OF MILITARYSCIENCE Credit Hour Bank 143 Finance 68 International Business 71 Facultv Captain Gerald L Boldt Fee 140,149 for Financial Aid 144 Law Administration 71 Captain Kenneth P Bostelman +sslstant Pi ofessoi of 41dital v Science New First-Year Students 140 Management 72 Pwle))oi ol Ifilitait Science B S M A Mankato State University Earl^ Admission 141 Management Information Systems 70 Marketing 73 B S Eastern Kentucky Military University Early Decision 140 Other Categories 141 Pre-Legal 72 Captain Richard F Sollner Jr International Students 141 Quantitative Methods 69 64 Piofcssoi ol Wilitail S(iente Post-Graduates 141 Degree 141 Divisions and Programs 65 B S United States Military Academy Readmission Summer Session 142 Behavioral Science 71 184 1 185

Economic Science 74 Repeating 156 Theologv 60 Teacher Certification 78 Quantitative Science 67 Criminal Justice, Associate Degree 17 Departments School of Pharmacy Educational Foundations and Psychology 79 History 64 Credit Clinical Pharmacv 129 Edward J Hanley Hall, The 11 Philosoph\ and Objectives 64 By Examination 155 Medical Technologv 120 Effective Catalog-Arts and Sciences 17 Sample Program 66 Hour Bank 143 Pharmaceutical Administration 128 Elementary Education Scholarships 146 Unit of 157 Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Courses 81 Student Organizations 65 Cross- Rcgi stratio n 153 Pharmaccutics 126 Program Credit Requirements 77 Curriculums PharmacologN-Toxicologv 127 English Calendar Academic 2 Arts and Sciences 14 Radiological Health 12t Courses 29 Cancellation of Coin ses t5s Bachelor- Master's 17 Des Places Communications Center 10 Department of 28 Campus MinistrN 139 Bache] or's/Professi onal School 17 [)e\ elopment Serx ices 136 Honors Program 29 Canevin Hall 10 1 iberal Arts Engineering 17 Career Planning and Placement 135 Requirements for Major 28 Career Planning and Placement 135 Pre-Law 16 Learning Skills Program 137 Requirements for Minor 29 Cashing Checks 152 Second Bachelor's Degree 17 Ps^chological Center for Evening Study 12 Catholic Lav Teacher Discount 149 Three Year Bachelor's 17 Training and Research 137 Examinations Center for Cooperative Education 16 Testing Bureau 136 Advanced Placement 142 Academic and Career Development 135 Business and Administration Directors and Officers 159 CLEP Examinations 143 Administration of Legal S^stems 65 Accounting 67 Board of Directors 159 Course Examinations 155 Economic Education 65 Economic Science 74 The Duquesne Corporation 159 Unit 155 Inteinational Management 65 Finance 68 Officers ofthe University 160 Final 155 Certification International Business 71 Discounts University 148 Credit by 155 Music Education 85 Law Administration 71 Dix isions School of Business and Administration Expenses See Tuition and Fees Teacher Education 78 Management 70 Behavioral Scicnce 71 Management Information Systems Certified Public Accountant Requirements 67 70 Economic Science 74 Facilities, Physical 10 Marketing Change of Schedule 153 73 Quantitative Science 67 Faculty, Administration and Arts and Sciences Fee 149 153 Pre-Legal 72 Double Bass Courses 94 160 Quantitative Methods Checks 152 69 Dormitories Business and Administration 167 Education Bad 152 Assumption Hall 10 Education 169 Early Childhood Cashing 152 77 Duquesne Towers I I Music 170 Elementary ChernistrN 22 77 Expenses 151 Nursing 173 Music Courses 23 99 St Ann Hall 121 Pharmacy 176 Secondary Department of 22 78 St Martin Hall 12 ROTC 182 Special Education Requirements for Major 23 78 Dropping and Adding Courses 153 Federal Nursing Loans 145 Music RLquirements for Minor 23 Duquesne Fee, University 149 Jazz Clarinet Courses 94 89 Corporation 159 Fees, General See Tuition and Fees Music Education Class Attendance 155 91 Duke (Newspaper) 138 Finance Curriculum 68 Music Therapy Classics 24 92 Magazine 138 Financial Aid 143 Courses 25 Orchestra] Instrument 88 Towers I I Application Procedure 144 Organ Department of 24 86 Union I I Award Conditions 143 Piano Requirements for Major 24 86 Competitive Scholarships 144 Voice Requirements for Minor 24 87 141 Current Information 144 Sacred Music Earl^ Admission Classification of Students 155 Earl) Childhood Education Federal Nursing Loans 145 Voice 90 Full-time 155 Courses 80 Financial Need 143 Organ 89 Palt-timt 155 Program 77 Gift Assistance 143 Nursing Post-Graduate 155 113 141 Guaranteed Student Loan 145 Pharmacy Earlv Decision Clergy Discounts 148 Earth Science Courses 50 Health Profession Loans 145 Medical Technology 1120 18 Clinical PharmacN Department of 129 Economic Science Division 74 Meeting Student Need 144 Radiological Health 121 Code ofStudent Rights Curriculum 74 National Direct Student Loans 144 ROTC 133 Responsibilities and Conduct 138 Economics Other Sources ofAid 145 College Hall 10 Courses 74 Parish Scholarship 144 Collcge Level Examination Program (CLEP) 143 Dean ofStudents, Office ofthe 135 Department of 28 Pell Grant Program 145 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences International Students 136 Requirements for Major 28 Principles of Aid 143 See Liberal Arts and Sciences College of Dean s List 157 Requirements for Minor 28 Program Funding 144 Communications for lnclustr^ Degree Education School of 76 Programs 144 Associate Degree 17 Arts and Sciences 16 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 State Grant Assistance 145 Competitive Scholarships 144 Awarded with Honors 157 Admission 76 Student Employment 145 Computer Sciences 26 Business and Administration 64 Class Attendance 79 Student Self-Help 143 Courses 27 Education 76 Competenev Core Curriculum 77 Supplemental Educational Division of 26 Music 84 Course Descriptions 79 Opportunity Grants 144 Requirements for Major 26 Nursing 109 Earlv Childhood 80 University Aid 144 Requirements for Minor 27 Pharmacy 117 Educational Foundations and Psychologv 79 Universitv Scholars Award 144 Conhclenhahtv of Student Records 154 Degrees and Programs Offered 8 Elementary 81 Financial Aid—Departments and Schools 145 Concentrated Studies Program 15 Departments, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Secondary 82 Business and Administration 146 Cooperative Education 16 Biological Sciences 20 Special 82 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 145 Corporation The Duquesne 159 Chemistry 22 Curriculum 76 Education 146 Costs See Fees and Tuition Classics 24 General Education 76 Music 146 Counseling Center 10 Computer Science 26 Professional Education 76 Nursing 147 Course Economics 28 Professional Laboratory Experiences 76 Pharmacy 147 Examination 155 English 28 Degree 76 General Universitv Scholarships 148 Retrogradation 156 Fine Arts (Art Division) 18 Dual Certification 78 ROTC Scholarships 149 Course Descriptions History 31 General Education Required Courses 77 University Discounts 148 Arts and Sciences 18 Journalism 34 History 76 Financial Matters 152 Business and Administration 67 Mathematics 36 Honor Awards 79 Billing Problems 152 Education 79 Media Arts 38 Program Credit Requirements Student Financing Program 152 Music 93 Modern Languages 39 Earlv Childhood 77 Cashing Checks 152 Nursing 113 Philosophy 45 Elementan 77 Bad Checks 152 PharmacN 126 Physics 47 Music 77 Fine Arts (See Art Division) ROTC 133 Political Science 50 Seconclary 78 First-Year Students, Admission of 140 Courses Psychology 53 Special Education 78 Flute Courses 94 Auditing 154 Sociology 54 Scholarships 146 French Courses 40 Cancellation of 155 Speech Communication and Theatre 57 Student Oiganizations 79 Full-Time Students 155 186 187 English 29 Double Bass 94 G and G Building I I History 108 History 31 Flute 94 General Education 77 Honor Awards III International Relations 51 Guitar-Classical/Jazz 94 General Information 9 Nursing Electives 114 Journalism 34 Haip 95 German Courses 41 Program Purposes Goal & Indicators 109 Mathematics 36 Horn 95 Grade Reports Semester 154 Program Of Study 109 Media Arts 51 Oboe 95 Grading Svstem 155 Recommended Course Sequences 112 Modern Languages and Literature 40 Organ 95 Graduate Couises for Undergraduate Credit 157 Requiremerits/Additional III Philosophy 45 Percussion Graduation 96 Scholarships and Loans 145 147 Piano Fees 150 Ph) sics 48 96 Second Degree Program 110 Political Science 51 Honors 157 Saxophone 97 Student Organizations III Requirements 157 Psychology 53 Trombone and Baritone Horn 97 Student Rights 112 Sociology 55 Trumpet Greek Courses 25 97 Temporary Transfer Ito Speech Communications and Theatre 57 Guaianteed Student Loans 145 Tuba 98 Transfer Student Admission Ito Guitar Courses 94 TheologN 16 Viola 98 GN ninasium World Literature 18 Violin 98 it Oboe Courses 95 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Violoncello 98 Official Registration 153 Handbook Student Curricular Requirements 14 Voice 98 J38 Officers Administrative 159 Degrees 15 Conducting 103 Hanley Hall The EdAard J it Organ Courses 95 Effective Catalog 17 Conservatory 86 Harp Courses 95 Organizations See Student Organizations Health Piofiession Loans 145 Electives 17 Ensemble 103 Health History 14 Music Education 99 Insurance 136 Majors and Minors 18 Bassoon 99 Pan-Hellenic Council 137 Parish Scholarship 144 Services 136 Philosophy and Objectives 9 Clarinet 99 Part-Time Students Histor^ 31 Special Programs 15 Double Bass 99 155 Pass/Fail Electives 156 Courses 31 Associate Degrees 17 Flute 99 Pell Grant Programs 145 Department of 31 Concentrated Studies 15 Guitar-Classical/Ja7z 99 Percussion Courses 96 Requirements for Major 31 Cooperative Education 16 Harp 100 Pharmaceutical Administration Requirements for Minor 31 World Literature Program 16 Horn 100 Department of 128 History of Duquesne 9 Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Arts and Oboe 100 Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Pharmaceutics, Honors Graduation 157 General Sciences 16 Organ too Department of 126 Honors Awards Pre-Law 16 Percussion 101 Pharmacists, State Licensing of 125 Education 79 Pre-Professional Health Education 16 Piano 101 Pharmacology-Toxicology, Department of 127 Music 1pter-School Minors 17 Saxophone 85 101 Pharmacy, School of 117 Nursing III Bachelor-Master's 17 Trombone and Baritone Horn 101 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Pharmacv 124 Bachelor/Professional School 17 Trumpet 102 Admission 122 Honor Societies t37 Liberal Arts Engineering 17 Tuba 102 Areas of Concentration 119 Horn Courses 95 Second Bachelors Degree 17 Violin 102 Career Guidance Center 126 Housing See Dormitories Three-year Bachelor s 17 Viola 102 Course Descriptions 126 142 CLEP and Advanced Placement Violoncello 102 Clinical Pharmacv 129 145 Inter-Fratcrnitv Council 137 Scholarships Voice 103 Medical Technologv 129 11 International Library Resource Center Music History Literature and Ait 104 Pharmacy Curriculum 118 Business Curriculum 68 Loans See Scholarships and Loans Music TheorN 105 Pharmaceutical Administration 128 Education PolicN Statement on 9 Music Therap^ 106 Pharmaceutical Chemistry Communications Associate Degree 17 Management Curriculum 72 Non-Music Majors 107 and Pharmaceutics International Relations Political Science 51 Management Information Systems 70 Sacred Music 106 Pharmacology-Toxicology Student Advisement 136 Marketing Curriculum 73 Tamburitzans Institute of Folk Arts 107 Professional Electives Students, Admission of 141 Mathematics Degrees 84 Radiological Health Inter-School Minois 17 Courses 36 Equipment 85 Curriculum Majors Italian Courses 42 Department of 36 Fees Special 84 Degrees Requirements for Major 36 History 84 Graduation Requirements Journalism Requirements for Minor 36 Honor Awards 85 History Coulses 34 Matriculation Deposit 149 Philosopliv and Objectives 84 Honor Awards Department of 34 McCloskev Field 11 Programs 86 Philosophy and Objectives Requirements for Major 34 Media'Arts Conservatory 86 Programs Requirements for Minor 34 Courses 38 Jazz Performance 89 Pharmacv Scholarships 145 Requirements for Major 38 Orchestral Instrument/Classical Guitar 88 Medical Technology Requirements for Minor 38 Organ 86 Radiological Health Medical Technology Department of 120, 129 Piano 86 Research Foundation Laboiatory Fees Voice 87 General 150 Mellon Hall of Science Residencv Requirements 150 Military Science, Department of 132 Sacred Music Regulations Pharmac^ 123 Ministry Campus 139 Organ 89 Scholars Program Late Registration Voice 90 Fee 149 Modern Languages & Literatures Scholarships and Loans 154 Courses 40 Recital Attendance 85 Special Fees Pohcv 85 25 Department of 39 Other Attendance Requirements Activities Latin Courses Scholarships 146 Law Administration Curriculum 71 French Courses 40 Laborator^ 137 German Courses 41 Student Organizations 85 School of Pharmacy Fee Learning Skills Program 85 138 Italian Courses 42 Teacher Certification State Licensing L'Espirit du Due (Yearbook) Tlicologv Requirements 86 Liberal Arts and Sciences College of 14 Requirements for Major 39 Pennsylvania 125 Academic Requirements for Minor 40 States Other Than Pennsylvania 125 Load 17 Russian Courses 43 National Direct Student Loans 144 Student Organizations 123 Regulations 17 Spanish Courses 43 Nursing School of 108 Philosophy and Objectives, University 9 Requirements 14 Music Education 103 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Philosophy Universitv-Level Courses Taken While Music School of 84 Admission of Registered Nurse Students 109 Courses 45 in High School 17 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Admission Requirements 109 Department of 45 Course Descriptions 8 Admission 84 Course Descriptions 113 Requirements for Major 45 Art Division i8 Advisement 84 Curriculum Standards 113 Requirements for Minor 45 tos Biological Sciences 20 Building t 1 Definrtion/Philosoph^ Physics 47 109 Chemistry 23 Course Descriptions 93 Degree Courses 48 Department 47 Classics 25 Applied Music 93 Expenses Additional of 48 Computer Science 27 Bassoon 93 Giaduation Requirements Earth Science 112 Requirements for Major 48 Economics 66 Clarinet 94 Grievance Procedure 189 188 Student Life 135 Transfer Students Costs Athletics 35 Rcquircrticnis for Minor 48 1151 5 Admission of Withdrawals and Refunds Dean of Students M Ph\sical Facilitics 10 Temporary ROTC See Reserve Officer Training Corps Health I nsurance/ Health Services 136 Piano Couisc^ 96 Temporary—Summer Russian Courses Residence Life 136 Placement (-LntLr Carc^r Planning and 135 43 Trinity Hall Learning Skills Program 137 Trombone Courses Poh,\ Statermnt of, Intcrnational Education 9 Testing Bureau 136 Political ScienLc St Ann Hall 12 Trumpet Courses Ps^chologjcal Center for Tuba Courses Courses 51 St Martin Hall 12 Testing and Research 137 Tuition and Fees Department of 50 Saxophone Courses 97 Student Go^ernance 137 Application Fee Rcquircmcnts to, Major 50 Scholarships and Loans- Student Government Association 137 Auditor's Fee Rcquiremcnis for Minor 51 University Aid 144 Commutcr Council 137 Change of'Schedule Fee Post-Graduatc Students Admission of 141 Application Procedure 144 Residence Council 137 Credit by Examination Fee Pre-Law Program 16 Competitive Scholarships 144 Inter-Fraternit\ Council 137 Graduation Fees Pre-Legal Program 72 Health Profession Loans 145 Pan-Hcllenic Council 137 Laboratory Fees Pre-Professional Health Education 16 National Direct Student Loans 145 Union Program Board 136 Late Registration Fee Profes^ional and Department Organizations 137 Federal Loans 44 PsNchological Center for Student Organizations 137 Matriculation Deposit Parish Scholarships 44 Training and Research Honor Societies 137 Remission of Tuition 137 Student Employment 145 Media 138 Removal of I Grade PsNchologv Supplemental Educational Courses WDUQ Radio and Telex ision 138 Residence Hall Pre-Pavment 53 Opportunity Grants 144 WDRC 138 Room and Board Department of 53 University Scholars Awards 144 Performance Groups 138 Withdrawal and Refund Requirements for Major 53 Scholarships and Loans- Requirements for Minor Tamburitzans 138 Scholarships 53 Other Sources 145 Public Safetv Building Red Masquers Theatre 138 Special Fees I I Guaranteed Student Loans 145 Publications Student Professional and Departmental Business and Administration 149 138 Other Possibilities 145 Code of Student Rights Business and Administration 65 Music 84, 149 Pell Grant Program 145 79 Nursing 99 Responsibilities & Conduct 138 Education State Grant Assistance 145 Music 85 Pharmacy 123 149 Duquesne Duke (Newspaper) 138 Scholarships and Loans- III Summer and Special Session 150 Duquesne Magazine 138 Nursing Departments and Schools Pharmac^ 123 Tuition 149 L Espirit du Due (Yearbook) 138 Arts and Sciences 145 138 University Fee 149 Student Handbook 138 Publications Business and Administration 1 46 Duquesne Duke Newspaper 138 Withdrawal and Termination of Education 46 Duquesne Magazine 138 Attendance 150 Qualit^ Point System 156 General 1 48 Code of'Student Rights 138 Tuition Remission Schedule 151 Quantitatixe Science Music 46 Student Handbook 138 Within the Semester 151 Division of 67 Nursing 47 Yearbook 138 Within the Summer Session 151 Accounting 67 Pharmacy 47 ,i Service 138 Finance 68 ROTC 149 ^ Social 138 Union Program Board 136 Quantitative Methods 69 School Year 2 ;Surnmer and Special Session Unit of Credit 157 Schools Tuition and Fee Charges 150 University Radio and Telex ision WDUQ 138 Arts and Sciences 14 Summer Session 13 142 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Radiological Health Department of 121, 130 Business and Administration 64 Duquesne Students 142 Administrative Officers 159 Readmission Education 76 Transfer Students 142 Board of Directors 159 Records and Reports 154 Music 84 Supplemental Educational Buildings 10 Confidentiality of Student Records 154 Nursing 108 Opportunity Grants 144 Discounts 148 Semester Grade Reports 154 Pharmacy 117 Svstems Center/Computer Resources 13 Duquesne Corporation 159 Transcripts 154 Second Bachelor's Degree 17 History 9 Red Masquers 138 Secondary Education Tamburitzans 138 Philosophv and Objectives 9 Refund Courses 82 Teacher Certification Policy Statements on International Room and Board Withdrawal and 151 Programs 78 Education 78 Education 9 Tuition 151 Semester Music 85 Scholars Awards 144 Registration 153 Grade Reports 154 Television WDUQ Radio and 138 Setting 10 Change of Schedule 153 Tuition 149 Temporary Transfer Students Admission Cross 153 Senior Citizen Discount 149 Academic Year 142 Viola Courses/Violin Courses 98 Late 154 Service Organizations 138 Summer Session 142 Violoncello Courses/Voice Courses 98 Regulations for Pharmacy Students 123 Social Organizations 138 Testing Bureau 136 Requirements for Graduation 157 Sociologv Theatre 138 WDUQ Radio and Television 138 Repeating Courses and Areas of Concentration Theologv Withdrawal Course Retrogradation 156 Courses Courses 60 From a Course 158 Reserxe Officer Training Corps 132 Department of Department of 60 From the University 150 Armv ROTC Scholarships 133 Requirements for Major Three-Year Bachelors Program 17 Women's Sports See Athletics Course Descriptions 133 Requirements for Minor Transcripts 154 World Literature Program Department of MilitarN Science Spanish Courses Transfer Within the University 158 (Armv ROTC) 133 Speech Communication and Theatre Early Commissioning 133 Areas of Concentration Programs 132 Courses Four-Yeai 132 Department of AdNanced Course 132 Special Education Basic Course 132 Courses Common Hour 134 Program Direct Entry Advanced 132 Sports See Athletics Simultaneous Membership 133 State Two-Year 133 Licensing of Pharmacists 125 Voluntary Adventure and Grant Assistance 145 Social Activities 134 Student Scholarships 149 Employment 145 - Residence Government Association 137 Council 137 Housing See Dormitories Life 136 Financing Program 152 Residences Student See Dormitories Records, Confidentiality of 154 Residence Hall Pre-Payment Fee 149 Standing 156 Rockwell Hall if Student Services, Programs and Room and Board 151 Organizations 135